Unit 01: Introduction

On completion of this unit, the student will be able to (a) Understand the purpose of learning Gita (b) Explain the contents of Vedas

Unit Test: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Session: 005

What is the main purpose of conventional education? Why do we need the knowledge revealed in Gita? What are the four features that differentiate living from non-living? What is the single feature that differentiates a human being from other living beings? 5. What are the advantages and disadvantage of this differentiating feature? 6. How do we overcome this disadvantage? 7. What is the meaning of the Sanskrit word ‘Veda’? 8. What is the meaning of the Sanskrit word ‘Dharma’? 9. What are the two parts of Vedas? Explain the purpose of each part. 10. State the difference between Active Dharma and Passive Dharma. 11. State the difference between Ordinary and Special Dharma. 12. In case of a conflict between Ordinary and Special Dharma, which one should be followed?

1

Lesson 1: Why should we learn Gita?

Session: 001

The phrase ‘conventional education’ means the process of acquiring required knowledge to earn money, primarily employing the thinking, logical and communicating skills. Using this education as a stepping-stone, we can earn material comforts, entertain ourselves in a variety of ways, travel around the globe and support a large group of friends, family and community. Thus, the main purpose of the conventional education is earning comforts and companionship. Arjuna is an example of a man who has acquired the maximum benefit of conventional education. He was the top-notch warrior with perfect skills on archery. He earned enough wealth, visited all the places in the universe and possessed all material comforts. He had many wives and children. The world was admiring and trying to emulate him since his towering personality was the perfect role model for the society. Today, many people are equivalent to Arjuna in qualification, intelligence, wealth, power and capability. However, conventional education is not sufficient. Arjuna was not exposed to the knowledge revealed in Gita. As a result, he could not face the world when a great tragedy struck him. Most educated people lack this knowledge. Therefore, they are vulnerable. When everything happens according to their expectation, they are happy. When a tragedy strikes, they break down. We should learn how to face problems in life. This is taught in the Gita. Conventional education focuses on increasing the standard of life. Gita guides us to increase the quality of our life. It teaches us how to handle all our problems in life effectively so that life could be joyful. It provides us with an emotional insurance cover so that we are not affected by the problems of life. Example: One has to do exercise and keep the body fit, even while one is healthy. After falling sick (with problems like BP, Diabetes etc) it will be too late to cure the illness through exercise. Similarly, one has to learn how to handle tragic situations in life while one is reasonably happy. As we advance in age, physical and mental problems keep accumulating and it may be too late to learn the knowledge revealed in the Gita. We cannot start digging a well for water when the house is already burning. We need to equip ourselves with the knowledge provided by Lord Krishna so that we are ready to face any problems in life. In life, we may face various difficult situations. Such situations are termed as ‘problems’ or ‘crises. Once we gain the knowledge of the Gita, there will be no more problems or crisis in our life. Life will be joyful.

2

Conventional education may be considered a tool that can maximize happiness and minimize or eliminate some of the situations leading to unhappiness. Education cannot change the world. Life will certainly oscillate between the pairs of opposites such as victory and defeat, pleasure and pain, gain and loss, health and ill health. Although we see that life is constantly changing, we expect it to remain constantly favorable to us. When we hear the news about premature death, loss of property or such misfortunate events, we secretly hope that it should not happen to us. Therefore, we remain unprepared when a tragedy strikes us. Learning Gita will not change the course of our life. We will continue to face the pairs of opposites. Gita teaches us how to handle such experiences. If one is already suffering, his mind will not have the capability to learn and follow the solutions offered in Gita. Therefore, it is essential to master this knowledge during the early period in life, when one is still physically fit and mentally alert. Conventional education is essential for economic development and for increasing the longevity of people. In addition to this, the knowledge revealed in Gita is essential to increase the quality of life and for Joyful Living.

3

Lesson 2: Superiority of human race

Session: 002

That which eats, sleeps, procreates and dies is called a living being. Among living beings, human beings are superior. This superiority comes from the fact that only human beings are aware of themselves as a distinct entity. Arising out of this self-awareness, he has developed a discriminatory power to distinguish between right and wrong, truth and false and such. The advantage of gaining such discriminatory power based on self-awareness is manifold and some of them are listed below. 1. Human beings presently rule the world using mind power. Although there are many other species of living beings that are far superior in physical strength, human beings have outsmarted them. 2. Compared to other species of living beings, human beings have mastered the art of protecting themselves from a hostile environment by modifying the environment. In addition, the dependency on the environment for increasing life span and size of the population is continuously decreasing compared to any other species. 3. All other living beings are at the mercy of human beings for survival. 4. Human beings are capable of continuously inventing ways and means of increasing comforts and entertainment in life unlike other living beings. 5. Increase in standard of living, formation of society, politics, religion, philosophy, development of art, literature and music are unique to humankind. Although there are innumerable such advantages, there is one major disadvantage arising out of self-awareness. It is mental suffering due to various negative emotions like, worry, anxiety, fear, jealousy, anger, irritation, frustration, insecurity, guilt etc. Such negative emotions are totally absent in animals since they do not have self-awareness. Example: Two goats are brought to the butchers shop and one is killed and being sold as meat. Even if the second goat sees the killing, it will ‘happily’ continue to eat the grass while waiting for its turn. Animals do not suffer thinking what others will think of them since they do not know who they are in the first place. Animals experience disease and death like human beings but they do not have any anxiety or fear. A monkey, with a disease, does not feel sad or inferior. Physical pain is common to both while mental sufferings are unique to humankind.

4

Hippies wanted to overcome this particular disadvantage by living like animals. They have failed because it is not possible to lose knowledge except through gaining a superior knowledge. Example: A mother received the news that her son is dead. Until she receives the news, she was ignorant about it and therefore did not suffer. On gaining the knowledge, suffering starts. It is not possible to erase the knowledge to remove the suffering. Only a superior knowledge can erase the old knowledge. If she gets to see her son alive, the old knowledge will go and suffering stops. There is no other way to erase the old knowledge. Similarly, the self-awareness once gained cannot be forgotten. Therefore, it is not possible to overcome the disadvantage caused by it, by living like animals. This disadvantage cannot be eliminated or compensated by all the advantages listed earlier. However advanced or developed a human society may be, the mental suffering cannot be avoided except by gaining a superior knowledge. Animals are ignorant on who they are. Human beings have self-awareness. However, they do not have self-knowledge. This is the cause of all mental suffering. Gita helps human beings to convert their imperfect self-awareness into perfect knowledge so that the only disadvantage, the mental suffering, is removed. It is then possible to live happily all the time. Gita gives the essence of all the Vedas. It is very difficult for anyone to read the original version of Gita and understand the meaning without mastering the knowledge revealed in the Vedas. It is impossible to read all the four Vedas and decipher the meaning. Therefore, the only solution is to study the Gita under the guidance of a teacher who has mastered both the Vedas and the Gita. It is not possible to understand the message from the Gita without the guidance of a teacher. The Gita is a dialogue between Arjuna and Lord Krishna. Gita has to be learnt in a similar way by the student from a teacher. Acquiring this knowledge is as difficult, or as easy as gaining competency in any other subject like physics, chemistry or math at the postgraduate level. One should possess the required basic qualifications. In addition, one needs to have intelligence, deep desire and access to a good teacher. When these three requirements are met, one should strive hard to gain the knowledge. Only when we do this, our intelligence is used to its full potential and we can truly proclaim that a human being is superior. If we do not do this, our happiness will continue to depend on the environment just as in the case of other living beings. Thus, Gita helps us to grow to our full potential and enjoy life all the time.

5

Lesson 3: An over view of four Vedas

Session: 003 – 004

Gita is the essence of the four Vedas namely, Rg Veda, Yajur Veda, Sama Veda and Atharva Veda. The meaning of the term Veda is knowledge. One of the Upanishads declares the purpose of Vedas (and Gita) is to guide the humankind to move from (1) ignorance to wisdom, (2) from mortality to immortality and (3) from false to truth. It is already seen that human beings are superior compared to all other living beings due to a differentiating factor called self-awareness. This self-awareness is the foundation on which the superior human intelligence has grown. This superior intelligence is an instrument using which human beings are supposed to master the art of living. The purpose and proper usage of our intelligence is prescribed in Vedas. It is like a user manual that comes with any sophisticated instrument. How to operate our body/mind complex is explained in the user manual called Vedas. Only by using this User Manual, we can reach new heights, hitherto unimagined. We can go where science and economic development cannot take us. The unprecedented growth in the standard of living is not accompanied by increase in quality of life, since many do not take advantage of this User Manual. Vedas prescribe Dharma. Dharma means ‘that which preserves’. Adhering to Dharma is essential to preserve and sustain existence. Dharma is classified into two categories namely, Active Dharma and Passive Dharma. The initial part of all the Vedas, called ‘Veda Poorva’, prescribes Active Dharma and the ending part called ‘Veda Anta’ (Vedanta, which translates into ‘knowledge-end’, meaning that there is nothing more to know beyond this, is a collection of 108 major Upanishads), prescribes Passive Dharma. Active Dharma is further subdivided as Ordinary Dharma and Special Dharma. Ordinary Dharma Vs Special Dharma Ordinary Dharma is eternal in nature. It remains same for all people, at all places and at all times. Examples of Ordinary Dharma are, ‘do not steal’ or ‘do not hurt’. Ordinary Dharma is inherently known to all the human beings even without any teaching. An easy way to identify an Ordinary Dharma is to check one’s expectation from others with respect to general behavior. All others in the world expect the very same behavior from us. Example: I do not like any one talking rudely to me. This means that I should not talk rudely to anyone too. This is Ordinary Dharma.

6

Special Dharma is that Dharma which changes from person-to-person, place-toplace and time-to-time. Example: Everyone should work to their best of their ability in their chosen profession. What is best varies person-to-person, place-to-place and timeto-time. Special Dharma includes all the personal and professional duties taken up by an individual. Special Dharma is also known to people through general awareness. Everyone knows that one should not cross the yellow line or litter the roads. Example: A student should study, a husband must support the family and a doctor must do his best to save a patient from death. These are all examples of Special Dharma. Special Dharma keeps changing. Example: Abortion was not allowed earlier. Now it is allowed. One can wear jeans and t-shirt but not while going to college. Employees of essential services cannot go on strike. When there is a contradiction between Ordinary Dharma and Special Dharma, the latter prevails. Example: A police officer should obey the orders of his superior and shoot in an encounter, violating the Ordinary Dharma of non-violence. Active Dharma Vs Passive Dharma Active Dharma is action oriented and Passive Dharma is knowledge oriented. One can do action on behalf of others but each person has to gain the knowledge through individual effort. Action is the stepping-stone for knowledge. Active Dharma helps human beings to progress in life and live a life that is superior to other living beings. As the name suggests both Ordinary and Special Dharma are action oriented in the form of Do’s and Don’ts. Even if a few individuals do not follow the Active Dharma, it is possible for humanity as a whole to progress. This is so because the result comes from action and action by majority can compensate the inefficiency of few. Example: Mongolians (who did not follow the Ordinary Dharma) frequently invaded China and hampered the economic growth. By building the Great Wall, emperors of China protected their citizens. Thus, the majority can prevail over minority.

7

However, Passive Dharma prescribed in Vedanta requires individual effort. It is knowledge oriented and everyone has to learn and gain knowledge for himself. Each individual can follow the prescribed path and reach the ultimate destination without being influenced by the progress made by other members of the society. Thus, Active Dharma is prescribed in the form of action for the welfare of the human society as a whole. Economic development and making the world a better place to live is the objective of the Vedas, while prescribing the Active Dharma. Passive Dharma is prescribed in the form of gaining knowledge for enabling the individual to improve the quality of his life and enable Joyful Living. Passive Dharma can be attempted only when one practices Active Dharma for a length of time until his mind is matured enough to understand the teaching of Vedanta. Passive Dharma, guides the human being to over come the only disadvantage of self-awareness, namely suffering in life. As seen earlier, man suffers various negative emotions, unlike the animals. These sufferings can end if one follows the prescribed steps of acquiring knowledge that is revealed in the Vedanta. Active Dharma deals with material pursuit and Passive Dharma deals with spiritual pursuit. All living beings want to avoid suffering and be happy all the time. Only human beings are capable of reaching the goal and they can do so only if they follow the prescriptions given in Vedas. Vedas prescribe Active Dharma as the first step and Passive Dharma as the second and final step to meet this objective. Gita contains both the Active Dharma and Passive Dharma. Therefore, it can be called as the fifth Veda. Studying and understanding Gita is equal to understanding all the four Vedas. The result of such understanding is Joyful Living.

On completion of this unit, the student will be able to (a) See his vulnerability to stressful or tragic situations in life (b) Appreciate the dilemma faced by Arjuna (c) Understand the role of attachment in bringing fear, anger and sorrow

Unit Test:

Session: 020

1. What is attachment and what are the two emotions that indicate the presence of attachment in our mind? 2. Two factors develop and sustain attachment. What are they? 3. Describe the connection between attachment and love. 4. What are the four modes of mind? Which one should be powerful? 5. What is the first effect of attachment? 6. What are the effects of delusion? 7. Why does Arjuna give various reasons for abandoning the war? 8. What is the revelation that dawned upon Arjuna with respect to material pursuit? 9. What will you do if are in the position of Arjuna? 10. What the diagnosis of the disease is as described in the Chapter 1?

9

while the life is reasonably problemfree. Example 2: Your own siblings are trying to cheat you your rightful share in an ancestral property. It will be difficult to imagine that our own siblings. we need to imagine a possible crisis involving our own close friends/ relatives so that we could grasp the teachings of Lord Krishna effectively. we will be forced to face difficult situations and will be unprepared to face such situations. Then we will call that a crisis in life. There are innumerable such examples in real life but most of us never anticipate such a thing may happen to us. parents. We should note that every character mentioned in these verses are related / known to each other. masked terrorists. who works as your superior officer is taking undue advantage of the position and portrays a poor image of you among your coworkers. It is very difficult for someone to listen to the teachings of Gita when one is really immersed in a problem. it will help if we recall a problem faced by us in the past or imagine any problem with vivid details. it is essential that we relate the situation faced by Arjuna to our life. Example 3: Your cousin. In order to appreciate the teaching of Lord Krishna. how will we face the world and what will be our reaction is the question that needs to be answered. we will not be in a position to appreciate the words of wisdom of Lord Krishna. Normally we do not have recourse to such a resourceful guide nor will our ego permit us to surrender totally. Therefore. Arjuna would have had no difficulty in fighting such enemy. children could turn against us. Invariably. There were no aggressive foreigners.
10
. guerrilla army or underground mafia involved in the fight. When we are facing a crisis in life. Arjuna is facing his own relatives and friends in the opposing army. Arjuna is forced to fight a war against his own cousins and the situation is described from Verse 1 to 25.Lesson 1: The battlefield of life
Session: 006 – 008
The first part of the Chapter 1 of Gita describes a situation wherein Arjuna faces a grave problem in his life. If it happens. Arjuna managed to do this because he surrendered unconditionally to Lord Krishna and sought his guidance. Example 1: You come to know that your spouse is having an illicit relationship with your best friend for the past two years. To put ourselves in the position of Arjuna.

1. the son of Drupada 1. who are always victorious in battle. for your information.11 Now all of you must give full support to Grandfather Bhisma. 1.5 There are also great. In order to fight for his cause. after assembling at Kuruksetra. carefully protected by Bhima. so expertly arranged by your intelligent disciple. It will be easy to comment on someone else’s life.4 Here in this army there are many heroic bowmen equal in fighting to Bhima and Arjuna.6 There are the mighty Yudhamanyu.
11
. All of them are well equipped with different kinds of weapons. powerful fighters like Dhrstaketu. what did my sons and the sons of Pandu do. and we are perfectly protected by Grandfather Bhisma.8 There are personalities like yourself. Purujit.1 Dhrtarastra asked: Oh Sanjaya. King Duryodhana went to Dhrona and began to speak the following words: 1. Asvatthama. Krpa.9 There are many other heroes who are prepared to lay down their lives for my sake. after looking over the army gathered by the sons of Pandu. Cekitana. even the son is forced to shoot at the father. the very powerful Uttamauja. Chapter 1: Cause of Suffering & Delusion Verses: 01 – 25
1.3 Oh my teacher.7 Oh best of the brahmanas.10 Our strength is immeasurable. heroic. How will the father and son respond to the situation? We may not know how to face such situations in our life. behold the great army of the sons of Pandu. we will be at loss for words or action. the son of Subhadra and the sons of Draupadi. All these warriors are great chariot fighters. whereas the strength of the Pandavas.What do we do when the Special Dharma is contradicting the Ordinary Dharma? Example: A police officer finds his son among a gang of outlaws fighting with the police. Vikarna and the son of Somadatta called Bhurisrava. is limited. Karna. standing at your respective strategic points in the phalanx of the army. there are also great fighters like Yuyudhana. 1. Kuntibhoja and Saibya. being desirous to fight? 1. When such situations arise in our own life. Kasiraja. Such a situation in the life of Arjuna is described below.2 Sanjaya replied: Oh King. and all are experienced in military science. 1. Bhisma. let me tell you about the captains who are especially qualified to lead my military force. 1. Virata and Drupada 1. 1.

1. Oh King. bugles. 1. called Pancajanya. stationed on a great chariot drawn by white horses. blew his terrific conch shell called Paundram. giving Duryodhana joy. trumpets. and the combined sound was tumultuous. Arjuna blew his. being thus addressed by Arjuna. the Ananta-vijaya.16-18 King Yudhisthira. That great archer the King of Kasi.19 The blowing of these different conch shells became uproarious. vibrating both in the sky and on the earth. Lord Krishna said. who was seated in his chariot. You can now see. looking at the sons of Dhrtarastra.20 Oh King. and the others. the voracious eater and performer of Herculean tasks. 1.13 After that. and Nakula and Sahadeva blew the Sughosa and Manipuspaka. the son of Kunti. all the Kurus who are assembled here. Lord Krishna drew up the fine chariot in the midst of the armies of both parties. 1. the conch shells. the great valiant grandsire of the Kuru dynasty. and thus. the great fighter Sikhandi. Arjuna then spoke to Lord Krishna these words: 1. blew his conch shell. Dhrona and all other chieftains of the world.1. sounded their conch shells. 1.14 On the other side.15 Then. the sons of Draupadi. drums and horns were all suddenly sounded.25 In the presence of Bhisma. such as the son of Subhadra. 1. Drupada. 1.21-22 Arjuna said: Oh Krishna. took up his bow and prepared to shoot his arrows. wishing to please the evil-minded son of Dhrtarastra. the grandfather of the fighters. 1. Virata and the unconquerable Satyaki. both Lord Krishna and Arjuna. his flag marked with Hanuman. 1. Arjuna. Lord Krishna blew His conch shell. greatly armed. and Bhima. the Devadatta. all blew their respective conch shells.24 Sanjaya said: Oh Dhrtarastra. who is desirous of fighting.
12
. Dhrstadyumna.12 Then Bhisma. and with whom I must contend in this great battle attempt. at that time Arjuna. blew his conch shell very loudly like the sound of a lion. the son of Pandu. Oh King. it shattered the hearts of the sons of Dhrtarastra. please draw my chariot between the two armies so that I may see who is present here.23 Let me see those who have come here to fight.

Example: She is very much attached to her boyfriend. Therefore. This is an attachment. They are ‘physical association’ and ‘mental association’. If she learns that he is seeing someone else. Normally. more attachment she develops. positions.
13
. Example: The more she thinks of him. it is possible to love deeply someone without developing any attachment. Ignorance is the source of attachment and this aspect will be dealt in detail in the subsequent lessons. whether they are aware of their attachment or not. The degree of attachment varies among people but everyone is attached to something or someone. it is possible to love someone deeply without developing any attachment. it is felt that the purpose of one’s life is to devote to the welfare of the object or person to which one is attached. possessions. power. Love does not make one dependent and one will not have any expectation. (‘Object’ includes people.Lesson 2: Nature of Attachment
Session: 009 – 011
Attachment describes the connection between an individual and an external object. Two factors develop and sustain attachment. Attachment is born out of dependence and it comes with expectation. As a corollary to the above. Example: It is important that I have a cup of coffee in the morning. the attachment does not vanish. It is also possible to develop attachment without any love or affection. things. I get more attachment to it. When the degree of attachment is at the highest level. Example: If I drink coffee more frequently. Example: A mother is attached to her newborn baby and she is wiling to dedicate her life for the sake of the welfare of the baby. Most people are attached to something or other in life. fame etc). Attachment is different from love. Even when there is no more love. This is due to mental association. She still misses him. physical association precedes mental association. she develops hatred and distances herself from him. This is due to physical association.

In this case. It is also possible that we learn about an object without coming into physical contact with it. I develop a fear that I may be delayed. Frequent physical association brings more thoughts into the mind.When we meet someone for the first time. I develop attachment to the serial and it becomes my favorite serial. sharing of opinions and views. Anger or fear indicates the degree of our attachment. If that someone is inferior to us. Advertisement in television and magazines kindle our thoughts (mental association) and make us crave for obtaining the object (physical association). I leave the office in time so that I do not miss the program. I come home and watch a TV serial. we are not aware of the degree of our attachment to a person or object. Physical and mental associations are interdependent and support mutual growth. However when Lord Krishna stops the chariot. relatives and close associates. Else. fear takes over.
14
. There is no attachment. he does not see enemies. attachment increases at a fast rate and soon reaches a stage of ‘I cannot live without you’. duration of relationship etc). I shout at them to hurry up lest I might miss my program. I become angry. If my superior asks me to come to his cabin. Example: After office hours. the physical association has lead to mental association. As we get to move closely with that person (frequent meetings. we do not have many thoughts about that person in our mind. More thoughts in the mind compel one to spend more time in physical association. we realize its existence. When this is done repeatedly for about two weeks. we will get anger or fear. more thoughts about that person are accumulated in the mind. If my subordinates do not finish their work in time. Only when we meet an obstacle to the physical association with the object of our attachment. Arjuna is leading the army in the battlefield and he asks Lord Krishna to take him to a place where he can see his ‘enemies’ clearly. The degree of attachment is directly proportional to the quantum of thoughts. Thus. This is the result of attachment. Until we experience fear or anger. In general. we become angry. If someone is preventing us from physical association. He sees friends. we do not realize that we are attached.

grandfathers. he realizes that he is attached to them so deeply that he cannot think of killing them. brothers. sons.Although he knew that he was going to fight with Bhisma and Dhrona even before arriving at the battlefield. maternal uncles. This is depicted in the 26th verse. within the midst of the armies of both parties. grandsons.
Chapter 1: Cause of Suffering & Delusion
Verse: 26
1. he was not aware of his attachment. and also his father-in-law and well-wishers--all present there. When it is time to act. his fathers. friends. teachers.26 There Arjuna could see.
15
.

coherent and logical belong to the realm of intelligence. Similarly. it knows that its survival depends on its ability to start walking. Intelligence is not fully developed in children. It can differentiate between right and wrong very clearly. namely mind and intelligence have to work in unison. However. incoherent. there will be a struggle between the mind and intelligence similar to a tug-of-war. By nature. mind. intelligence knows what is right and it is the duty of the mind to follow intelligence at all times. all human beings possess a faultless intelligence. the constant input from the external world influences the mind and causes it to disobey intelligence. this natural quality develops in human beings only when they reach their adulthood. Mind is the term that refers to the thoughts that are oscillating between the alternatives. All the sense organs report the information collected from the external world to the mind. Intelligence. all human beings are endowed with a natural instinct of knowing what is right and wrong for them. ego and memory. All thoughts that are clear. unlike the giraffe calf. That is the reason they do not know to distinguish bad from good. illogical belong to the realm of mind. Intelligence is the term that refers to the thoughts that are decisive in nature. However. which is essential for their survival. It is the seat of all emotions and feelings. When this happens.Sorrow
Session: 012 – 014
Mind is divided into four modes depending on the function. However as they grow up. Right is something that is good for us and wrong is bad for us. It knows what is good for us and what is bad for us. This natural quality of intelligence is absent only in mad or mentally retarded people.
16
. The mode of intelligence should be more powerful than the mode of mind. by default every one develops a perfect intelligence that knows the difference between right and wrong. Example: A giraffe calf attempts to stand up within minutes after birth. it happens that we do work when the mind and intelligence are not in unison. Occasionally.Lesson 3: Effect of Attachment I . By instinct. They are intelligence. Thoughts that are not clear. As seen earlier. both the modes of our mind. by nature knows to differentiate the right from the wrong. When the mind is flooded with information it sways between likes and dislikes. This power of discrimination is the equivalent of the natural instinct prevalent among animals. In order to function in an efficient manner.

his mind will disobey his intelligence paving way for his misery. When there is too much entertainment and too little education. Attachment and sorrow are two sides of the same coin. if the object of attachment suffers natural change. Education and association with good people gives the intelligence sufficient strength to keep the mind under its control. Example: A soldier knows that his illicit relationship with the queen will lead him to death. mind will start functioning without abiding by the directions laid down by intelligence. Attachment by definition involves association with an external object. It is even more painful if one has to cause the annihilation of the object of attachment through one’s own effort. everyone is attached to some object or the other. it will start influencing intelligence to come to its way. since the mind cannot function alone for long duration with out the support of intelligence. However. Even if the intelligence tells that a particular action will bring about misery to us. The less we acquire knowledge.Intelligence gets its strength through knowledge. mind becomes more powerful than intelligence resulting in frequent disobedience. We cannot think clearly and our mind will become agitated. decay. However. If there is an obstruction to the physical association. Example: An intelligent person will start justifying his addiction to smoking since it is not possible for the mind to function without the support of the intelligence for an extended period. It is not that the attachment will lead to sorrow sometime. the less powerful intelligence becomes. However.
17
. The more we indulge in undesirable sense pleasures. the mind will continue to indulge in such action. it is not possible for him to avoid sorrow without removing the attachment. fear or sorrow strikes us our calmness and composure leaves us. Attachment invariably begets sorrow. However. fear or sorrow and tilts our balance. When anger. intelligent one may be. It is impossible to have any sorrow without attachment. the more the mind is strengthened. Attachment causes a split between the mind and intelligence. In addition. Then it plagues the mind with anger. In such situations. one is immersed in sorrow. No one wants to be sorrowful at anytime during his lifetime. destruction or death. one gets anger or fear as detailed in the previous lesson.

instead of seeing enemies. My whole body is trembling. seeing my friends and relatives present before me in such a fighting spirit. he sees relatives.28 Arjuna said: My dear Krishna. However. The thought.Mind becomes a kite caught in a cyclone.30 I am now unable to stand here any longer. Such is the situation faced by Arjuna in the war field as described from the verse 27 to 31. One starts talking (lamenting) incoherent words. Chapter 1: Cause of Suffering & Delusion Verses: 27 – 31
1.. 1. saw all these different grades of friends and relatives. the first effect of attachment is sorrow. He clearly knew that it was his duty to fight and the war was to be fought based on Dharma.27 When Arjuna. Oh Krishna. and my skin is burning. I foresee only evil. that he has to cause their death. It no longer stays in the control of the thread (intelligence). I am forgetting myself.
18
. he became overwhelmed with compassion and spoke thus: 1.29. since the mind is not stable. 1. and my mind is reeling. Various thoughts flood the mind and it becomes inoperative. My bow Gandiva is slipping from my hand. Prior to coming to the war. Arjuna’s mind was in full control of his intelligence.31 I do not see how any good can come from killing my own kinsmen in this battle…. due to his attachment. friends and close associates in the battlefield. Thus. I feel the limbs of my body quivering and my mouth drying up. and my hair is standing on end. 1. results in sorrow in his mind.

people will not be able to see that their intelligence is corrupted. They can no longer function normally. However. Example: The news of the sudden death of the husband shattered her. She was speechless. If the person is not educated and has very limited knowledge. However. she cannot function normally. Depending on the strength of the mind or intelligence. due to strong attachment. Good will appear to be bad and right will appear to be wrong to such persons. the mind can no longer behave normally. balance is gained very soon in all human beings.Lesson 4: Effect of Attachment II . their intelligence will be submissive to the mind. the intelligence takes over soon and she returns to normalcy in a few days time. although in the wrong direction. It is like wearing a colored glass and not knowing it is a colored glass. it will be easier for the mind to take control of intelligence. As long as the mind is disturbed by the news. When this happens. However. The sorrowful mind does not function under the control of intelligence. She will not be in the same condition for a long time. Unfortunately.
19
. such a situation cannot prevail for long. We can function normally only if both the mind and the intelligence work in unison. if the attachment is very strong it starts influencing the intelligence. The result is devastating. It is generally expected that the intelligence will eventually take control. Normally intelligence knows what is right or wrong. It is not an easy task for the mind to overpower intelligence. intelligence becomes corrupted. From then on. However. People start doing things that are harmful to themselves and others because their intelligence is no longer able to differentiate what is good from bad. It will start inventing reasons and convince intelligence that wrong is right and bad is good. Such a condition may last for long time since both mind and intelligence are functioning in unison.Delusion
Session: 015 – 017
Attachment causes sorrow in the mind.

his attachment to his son has colored his mind. Then slowly his strong attachment started corrupting the intelligence too. he will not let him escape. Therefore. as and when attachment is reduced. Example: Both the persons involved in an extra marital affair are aware that their relationship is wrong although they try to convince themselves and others that it is right. he uses it in his arguments. Example: A police office knows that his son is guilty of a crime. Thus. However. he wants to avoid the situation wherein he is forced to fight and kill his own people whom he likes. the intelligence will continue to have the power of discrimination. the intelligence never becomes completely corrupted. Somehow. He cites various ‘valid’ reasons for avoiding the war. Delusion makes a person illogical. However. the attachment causes partial blindness to intelligence. his intelligence is not completely corrupted. Thus. Fortunately. His attachment to his friends and family first affected his mind and he become sorrowful. He will quote innumerable cases of guilty escaping punishment. There is no point telling them it is wrong to have an extramarital affair. the second effect of attachment is delusion. he allows his son to escape from the jail and starts looking for loopholes in the law to declare that his son is innocent.It is not possible for anyone to convince such persons that they are on the wrong path. This is the status of Arjuna. It is not possible to talk sense with him and convince him on what is right. it will be under the influence of mind so long attachment continues. Suppose. As a result. People talk about right and wrong only when it is convenient to them. Since it is convenient for Arjuna to quote the virtue of non-violence now. which is called delusion. Deep down. It will not appeal to their mind since it is deluded. However. Example: Extra marital affair will be justified (quoting various ‘valid’ reasons) by the persons involved. this officer arrests another person who has committed similar crime. he starts justifying that it is wrong to fight. It is only deluded and such delusion will reduce. It will not show the right path only in the case of his son.
20
.

Such is the effect of attachment. Most people blindly pursue their search for material comforts with a hope that one day they will attain their ultimate goal of being happy all the time. There is no reason for Arjuna to get permission from Lord Krishna to convert his thoughts (of leaving the battlefield) into action. When Duryodhana refused.Since intelligence is never corrupted with delusion completely. The fact that someone is trying to justify his action shows that the mind is still oscillating between right and wrong. Therefore. Pandavas have the option to wage a war. However. When all these three methods failed. Arjuna realizes the fruitlessness of their material pursuit. power. Sama means to achieve the goal through peaceful means. Arjuna was aware of all these and that is the reason he was leading the army to fight Duryodhana. he does not have to choose between alternatives. By blowing the conch shell in the battlefield. due to delusion (caused by attachment) he started putting forth various arguments for abandoning the war. That is the reason Lord Krishna did not say anything. in the process of putting forth various arguments. When a person knows the right path. Pandavas asked for atleast five houses as a gift to resolve the conflict. it has become the duty of the Pandavas to fight. However. it does not surrender to the mind fully. However. It is universally known that war is evil. one might have to resort to it when it becomes impossible to ensure practice of Dharma by any other means. It is useless to say anything to one whose mind is deluded. he seldom thinks on these lines. he would have ordered Lord Krishna to take him outside the battlefield instead of talking all these words. Even when a great tragedy strikes an individual. Dhana. This is Bheda. If Arjuna knew with conviction that he should not fight.
21
. This is in line with Dharma. When this was not possible. Bheda and Danda are the four ways through which Dharma should be practiced and they have to be followed in this specific order. It is very difficult to see this truth and Arjuna began to see the truth at this hour of tragedy. Bhishma commenced the aggression. It is very difficult for one to understand that the material pursuit (chasing money. If Lord Krishna had countered the arguments. Arjuna was the master and Lord Krishna was his charioteer. The mere fact that Arjuna puts forth various arguments in favor of abandoning the war shows that he is not fully convinced of his own arguments. position etc) will never give lasting contentment/ happiness. making Vidhura abandon Duryodhana). it would have had no effect on Arjuna. This is Dhana. Lord Krishna on behalf of Pandavas tried to weaken Kauravas through various means (like disarming Karna and Krupar. Sama.

my dear Krishna. overtaken by greed.36 Sin will overcome us if we slay such aggressors.Arjuna makes the following arguments (from Verse 31 to 45) in support of his claim that he should abandon the war. fathers. when teachers. a hellish situation is created both for the family and for those who destroy the family tradition. then why should I wish to kill them. let alone this earth. I am not prepared to fight with them even in exchange for the three worlds.. Oh Krishna. the eternal family tradition is vanquished. Such action contradicting the natural instinct will bring misery. there is no offering of oblations of food and water to the ancestors. Similarly. grandfathers. maternal uncles. Oh Krishna. or happiness. 1.39 With the destruction of dynasty. of what avail to us are kingdoms. sons. and how could we be happy by killing our own kinsmen? 1. brothers-in-law and all relatives are ready to give up their lives and properties and are standing before me. In such corrupt families.. desire any subsequent victory. 1. the women of the family become corrupt and from the degradation of womanhood come unwanted progeny. although these men.35 Oh Krishna. engage in these acts? 1. This is similar to the giraffe calf arguing with its mother that it has to lie down and take rest for few hours since it was born just then. it is not proper for us to kill the sons of Dhrtarastra and our friends.32 Oh Krishna.
Chapter 1: Cause of Suffering & Delusion
Verses: 031 – 046
1. 1. see no fault in killing one's family or quarreling with friends. everyone under the influence of delusion will proceed towards his own destruction.33-34 Oh Krishna. why should we. happiness or even life itself when all those for whom we may desire them are now in this battlefield? 1. all of them are wrong arguments because the measuring scale (his intelligence) with which he is assessing the situation is corrupted. 1.38 Oh Krishna. though I may survive? 1.37 What should we gain.31.41 When there is increase of unwanted population. with knowledge of the sin. nor can I.40 When irreligion is prominent in the family. fathersin-law. However. and thus the rest of the family becomes involved in irreligious practice.. 1. Therefore. kingdom.
22
. grandsons.

all kinds of community projects and family welfare activities are devastated.44 Alas. driven by the desire to enjoy royal happiness. having thus spoken on the battlefield. 1.43 Oh Krishna.42 Due to the evil deeds of the destroyers of family tradition.
23
.45 I would consider it better for the sons of Dhrtarastra to kill me unarmed and unresisting.1. his mind overwhelmed with grief.46 Sanjaya said: Arjuna. 1. how strange it is that we are preparing to commit greatly sinful acts. 1. 1. I have heard that those who destroy family traditions dwell always in hell. cast aside his bow and arrows and sat down on the chariot. rather than to fight with them.

Similarly. Example: If we do not treat the disease in its initial stages. In the later stages.Lesson 5: Diagnosis of the disease
Session: 018 – 019
Lord Krishna and Arjuna are not fictitious characters in the ‘story’ of Mahabharata. It will be immersed in sorrow when there is a situation that threatens the existence of the object of attachment. we ignore the daily symptoms of the negative emotions without attempting to treat the root cause of the disease. In the next step.
24
. it becomes serious. They are real persons who lived in the distant past who represent the human race of all times. Example: Presence and growth of virus in the body is not known until it manifests as a disease. This results in a serious situation in which we completely breakdown. if the attachment is stronger. Gita is a dialogue between the student and the master and the first chapter gives the backdrop against which the dialogue is about to begin. it will become more difficult to treat it. Therefore. Lord Krishna represents thousands of enlightened masters living across the globe. the mind cannot distinguish between good and bad. fear and sorrow appear. He represents those who assume that material goals will ensure them everlasting happiness until they face a great tragedy in life. fear and sorrow) by affecting the mind. it affects the intelligence and deludes it. we suffer a great deal when a tragedy strikes us. Arjuna represents millions of educated people across the globe not aware of the importance of the message contained in Vedas and Gita. This attachment is sustained and developed by physical association and mental association without our knowledge. When our personality becomes strong. power. We will no longer be in a position to function efficiently. events. When this happens. who have mastered the art of living. We get used to these negative emotions we assume them to be a part of our personality. anger. position) one is attached to. we are not aware of our attachment until the symptoms. He represents the teachers of Vedas and Gita. Attachment causes these emotions (anger. There are various objects (including persons. we do not attempt to cure the basic disease. Similarly.

Diagnosis of the disease that is afflicted the humankind is described in the Chapter 1 of Gita as below. “Arjuna is aware that it is his duty to fight. he starts putting forth various invalid arguments in support of abandoning the war. His intelligence is deluded. when the reality that he has to kill his own people strikes him. His mind is haunted by sorrow and he is not able to function normally. As a result. His attachment to his people causes a split between his mind and intelligence.”
25
. He is expecting Lord Krishna to endorse his arguments so that these wrong thoughts are justified so that his mind can gain control over his intelligence. he breaks down. However.

What are the effects of surrendering to a wrong teacher? 7. 2. How do we know that the teaching is not a wrong interpretation of the Gita?
26
.01 – 2. Give the broad outline of the six steps in understanding the universal problem.
Unit Test:
Session: 030
1. List atleast ten negative emotions that represent ‘suffering’ 3. What are the four prerequisites to receive the ultimate solution? 5.Unit 03: Preparation for the treatment
Number of Sessions: 10 (021 – 030) Number of Lessons: 3 Verses: 2.09
On completion of this unit. (b) Identify the single Universal Problem of the human beings. What is the difference between the temporary solution and ultimate solution? 4. What are the five reasons that prevent us from surrendering to the teacher? 6. the student will be able to (a) State the requirements to receive and understand the message of Gita.

Where does the problem lie? The problem lies only in our mind. After hearing his problem. we need to understand the universal problem. After a prolonged period of abstinence of food. In the earlier example of two goats in the mutton-shop. Whenever we confide our problem to our close friends and associates. For human beings. In order to appreciate such a solution. Within a few weeks we will die. All of us face various problems of varying degrees of importance. Step 2: Nature of the problem All the problems in our life are represented by negative emotions such as: Anger Annoyance Anxiety Bitterness Confusion Discontent Disgust Displeasure Fear Frustration Grief Guilt Hatred Irritation Rage Regret Shame Sorrow Suspicion Worry
27
. body will stop reporting that we are hungry. There are no problems in the world. we do receive suggestions to overcome our problem. if Lord Krishna had given a solution to his specific problem then Gita will not be relevant to us today. it is a great problem! It is impossible to have any problem that lies outside our mind. the goat that is still alive does not worry about its imminent death.Lesson 1: An overview of the universal problem
Session: 021 – 024
Arjuna was shattered due to the overwhelming sorrow. We do not want to die. Such suggestions or solutions may be valid for that specific situation and cannot be used to solve all our problems at all times nor can some one else be benefited by the solution. Understanding the Universal Problem: Step 1: Location of the problem We need to understand that all our problems are located in our mind. Example: Poverty is a problem of the mind! Proof: What will happen if we do not get food to eat? Our body will report that we are hungry. Lord Krishna helped Arjuna to solve his problem by giving a solution that is relevant and applicable to all human beings at all times.

It is very important to understand this step. It may appear that many people are enjoying life most of the time and only few appear to suffer occasionally. people. then such negative emotions are manifested. It is not true. during any given period in our life. it cannot be said we are not suffering. Everyone is working towards becoming happy as shown by the actions. objects etc. (This is the problem. When we encounter a situation that is not in line with our expectations. exist in all of us all the time.
Step 5: Multiple causes but single problem The cause of the problem varies from person to person and from time to time but the problem is universal. the possibility of suffering by such negative emotions. Either it is manifested or it is in the dormant state. If we have such emotions in our mind. which has not yet manifested. then there is no need to have a goal. we suffer.
28
. We do not enjoy having such negative emotions. Everyone has a feeling of incompleteness as evidenced by the presence of a goal in life. I hate him. We call this suffering as our problem. Every human being in the world suffers all the time as proved by the following statements: 1. Example: He cheated me. Even if we do not have these negative emotions. the cause of the problem lies outside in the form of situations. Thus. Like a dormant disease. Everyone in the world (except those who have learnt the ultimate solution revealed in the Vedas) is suffering ALL the time. Thus. 2. the problem is always present. the cause of the problem is external and the problem is internal. A beggar is begging for the next meal and the king is working to increase the wealth of his kingdom. (This is the cause of the problem). Step 4: Cause of the problem While the problem is within our mind. If one is completely happy.Step 3:Status of the problem.) I suffer because there is a negative emotion called hatred in my mind caused by the fact that someone has cheated me.

we get irritated with that friend for reminding us our problem. Cause of the problem lies outside and the problem lies inside our mind. it will soon start crying for a chocolate. we need to work on the actual problem. if a friend talks about the upcoming exams. 4. The search or waiting is eternal. Every individual wants to achieve a particular goal in life. 5. which has already been accomplished by some one else. As a grand old person. Step 6:Persistance of the problem and multiple ‘solutions’ We have seen that the cause of the problem keeps changing from time to time and varies among individuals but the problem that we suffer. Example: If we buy a balloon to solve the problem of the child. As a child. We may forget about them for a while when we are immersed in the positive emotions. unconsciously we are binding ourselves to an impending sorrow. If we understand these six steps. the problem is universal. At all times of our life – from birth to death – we continue to have some problem or other. When we enjoy the company of a friend.
29
. Pleasure and pain are two sides of the same coin. name. If we analyze all our problems. deep down in our mind. It is called universal problem because it is applicable to all the human beings at all times. we will see that the opposite of the same is our enjoyment. we wanted to have balloon without which we felt we were incomplete. as a professional we want to earn money. Even when we are amidst a happiest situation. Therefore. Problems in life are never completely absent. no one seems to be completely fulfilled or contented ever. Instead of attempting to change the cause of the problem. continues to be the same. we want our great grand children to come to a good position in life. Nevertheless.3. Our effort to remove the cause of the problem can never be complete because the cause will keep reappearing in different forms. which is our suffering. we can recognize the universal problem. as student we want to complete our education and acquire qualifications. we continue to have many pending problems. While watching a movie. fame etc.

is addressed. This is the ultimate solution. World will continue to offer the pairs of the opposites and we need to know how to handle them without any trace of suffering. This may be the first step in solving the problem. the fracture in the bone. which does not eliminate the root cause of the problem but relieves us from the pain temporarily. Lord Krishna. Example: The problem of a broken arm is not solved through painkiller or anesthesia.Temporary solution Vs Ultimate Solution Instead trying to find the solution to the universal problem. Lord Krishna started talking for the first time. Ultimate solution is like an operation. Arjuna after expressing his sorrowful situation waited for Lord Krishna to give a solution. The solution that they find will always be inadequate and temporary since the basic problem of discontentment is not solved. which removes the root cause of the problem that lies in our mind. spoke the following words. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verse: 1
2. people in general are working towards removing the apparent cause of the problem. which lies in the outside world.1 Sanjaya said: Seeing the sorrowful Arjuna who is overpowered by attachment with his eyes brimming with tears. We need to proceed with the treatment and ensure that the cause of the problem. After hearing his predicament without interrupting.
30
. It is not possible to find a lasting solution by making corrections in the external world. Temporary solution is similar to giving anesthesia.

For every such problem. there are four prerequisites. Similarly. which are to be fulfilled before one could make the immunization effective. We are not aware of how vulnerable we are until a great tragedy strikes us.Lesson 2: Prerequisites to receive the ultimate solution Session: 024 – 026
Lord Krishna is aware of the ultimate solution that is prescribed in Vedas and he could have helped Arjuna by teaching him the solution. by artificially injecting the dead viruses. However.
31
. he will not go to a doctor seeking relief. Gita contains the ultimate solution to this universal problem and it is available for everyone. However. If they do not even recognize the problem. Lord Krishna realized that Arjuna has not yet met the prerequisites to receive the teaching. Example: Immunization is a process in which the body is taught to protect itself from harmful virus. he does not take note of it and assumes that he is perfectly all right. the solution will not be useful to them. If we do not acknowledge our inability to solve all the problems completely the ultimate solution is of no use to us. as children our problems are limited to completing the homework. The problem is universal. we are able to find a temporary solution. Example: As a person grows old. Then slowly one by one the number of issues one has to deal with increases. Still not many have benefited because one has to meet following four prerequisites to use the solution offered in Gita. his eyesight becomes progressively poor. He wanted an immediate solution to the problem. Obviously. However. it is possible to receive the ultimate solution and solve the disease of ignorance in advance so that we do not suffer when unfortunate events are encountered. Arjuna was in no mood to listen to any teaching. In addition. Similarly. Prerequisite 1: Acknowledgement of the problem Most people do not acknowledge the presence of the problem in the first place. we are compensated with ‘satisfaction and a sense of achievement’ on crossing each hurdle that we face.

Similarly. many shy away from self-introspection. even if we acknowledge that we suffer or are prone to suffering. However. one may still not be ready or willing to seek a solution. Assuming that one acknowledges the presence of the problem and has a deep desire to resolve it. it has to be treated early. he says that he can manage without treatment (secretly hoping that the problem will disappear by itself or may not warrant an operation) Similarly. family or professional misfortunes that can happen in our life and our probable response to the same. still one has to understand that external help is required. Similarly. It is very easy to check whether we are prone to suffering in life by just imagining personal. However. Example: The old man with poor eyesight assumes that if he gets up at 3 am in the morning and washes his eyes thoroughly in cold water. he may
32
. Even if there is no apparent health problem suffered by the patient. financial. Example: If signs of cancer are seen. Example: The old man has finally acknowledged that his eyesight is failing and he is not able to see properly. the doctors will advice immediate commencement of treatment. It appears he is suffering from cataract. if we do not wish to liberate ourselves from the problem. Example: Routine medical check-up is prescribed after certain age. we may not be willing to seek a solution. They always keep their mind occupied in some work or entertainment so that it does not get the time to reflect and find out its own vulnerability to problems. However. many are reluctant to undergo the same for the fear of finding out a latent disease. no external person can help us solve the problem. Prerequisite 2: Desire to solve the problem After acknowledging the presence of the problem.Most people do not even want to diagnose to check whether the problem is present. it is upto the patient to decide when the treatment can start. In order to get the benefit from the universal solution one has to decide that the current problem is so severe that it needs immediate and permanent treatment. Prerequisite 3: Realization that self-help will not work.

we reach the final step of identifying the correct teacher to whom we can surrender and seek the solution. Since he has a deep desire to restore his eyesight. If we are active and energetic. he is not sure which one to choose. They assume that they know how to use the product without reading the manual until a problem crops up. Even after accepting.
33
. the active person has more issues to deal with. educated people find it very difficult to get the benefit from Vedas. we tend to think that we can solve our universal problem by ourselves. The fact that the solution is given only in Vedas is a difficult proposition for us to accept. “If only I can get the next promotion or build my own house all the problems will be solved forever” is the common attitude. it is possible to realize that it is impossible to solve the basic issue of feeling the discontentment or sense of incompleteness without external help. He is skeptical about every one and not willing to go ahead with the operation. This is the main reason why most people do not read the user manual that comes with any electronic product. However. Many doctors are willing to conduct the operation on him. Only when they realize that they are not able to solve the problem they progress to the next step of reading the manual.regain eyesight. Similarly. However. more issues are cropping up. Prerequisite 4: Surrendering to the teacher After realizing the necessity of the external help. most of us believe that we are capable of solving all our problems. If one carefully observes the history and scrutinizes the personal lives of great achievers. he sincerely attempts such natural cure. we do a lot more things compared to some one who is not so active. People assume that they are so intelligent and it is unlikely that they need the contents of Vedas to help them out. Example: The old man finally gives up his dependency on self-help and seeks medical help. This happens because they are skeptical about the various interpretations that are prevailing in the world. that the universal solution is available only in Vedas and that it is not possible to solve the problem through self-help. There are different competent teachers who all appear to be talking convincingly but most of them contradict each other. The more intelligent and more capable we are. It takes a while to realize that more issues we deal with.

2 Lord Krishna said. Oh chastiser of the enemy. he is not yet ready for the universal solution. the student will become equal to the teacher with respect to the knowledge. He has met the first three prerequisites but has not surrendered to Lord Krishna seeking his help. if a student is successfully taught. it is easy to recognize a good teacher.3 Oh Arjuna. do not yield to this degrading impotence. Arjuna is in such a situation. After gaining the knowledge. Therefore.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 02 – 03
2. He has recognized the problem and has a deep desire to solve it. how have these impurities come upon you? They are not at all befitting a man of your stature. the universal solution that is supposed to be revealed in Vedas is in Sanskrit language. Even if we are in the company of a well-qualified person who can teach us the ultimate solution from Vedas. However. They do not lead to higher planes. “My dear Arjuna. Give up such petty weakness of heart and arise. Similarly. but to infamy. It is difficult to locate a good teacher. the final requirement of surrendering to a teacher was not completed. As a result. A patient does not become a doctor after treatment. instead of giving the ultimate solution. People who are proficient in that language are not able to give a uniform interpretation with universal acceptance.”
2. we do not recognize him. Therefore. In every other profession. He has also realized that he cannot solve the problem. However. However. It does not befit thee. the professional knowledge is not passed on to the customer. Lord Krishna rebukes Arjuna and points out his stupidity in the verses 2 and 3.Example: The old man is not an eye doctor himself. Therefore. in case of the ultimate solution. this does not help when one is yet to learn. Since he did not see Lord Krishna as his teacher. there is no way he can assess the credibility of the doctors based on the explanation with medical terminologies provided by the doctors. even a welleducated person is not able to assess the credibility of the teachers based on the Sanskrit terms based explanations.
34
. he does not see Lord Krishna as his teacher.

This is the nature of communication between equals. we need to trust the teacher completely. we should assume that the fault lies in our understanding and should not doubt the content of the Vedas or the teacher’s knowledge. We would like the other to support us in what we want to do. Although people in general are aware of his divine background. we are not willing to accept capability of a teacher of Vedanta. If we do not accept the superiority of the teacher. that allowing another person to tell us how to live our life as an insult. If the other person says something that is contradicting to our views. Therefore. Similarly. We can learn something only from a person whom we acknowledge to possess higher knowledge in any given field. even the teacher appears to be yet another human being.
35
. this requirement is even higher because the knowledge revealed cannot be confirmed through our five senses. Lord Krishna is the cousin and childhood companion of Arjuna. learning does not happen. Conventional education has taught us to stand on our own legs. Most of us do not meet the final requirement of unconditional surrender due to the following five reasons. Arjuna always treated him as his friend. In case of the knowledge revealed in Vedas. Without any additional qualification. Lord Krishna’s words were not comforting. especially after acquiring many qualifications. we generally use the other person as a sounding board of our own thoughts. However. However. we feel that no one is capable or has mastery of telling us how to live life. Such devotion comes only when one completely surrenders to the teacher.Lesson 3: Unconditional surrender to the teacher
Session: 027 – 028
The word ‘surrender’ does not generally appeal to intelligent people because it indirectly means acceptance of incompetence or incapability. Reason 1: Not being able to accept the superiority of the teacher We can accept the capability of a doctor or a car mechanic without much hesitation. Whenever we seek advice from others. We consider. Reason 2: Teachings in Vedanta/ Gita seem to oppose our practical knowledge Arjuna shared his predicament to Lord Krishna with a hope that he will get some friendly advice on how to resolve his specific problem. If we are not able to see logic in the teaching. we end the conversation and seek advice elsewhere.

we must surrender to any teacher (even to a wrong one. Therefore. or in other words listen to only what we want to hear and reject what is not acceptable. since we do not know how to identify the right one) and accept whatever is taught as the true message of Lord Krishna. we listen without wondering if he is right. There are many different teachers. Reason 3: Complete surrender is misunderstood as surrender of intelligence Blindly believing the teacher is not expected under the pretext of surrender. then we are free to question and validate it against our knowledge. Besides. We normally prefer a teacher who agrees with what we already know. We need to become a child learning alphabets or addition of numbers for the first time.Vedanta/ Gita teach us something that is not available from any other source. a child will take a long time to realize that the teacher does not know. Example: Gita says. We should not do filtered listening. We have not learnt anything like that ever before. There is a vast difference between the attitude of a child and adult student. It means. Once we have grasped the content of the message. Surrendering does not mean that we become a slave to the teacher for the rest of our lives. However. We need such devotion and trust in the words of the teacher since Gita is a new subject to us. In such a situation. Even the very first sentence spoken by the teacher will be validated against what is already known. while learning Gita also. Learning is possible only if we have an open mind without preconceived notion and willingness to accept that our current knowledge could be wrong. an adult will keep comparing the words of the teacher with what he already knows. We are expected to question the teacher after listening to the teacher completely. quoting the very same words of Lord Krishna. it is difficult to surrender to a teacher who contradicts our knowledge. Since it is a new subject to us. we are incapable of doubting the words of the teacher.
36
. It may happen to us. while the teacher is teaching. learning does not happen. If there is a contradiction. We know that we are mortals. A child has an inherent trust in the teacher and learns without doubting the words of the teacher. Reason 4: Effect of wrong teaching will mislead us Suppose the teacher does not know the solution and is teaching wrongly. teaching contradicting messages. ‘You are immortal’. it is contradicting our practical knowledge.

knowledge and intelligence might prevent us from surrendering. A child is taught addition wrongly.If we do not surrender. Experience and knowledge do not always coexist. we need to surrender to a teacher who has mastered this art. the patient should have complete trust in the doctor. This is not true. which can go wrong if we trust a quack. we cannot learn the message of Lord Krishna. if we are to learn from a wrong teacher. However. say 2+2 equals 5. Example: The old man with cataract in both the eyes becomes nearly blind. This is so because this child knows why 2+2 cannot be 5. we are going to turn our attention inwards and solve the problem in such a way it does not recur. Even if the teaching is completely off the mark. We must surrender to the teacher completely like a child and learn the complete message of Gita. This technique cannot be learnt from any book (including Gita and Vedanta). Reason 5: We do not know that our mind is incapable of removing its limitation All our past education. we will learn to deal with problems in life in a better way. Our sense of incompleteness is not physical in nature and therefore material resources cannot make us complete. When the child realizes that the teacher is wrong. the old man regained his eyesight after the surgery and his eyes have become normal. it is essential to surrender to the teacher for us to gain the knowledge completely. We will know the teaching is wrong if it does not solve our problems permanently. learning Gita from a wrong teacher will not make us blind permanently. If our problem is solved forever. For the first time. Similarly. Therefore. We can test the knowledge only after gaining it and not while the teaching is going on. We assume that as we gain more experience in living life. it will be better off than a child who is taught 2+2 equals 4 in the first place. While the operation is being performed. The problem is in the mind and we need to resolve the problem only through knowledge. we have been trying to correct the environment in order to solve our problem. Unlike the eye-operation. our knowledge becomes stronger.
37
. All through our life. Will he have any grudge against the ‘pseudo-doctor’? We need to have such an attitude. However. He went to an eye surgeon who does not have any educational qualification to practice medicine or perform a surgery. We can move on to another teacher. then it does not matter whether the teaching is correct or wrong. we will be benefited. the damage is not permanent. However. How do we know that our teacher to whom we surrendered has given the correct solution as taught by Lord Krishna? The proof of the pudding lies in eating.

are now standing before us on this battlefield. 2. told Lord Krishna. Only at that stage. I will not be able to remove it even if I win an unrivaled kingdom on earth and heaven. This means we do not know how to solve all our problems completely. of my worship? 2.7 Now I am confused about my duty and my intellect is deluded. Arjuna was quite a competent person and he could see that not all his material and physical strength could give him what he wanted. Experience can just prepare our mind and make it mature enough to gain the knowledge. Arjuna. how can I fight against adorable Bhisma and Dhrona in this battle with arrows.4 Arjuna asked: Oh Krishna. If they are killed. 2. I am requesting You to tell me clearly what is best for me. 2. he surrenders to Lord Krishna completely with a request for guidance as described in the verses 4 to 9. Our experience shows that we have been continuously working to solve some problem or other and we are never in a position where there is nothing more to do. Only when we understand this fact through retrospection or observing others. Those. who are worthy. Similarly.5 It is better to live in this world by begging than to live at the cost of the lives of my noble teachers. our mind is mature enough to receive the teaching of Gita. disease and death cannot be conquered by wealth.6 Nor do we know which is better--conquering them or being conquered by them. Young Siddhartha was brought up in a perfect environment with no trace of suffering. This knowledge can come only from a teacher who teaches the content of the Vedas.Experience may lead us to higher level of knowledge in any other field but not in the matter of how to live life happily. he declares to Lord Krishna that he is confused and does not know what to do. In this condition. our soil will be tainted with blood. Therefore. One who has worked hard and progressed well in material comforts can see the futility of prosperity.9 Sanjaya said: Having spoken thus. 2. Teach me who has surrendered unto You.8 I can find no means to drive away this grief. whom if we kill we should not care to live. which is drying up my senses. “I shall not fight" and fell silent.
38
. Now I am Your disciple. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verses: 04 – 09
2. He could see the futility of prosperity when he realized that old age.

What are the three conditions that differentiate the real and illusion? 12. What are the two specific purposes of explaining the nature of Atman when Lord Krishna knows that Arjuna does not fully comprehend it? 16. How does ‘all pervasiveness’ of the Atman make it indestructible? 13. State three facts about Ego. What are they? 2. There is only one Atman. 5. ‘Therefore. 11. What is the difference in meaning between Atman and Brahman? 8. Explain how ‘self-knowledge’ differs from psychology. (b) Comprehend the real nature of Atman. Ego refers to arrogance. Who is the doer of actions or enjoyer of the results? 18. Discuss the validity of experience if it contradicts the result of an enquiry.10 – 2. We cannot perceive the Atman due to two major reasons. The smile of Lord Krishna signifies two things. do your duty’.37
On completion of this unit. what causes suffering when there is a death in the family? 4. True or False? 15. True or false? 19. Prove the statement. What are the six statements derived from the teaching ‘wise do not suffer’? 3. ‘I am changeless’ 9.
Unit Test:
Session: 050
1. What are they? 14. when he knows that Arjuna did not understand the teaching fully? 17.Unit 04: The medicine – Self-Knowledge
Number of Sessions: 20 (031 – 050) Number of Lessons: 10 Versus: 2. How will it help us to end all our sufferings? 6. Why does Lord Krishna say.
39
. What happens to the body. If death is not a cause of suffering. mind and Atman on death? 10. the student will be able to (a) Understand the role of Self-Knowledge in solving our problems. What is the meaning of the word ‘Atman’? 7. Give an overview of the Gita.

5. we become wise and grow out of the childishness that is displayed in all our dealings with the world. An adult watching it will obviously smile. he is similar to a child. he smiles showing his happiness that finally Arjuna confessed his inability to end the suffering and surrendered. which is to surrender to the teacher. When Arjuna cries. From Teaching 1. Ignorant people suffer due to reasons like death just as a child suffers when his balloon bursts. There is a big difference between how such undesirable events are faced by the wise and ignorant.Lesson 1: Smile of Lord Krishna
Session: 031
After Arjuna surrendered. This is the second reason for his smile. just as an adult knows about the nature of a balloon. Only when we gain self-knowledge. does not have the knowledge with respect to himself. Teaching 1: Wise people do not suffer. 6. Arjuna is an expert in many fields. there is a sea change between them with respect to knowledge. 2. We may wonder how one can smile after listening to a pitiable story of another. Wise people do not suffer because they know the facts with respect to death. However. giving a ‘valid’ reason. Wise people do not grieve the death or possibility of death of a near and dear one because they are wise. Although both Lord Krishna and Arjuna appear to be mature adults. 3. Most human beings have self-awareness but they do not have self-knowledge. Lord Krishna smiles due to the same reason. like most of us. Ignorant people will continue to suffer as long as they remain ignorant. Since Lord Krishna wants to help Arjuna. Since he has not learnt formally about himself. he. 4. Lord Krishna was waiting for Arjuna to meet the last qualification to receive the ultimate knowledge. Undesirable events like death will continue to happen in the lives of both the wise and the ignorant. Lord Krishna started talking with a smile.
40
. we derive the following six statements: 1. Lord Krishna gives the summary of the entire Gita in his opening remark (Verse 11) by saying ‘wise people do not suffer’. Example: A child is playing with a balloon and suddenly the balloon bursts and the child starts crying.

which is the solution to all the problems. the solution to the problem is to become wise. Thus. ‘Death’ is a cause of suffering to all the human beings. However. If it is proved that this most important reason for suffering is not really a cause of suffering. Thus. it is very clear that the death or the possibility of death of human beings have no impact on us until the words ‘I’ and ‘mine’ are associated with the event. From this example. If we can show the event that happens is not connected with ourselves then we are not affected by the event. It is not so. We need to gain the knowledge about the words ‘I’ or ‘mine’ or in short. we will invariably find that the words ‘I’ or ‘mine’ are associated with all of them and that we are not unduly perturbed by similar happenings in life of unknown people.
41
. if it can be shown that we are not really associated with the events that we face. This shows that sorrow is not inherent in any event. ‘death’ is not the cause of the suffering. I am affected deeply. Teaching 2: Attachment is the cause of suffering. I am no longer affected by the event. then I am relieved. Our association with the event like death is the cause of suffering. Example: The medical report shows that I have cancer. if it is shown that the report pertains to someone else with the same name as mine. Our hearts do not break and we do not plunge into deep sorrow immediately. Example: In the TV news. The difference between the ignorant and the wise is the presence or absence of self-knowledge. The situation that caused grief in Arjuna is mainly due to the possibility of death of his teacher and grandfather. If we analyze all the miserable situations or sorrowful occasions in our life. All of us assume that death is a cause of suffering. Gita shows the path for the ignorant people to become wise. if we learn that someone very close to our heart is in that plane (which is being hijacked) then we are shattered. and then we will not be affected by such events. However. We enjoy the music program that follows the news clipping. Therefore. it is shown that a plane is being hijacked.This teaching indicates that Arjuna is suffering because he is not wise. then we can understand that no situation in life could be a cause of suffering. we need to gain self-knowledge.

Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 10 – 11
2. you are speaking the words of the wise. The wise do not grieve for the living or for the dead.10 Sanjaya said: Oh Dhrtarastra. smiling. in the midst of both the armies. at that time Krishna.11 Lord Krishna said: You are grieving for those who should not be grieved for. At the same time.
42
. 2. spoke the following words to the grief-stricken Arjuna.

we understand the following: 1. I am the Atman. However. we are attached to something or someone. we actually disown the relationship between the car and self.Lesson 2: Introduction to Self-knowledge
Session: 032 – 033
We have seen that the unique differentiating factor between human beings and other living beings is the presence of self-awareness. this self-awareness is not complete. Similarly. We are the consciousness. This is the basic difference between the ultimate solution and the temporary solution. I am not attached to anything or anyone. Temporary solution attempts to change the situation while ultimate solution changes the perception. leading to sorrow and delusion. By selling the car. The right knowledge does not come naturally. by mentally disassociating ourselves from the objects of our attachment. Lord Krishna is teaching us that our real identity is not the body/ mind complex and introduces us to our real nature. It is wrong to say ‘I have an Atman’). We are aware that we exist but do not know who we are. we can avoid all suffering. we do not have self-knowledge. In other words. 3. We need to spend time and effort to learn who we really are. It is not like self-hypnosis where we do
43
. (Since body does not exist all the time) 2. Our capability to know ourselves is naturally present in us and this factor makes us superior to other living beings. I am not the body. Gaining this knowledge is self-knowledge. We can repair the car or sell the car. We are taking non-existing problems as our problem since we do not know who we are. Teaching 3: You are eternal. we have two solutions. Without knowing who we are. (You exist all the time. Example: If there is problem in the car engine. Self-knowledge is different from studying our psychology or personality. Selfknowledge is the knowledge about consciousness. (Only then. It is like a psychiatrist breaking down after listening to the problems of his patients. Since I am the Atman.) From this teaching. Consciousness is not an entity about which we can study. the Atman. it can be said that ‘I exist all the time’. It comes only through systematic learning of the teaching in the Gita.

It is an occasion to rejoice. Therefore. Since Atman does not have any connection to the universe. when he was trying to avoid a cat. Then we gain selfknowledge. We are thinking that we are the body/mind complex from the age 2 or 3 and therefore. It is also a vehicle. Example: A man was thinking that he was a mouse and he was quite afraid of cats. 2. cannot be cured in one sitting. ‘who are you?’. we are not equally clear about our body. Life is joyful. but we need to go through the treatment cooperating with the psychiatrist (Lord Krishna in our case) If we are not the body/mind complex then who owns our car? We cannot answer. I do not have any sorrow.’ Similarly.auto suggestion and negate the fact that we are the body. We need to dehypnotize ourselves with the guidance given in the Gita. we are wrongly convinced about the fact that we are the body/mind complex and do not know that we are the Atman. we fear death. we are under the constant spell of ignorance (or hypnosis) thinking that we are the body and therefore. We are aware that we are not the car but we have a car. who was thinking that he was a mouse for two years. we cannot be cured by just listening to a statement that we are the Atman. we will learn that we are not the body/mind complex and we are the Atman. At this stage. After a while. the psychiatrist enquired. We need to commence our journey of learning with the detailed description of Atman as given in the verses 12 to 25. the first step is to prepare our mind through work. it may be a long drawn effort. An overview of the Gita 1. “The car belongs to the Atman”. It is just the opposite. ‘I know that I am not a mouse. 3.
44
. We need to dehypnotize ourselves from our current hypnotic state of thinking that we are this body/mind complex. All human beings want to live joyfully all the time without any suffering. I am not sure if the cat knows that. The man. However. he replied. A psychiatrist treated him and cured him completely. Merely calling ourselves Atman does not change anything. Like psychiatric treatment. Since I am free from attachment. We are using our body to interact with the world. Without knowing this truth. We have a long way to go before we could answer this question. We are just beginning the dehypnotizing treatment. I am not attached to anyone or anything in the world. We need to prepare our mind so that we can understand who we really are. We need to dehypnotize ourselves so that we know that death is similar to selling an old car and buying a new one. Self-knowledge is the means to reach that destination. However.

It may or may not be an enjoyable experience depending on our attitude. after we complete all the lessons.12 Never was there a time when I did not exist. 2. 3. nor all these kings. The concluding point is to know who that independent entity is. we must listen to Copernicus completely and reflect on the facts presented. The starting point for all human beings is self-awareness. we will understand that the meaning of the word ‘I’ is not what we always thought it to be. We can then make a conclusion as to whether the truth revealed by him is acceptable to us logically. we need to have a proper attitude towards it so that it can also be an enjoyable experience. This will take comparatively less time and it is an enjoyable process. Teaching 4: You are the Atman Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verse: 12
2. if we systematically study and reflect on the teachings of Lord Krishna. Eating is the means to reach our goal. Similarly. people do not believe it. ‘you are not whom you think you are’. People assumed that sun. Unlike animals. although our experience contradicts the knowledge. It will also detail the various practices (cooking) to prepare ourselves to receive the knowledge (eating). This is similar to: 1. we use the word ‘I’ but we do not know the correct meaning of this word. Since the process of preparation (cooking) is difficult and time consuming. people do not trust him. moon and other planets are revolving around the earth. First. when Lord Krishna says. based on their experience. Similarly. nor in the future shall any of us cease to be. We are hungry and want to satisfy our hunger. Even when some one (Copernicus) proposes that earth is not the center of the universe after detailed observation and calculation.Gita helps us to end all our suffering by correcting our attitude based on selfknowledge. Experiences do not lead to knowledge all the time. we are aware that the earth revolves around the sun and not the other way although our experience still suggests that the sun revolves around earth. nor you. which will take some time and effort. Today.
45
. We need to cook the food prior to eating. meaning that they are aware that they exist as an independent entity. Gita explains that we suffer (hunger) and we need self-knowledge (food) to solve the problem.

The words ‘Brahman’ and ‘Atman’ refer to the same conscious entity. the consciousness. both of them are inert. It is difficult to understand that mind is inert. One is a conscious entity and another is an inert entity. Example: I live eternally. Thus. there is no difference between Atman and Brahman. The inert entity includes everything that is known. which is shown by the usage of the words ‘me’ and ‘mine’ interchangeably. awareness. by definition it has to be inert because we know the existence of the mind. we refer to pot-space. The conscious entity is Atman. sometimes we refer to the inert and sometime we refer to a combination of both. in the absence of the systematic teaching both the conscious entity (Atman) and the inert object (body/mind complex)] are completely mixed up. There is no difference between pot-space and space. (Lord Krishna refers to the conscious entity) Lord Krishna is born. The entity (Atman) which is aware of the body and mind is me. It can also be called as consciousness. Awareness is the nature of
46
.Lesson 3: The meaning of the word ‘Atman’
Session: 034 – 035
The word ‘Atman’ refers to the true meaning of the word ‘I’. the word Atman is used to refer Brahman in many places in this text. Similarly. However. pot-space is like Atman and space is like Brahman. We are not clear whether we have a hand or we are the hand. Sometime we refer to the conscious entity. gaining the knowledge on the self is called self-knowledge. (We refer to the inert entity) Self-awareness will blossom into self-knowledge. if we are able to differentiate between the conscious entity and the inert entity and identify ourselves with the conscious entity. The inert entity does not have any consciousness and the conscious entity is aware of the existence of the inert entity. Gita educates us systematically on the difference between the two entities (conscious entity and the inert entity) that is referred by the word ‘I’. However. Thus. To reinforce this fact. Since I know the body and mind. Brahman or by any other word. The word Brahman is used when we refer to the entity that supports the whole universe and the word Atman is used when we refer to the same entity in the context of supporting our individual body/mind complex. Whenever we use the word ‘I’. Although space is one indivisible entity. we refer to two different entities. Example: ‘This is me’ OR ‘This is my body’. due to ignorance.

What happens while living? The body exists within the womb. The mind is continuously changing by interacting with the environment. This awareness is reflected on the mind (the inert entity) and mind appears to have an independent capacity to know. takes a new physical body (called birth). We can observe that our body/mind complex is changing continuously from the time we are born.knower (the consciousness or Atman or I). just as a pen appears to write in the hands of the writer. This can be verified through self-enquiry and through logic.
47
. The environment continues to present situations that are pleasant and unpleasant and the mind is continuously affected by such changes. On death. It is similar to a pen writing on a paper. The observer has to be changeless in order to make judgment whether the observed is changing or not. I remain changeless. Pen is an inert object and it used by us as a writing tool. the physical body is discarded. it is born. Mind together with the reflected consciousness. I am changeless. What happens on death? When we are living our body/mind complex appears to be alive because it reflects the consciousness. Therefore. Teaching 5: You are the changeless consciousness The consciousness in my body and mind is me. There is no change in Atman whether the body is five years old or fifty years old. While the body/mind complex keeps changing. I the consciousness do not change. it deteriorates and finally it dies. Mind appears to be thinking. it changes. it grows. Mind borrows sentiency from the Atman.

in this body. One has to accept the extreme weather change without grumbling since it is part of nature. A wise person is not disturbed over such changes. it passes into another body on death. 2.Therefore. subject to arrival and departure. Similarly.13 Atman continuously passes.15 Oh Arjuna. Physical bodies are continuously deteriorating and will disappear one day whether Arjuna kills them or not. love/hate etc) will keep alternating. Lord Krishna tells Arjuna that there is no reason for him to grieve due to the following reasons: 1. One must learn to tolerate the seasonal changes without being disturbed. The mind does not die on death. is certainly eligible for immortality. 2. Atman cannot be destroyed since it is eternal. from boyhood to youth to old age. It is like abandoning an old house and moving into a new house. One has to have the understanding and forbearance and not complain about such changes. 2.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 13 – 15
2. 3. due to his wisdom. pleasure and pain are like heat and cold. 4.
48
. the pairs of opposites (gain/loss. the person who remains steady in both pleasure and pain. Similarly.14 Oh Arjuna. It survives the death and it takes a new body.

49
. the moon becomes a reality to them. alone meets the conditions of reality. Our experience of the blue color cannot be declared as unreal or false. Once they understand. If the blind person does not enquire. the sky appears to be blue. 1. the wise among the blind listen to others and figure out what the moon is. It is present now. There will be a time when it will not be present. we will find that it is an illusion. On enquiry. For example. The consciousness. we find out that the space above is colorless. present and future) 2. To be declared as real. enquiry will show the reality while the experience will show just the opposite as in the case of sun moving across the morning sky. It is an illusion. It depends on something else for its existence. It should be independent. An entity is an illusion if it meets the following three conditions. It should remain changeless. the moon is not real for him. Sometimes. When the enquiry proves that our experience is wrong. 2. It should be present all the time. we do not call the experience as unreal or false because the experience continues inspite of the right knowledge. 3. (Past. It keeps changing. Since they do not see the moon. if we find that the reality is different from our experience. However. If we examine any entity that is experienced by us. 1. Enquiry is more important than experience. 3. it does not exist for them. On scientific enquiry. based on the description given to them. only what we experience is real to us. we need to accept the result of the enquiry and not hold on to our experience. In general. An enquiry may show a reality that we do not experience (like the moon of the blind) or it may show that what we experience is not a reality (like the sun of the morning sky). In either case. What we do not experience is not real to us until we enquire. This is explained with the example of a rope that is seen as a snake at twilight. There was a time in the past when it did not exist. we need to trust our enquiry and discount our experience. an entity has to meet three conditions.Lesson 4: Nature of reality
Session: 036 – 037
The moon is not real for the blind. which enables us to experience.

The existence of the snake depends on the existence of the rope. That. the rope is real. Therefore. There is no non-existence for the real. That which is not real but appears to be real is an illusion. it was not there and once the truth is learnt. it disappears. which includes our body mind complex. It is not real. However. The universe depends on me for its existence and I do not depend on anything for my existence. even though the universe is experienced. From this teaching. 5. That means the existence of rope is not dependent on anything. but on enquiry fails the test of existence is neither real nor unreal. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verse: 16 2. experiences it and therefore he cannot conclude that it is unreal. just as drowning in the dream does not physically affect the one who is sleeping. rope meets all the three conditions. rope could be stated as real. Therefore. it is there in the evening and it will be there in the night. 3. it does not stand the test of reality and therefore it is nonexistent. on enquiry. which is experienced. in relation to the snake. The snake was experienced during twilight. It cannot be said to be unreal. The real is not disturbed or affected by the illusion. situations and events in life will change and I am permanent. we cannot say that it is false.
50
.
Weather keeps changing (from hot to cold etc) and therefore it does not stand the test of reality. I am the only reality and I will never die. 2. Weather changes can affect our body since both of them belong to the realm of changes and therefore are part of the illusion. However. Thus. because it is available for experience (during twilight). Prior to the experience.16 There is no existence for the unreal. the universe. Teaching 6: You are the only reality. we can derive the following: 1. I am the only reality. the person who sees the snake in the rope. The real is not disturbed or affected by the illusion. is an illusion.The rope was there in the morning. It is called an illusion. since it is experienced. Objects. Thus. I am not affected by the changes in the universe. The universe is an illusion and it will keep changing. just as the mirage water does not wet the sand. This truth is understood by the wise studying the nature of both. The snake is not real since it did not meet the essential conditions for us to declare that it is real. although it is experienced. The universe is an illusion. 4. It remains changeless all through the day. Even if one does not experience the rope (and sees the snake instead).

51
. We can perceive only that which has name and form. it cannot be elsewhere at the same time. we are the observer. Just as light can be seen only as a reflection on some object and not directly. 4. A horse is different from a dog. at all places and therefore there cannot be more than one Atman. 8. 2. (It does not have a form) 3. Name and forms are illusions and the underlying reality is the Atman. which is present at all places Teaching 8: You are not destructible Lord Krishna gives these two teachings in the verse 17 leading to revelation of many truths. ‘consciousness’ etc for our understanding. Atman is indestructible. 7. Atman has no such limitation since it is present everywhere all the time. Atman is present at all times. It has no name or form. Atman is the causeless cause. All inert objects are limited by time and space. Atman does not have any boundaries nor can any object create a boundary for it. real and illusion can exist together just as dry sand and mirage water can exist at the same place at the same time.17 Know that this imperishable Atman pervades all this. present and future) it leads us to the next two teachings. 5. Atman is beyond time and space. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verse: 17
2. No one else is there to bring destruction to this changeless one. If our body is here and now. All inert objects are limited by the form and shape.Lesson 5: Beyond time and space
Session: 038 – 039
Time and space are tightly bundled together and one cannot talk of space without talking about time or the other way around. 6. It does not matter by what name we refer to the nameless as long we understand that it is ‘I’). 1. Teaching 7: Consciousness is only one. The entire universe rests on Atman and it is independent. Atman is changeless but the universe undergoes continuous change. Since it is already stated that the Atman is present all the time (past. Atman has no such limitation since it is the one that sustains all objects 9. Atman can be experienced only with a name and form. Universe is manifested. Real and unreal cannot exist together just as light and darkness cannot exist together. 10. (We call it ‘Atman’. However. sustained and resolved cyclically.

Lesson 6: Beyond sensory perception

Session: 040 – 041

‘Being present at all times’ and ‘changelessness’ complement each other. One will lead to the other. On the other hand, the universe (consisting of inert objects) is present at all times as a changing phenomenon. Example: River appears to be present all the time but it is changing all the time. Similarly, names and forms (the universe including our physical bodies/ mind) appear, keep changing and then disappear cyclically. The Atman, which remains unchanging supports and sustains this ever-changing universe. Only the illusion consisting of name and form can come within our perception. We cannot perceive the Atman since it is formless, part less, attributeless and one without the second. Another important reason why the Atman cannot be perceived is that there is no one or nothing existing other than the Atman. It is the knower or perceiver. The knower cannot be the known, as the fire cannot be burnt. The function of the knower is to know just as the function of the fire is to burn. Atman is immeasurable since it is beyond perception. It is beyond the reach of the mind. Atman cannot be experienced. Our mind can only comprehend the Atman as an entity that is beyond comprehension. Example: A one-liter-jar is full of stones. In order to fill the jar with space, we cannot measure one-liter of space and try to stuff it inside the jar. All that has to be done is to remove the stones. Automatically space will occupy the jar. Space did not enter the jar after removal of the stones. It was always there but it was beyond perception. Similarly, by identifying all inert objects, we can remove them from our perception of the word “I”. The remaining part, which is the Atman, is self-revealing. Understanding the misconception of the word, ‘I’ is like removing the cloud that was covering the self-revealing sun. Infact the presence of the cloud is revealed only due to the presence of the sunlight. Similarly, our misunderstanding of the word ‘I’ is also revealed only because of the illumining power of the Atman. Thus, the Atman is the experiencer and it cannot be experienced. We need to understand what is ‘not Atman’ to gain right self-knowledge. Teaching 9: You are immeasurable and beyond perception When we are clear who we are, we will have no doubt about the illusory nature of the world. Since there is only one Atman that is present all the time, everything that happens in the world can be compared to a drama.

52

Each individual that we encounter in the world are reflections of the very same Atman (that is me). All the living beings that we encounter in life are similar to the reflections on the multiple mirrors in a trial room. When we look into the mirrors, we see different reflections of ourselves. In order to see whether the apparel is fitting us properly, we might keep looking at different reflections. May be the reflection that shows our right profile is better looking than the reflection that shows our back. Whichever reflection we look at, we are clear that it is we. Even if we feel that one reflection is better than the other we have no doubt in our mind that every reflection is supported by our body, which is not many in number. Similarly, the world is full of people (including ourselves), who are mere reflections of the one and only Atman. It is not possible to destroy the Atman. Even if we destroy a reflection (by breaking a mirror), nothing happens to the Atman. By explaining these truths, Lord Krishna wants Arjuna to do his duty. All of us need to do our duty and should not try to run away from it. Lord Krishna knows that Arjuna has not fully comprehended his teaching. Still, he says ‘…therefore do your duty’ because only by doing our duty we can hope to comprehend the teaching in full. It will be explained latter that we need to prepare our mind to receive the teaching and doing our duty sincerely is the only way to prepare our mind. Only then, we will see the difference between the changeless present and the ever-changing illusion very clearly. It is like the pictures of food items advertised in a restaurant. The picture of the food, however realistic it may be, will not satisfy the hunger of the customer. On the other hand, even if the customer is not hungry, the pictures may stimulate hunger and make him order some of the items. Similarly, Lord Krishna describes our real nature to us with a hope that we will work for understanding the same. Only after eating the food, the hunger will go. Similarly, only after comprehending the essential difference between the changeless present and the ever-changing illusion, will all our sufferings vanish. Giving an overview of our real selves in these verses serves not only as an introduction, but will also stimulate our eagerness to spend time and effort in gaining the discriminative power (to discriminate the real from the illusion). Doing our duty is the means to make our mind mature to receive this discriminative power. Therefore, we need to do our duty. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verse: 18

2.18 Only the physical body of the indestructible, immeasurable and eternal living entity is subject to destruction; therefore, fight, Oh Arjuna.

53

Lesson 7: Understanding Atman

Session: 042 – 044

We do many actions in a day. If someone asks us, “What did you do yesterday?” we may mention a few actions. If we spend time to reflect, we will see that there are millions of actions done by us during any given day and we claim some of them as our doing. It is an illusion. The truth is we do not do anything. Life happens to us. Life is so intelligent as to make us believe that we do or do not do actions in life. We do not do anything. We are the Atman and the Atman is incapable of doing any action. Nor are the inert objects like body and mind capable of doing any action. Teaching 10:You do not do anything nor do you cause anything to be done Atman cannot even prompt anyone to do any action. Example: The drama is directed by the director. Atman is not the director of the drama that we call life. The drama of life happens in this universe and it is related to the world just as the mirage water is related to the dry sand. Although the water is seen on the sand, it does not wet the sand. Moreover, sand does not cause the mirage water. Similarly, Atman does not cause the action. The action that we see around (including our own action) is an illusion. Example: A movie is projected on the screen. Similarly, the universe is projected on the Atman. There are many characters in the movie but there is only one screen, on which the images are projected. Similarly, there are many living/non-living inert objects in the universe but the Atman is one. Although one object appears to be different from another, in reality all appearances are part of the illusion. Atman is not limited by form and name. The screen is present all the time, before, during and after the projection of the movie. Similarly, Atman is not limited by time but the universe is manifested, sustained and resolved in time. The screen pervades the entire movie and the movie cannot be outside the screen. Similarly, Atman is not limited by space but everything in the creation is in space. The presence of the movie is dependent on the existence of the screen. The screen does not depend on the movie for its existence. Similarly, Atman is independent. The universe is dependent on the Atman for its existence.

54

The movie appears to be moving but the screen does not move. Similarly, the Atman is changeless. The blood in the movie cannot taint the screen. Our attention is on the movie characters and we do not pay any attention to the screen. Similarly, we do not take notice of the ever-present Atman. When the movie is going on, it is not possible to see the changeless, everpresent screen. One has to understand intellectually that there is a screen supporting he movie. We always experience the screen indirectly by experiencing the movie. Similarly, we continuously experience the Atman (the feeling of ‘I’) by experiencing the world. Teaching 11: You are neither the doer nor the enjoyer If neither the Atman nor the inert object (our body/mind complex) is involved in any action, then who does the actions. Actions are part of the illusion. For example, in a drama, the hero kills the villain. We do not go to a police station and give a complaint about the murder since it is a part of the illusion. Similarly, the action, which is a part of the illusion, is done by an illusory character called our ego. Our ego is the doer of the action and enjoyer of the results of the action. Ego refers to the reflection of the sentiency of the Atman in the reflecting medium of our individual mind. Ego does not refer to arrogance in this context. The word Ego (meaning ‘I’) has been wrongly construed by people not yet exposed to the teachings of Vedanta/Gita. In reality, ego does not exist. If we keep enquiring ‘who am I’ systematically under the guidance of a teacher, the “I”, who claims to be the doer and the enjoyer will vanish. Wise people know that the Atman is neither the doer nor the enjoyer. The imaginary ego is the doer and the enjoyer. We suffer because we consider ourselves to be the doer / enjoyer. It is difficult to shift our focus and realize that we are the changeless ever-present Atman, who is neither the doer nor the enjoyer. In order to get this attitude, we have to prepare our mind by doing our Karma as Karma Yoga, which will be explained in the next unit.

55

Thus, the description of who we are shows very clearly that we must not hesitate to do our duty. This is the central message of the Vedanta, and even if we do not understand it, we need to do our duty sincerely, so that we can understand the truth after getting the required mental maturity.

Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution

Verses: 19 – 25

2.19 He who thinks that the Atman is the slayer or the slain, does not understand. One who is wise knows that the Atman neither acts nor causes any action. 2.20 For the Atman, there is no birth or death. It neither comes into existence nor ceases to exist. It is unborn, eternal, ever-existing, decay less and growth less. It is not affected when the body is slain. 2.21 Oh Arjuna, how can a person who knows that the Atman is indestructible, beginning less, changeless, eternal and immutable, kill anyone or cause anyone to kill? 2.22 Just as a person puts on new garments, giving up the worn out old ones, the Atman accepts new physical bodies, giving up the old and useless ones. 2.23 The Atman can never be cut into pieces by any weapon, nor can he be burned by fire, nor moistened by water, nor withered by the wind. 2.24 This Atman is unbreakable and imperishable, and can be neither burned nor dried. He is everlasting, all-pervading, unchangeable, immovable and eternally the same. 2.25 This Atman is invisible, inconceivable, immutable, and unchangeable. Knowing this, you should not grieve.

56

Lesson 8: Role of intelligence

Session: 045

Animals are not as intelligent as human beings are. Human beings use their intelligence and control the environment to their liking. Animals have limited capability to do this. Even among human beings, those who are more intelligent have higher potential than others do. The level of intelligence determines the economic development, which gives us higher level of comforts. In addition, when life presents varied situations, pleasant or unpleasant, animals do not have any choice but to endure the prevailing situation. Using their higher level of intelligence, human beings can determine how they respond to such situations and therefore, they can maximize happiness and minimize sorrow. Arjuna faced an unpleasant situation of having to fight with his loved ones. How he deals with such a situation depends on his intelligence. Lord Krishna pointed out that Atman cannot be killed and therefore Arjuna need not grieve. However, Arjuna may not have the mental maturity to understand the nature of Atman. Therefore, Lord Krishna gives another perspective of his teaching ‘wise do not suffer’. Even if we do not want to talk about the Atman, it can still be shown that Arjuna does not have to grieve, if he thinks wisely. 1. Assuming that there is no Atman and death destroys everything, still Arjuna need not worry because death is unavoidable.

2. All efforts to avoid war failed. Arjuna is in a situation where he has to fight against Bhishma and Dhrona. The level of intelligence determines our ability to accept inevitable situations and deal with them effectively. REWRITE The intelligence of the wise will have sufficient strength to overcome emotional disturbances of the mind.

3. Wise people will understand that running away from the battlefield does not solve the problem. It aggravates it. Example: A sales executive has not met the target for the third consecutive month and he is afraid to attend the sales review meeting. Fearing the consequences, he resigns the job. This is not the solution. He has to face the situation rather than running away from it.

57

4. The possibility of death is present for everyone at all times. No one knows when one will die. Only those who are less intelligent fear death every day. The wise face the situation without this unnecessary worry. Example: If the medical diagnosis says that we have cancer, the wise do not lament, ‘How can this happen to me?’ The longer one takes to accept the situation the more the suffering. There is no point in crying over spilt milk. Only if we keep talking about it or thinking about it does our suffering increase. The wise among see this truth and do not let themselves suffer. 5. Inspite of our best effort, life will continue to present unpleasant situations. Intelligent people understand this fact faster by observing their own life and the life history of others. People who are not so intelligent continue to think that it is possible to reach a stage wherein they can create a perfect world with no possibility of any sorrow. They keep striving with a hope to reach the horizon. The wise will understand faster, that the world cannot be changed, and will learn to live happily with the pairs of opposites. The degree of suffering is inversely proportional to the degree of acceptance of the environment. Intelligent people have the wisdom to change what can be changed and accept what cannot be changed. They also have the wisdom to know the difference. How soon we realize that something cannot be changed depends on our intelligence. If we are less intelligent, we will struggle harder and longer before accepting the unpleasant situation. If we are more intelligent, we realize it sooner through trials and efforts. 6. Intelligent people know that they can neither predict the future nor change the past. Our past actions can determine our future situations. If we have done the right actions, we will encounter a favorable future. Wrong actions will lead to an unpleasant future. However, it is upto us to deal with such situations. Our past bad actions cannot compel us to suffer. They can just make our environment hostile and force us to face the unfavorable situation. If we are intelligent, we can enjoy the negative events also, just as a child who plays with a balloon, has the option to laugh even when it bursts. Thus, Lord Krishna explains to Arjuna that there is no reason for him to grieve, even if he does not understand the teaching with respect to Atman.

58

Matter cannot be created or destroyed. It takes different forms and shapes and keeps changing all the time. At the subatomic level, matter appears and disappears continuously. This is scientifically proved. Our experience also shows that there is constant change in everything that we perceive. It is ignorance to expect stability in life. Things will keep changing all the time. Accordingly, our experience will also change. As a child, when our parents did not buy a balloon, we were greatly disappointed. All the events that we make an issue of now may seem silly years later. Only the wise perceive this irony. Lord Krishna teaches us this scientific knowledge through the following verses with a purpose of reducing the sorrow of Arjuna. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verses: 26 – 28

2.26 However, if you think that the Atman is also subject to the cycle of birth and death, still you still have no reason to lament, Oh Arjuna. 2.27 For one who has taken his birth, death is certain; and for one who is dead, birth is certain. Therefore, you should not grieve over this inevitable fact. 2.28 Oh Arjuna, all created beings were in the un manifest stage in the beginning, manifest in the middle, and again go back to un manifest stage. So what is the use of grieving over them?

59

Lesson 9: Application of intelligence

Session: 046

It was seen in the previous lesson that if one is intelligent, suffering could be minimized. Most people do not attempt to eliminate the possibility of suffering altogether. They remain contended in dealing with situations in such a way, that the present problem is solved. They do not attempt to eliminate the root cause of all problems. Human intelligence has the potential to bring about Joyful Living, wherein there is no suffering. We need to use our intelligence to its full potential and eliminate suffering completely. However, this is not possible if we do not learn about the Atman. Learning about the Atman is the same as gaining self-knowledge, since the word Atman refers to our selves. Unlike all other knowledge, self-knowledge has a unique feature that makes it easy and difficult at the same time. With respect to all other knowledge, there is a division between the subject and the object. Example: ‘I study geography’. In this case, I am different from geography. The distinction between subject and object is universal, except in the case of self-knowledge. There is no distinct ‘I’ that studies about the ‘I’. We do not gain any new knowledge that was not previously experienced by us. Besides the observer (subject) alone is the reality and the observed (objects) are mere illusions projected on the observer. In other words, observer is the observed. Therefore, self-knowledge is difficult to understand. At the same time, it can be said it is very easy because the knowledge that I am the knower is inherent in every one of us and therefore there is nothing more to learn. The difficult part is to remove our wrong understanding. When we define who we are, we include many parts (like our house, properties, relatives, friends, family, dress, body and mind) which are not really us. Example: A rich man sends is personal assistant to the bank. The bank manager insults the personal assistant. The rich man assumes that the bank manager has insulted him personally because as far he is concerned, his personal assistant is included in the word ‘I’. The level of intelligence determines how many of these external adjuncts are removed from the definition of ‘I”. People who are less intelligent suffer a great deal if they lose some money. Intelligent people do not suffer even if a tsunami takes away everything.

60

Those with a lesser degree of intelligence cannot comprehend the description of the Atman. which includes these two extreme types of people. Example: It is like scaling the compound wall and breaking into the house when the main door to the house is open. Lord Krishna firstly presents the complete teaching about the Atman. Wise people. do not grieve for any situation in life because they know that they are the foundation on which the entire universe functions. We need to be satisfied with minimizing them. It might be a long struggle to gain self-knowledge. Teaching 12: Atman cannot be understood by all Some of those who understand the Atman will see its simplicity and assume every one can learn this. Whatever happens in the world is an illusion and therefore they know that there is no reason for suffering. people need to commence their treatment depending on their level of intelligence. However. If we do not use the full potential of our intelligence and gain self-knowledge. Since it is known that not everyone can understand the teaching. For others it may appear to be illogical and a superstitious belief. Both Vedas and Gita contain messages for all human beings. after gaining selfknowledge one will feel that he was stupid to have struggled so much to see the obvious.
61
. While the objective and the prescription are the same for everyone. Even those who are intelligent enough may have to put in lots of effort to gain self-knowledge. Gita guides people to liberation. not many attempt to learn self-knowledge. They do not know that self-knowledge will end all their sufferings in life. we cannot hope to eliminate all our sufferings. For some of us the teaching may appear to be logical and simple. the method to gain the eligibility is taught by Lord Krishna from the verse 31 onwards. Although everyone is prone to suffering in the world. However. by gaining self-knowledge.Those who use their intelligence to gain self-knowledge do not grieve any affliction to their own body/ mind complex because they know that they are not the body/mind complex. it is not possible to expect everyone to comprehend the Atman because of the presence of varying degrees of intelligence and mental maturity among people.

However. all our suffering will be eliminated. while others.29 Some look at the Atman as amazing. 1. 2. even after hearing about Atman. The Atman is independent and the body/mind is dependent. living beings walked out. Body grows and disintegrates. However. can not understand at all. This Atman. The major obstacle that prevents most educated people to understand the teaching of Lord Krishna is the wrong knowledge that was gained through the conventional education system. it will continue to remain as a secret since not everyone has the required level of mental maturity to comprehend the teaching. and some hear of him as amazing. Therefore. If we are not a victim to such wrong line of thoughts. we can learn the following. They do not have any proof for such a statement.
62
. Western scientists mainly. one day. you need not grieve for any being. Lord Krishna says that even after revealing this ultimate solution. It is very rare that someone not exposed to such teaching may comprehend this easily. If we learn the above knowledge. for some it is impossible to understand because they may not have the required level of intelligence and mental maturity. educated people blindly believe in such non-scientific superstition. It will take time and effort to understand this teaching fully.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 29 – 30
2. The Atman is the cause and body/mind is caused.30 Oh Arjuna. The Atman is changeless and eternal. 2. present in every body is eternal and can never be destroyed. wrongly believe that from the inert cosmic soup. the final teaching on Atman says that it cannot be understood by everyone.Thus. 3. some describe him as amazing. Mind is changing and it travels birth to birth carrying the reflection of the Atman.

Most people choose a particular profession for earning money. Thus. In addition to the above. Thus working sincerely is a stepping-stone for Joyful Living. This is the only purpose of all our actions. Teaching 13: Karma Yoga is the steppingstone to gain Self-knowledge The real purpose of working is to refine the mind so that it can comprehend the teaching on Atman. Each role comes with a well-defined responsibility. we choose our profession according to our aptitude. they may not do their work to their best of their abilities. Example: The primary responsibility of a student is to study. we need to do our work to the best of our abilities as explained the verses 31 to 37. It is very important that we fulfill the responsibilities of the chosen profession to the best of our abilities. No one compels us to do work. we should work to the best of our abilities. Then we can lead a Joyful Living. We have the option to choose what we want to do. if we are not able to understand the teaching given out by Lord Krishna. skill and capabilities. This will lead us towards our destination in our life.Lesson 10: Complying to our Prescribed Duty
Session: 047 – 049
Every one of us is playing various roles at various points of time in our life. householder etc) and in each profession we undertake. we have to perform our work for gaining mental maturity. at each stage of our life as a spouse. Each profession comes with its own set of duties and responsibilities. parent and grandparent we have well prescribed duties.
63
. Once we gain the mental maturity by doing our work sincerely. having chosen. get married or raise a family. Example: I do not do my work properly because the employer is not paying me enough. Most of the roles in our life after we grow into an adult are chosen by us. we will be able to comprehend the knowledge about Atman. We should work sincerely with utmost dedication to the chosen profession. We need to function to the best of our ability to fulfill the responsibilities of the roles undertaken by us. At each stage in our life (student. Therefore. It is our choice. However. This is the recommendation of Lord Krishna for those who do not understand the teachings on the Atman. Similarly.

2. opening for them the doors of the heavenly planets.
2.
2.34 Moreover. dishonor is worse than death.Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 31 – 37
2. Therefore. either you will be killed on the battlefield and attain the heavenly planets. and for one who has been honored.37 Oh Arjuna. and thus you will be disgraced. people will talk about your unerasable infamy.
2. or you will conquer and enjoy the earthly kingdom. happy are the Ksatriyas to whom such fighting opportunities come unsought.35 The great warriors who have highly esteemed your name and fame will also think that you have left the battlefield out of fear only.32 Oh Arjuna.
2.
64
. then you will certainly incur sins for neglecting your duties and thus lose your reputation. you should know that there is no better engagement for you than fighting a righteous war. however. What could be more painful for you?
2. get up and fight with determination. you do not fight this righteous war.36 Your enemies will describe you in many degrading words and ridicule your ability.33 If. and so there is no need for hesitation.31 Considering your specific duty as a Ksatriya.

What is the link between attitude and knowledge? 18. 2. 4. What are the Six Principles required to be followed to convert Karma into Karma Yoga? 20. What is the difference between material pursuit and spiritual pursuit? 14. What are the differences between a Karma Yogi and a person doing Karma? 8. Why is it said that expectation is the cause of all our miseries?
65
. 5. What is the problem of having multiple goals in life? 10.Unit 05: The treatment – Karma Yoga
Number of Sessions: 20 (051 – 070) Number of Lessons: 9 Versus: 2. Why does the central message of the Gita continue to be a secret? 12. When will Vedas become useless to a person? 16. 3. Why is the link between action and result not obvious? 17.50
On completion of this unit. What should be the only destination and the only path common to everyone? 11. What are the three ways in which one understands the limitation of material pursuit? 15. the student will be able to (a) Understand the role of Karma Yoga in removing all the suffering.
What are the pairs of the opposites that are called as dualities in life? Why should our life oscillate between the pairs of opposites? What are the two possible ways to deal with such oscillation? What should we do to become eligible to gain self-knowledge? Explain the difference in attitude while doing action in material pursuit and in spiritual pursuit.38 – 2. 6. What are the Twelve Laws of Karma? 19. What is the purpose of action by a Karma Yogi? 9. (b) Understand the link between the action and results. What are the five steps required to gain a focused mind? 13.
Unit Test:
Session: 070
1. What are the advantages of Karma Yoga over mere Karma? 7.

This is an impossible task. Therefore. If we do not use our intelligence to its full potential. Example: Buying a Benz car may make the travel comfortable but will not solve the problem of traffic jam. Karma Yoga does not involve any new actions on our part. Most of us are using our intelligence to correct the external world so that the positive swing is maximized and the negative swing is eliminated. The preparation to receive self-knowledge is to do Karma Yoga. It is not possible to control the environment in such a way that we never face an unpleasant situation.Lesson 1: Karma Yoga is the stepping stone
Session: 051 – 052
In life. Victory and Defeat. We will enjoy the positive swing and suffer the negative swing. However. Love and Hate. not all intelligent people are eligible to receive the knowledge because their mind may not be mature enough. intelligent people may get self-knowledge in a comparatively short duration. Fame and Blame. just as in the above example the operation could be done only when the conditions are ripe. However. the other will not have any meaning. Pleasure and Pain. it is essential that we use our intelligence to become wise so that we do not suffer at all in our life. This is possible only if we gain self-knowledge. We can only raise the level of comforts and standard of living by correcting the environment. If one does not exist.
66
. the pairs of opposites (Gain and Loss. Example: Hot and cold define each other. They are called dualities of life because one does not exist without the other. to convert Karma into Karma Yoga. We only need to alter the attitude with which we do the actions. we will remain bound to the effect of this oscillation between these pairs of opposites. Similarly. Thus. It is not possible to avoid one completely. Gaining self-knowledge is an easy process but the preparation to gain knowledge may be a lengthy process. Prosperity and Poverty. Example: It may take only a few minutes to perform a cataract operation. Health and Ill health) are unavoidable. the patient may have to wait for many months until the cataract reaches a stage when it is ready for surgical removal. the pairs of opposites are two ends of the same stick. We need to do the very same actions to fulfill the responsibilities of the various roles assumed by us.

liberates us. Any action done with this attitude is Karma Yoga. All our Karmas bind us to this world. power. Any action done with this attitude is mere karma. in the process of our business growth we would have developed many competitors and would have sought the attention of various regulatory authorities. Karma binds us. Karma Yoga gives us the required mental maturity to receive the self-knowledge. We want to be happy and we think name. That stage never comes because even if the factory were doing exceedingly well. Opening a new factory is undoubtedly a sign of prosperity but it does not make us feel complete. They are not qualified to attempt Karma Yoga. Karma Yoga is a part of spiritual pursuit. The alternating gains and losses in the business will determine the state of our mind. we will end up with lots of attachment. Moreover. position and such material goals will give us happiness.Karma is a part of material pursuit. We would like to be happy all the time without ever facing the negative emotions. Karma Yoga is the stepping-stone to get on to the vehicle. This means we will continue to be prone to more suffering. When we start a new business. Self-knowledge is only the vehicle to reach the destination. since they do not know that suffering is inevitable in life. We are involved in action so that our mind will become mature enough to gain selfknowledge. As the time goes by. The destination is Joyful Living. we do not have much attachment to the business. If we are to perform our actions without this shift in our attitude. Thus.
67
. which will give us happiness. We will be happy when the going is good and suffer when the business is not doing so well. Only those people who have understood that the nature of the world is to bind us to suffering are qualified to perform Karma Yoga. if we do only Karma and not Karma Yoga. Avoidance of suffering is the basic feature of Joyful Living. our happiness is not complete nor do we ever reach a level of perfect fulfillment. There is always anxiety that the business should continue to do well and invariably we plan to expand our business. This will bring its own set of anxieties. Even when the business is faring extremely well. This will involve certain fear in our mind. We want to be happy and we know that gaining self-knowledge is the only means. we would have committed for further growth in the business. Karma Yoga on the other hand. wealth. Others will enjoy life assuming that the whole life will pass without any change. fame. We will have to wait until the operations in the new factory exceed our expectations. what we do is called Karma and not Karma Yoga. This is obvious from our experience.

since he is facing the worst crisis of his life. Now listen to the knowledge of yoga whereby one works without the focus on immediate result.38 Fight for the sake of fighting. you shall never suffer.
68
. Oh Arjuna. 2. loss or gain. by so doing. He is actively seeking a solution to end all his sufferings. when you act with this knowledge of yoga. Teaching 14: Karma binds and Karma Yoga liberates
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 38 – 39
2. without considering happiness or distress.Arjuna has qualified to become a student. and therefore Lord Krishna begins his teaching on Karma Yoga in the verses 38 and 39. you can free yourself from the bondage of action.39 Thus far I have declared to you the knowledge of Atman. victory or defeat--and.

5. Your efforts may be wasted (You may not 2. You will always succeed (Leading to Joyful Happiness or Sorrow) Living) 2. It will be interesting to work for one’s own others progress 9. respond to the external events. we can either do them as mere Karma or perform Karma Yoga. You will hate to get back to work on work. (You will gain get promotion or may incur loss in the mental maturity corresponding to your efforts) business) 3. less. External Factors (on which you do not have 6. it will be in small 7. Mistakes will affect the results 4. you will be mentally 9. you will always be (Because the results will never be enough) happy.(If you take vacation it will be for the sake of family/ friends) 11.
Comparison Chart Doing Karma (Material pursuit) Doing Karma Yoga (Spiritual pursuit) [Result oriented] [Process Oriented] 1.Lesson 2: Advantages of Karma Yoga
Session: 053 – 054
All of us are involved in some action or the other all the time. You might commit mistakes since you are 3. You need vacation or break from the work. 6. By the end of the day. 10. 4. Benefit is everlasting happiness which is not parts and most of the time mixed with pain. to work. Since you will enjoy your work. You will not have tension or work pressure and under pressure to achieve a specific set of therefore the chance of committing mistakes are results. will increase without any specific efforts. You may succeed or fail (Leading to 1. Karma Yoga is superior to Karma as described in the following table. However. 7. 5. You will be mentally fresh when you return from tired. With success or failure. Mistakes will help you progress faster since your goal is not the immediate results. Your efforts will never be wasted. You need to sharpen your skill to do the 11. Can attain all three levels of requirements for of happiness happiness. Even if you get benefit. mixed with any pain (Promotion means more money and more work!) 8. You will look forward to Monday to get back Monday morning. your capabilities work because you may not be in the right job. All external factors can only contribute to your better performance and never affect you. 10. Can reach only the first and second level 12. 12. You will enjoy work so much that you will be glad to go to work all the time. You will not be happy even if you succeed. You will have absolute control over how you full control) will influence your work / results. It will be boring to work for the benefit of 8. namely Level 1 (Body): Comforts/ Sense pleasures Level 2 (Mind): Values/ Belief/ Art/ Job Satisfaction Level 3 (Intelligence): Philosophy/ Quest for Truth
69
. We do not have a choice in doing action.

Karma may give benefit (success) only if it is done completely. there will be no tension or fear while performing work.40 In this path of yoga there is no failure. since a Karma Yogi will meet his purpose of mental maturity whether the result of the action is a success or failure. This fear will make one ineffective in performing work.
70
. Even a little advancement on this path can protect one from the suffering of the world. However. Karma Yoga will give benefit (mental maturity) corresponding to the level of work performed. However. Teaching 15: Work for correcting the mind not for correcting the world
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verse: 40
2.There will always be a fear in the mind while doing Karma since one is concerned about the results. No one does any action without a specific purpose and therefore there is a possibility that the set purpose may not be achieved. There are no adverse results.

For a Karma Yogi. aiming for the best sales-man award. He puts his best efforts. the answer will be ‘nothing’. People have varied purposes while doing any action. Earning an increment. His focus is not to ensure that a sale is made. he starts digging in another place.Lesson 3: Superiority of the Karma Yogi
Session: 055
A Karma Yogi is a person. A good artist performs with such dedication. A Karma Yogi is highly focused on the work at hand and the intention is merely to do the best. with complete concentration. ‘I do this action so that my mind becomes mature enough to comprehend self-knowledge’. what he or she was thinking while performing. the goal and the means will never change. He does not think about the outcome. If he does not reach water (expected result). If we ask an artist. scoring high on customer feedback and such results do not have any influence on the mind of the Karma Yogi while preparing the proposal. Such is the focus on the work. He is aware that he is doing all the action for the single purpose of making his mind mature enough to receive self-knowledge so that he can live joyfully. The question ‘why are you doing this action?’ invariably brings answers that vary person to person or from time to time. For some reason. A Karma Yogi is highly focused on his work. The proposal should cover everything that is expected and it should be perfect. A Karma Yogi works with complete dedication to bring up the best proposal within the agreed time limitation. it will not cause any anxiety or frustration in the mind of a Karma Yogi. A Karma Yogi reaches his goal much faster than others do because he is focused on his goals and means. He neither wants to please his boss nor the customer with his proposal. who performs action with the right attitude. He does not do any action for the sake of doing it. Example: A sales proposal is prepared by a Karma Yogi with a focus on how the proposal is to be best prepared. He is determined to remain focused on his chosen path until he reaches the destination of Joyful Living. His only aim is to put up the best-ever sales proposal. His goal is Joyful Living and his means is Karma Yoga. if his boss decides not to submit this proposal to the customer. Nor he does action to satisfy anyone. Example: A person digs a well a few feet deep. getting an incentive. There is no expectation that his work be certified as the best work. He is not worried about the possibilities of failure or success. A Karma Yogi will have only one answer. They do not even think that they are doing a job.
71
.

72
. Whatever action he is performing.It is not possible to reach the destination if one keeps changing his path this way. A Karma Yogi never shifts his attention. The only goal for everyone is Joyful Living. with the view of attaining mental maturity.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verse: 41
2. and their aim is one. there is only one correct way to do the work. the intelligence of those who are without this clarity is many-branched and endless.41 Those who are on this path of yoga are resolute in purpose. Example: There is only one correct answer to a math problem. When the relationship at the home front is strained. He has one goal. A Karma Yogi knows this and others do not. Oh Arjuna. Similarly. Example: A person works hard in the office and neglects her family. he does to the best of his ability. Those who are not following Karma Yoga will have multiple goals and they will keep shifting their priorities depending on what they think is right. Teaching 16: Joyful Living should be the only goal of all human beings. This is like a person trying to get water by digging the ground a few feet deep at many places. she quits her job and dedicates her time for the family. There are infinite wrong answers to the same problem. which is doing it as Karma Yoga.

people do mere Karma because of two reasons. It is like being cheated by ornamental flowers of a tree.
73
. the mind continues to run after sense pleasures offered by various sense objects of the world. If people do not practice these two steps. Ego and Memory. intelligence will control the mind. Mind receives the inputs from the sense organs and it drives the action organs towards getting more pleasure from the external world. it will direct the action organs towards what the person likes rather than what is good for the person. most people are carried away by the power of sense objects. Only for those who are highly intelligent. We need to depend on the Vedas and the Gita to know the purpose of living. Example: A diabetic eats sweets against the advice of the doctor. Thus. The world is full of varieties of objects that feed the five senses with sense pleasures. and as a result. they are prone to suffering as well. Due to varied interpretations of the Holy Scriptures (in multiple religions). If the mind overrules the intelligence. The majority of them are not intelligent enough to understand the message in the Gita. towards the single goal of Joyful Living. It is essential that the intelligence gains control over mind. our intelligence does not gain the essence. However. For others the mind is more powerful. will not progress. Such people will keep changing their goals and means continuously and as a result. The Intelligence knows very clearly that eating sweets is not good for the body. Those who have the required level of intelligence do not have the mental maturity to understand Gita. their mind will always keep oscillating between various goals.Lesson 4: Why do people do mere Karma?
Session: 056
Although the superiority of Karma Yoga is revealed in the Gita. This means his intelligence is weaker than his mind. Mind has four modes namely Intelligence. As a result. which will strengthen the intelligence and Two: To perform regular exercises to train the mind to obey the intelligence. People continue to be attracted by worldly pleasures. One: To get more knowledge. This can happen in two ways. The Intelligence should strongly control the mind. the mind overpowers intelligence and indulges in what it likes and not what is good. Example: Abstaining food during the month of Ramadan is an exercise to bring mind under the control of intelligence. which does not yield any fruits. Mind.

44 In the minds of those who are too attached to sense enjoyment and material opulence. the resolute determination to be on the path of yoga does not take place. resultant good birth. power. The message revealed in the Gita will continue to be a secret to a majority of the people for this reason. and who are bewildered by such things.
74
.
2. which recommend various materialistic activities for elevation to heavenly planets.42-43 Men of small knowledge are very much attached to the flowery words of the Vedas. Teaching 17: Material pursuit should lead to spiritual pursuit
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 42 – 44
2. Being desirous of sense gratification and opulent life. and so forth. they say that there is nothing more than this.Only when they see the limitation of worldly pleasures in giving lasting happiness and only when they see the superiority of the knowledge revealed in the Gita will they see the possibility of ending suffering totally.

Material pursuit will never lead them to fulfillment. people are expected to feed the physical body well and indulge in sense pleasures.
75
. In this step. It is not possible for everyone to attain the mental focus that is required to commence Karma Yoga. Similarly. Importance of achieving material success should be understood and one should start working towards it. Those minds. Example: In a school. In due course. They need to cross atleast two more steps before reaching the level of listening to the Gita. To do Karma Yoga. he will also pass the final exam. one has to do Karma Yoga. which is essential for the human kind to rise above the level of living like animals. One should not be satisfied with eating – sleeping and live a passive life. the final year exam could be attempted only by those who have finished 12 years of study. he is not condemned to remain in the school forever. However. the mind should be focused on the destination (Joyful Living) and the path (Self-Knowledge). However. Step 1: Understanding the importance of sense objects. it keeps them within the spectrum of material pursuit. people have to cross five different steps to reach the eligibility to do Karma Yoga. A student in the eighth grade cannot attempt or hope to pass the final exam.Lesson 5: Five steps to attain focused mind
Session: 057 – 058
The initial parts of the Vedas prescribe Active Dharma. This is the lowest level and there are many people in this step. To graduate from Active Dharma and to progress into Passive Dharma. depending on the level of intelligence. For such people Vedanta prescribes Passive Dharma and guides them in spiritual pursuit. Those who live without any aim in life should get motivated to work hard and gain material comforts. He has to do well in the eighth grade exam and then move on to ninth. Those who are intelligent will soon realize the limitations of material pursuit and start looking beyond it. which oscillate between multiple destinations (Professional growth or Family bonding or friendship) and multiple paths (earning money or trying to become famous or gaining power) cannot adhere to the strict prescription of Karma Yoga.

world and God. Step 4: Understanding the dualistic nature of the world. listen and discuss to gain knowledge that is beyond the routine professional knowledge that is required to do well in the profession. In the second step. in youth. At the macro level. In this step. Prosperity and Poverty. Health and Ill health. Once money starts coming in. To progress to the next level. Fame and Blame. This is true at the macro level and the micro level.
76
. In this step. The negative cannot be escaped. After crossing the first two steps. Pleasure and Pain. we have better health and in old age we suffer from poor health. The world will always oscillate between the pairs of opposites. For example. people should limit the indulgence in the physical and sense pleasures and should move on to seek mental satisfaction. the pairs of opposites are always connected. he is likely to go at full speed in acquiring material comforts. Gain and Loss. one should gain higher level of level of intelligence to question the nature of life. famine and such social evils. which is free of war. namely. one should move on to gain more knowledge in the area of philosophy and religion. Every day we will encounter situations of varying degree of pleasure and pain. Step 3: Understanding the importance of knowledge. our life will always cyclically bring about pleasure and pain. Upto the previous step. This will become the prime occupation. Love and Hate.Step 2: Limiting the necessity of sense objects When one crosses the first step. one will start investing and multiplying it as much as possible. he would have gained knowledge and skill relating to his profession. Friendship and Enmity. it is impossible to bring about a world. We need to understand that it is impossible to change the world or our personal life to ensure that we encounter only the positive. Victory and Defeat. By definition. hunger. The whole life comprises of pairs of opposites. One should read. the aspirant should limit his personal requirements. Just as birth and death are two sides of the same coin. At the micro level. all human beings are subject to this swing and there are no exceptions. Every year will present varying situations. people should start limiting the urge to acquire more.

award. Step 5: Understanding the limitation of the sense objects. Upasana Yoga and Jnana Yoga. Activities like praying to god and following religious rituals FOR earning money. Two: By observing other people or studying the history. Most of us wrongly assume that the material pursuit is for the youth to live successfully in this world and spiritual pursuit is for the old to take care of life after death. There is no exception to this universal wish. one can earn all the benefits of material pursuit. It is impossible for material pursuit to give us everlasting happiness. we might continue to spend our effort to control the word and not commence Karma Yoga. fame. most of us are not clear about the purpose of material pursuit and spiritual pursuit. etc are also material pursuit. Example: Eating Ice Cream might give us pleasure. wealth. Spiritual pursuit means trying to be happy through the practice of Bhakthi Yoga which includes Karma Yoga. We need to understand that the spiritual pursuit alone can take us to our goal of happiness and the material pursuit is just a stepping-stone. Material pursuit means trying to be happy through earning money. reward. One: By working hard in life. comforts and companionship. Therefore. property. It cannot give eternal fulfillment. position. name. status. All of us want to live happily all the time. those who have accomplished what we want to achieve in life have not yet reached the destination. which is temporary in nature.
77
. fame. it can be seen that every possible goal is already accomplished by some. Teaching 18: Spiritual pursuit ALONE can lead us to Joyful Living There are three ways one can realize this truth. This wrong assumption is due to insufficient exposure to the Holy Scriptures. it is not possible for us to gain Joyful Living even if we reach our goal. wealth. However. name. people. If we do not have this understanding. However. Eventually one will realize that he is chasing a mirage and the material pursuit will never lead to the ultimate goal of Joyful Living. Nothing in the universe can give us eternal contentment.This understanding is crucial for commencing Karma Yoga. power.

one is expected to work much harder in the university than in the school. Karma Yoga is the ONLY path to our goal of Joyful Living. Example: In a place where tap water is available in plenty.Three: A great tragedy strikes us (as it happened to Arjuna) and then we realize the futility of prosperity. one who enters Passive Dharma will be working harder than the one who is still in the phase of Active Dharma. Teaching 19: Vedas are irrelevant for those who know how to live joyfully For those who know how to live joyfully there are no more rules and regulations. The number of hours. When a person crosses these five steps. Destination is a place where there is no need to travel any further. Since Vedas have served their purpose. However. we will attempt to do Karma Yoga as yet another means to our goal. then we will not have the steady and focused mind to do Karma Yoga. One can enjoy life all the time. Example: After completing the school. Karma Yoga will promote one from Active Dharma to Passive Dharma. It does not matter which of the three ways helps us to see the limitation of the pursuit. No material accomplishment can help us avoid that tragedy and then we turn our attention to spiritual accomplishment. Lord Krishna shows this destination and asks Arjuna to act and do Karma Yoga so that he can also reach this destination. after entering the phase of Joyful Living (by completing Passive Dharma) one will not use Active Dharma or Passive Dharma since they have served the purpose and he has reached the destination. Passive Dharma does not mean he will be less active. Similarly.
78
. One will move beyond Active Dharma and Passive Dharma. he will gain the mental focus that is required to commence Karma Yoga. Passive Dharma will lead one to Joyful Living. one enters the university. Similarly. one will have no use from them. There is nothing more to do or learn. There is no need to work more or less. After attaining the goal of Passive Dharma. no one will use the well. We must see it clearly. one spends in the classroom listening lectures may come down. If we do not. one will become independent. Karma Yoga will lead one to this destination. If we do not understand this statement.

Oh Arjuna. the benefit he can gain from Vedas is same as the benefit a small pond can give when there is flood everywhere. Rise above these modes.45 The Vedas mainly deal with the three modes of material nature.
2.46 For a wise person. Transcend all of them.Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 45 – 46
2. Be free from all dualities and from all anxieties of acquisition and preservation and be established in the Atman.
79
.

Nature of actions Actions can be good. Classification of Activities: A set of actions constitute Activities and they are classified as Professional. Service. colleagues and all human beings Feeding the poor. friendliness and compassion to all living beings (In short Good Actions include everything that you would appreciate in another person’s behavior towards you. or neutral. coughing etc. Good Actions are those actions that result in measurable benefit to others and will include the following: Kindness to all the living beings Respect to nature including all inanimate objects Showing due respect to elders.
80
. Thinking Reading/ Writing Speaking/ Listening/ Talking Doing any physical action And intentionally abstaining from not doing any of the above action Involuntary actions are not included in the definition of ‘action’. being hospitable to guests Helping neighbors. Following are not considered as action: Sleeping.) Bad Actions are those actions that harm or hurt others and include the following: Stealing and misappropriation Violence and killing Harming others through lying and untruthfulness Violating the private space of others Amassing wealth and being greedy. which do not affect other living beings either way. sneezing. bad.Lesson 6: Definition of Karma
Session: 059 – 064
Action (Karma) includes any of the following done intentionally. dreaming. cheating and exploiting others Not respecting elders in the society (In short how an individual expects others not to behave are called Bad Actions) Neutral actions are those. Personal and Social Activities. providing shelter and clothing to the needy Helping students to pursue their education Cleanliness and purity in all actions Thoughtful consideration for all beings and things Kindness.

one cannot establish the quantum of results or when will they fructify as results. arts and science. Examples: (Visible results) Activities Professional: Service: Personal: Social: Results Salary. prosperity. family bonding
These results are called visible results because they arise directly from the specified activities and the reasons for getting the results can easily be identified. rewards and awards and include all the salaried jobs. wealth. watching television. Although Good Actions and Bad Actions will bring about corresponding favorable or unfavorable results in just measure. Service activities include social service. solving puzzles etc. relaxed mind Relationship/ friendship. The nature of actions. which are done for the sake of earning money. commercial activities. that are done alone. fit body. business. determines whether the invisible results are favorable or unfavorable. Achievement of the service objective Grades in the exam. power. professional fee. visiting a relative. position. property. Since we will not be able to link such results with any
81
. playing solitaire. money. playing games that involve more than one person and any action that involves people and companionship. There will be a time lag (sometime extended beyond one lifetime) between the action and the result. status. donation/ gifts to a good cause. writing. effort and such spent on doing the action. name. whether they are good or bad. which can be linked to the skill. We do not have information on how much of the result ensues from past action and how much of the result is deferred for fructification in future. hard work. sports. Personal activities include eating.Professional activities are those. environmental protection and animal welfare activities. Social Activities include partying. work out in a gym. Although such results also accrue due to the actions done. gossiping with friends. comforts. Visible and invisible results of our activities Visible results are those results. community work. NOT CLEAR Invisible results do not always reach us soon after the completion of the action. fame. profit/loss. reading. people. which cannot be linked to any known reasons. taking bath. going out to movie with others. it is beyond human comprehension. capability. Invisible results are the results.

they are called invisible results. our intelligence including the skill and capability to do the action. Mental maturity refers to our capability to comprehend that it is not possible for science to find answers to questions regarding the nature of self. in addition to the visible and invisible results that accrue. Oscar Award. Activity based learning We learn from our activities. One of the basic but unspecified goals of all human beings is to gain more intelligence. These results are called as invisible results because they are cumulative in nature and cannot be linked to any specific actions. Intelligence refers to our scientific quest to find answers to questions regarding the universe. Nevertheless. Examples: (Invisible results) Activities Results Professional: Promotion. Action always increases our intelligence. increases. we also gain mental maturity by being involved in various actions. How well an activity is done determines the growth in the intelligence level. It does not matter whether an activity is fully completed or not. More involvement will enable faster growth in the level of intelligence.
82
. One will not be able to pinpoint the exact reasons for such results. universe and God. Slowly. In addition to intelligence. This is achieved as an indirect advantage of performing various activities. People will invariably have the feeling of inadequacy in all their actions and have a sense of incompleteness with respect to all the results of their actions. If an activity is done half-heartedly. even such invisible results arise out of our past action. I whatever actions we do. the growth in the level of intelligence will be marginal. Practice leads to perfection. Huge profit/ loss Service: Hurdles to the service/ unsolicited support Social: Pleasant surprises/ unwarranted misunderstanding Note: There is no example given for Personal Activities since they are generally done without the involvement of others and therefore are neutral in nature. they will get enough mental maturity to see the limitations of all the actions to lead us to our destination of Joyful Living.specific activity.

This complication has pushed the link (between action and result) beyond our individual capability to understand and we need to seek the guidance of spiritual masters to get clarity. the quantum of results. Fortunately. Our search will lead us to Joyful Living ultimately. Now. these laws cannot be violated. the obvious and direct link between Action and Results is made slightly complicated with the ingredient of ‘attitude’. or when they are due is beyond human comprehension. the results of the past actions will find the doer invariably and yield the result. It is fortunate because we determine our future and it does not depend on luck or chance. If we can directly see the results. We are what we are because of what we have done in the past.Link between Action and Results No one else is responsible for our status. These laws are universal and fundamental. Thus. There is no such thing as wasted efforts under the Laws of Karma. Example: A farmer worked hard to grow a crop. we search for solutions in the Holy Scriptures. there will be proportionate and appropriate results. Prior to harvesting.
83
. However. They do not change from person-to-person or from time-to-time or place-to-place. For every action that we do. there was a flood and the entire crop is lost. Teaching 20: Twelve Laws of Karma govern Action and Results The Laws of Karma govern all our actions. The action determines the visible results and the attitude determines the invisible results. we will be functioning like a machine forever. results of the actions and the link between actions and results. It cannot be said that this farmer’s hard work is wasted. Law 1: For every action. This is also a good aspect of the law because only then we will take recourse to Holy Scriptures. Just as a calf will find its mother among thousands of cows. Every action yields corresponding and proportionate results depending on how well an action is carried out and with what attitude the actions are carried out. A set of twelve such laws of karma (discussed below) govern the link between action and results. due to our inability to establish the link between the action and the results through science. He will surely reap the result of his hard work although it is beyond human conception to know how and when the benefit will accrue. If we can understand the link between actions and results. there is no need for God nor the Holy Scriptures. we will invariably get the results of the action.

then A will accrue bad results. If he fights for the sake of taking revenge on his cousins.the benefit one may get from the action . if an innocent passer by gets shot in an isolated incident. This result is due to the past good actions of A done either in this birth or any of the previous births. although ‘killing’ happens in both the cases. He cannot blame anyone else for his injury. there is no luck. The proportion of visible and invisible results is fixed but unknown. All the results accrue out of our own past actions. he will accrue invisible favorable results. it is due to his past bad deeds.the purpose or objective of the action . we have thoughts pertaining to: . If A is a burglar trying to rob B and in the process accidentally kills B.Law 2: Every result accrues out of our past actions. Similarly. coincidence or chance in life. then A will accrue good results. On the other hand. Since there are no actions without thoughts. which inadvertently ends in the death of B. A has suddenly become rich. whether he succeeds in his efforts or not. Law 4: Some part of the results will always be invisible. the accrued results will be different. Visible results are due to the action done through words and physical action and the invisible results are due to the underlying thoughts in the mind. No one can cause harm to us needlessly. Our life is determined by our own past actions. Example: An unknown distant relative died and left a huge fortune to A. there will always be invisible results.
84
. Thus. whether he succeeds in his efforts or not. According to the Laws of Karma. Example: A accidentally kills B.
Law 3: Results of the action may be visible or invisible. Example: If Arjuna fights for the sake of establishing Dharma. he will accrue invisible unfavorable results.the people who are involved in the action The nature of such thoughts determines the type of invisible results. if A is a doctor trying to save the life of B through an operation. In every action.

After reaching the destination. Law 6: We have a right ONLY with respect to doing an action. Case 2: After reaching the destination of Joyful Living. This means that when we get some results that cannot be linked to any of the known actions then we can conclude that they are invisible results arising out of past actions. we have complete freedom on how we use our mind. the invisible results will not give any visible results. We are aware of the invisible results only when they fructify. Victory and defeat will mean the same to Arjuna if he fights with this attitude. Thus. Therefore. We can also ignore the beggar altogether. Example: Lord Krishna says that Arjuna should fight neither for regaining the kingdom nor for taking revenge. Gaining self-knowledge will lead us to Joyful Living.Law 5: Invisible results may not fructify in some cases. Example: A beggar is begging for alms. We have complete right with respect to doing an action or abstaining from an action or respond in various ways. karma yoga will yield mental maturity and make us eligible to receive selfknowledge. He will not accrue any invisible results because he did the karma as karma yoga. the actions are done without any thoughts on the purpose or results.
85
. invisible results will not accrue in the case of such actions. whatever actions we do will not have any invisible results. we will know that we are neither the doer of the actions nor the enjoyer of the results. The link between the action and the result is invisible in the case of invisible results. Instead. Our ego will be completely gone. Although while doing the action there is an apparent purpose. they fructify as mental maturity. speech and physical action. it is not done for any ultimate result. We also have a choice on how we do the action. Case 1: While doing Karma Yoga. The invisible results do not accrue in two cases. DISCUSS Karma will bind us to action and karma yoga will take us to the path of liberation. In this state. Thus. We can abuse and give money or politely refuse giving any money. He should fight because it is his duty to fight. Therefore. there is nowhere else to go and nothing more to do. We may give some money or we may not give money. Invisible results of this action will increase the mental maturity of Arjuna so that he can understand the teaching on Atman. His focus is not the result of his action.

Example: An industrial output comes from various inputs.
86
. We cannot amend it except through further action. Once an action is done. There is no way any one can assure that if we do this we will get that. We will suffer for the wrong action and get the benefit of the right action separately. We can always send another email but it will be another action. While another. The connection between action and results is not obvious. Better products are coming into the market all the time and there will be continuous improvements in quality and reductions in costs. It is impossible to attain perfection in any type of action. Therefore. We need to accept the fact that it is beyond human comprehension to know how to obtain a desired result. who is incapable and corrupt may be promoted. The second action does not cancel the first action.Law 7: We do not have ANY RIGHTS with respect to the results of the action. Example: After clicking on the ‘SEND’ button in the email. Example: One who works hard and sincerely may not get the promotion. We need to face the consequence of clicking the ‘send’ button and we do not have any control on the result. We have no option but to accept whatever results we get. It is impossible to identify factors that contribute to success. It will always be possible to increase the productivity either by reducing the input cost/ time/ efforts or by increasing the output value/ quantum/quality. Law 8: We cannot change the past actions. we have no control on when we will get the results. it cannot be modified. The quantum and timing of the result is beyond human comprehension. Although every action will bring about proportionate and appropriate results in line with the first law of karma. we will always have a feeling that we could have done a little better. Law 9: We could have done the action little better There is always scope for improvement. edited or recalled. We realize it is wrong and return the object without the knowledge of anyone. it is out of our hands. Example: We steal an object from another person. It is not possible to erase our past actions without a trace. We can only do our best and hope that the desired results will accrue.

Only actions in line with Dharma will take us towards our goal. fame. It will do more harm if one gives up action before gaining mental maturity.Law 10: The result of any action could be little better. One should not give up action because one feels lazy or because it is convenient. then we are traveling in the wrong direction. After that stage. Example: It will be nice to own a mansion on the moon. If our actions contradict Dharma. one can move on to Passive Dharma by abstaining from action relating to material pursuit.
Law 11: No one should give up action. never over the results. All our actions should be in accordance with the prescription of the Vedas. It is impossible to attain the best result. There is always a scope for obtaining a better result. Active Dharma has to be practiced until one gains mental maturity. position etc. Everyone will feel this way all the time because it there is always the desire for more.
Law 12: All actions should be in line with Dharma It does not matter whether we are in the sphere of material pursuit or spiritual pursuit. As long as it is in our nature to be involved in action.
87
.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verse: 47
2. Never consider yourself to be the cause of the results of your activities.47 You have a choice over action alone. and never stop doing your duty. power. one should continue to perform action. We should never violate Dharma. It is not possible for any human being to reach the pinnacle with respect to name. It is not possible to reach our destination of happiness if we do not stop all such wrong actions. It is always possible to be better.

then we are doing Karma Yoga. It is not possible for an external observer to find out whether a person is doing Karma Yoga or not. Thus. which can be treated as Karma and as Karma Yoga at the same time. Karma will bring positive/negative results and not mental maturity.
88
. Actions are always treated as either Karma or Karma Yoga. Doing a business for profit could be Karma Yoga if there is no materialism in the attitude. the attitude with which we do the actions determines whether we are doing mere Karma or Karma Yoga. Therefore. Karma Yoga – Based on actions It is not possible to do Karma Yoga without being involved in action. Knowledge on the destination and the path is essential for doing Karma Yoga. we are also bound to action all the time. doing any activity can be termed as either Karma or Karma Yoga depending on the attitude with which the action is done. Therefore. If we are focused on the immediate results of the action. Thus. Karma Yoga includes Karma and Karma does not include Karma Yoga. cannot classify the action as Karma or Karma Yoga. Example: Giving a donation for a good cause may be a Karma (and not Karma Yoga) if the attitude is to gain name and fame. it is not suitable for people who are old and have retired from active professional work. Karma Yoga – Based on the attitude with which action is done The universe is designed in such a way that there is continuous action. the Attitude with which the action is done and the Results of the action. we are doing Karma. as a part of the world. An outsider will not know the intention and therefore. what they do is mere Karma and not Karma Yoga.Lesson 7: Definition of Karma Yoga
Session: 065 – 068
Karma Yoga involves our understanding of Action. to make it ready for receiving SelfKnowledge. If we are focused on gaining mental maturity. Since most people in the world do not have this knowledge. However. Karma Yoga will bring mental maturity in addition to positive/negative results. It is not possible to do some action.

In
89
. There may or may not be a necessity for earning money. We play many roles in our life. Our attitude towards a person or an object depends on our knowledge about that person or that object. there will invariably be a guilty feeling and after completing the duty one feels relaxed. we can develop the right attitude to do the work only if we have the right knowledge with respect to the link between action and results. Example: It is the duty of a father to bring up the children well. B thinks C is a wicked person. The knowledge about C will determine the attitude. As and when we learn the right knowledge. If one does not do his duty. it is not recommended to have lesser number of desires. one generally takes up a job or starts a business venture. Everyone inherently knows his duties. and each role comes with its own set of duties. kindhearted person then B will have friendly attitude and not otherwise. After completing the education. done out of desire can vary according to each person’s desires. Duties may be imposed or voluntarily taken up. One may be forced to take up a job due to the external circumstances or it is undertaken voluntarily to fulfill personal desires. it is not possible to develop a friendly attitude. The quantum of activity. These feelings indicate that one is aware of his duties. Since we do not have the right knowledge. one will start seeing the limitation of material pursuit. Knowledge of the Twelve Laws of Karma and the Six Principles discussed below will give us the right attitude to do Karma as Karma yoga. we will automatically have the right attitude while doing any action and it will become Karma Yoga. CHANGE EG. As a result. the number of desires may come down. Duty oriented actions are mandatory and desire oriented actions are optional. Suppose. We do not have a choice with respect to the attitude. Similarly. It is normal to have many desires in the initial stages and as a result do many activities in fulfilling those desires. Until one reaches such mental maturity. Example: A asks B to be friendly with C. As one progresses and becomes successful in material pursuit.How to develop the right attitude? Attitude always depends on our knowledge. generally around the age of 35. most of us are doing Karma and not Karma Yoga. Two types of actions We do actions to fulfill either our duties or our desires. If B thinks C is a good.

Example: A programmer likes to do his work since he was assigned to work on a prestigious project. Teaching 21: Six Principles convert Karma into Karma Yoga The very same activities are converted as Karma Yoga by ensuring that the following principles are fulfilled. As a result.either case. Converting the activities done to fulfill our duties as Karma Yoga While working we have an option to do the activities as Karma or do them as Karma Yoga. it cannot be said going for a job is not a duty. One should be aware that he is doing his duty because it is God’s wish. Example: On completion of the operation. it is the will of God and not due to the efforts of the doctor. if one does it with likes and dislikes. After taking it up. whether the patient survives or dies on the operation table is decided by God. His likes and dislikes should have no role to play while doing his duties. It is his duty to do programming and it should not matter to him what project is allotted to him. One should have equanimity with respect to how the work is performed. one should do it with the best of his effort. and the result should have no impact on the doctor. it is called duty.
90
. the doctor performs the operation for the patient to survive. Principle 3: Acceptance of the result as a gift from God It is essential to treat success and failure equally while performing one’s duty. One should not be overwhelmed by success or affected by failure. This will lead to attachment to the work and if he is transferred to a different project. It is not a duty until one takes it up. Principle 1: Removal of likes and dislikes while doing duties Karma cannot be converted as Karma Yoga. he will be upset. Of course. it becomes a duty. Just because there is no compulsion to earn money. Principle 2: Doing work as worship All the activities done to fulfill one’s duty have to be dedicated to God. and if he does survive.

People tend to think that rights and duties are the same. This attitude must go. This news should not affect the current work in any way. it is not possible for the doctor to feel that it was the will of God.Principle 4: Performance of duty with sincerity and dedication Unless one does his duty to the best of his ability. Example: The duties of parents are the rights of children.
91
. Example: A patient dies after an operation and the doctor is aware that there was negligence on his part. and mostly the reverse is true too. the programmer gets the news that his previous program won the appreciation of the client or the client has rejected the program. In this case. He will have the guilty feeling of not doing his work properly. which are the rights of parents.
Principle 5: Work should not be influenced by the result One can take clues from the results for improving performance. there should be no other impact. It is the duty of the employee to do the work well as long one is in the job. it is not possible to meet the previous condition. whether or not the employer pays the salary. The children also have a set of duties. A right of one person is a duty of another. We assume it is our right to expect the others to perform their return duties so that we are benefited. Other than this. One should have equanimity with respect to the acceptance of results. One should continue to do the work to the best of one’s ability whether the result is a success or failure.
Principle 6: Rights and Duties are not to be linked. Example: While writing a program. Normally most people do their duties with the expectation that others will do their duties. Example: I do not pay taxes to the government because it is corrupt.

Then he is doing Karma Yoga. Mere ritualistic behavior is not Karma Yoga although it may help us progress towards Karma Yoga. We should renounce all our rights and keep doing only the duties. Doing Karma Yoga Thus. This will slowly help them to come out of the bad habit. it is our duty to return it to the owner.
92
. God will take care of that. A person should know that the food on the dining table has not come out of the results of his actions. the owner does not thank us. in return for doing our duty. We should not expect anything. It is not a reimbursement for doing our duty. we can do all our actions as Karma Yoga if we change the attitude with which we do the work. Example: Prior to eating food. It is wrong to expect fellow human beings to do their duties sincerely. It is very difficult to renounce the thought that we have a right to eat the food because we worked for it. One should gain proper knowledge about the link between action and results for converting Karma into Karma Yoga.48 Oh Arjuna! Abiding in yoga. even activities can be converted into Karma Yoga. Teaching 22: You do not have any choice on the results of your action
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verse: 48
2. we should thank God for giving us the food. Example: If we find a lost wallet. perform your duty and abandon all attachment to success or failure. It is not our duty to teach others to do their duties. Such evenness of mind is called yoga. Converting activities done out of desire into Karma Yoga. they should first offer it to God and then consume it. including gratitude. we get upset. Not only duties. Even when people take alcohol. We should maintain this attitude in all our activities. Every morsel of food that we eat is given by God out of his mercy. If on receiving it. A change in the attitude is possible only as the result of knowledge. Activities that we undertake to fulfill our personal desires can be done as Karma Yoga.It is the responsibility of God to ensure that appropriate results are given.

One who works smarter is a real Karma Yogi. While all human beings are capable of doing Karma. We also need to learn that action is the seed for our thoughts as detailed below: We develop a sense of attachment to any action that we do repeatedly. Example: In our materialistic world. It cannot be said that a tiger does Karma of killing a deer. Working smart involves understanding the nature of work. Similarly. Karma Yoga will give the benefit of doing Karma in addition to leading us to Joyful Living. The more often we do an action. Karma includes only intentional actions. only those who are smart. this additional benefit of doing Karma Yoga is not immediately visible and therefore. However. In addition to knowing the Twelve Laws of Karma and the Six Principles of Karma Yoga. The popular notion that one who works hard is a Karma Yogi is not correct. Animals are driven by intuition.
93
. Focusing on the result of every action is the first step and we should not remain in the first step. the stronger is our liking for the action. We should attempt to convert Karma into Karma Yoga. he will be more comfortable inside the prison than living freely in the outside the world. Teaching 23: Thought leads to Action and Action leads to thoughts We are aware that all our actions are caused by thoughts. This means having lived in a prison. we find it difficult to stop doing any action that we are accustomed to do. According to the definition. people need a reason even to smile. Example: A prisoner who spends a long time in a prison is ‘institutionalized’. many do not attempt the same. It cannot decide to fast for a day. ‘willing’ is the prerogative of human kind and only willful actions are called Karma. graduate to the next level of doing Karma as Karma Yoga.Lesson 8: Inferiority of Karma
Session: 069
Animals and other living beings do not do any Karma. It will kill only when it is hungry and when it is hungry it has no choice but to hunt. Example: A building existed as a thought in the mind of an architect prior to the construction. we should know the link between thought and action. Stronger liking leads us to repeat the action. Thus.

without any expectation. Karma Yoga tells us to do our duty as a service to God and leave the responsibility of giving results to God. Thus. It is not that we do not get anything if we do not have any expectations. In addition. If we are not attached to the results of the action then it will not bind us anymore. Every action we do has the potential to hurt us. Therefore. life becomes more pleasant. As a result.Breaking the cycle of thought-action-thought The key to break the cycle of thought-action-thought is to do the work without any attachment. Expectation is the cause of all our misery. If we do not think about the results. our mind will gain the maturity that is required to receive self-knowledge. our performance in the exam will not be adversely affected. Karma Yoga involves doing all work as a service to God and accepting all results as a gift from God. since we function without attachment (Karma Yoga). Expectation has no role in determining what we get or do not get. Once we become steady in self-knowledge. We can be more objective in our work and therefore the chances of getting better results are brighter. When we stop expecting anything from anyone. our progress in life is not affected and at the same time. God is responsible for giving the appropriate results of our action and we need to have complete trust in God. life will become Joyful. the very same actions are used to free ourselves from the bondage of likes and dislikes. If we stop having any expectations. the only cause of development of likes and dislikes is Karma. We should do our duty perfectly. It is a smart move to appoint a street-smart burglar as a security guard! Similarly. Mental maturity means rising above likes and dislikes. we are protected from any disappointment. Karma Yoga acts as shock absorber and protects us from the possibility of getting hurt. it is possible to deal with the oscillation between the pairs of opposites. This is not true and can be verified from personal experience. we must do work without having any expectation. Teaching 24: Convert Karma as Karma Yoga to gain Self-Knowledge
94
. By converting Karma into Karma Yoga. This gives the immediate result of relieving us from any tension. It is wrongly assumed that all achievements are possible only due to high expectation. Therefore. there will not be any fear of exam.

Lord Krishna thus describes the art of doing work as Karma Yoga and its superiority in the verses 49 and 50.49 Oh Arjuna. Therefore. which is superior action.
95
. 2.
Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution
Verses: 49 – 50
2. Have the right attitude in doing your duty.50 A man with proper attitude towards work gets rids of both good and bad actions even in this life. Action with motive is indeed far inferior. Oh Arjuna. Only those who are less intelligent are motivated by the result. strive for yoga.

Describe a Joyous Person. the student will be able to (a) Gain clarity on the path and the destination of life (b) See how his life will be after reaching the destination
Unit Test:
Session: 080
1.51 – 2.Unit 06: Complete recovery – Joyful Living
Number of Sessions: 10 (071 – 080) Number of Lessons: 2 (31 – 32) Versus: 2.
96
. What are the six stages in the only path to Joyful Living? 2. What are the ten stages in the path to reach the destination? 3.72
On completion of this unit.

The overview of this path: Karma Yoga to Self-knowledge to Joyful Living Depending on the level of intelligence. Depending on which stage one is. Stage 6: Attaining Joyful Living after gaining steady self-knowledge Life will be joyful without any negative emotions. reward. Stage 4: Doing Karma Yoga by doing karma with the right attitude and earning mental maturity (Karma Yoga is described in the earlier lessons. It is to live life joyfully. Introspection and Inner Transformation This will be discussed in detail in a later chapter. comforts and companionship. it may take one or more lifetimes to reach the destination of this final stage. fame. property. Since the destination has been reached. wealth. everlasting security and undisturbed peace. people. To achieve this destination there is only one path. Inquiry.
97
. there is nowhere to go. Stage 3: Attaining mental focus by completing the five steps as detailed in an earlier lesson. There are no do’s and don’ts. they should follow the tradition with respect to religious and spiritual practices.Lesson 1: Overview of the path and destination
Session: 071 – 074
Karma Yoga is the stepping-stone to Joyful Living. Whatever one does or wherever one lives. power. Stage 2: Doing Karma in material pursuit to achieve varied goals in life like earning money. More details on this will be discussed in the next chapter. Stage 1: Living life like animals without any ambition It is suggested that they follow various rituals suggested in the initial parts of the Vedas and offer prayers to their gods. one commences the journey from different points of the only path and ultimately reaches the destination of Joyful Living.) Stage 5: Gaining Self-Knowledge through spiritual pursuit involving. position. In addition to the above. One lives a free life. award. name. one will have non-diminishing happiness. status. There is only one destination in life for all human beings. which varies from person to person.

By virtue of spending time and effort in the first two stages. Similarly. Thus. This natural power will start becoming less effective due to unwanted accrual caused by likes/dislikes. in addition to our current actions. the required mental focus will also be gained. When we know the importance of SelfKnowledge. As discussed earlier. These attachments afflict our intelligence. We are under the impression that material pursuit will give us happiness. our discriminatory power will show us the destination (Joyful Living) and the means (Karma Yoga and Self-Knowledge) clearly.
98
. One has to take effort to remove the tarnish and bring it back to its original luster. we progress to the next level of Gaining Self-knowledge. while passing through Stage 2 (Material pursuit) we are involved in many actions. Example: A brass article will lose its shine due to passage of time. being caught in continuous action. Then we start seeing the impermanency of the world and the limitation of material pursuit. we devote time for understanding Vedanta. we will see the false as real and bad as good. automatically we will be able to allocate time for gaining the same. we had no time because we thought all our time and effort was required for material pursuit. as long as one follows his Dharma. A person moves from one stage to the next. we develop strong attachments. Progress to Stage 4 (Karma Yoga) One will need the guidance of a spiritual master to graduate to this stage because one has to gain the required knowledge to commence Karma Yoga. fame. After doing Karma Yoga for a length of time. We do not cease doing actions when we are ready for receiving Self-Knowledge. In the process. Rather. we slowly remove the accumulated blemishes and allow intelligence to regain its original power of discrimination. Such preferences will determine our thought pattern and influence the nature and intensity of the next set of actions. Progress to Stage 5 (Self-Knowledge) Human intelligence is endowed with the power to discriminate between real/ false and good/bad. our intelligence will be deluded and as a result. we lose the innocence of the tribal people and accumulate many likes and dislikes. Previously.Progress from Stage 1 to 3 For Stages 1 to 3 the progression is natural. No additional effort is required. These will become our preferences and shape our personality. These actions are done with desire for name. After gaining this mental maturity. money. By doing Karma Yoga. wealth etc. by doing Karma Yoga.

After completing the systematic Inquiry. 3. This will enable us to reach the destination of Joyful Living. In this way. we reach the final stage of Joyful Living by crossing all the previous stages. 2.52 When your intelligence has passed out of the dense forest of delusion. Human beings are involved in many actions.53 When your mind is no longer disturbed by the flowery language of the Vedas. they can attain that state beyond all miseries. Delusion leads us see the false as real. 5. we can see the limitation of material pursuit. 6. 2. Introspection and Inner Transformation. Attachment cripples the mind by deluding intelligence. With this clarity. and one can enjoy life all the time. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verses: 51 – 53
2. and when it remains fixed in the self-knowledge. just as an ignorant man is convinced that he is the body. This increases likes and dislikes leading to attachment. Self-Knowledge is gained in three steps. you shall become indifferent to all that has been heard and all that is to be heard. 7. and Inner
10. we get sound knowledge on the absolute reality. Karma Yoga removes delusion and intelligence regains its clarity.mind complex. Then there will be a deep desire to know the source of everlasting happiness. you will attain the yoga. Inquiry. we are as convinced about our real nature. 4.Progress to Stage 6 (Joyful Living): We need to follow Passive Dharma prescribed by Vedanta and gain SelfKnowledge to move on to this final stage of Joyful Living. 8. Introspection Transformation. 9. At this stage.
99
. Thus.51 The wise free themselves from the cycle of birth and death by renouncing the results of action. 2. Teaching 25: Self-Knowledge results in Joyful Living Summary of the path 1. We will then be ready for gaining Self-Knowledge.

There is no harm done by its mere presence. there are many sets of desires. Although many desires are fulfilled. this is not possible. all his actions are directed towards the same. Once he has a desire he works for fulfillment of the desire. This knowledge is missing in most human beings. One likes many things and therefore. He spends time contemplating about what he likes. Only when other viruses afflict the body suffering starts. The life of most people follows this pattern of continuous inflow of desires and incessant action towards fulfillment of the desires. Craving for the object begins. No object in the world can give happiness. Minor provocation will bring irritation. There will be expectation and hope that things will turn out in a favorable way and that people around will help. Life will become intolerably incomplete until the desires are fulfilled. Mental suffering is due to negative emotions or having a mind that is prone to negative emotions. During daily transactions. Educated people seem to suffer more due to the accumulation of many negative emotions in the mind. there is no sense of contentment. new desires keep coming up since even after fulfillment of the desire. Thinking starts from the time the sense organ encounters a sense object. However. This situation is similar to the presence of HIV virus in the body. He will fear
100
. How the suffering sets in Each individual has different sets of likes and dislikes.Lesson 2: The Destination – Joyful Living
Session: 075 – 079
Mental suffering is unique to human kind. It can be said to be a mental malady. He will become short-tempered. he is attracted to some. Depending on his likes and dislikes. his sense organs are exposed to various sense objects in the world. avoids some and remains neutral to the rest. There will be anxiety (about the future) and stress (about the present). This is the fundamental mistake. they are continuously engaged in action trying to fulfill various desires. there will be no problem because he will be involved in continuous action chasing an ever-growing number of desires. Therefore. He assumes that all these desires have to be fulfilled to assure a happy life. family and personal life. The desires pertain to professional. This develops into desire. Therefore. If a person does action without thinking.

Sense organs perceive the world Thoughts are created in our mind Thoughts become desires Desires lead us to act Repeated action forms a habit Habits set our preferences Preferences color our thoughts Colored thoughts give us wrong knowledge Wrong knowledge leads to further desires Desire leads to further action for getting the object of desire Most people are caught in this thought–action–thought cycle and undergo the various negative emotions listed above. There will be more action towards protection/ maintenance/ sustenance of the objects of desire. One will feel insecure whether it is possible to grow or maintain the current status. If the failure is due to insufficient self-effort. If what is gained is lost. Failure without reason will lead to frustration/ shame/ disappointment. As a result.anything/ anyone who is potentially an obstacle to the fulfillment of his desires. The efforts do not end when the desires are fulfilled. This is a mental malady and most people suffer from this misery. the likes and dislikes get stronger resulting in coloring of thoughts. he will develop jealousy and animosity. they are prone to this suffering. This is suffering. since old age is fast approaching. there will be grief.
101
. If his colleague or neighbor is ahead of him. There will be a tendency to take revenge against those who cause obstruction. Any shortfall/ shortcoming will result in displeasure. After getting. Even when people are happy. of the continuous action. often the result is perceived to be insufficient and therefore there will be a sense of disappointment and disillusionment. he will have a feeling guilt. Any potential obstacle will create anger. Even if the effort is successful. what he wants there will be fear of losing it.

Binding desire means that which is important to be fulfilled. Description of Joyous Person 1. Prior to commencing Karma Yoga. This is a binding desire since it makes a difference.
102
. 2. Example: A man is contented after he won a big lottery. he is not so contented. He does not need anything from the universe to feel contented. Desires can be classified as binding and non-binding. for the Joyous Person there will be no external reasons for his contentment. When the winner of the lottery realizes that he has to pay income tax on the prize money. This is called Joyful Living. No matter what happens around us we should remain in a state of happiness. We should find a remedy to this problem and be happy all the time. He wants to compare himself with such a person and do a self-assessment. This is a non-binding desire since even if I am not able go for some reason. Every one of us is contented whenever our desires are fulfilled. It does not make much difference to him whether any or all of his desires are fulfilled or not. it does not matter to me. Lord Krishna responds to Arjuna by giving a profile of a ‘Joyous Person’ and prescribes the method to become one. Every time we feel contented. in the verses 54 to 72. He will not have any desires. However. A Joyous Person will not have any binding desires. Lord Krishna prescribed Karma Yoga to Arjuna as a stepping-stone to Joyful Living. which is already overdue. He will always be fully contended. Example: I desire that I get a promotion. Everyone has both types of desires. Contentment that comes from a reason will always be short lived. If it is not fulfilled. I will be happy if I get the promotion and will be very unhappy if I do not. I desire to go out for a walk in the evening. there will be a reason for the contentment. there will be happiness. there will be sorrow and if fulfilled. Arjuna wants a description of a person who has reached the destination of Joyful Living.This is not a healthy or desirable situation. Fulfillment or non-fulfillment of non-binding desires does not make such difference.

insecurity. jealousy. “I am doing this”. 3. 4. People cannot do anything nor can they enjoy anything. This is because desire is the root cause of all these negative emotions and he does not have any binding desires. The Ignorant assume they do. A Joyous Person knows that he is not doing anything. anxiety. They are part of the illusion. Others fall sick when the same virus attacks them because they are not immune. He knows that he is the only reality and rest of the universe (including his body and mind) is an illusion. while interacting with the world. Nothing exists except me!
103
. Like anyone else. he will continue to face varied situations that alternate between the pairs of opposites. He will never have a feeling of insufficiency. He will remain unaffected in pleasure or in pain. Ignorant people think. The Joyous Person sees the universe as the expression of the reality and the ignorant sees it as reality. Similarly. A healthy person remains healthy because he is immune to all types of viruses. Therefore. His contentment is not affected by the environment. Example: Viruses will continue to inflict everyone. The body and mind are part of the inert universe and individuals have no role to play in it. guilt etc). it is not possible to identify a joyous person based on his words and actions. He will not fear anything nor will he get angry. frustration. 5. He sees the universe as an illusion sustained by the only reality. However. he will face both with a balanced mind. He is free of all negative emotions. However.A Joyous Person will be always contented. (He will not have any negative emotions like worry. We are part of the light and sound show. He will not be attached to favorable situations and he will not run away from unfavorable situations. himself. whatever the circumstance may be. he will appear to be a normal person. a Joyful Person will be free and joyful. The same universe is perceived differently by an ignorant and a Joyous Person. He knows the difference between reality and illusion. irritation.

name. property etc but will not have any attachment to any of them. power. 8. He will not show sympathy to anyone nor will he condemn anyone. This does not mean a Joyous Person will not give a police complaint if there is a burglary in his house. He will not blame anyone nor will he praise anyone. position. there is no point in condemning anyone. He may possess and enjoy unlimited money. he is their master. every one functions according to his limited vision. Explanation on attachment: This shows the mental attitude. fame. Similarly. He will not have any expectation from anyone. Sense objects in the world have the power to attract the sense organs. Not everyone is capable of acquiring enough knowledge to discriminate the reality from the falsehood. The difference between a Joyous Person and others in this respect is the knowledge about the worldly objects (including other living beings). security and happiness do not depend on anything. As a result. Knowledge comes through effective use of intelligence. 7. He possesses and enjoys sense pleasures but does not depend on them. Physical attachment will not lead to mental attachment for the Joyous Person. Therefore. He will not be attached to anything because his peace. he remains unaffected if all his efforts fail. For ordinary people this is not the case. since he does not depend on the external world for his happiness. However. However. For them the sense organs are more powerful. He may continue to work for earning more wealth and appear to be a person serious in material pursuit. The sense organs of a Joyous Person will also have preferences. wealth. He does not have any attachment.6. Objects
104
. As a result. All his five sense organs will be under his control. 9. a Joyous Person has the ability to withdraw his sense organs from the external world whenever it is warranted. He understands that the attitude of anyone will depend on the knowledge one has. He loves everyone and hates no one. A tortoise is able to withdraw its five body parts into the shell at will when it is about to meet an enemy. His external response will be like any other person but mentally he will not be attached to his possessions. they will indulge in sense pleasures uncontrollably.

the Joyous Person is not adversely affected. ‘worry’ and such negative emotion since he is aware that the nature of the mind is to oscillate depending on the inputs received through the sense organs. he is protected from unwanted news about the world. He has a steady mind. Example: An expert singer may not listen to the tambura continuously while singing. Example: A Joyous Person may not read the newspaper. his intelligence is strong enough he is not driven towards them. Example: A yacht may be powered by the wind to move forward. This information may trigger a train of thoughts in his mind making it oscillate. he has the capability to withdraw from the transactions. an external observer cannot identify a Joyous Person based on his transactions with the world. if he has a doubt he will lean back. Thus. Even if this happens. he might have to use the sense organs and as result. he gets to read about unwanted news and advertisements for sense pleasures. and regain control and confidence. (This is the case of withdrawing the sense organs like a tortoise) However. When transactions gain power to distract him from his firm knowledge. 10. listen. Such a train of thoughts will not be labeled as ‘anxiety’. the sense organs gain undesirable input. A Joyous Person is capable of withdrawing his sense organs away from sense objects at will.do not have the power to give happiness to anyone. He will reenter after he regains control. As a result. However. He has control over his sense organs and his mind so that he is not carried away into giving reality to the world. Therefore. while he is involved in regular worldly transactions. it has the capability to drown the boat. However. Since. However when the wind becomes heavy. he remains steady in his knowledge. if he has to read the newspaper for some reason. His intelligence will be in control of the mind all the time and his mind will always be in control of the five senses. A joyous person is aware of this. By
105
. He is not dependent on the external universe for his happiness. since his intelligence has complete control over his mind. However. the Joyous Person will continuously immerse in the knowledge that the world is an illusion even if he does transactions in it. He will get involved in the worldly transactions to the extent warranted by his non-binding desires.

106
. it does not require any effort to control his mind and sense organs. Thus. For a Joyous Person. whether the events around him are good or bad. His intelligence has complete control of the mind and the mind has complete control of the sense organs. Example: ‘Do not read this board’ will attract many eyes to read what is written below. Example: During the initial period after learning to drive. He may ignore the board without any effort. may be able to control his eyes and may not read what is written on the board. for a Joyous Person. there will be no curiosity or interest in anything. there might be desires in the mind but he will restrict his sense organs due to sheer control. One may attempt (with great difficulty) to gain control over mind and sense organs as a preparation to become a Joyous Person. Since attachment alone can cripple the intelligence. no special attention is required for driving. However. He can do these tasks with ease. For a joyous person it does not take any effort to control the sense organs since there are no binding desires in his mind. He lives at ease. the driver pays lots of attention to his driving. For a Karma Yogi.rolling down the sail at the appropriate time. However. For a person working towards Karma Yoga. he is free from negative emotions. We get to enjoy the dream whether the dream is good or bad. the Joyous Person functions in the world and enjoys it all the time. His mind will be always be steady and will be able to see with clarity without being clouded by any emotions. Controlling the mind and sense organs will come naturally for a Joyous Person. When expertise in driving is gained. It is like being in a dream and knowing it to be the dream. Sense organs are very powerful and alive like wild horses pulling the chariot. a skillful driver keeps the boat going whether the wind is strong or weak. Similarly. during the initial stages it takes quite an effort to restrain his sense organs from the sense objects. A Karma Yogi. a Joyous Person is capable of functioning well in the illusory world knowing it to be illusory and is not adversely affected by it. 11. It will be difficult to control them and safeguard the mind so that it can be used to understand the unreality of the world. his mind will continue to wonder what was written.

Example: Children enjoy fireworks.
13.
107
. even if they possess the whole world. because anything in excess will create an unwanted flutter in the mind.
14. they look for external stimuli for their entertainment. Others do not differentiate themselves from their body/mind complex. If it happens. just as an adult will not beg a child for crackers. It gives them great thrill to light a rocket or a cracker. Similarly. He possesses his mind and it does not matter to him whether the whole world is against him. He is doing it for the sake of the children. it happens. he may get himself involved in varied transactions in the world requiring contact between his sense organs and the external sense objects. he may light the crackers for them. they will invariably suffer in life. Consequently. a Joyous Person will not entertain any hope for fulfillment of any sense pleasures. the contents will not affect him because he knows even the board is part of the illusion. He enjoys every minute of life because he knows the value of the physical body. in the process of fulfilling his non-binding desires. fireworks may not be as enjoyable.
12. There are no expectations or hopes in the lives of a Joyous Person. For him. However. He is fully secure all the time. He is totally independent and free from the world. For others. There is a risk of getting hurt. He voluntarily keeps them to the minimum. However. the contents may haunt him for a longer duration. For an adult. Nothing in the universe will affect him. The children take the risk because the joy surpasses the risk. However.If the Karma Yogi reads the board. since they do not have complete control over their own mind. He does not bother about the happenings in the world because it does not make any sense to him. he may not be tempted to indulge in sense pleasures. He will be happy with himself. when an adult has to give company to children. a Joyous Person involves in the worldly transactions for the sake of others. In the process. even the body-mind complex is a luxury. If the Joyous Person had to read the board.

2. He will play all the roles properly. The personality (active or passive.15.56 One who is free from craving amidst pleasures. what is the description of a wise person who is established in Self-Knowledge? How does he speak. 2. 2.62 For a person who dwells on the sense-objects.
108
.57 He who is without attachment. 2.54 Arjuna asked: Oh Krishna. though the taste for sense objects remains. He does not have any hidden agenda in his actions. However. that they forcibly carry away the mind even of a man of discrimination who is endeavoring to control them.55 Lord Krishna answered: Oh Arjuna. He will be objective in all his transactions.61 He who restrains his senses and fixes his mind upon consciousness is known as a man of steady intelligence. 2. is to be understood as truly situated in knowledge. and what is his language? How does he sit.60 The senses are so strong and impulsive. and how does he walk? 2. 2. when a man gives up all the activities arising out of desire in the mind.59 He does not depend on sense enjoyment. Even such engagements drop off for he is fixed in consciousness. who does not rejoice in favorable situations nor does he repents in unfavorable situations. Oh Arjuna. Similarly. an attachment towards them arises and from such attachment desire develops. and from desire anger arises. is called a sage of firm knowledge. is firmly fixed in perfect knowledge.58 One who is able to withdraw his senses from sense objects. a joyous person allows the will of god to function through him without any resistance resulting in Joyful Living. as the tortoise draws its limbs within the shell. 2. Chapter 2: Wisdom is the solution Verses: 54 – 72
2. satisfied in himself by himself. A flute allows the air to pass through creating wonderful music. introvert or extrovert) of a Joyous Person also will vary like that of ordinary people. He will continue to encounter events in life alternating between the pairs of opposites like pleasure and pain. he remains joyful all the time. He may or may not be very active in life depending on his nature. who is unperturbed in troubles and who is free from attachment. fear and anger. then he is said to be a man of firm knowledge.

And how can there be any happiness without peace? 2. 2. and from delusion. he is not deluded. 2.66 For one who has neither a controlled mind nor steady knowledge.
109
.2. 2. delusion arises. the mind which follows the wandering sense organs can carry away a man's wisdom. Having attained this.68 Therefore. not the seeker of sense objects. 2. Verily. there is no possibility of peace.71 He who has given up all desires and who has given up all sense of ownership to the sense objects and functions without the notion of “I” and “mine” enjoys peace. He achieves peace.72 Oh Arjuna. Oh Arjuna.65 In tranquility. which is night for all beings and all the beings are awake to the world. he attains oneness with Brahman. 2. the destruction of all miseries takes place. one whose senses are restrained from their objects is certainly a man of steady intelligence. this is the way of the person established in self-knowledge.70 He is not disturbed by the incessant flow of sense objects just as the ever-filled calm ocean remains unaffected by the flow of rivers. enjoys tranquility. intelligence is lost. which is night for the wise. the discrimination is lost and when discrimination is lost he perishes. 2.64 One who can control his senses while moving amidst unavoidable sense-objects and who is free from likes and dislikes. Being established thus.69 The wise one is awake to the Atman.63 From anger. 2. even at the time of death. and when intelligence is lost. 2. the self-knowledge of this serene minded person becomes firm soon.67 As a boat on the water is swept away by a strong wind.

2. 4. What are the four professions prescribed in the Vedas? 10. 3. What are the two criterion by which one can decide on his chosen profession? 9.
Session: 092
What is the hallmark of a good student and a good teacher? What are the four lifestyles prescribed in the Vedas? Which lifestyle will enable a person to reach the goal of Joyful Living? What are the two milestones prescribed in the Vedas to reach the goal? Why do we do actions? What is the relationship between thoughts and actions? What are the two ways in which one can prevent the influence of our desires on our thoughts and actions? Which way is superior? 8. 6. the student will be able to (a) Understand the purpose of the four lifestyles (b) Understand the nature and importance of action. 7.08
On completion of this unit. Energy and Matter that decides the broad grouping of the four professions?
110
. (c) Make informed decisions on his career/ profession. What are the four combinations of Aura.01 to 3.
Unit Test: 1.Unit 07: Introduction to Karma Yoga
Number of Sessions: 12 (081 – 092) Number of Lessons: 6 Verses: 3. 5.

Lord Krishna gives all relevant teachings and allows Arjuna to take an informed decision at the end. However. the world and God. All our actions should be fully rooted in our own knowledge. Lord Krishna could have told Arjuna to start fighting without explaining the reasons for his suggestion. please tell me decisively what is most beneficial for me. Arjuna would have fought because it was Lord Krishna’s suggestion and not because his intelligence was convinced. Therefore.1 Arjuna asked. Tell me what to do”. This willpower may not sustain for long. Secondly. why do you urge me to engage in this ghastly warfare.
Chapter 3: Karma Yoga
Verses: 01 – 02
3. if you consider Self-Knowledge superior to action? 3. One has to have faith in the teaching of the master to gain knowledge about our self. If the teaching is not clear. Lord Krishna gave the essence of the four Vedas. He then seeks clarification from Lord Krishna in the first and second verses of the Chapter 3. “I am confused.2 My intelligence is bewildered by your teaching.
111
. one should attribute it to one’s own inadequate intelligence and should not doubt the knowledge of the teacher. This is highlighted by the request by Arjuna. if he had done that. He can ask questions only when the teaching is complete. Teaching 26: Faith should replace belief to facilitate knowledge The hallmark of a good teacher is not to tell what to do.Lesson 1: Good student
Session: 081
Spirituality is not a matter of blind belief. Oh Krishna. he should not question the teaching but convey his inability to comprehend the teaching. In the previous chapter. The hallmark of a good student is to have complete faith in the teacher. Arjuna sees a contradiction in the teaching and attributes the contradiction to his own inadequate intelligence.

One is Professional Lifestyle to be followed by householders and the other is Spiritual Lifestyle suitable for monks. one has to choose a lifestyle and this part is discussed in the next lesson. Professional lifestyle should be fully abandoned. a student should not earn money. in the beginning of the creation I have initiated twofold discipline for humankind. once chosen. Depending on our needs and preferences. Student Lifestyle: In the first stage of life. The focus of this stage is material pursuit. One can marry and raise a family in this stage. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verse: 03
3. One can choose to follow any lifestyle according to one’s own likes and dislikes. Professional Lifestyle: In the second stage. The focus of this stage is education. The focus of this stage is spiritual pursuit. Teaching 27: Understand the role of four lifestyles It should be noted that the Vedas prescribe these lifestyles as a broad outline and they are optional. Spiritual Lifestyle: In the final stage. The User Manual of the universe is the Vedas and if we are to follow the guidelines provided therein. The information in the User Manual helps the user to gain the maximum benefit from the product. one should enter the professional lifestyle and start earning money. one should follow this lifestyle so that learning is facilitated. which are conducive to material and spiritual pursuit respectively. one should slowly withdraw from active life after properly handing over the responsibilities to the next generation. Oh Arjuna. the first (Student Lifestyle) is a preparation for the second and the third (Retired Lifestyle) is a preparation for the fourth.
112
. Out of these four. The Vedas prescribe four different life styles. one should develop devotion and pursue spiritual goals. we can live happily all the time. one should follow the rules that are prescribed for the lifestyle. However. The two primary lifestyles are the Professional Lifestyle and the Spiritual Lifestyle. Retired Lifestyle: In the third stage.3 Lord Krishna answered. The focus of this stage is to switch over from material pursuit to spiritual pursuit. For example. It is possible to reach the destination of Joyful Living through any one of these two lifestyles.Lesson 2: Four Lifestyles
Session: 082
Every new product comes with a User Manual.

Action in the popular sense of earning money is to be abandoned so that the series of steps involved in the process of gaining self-knowledge can be followed. The two life styles (Professional and Spiritual) are prescribed as an optional support mechanism. the mind is mature enough to receive the teaching on self-knowledge. Therefore. preparing the mind is the first milestone and receiving the self-knowledge is the second.
113
. Our mind should be cleansed of the wrong knowledge prior to gaining self-knowledge. Only when the first action of preparation is complete can we commence the next. This knowledge can be gained only when the mind is prepared to receive the teaching. Cooking and eating. The Active Dharma prescribed in the Vedas gives the guidelines for doing Karma Yoga. This ignorance is the root cause of all suffering. Thus to live joyfully. The only way to purify the mind is to do Karma Yoga. Although they are aware that they exist. The time and effort spent in the pursuit of these two milestones determine the success or failure in reaching the destination. It is not possible to eat food without preparing the same. one should strive to complete these two milestones as soon as possible. they are not aware who they really are. getting a mature mind (cooking) and gaining knowledge (eating) are two distinct milestones involved in removing ignorance. The Professional Lifestyle is conducive to the practice of Karma Yoga leading to a mature mind. Similarly. the suffering will stop resulting in Joyful Living. we are living life with wrong knowledge about ourselves. The only way to remove this ignorance is to gain self-knowledge. Milestone 1: To prepare the mind Without systematic teaching. Once both these milestones are crossed. Example: To remove hunger we need to do two distinct actions. Milestone 2: To learn about the self (gain self-knowledge) Once the mind is ready to receive the knowledge. one should withdraw from Active Dharma and commence the practice of Passive Dharma prescribed in the Vedanta.Lesson 3: Milestones and Actions
Session: 083 – 084
All human beings are suffering from the disease called ignorance. The Spiritual Lifestyle is conducive to this process. After such purification. Activities for preparation of food will not solve the problem of hunger.

Similarly. one has to complete both practices completely to live life joyfully. Lifestyle is purely incidental and optional. there is more action dealing with external objects and such actions are to be performed in line with the prescription of Active Dharma. However. Similarly. Only the efforts in practicing Karma Yoga and Learning Self-Knowledge will enable us to reach the objective. This is a wrong but popular misconception. However. Once Karma Yoga practice is commenced one can pursue the gaining of Self-Knowledge as well. the lifestyles are optional. Abandoning the college mid-way will make post graduation more difficult. in the case of Karma Yoga. Likewise. Arjuna is confused and he thinks that by abandoning the Professional Lifestyle and adapting Spiritual Lifestyle. it is possible to gain a mature mind without going through the Professional Lifestyle. he cannot advance to gaining Self-Knowledge.
114
. reflection on the teaching and meditating on the knowledge. unless one earns mental maturity through Karma Yoga. one can practice Karma Yoga without following a Professional Life.The milestones cannot be reached by merely adapting to a particular lifestyle. It will be more difficult compared to attending regular college. Professional Lifestyle will facilitate Active Dharma and Spiritual Lifestyle will facilitate Passive Dharma. It is possible to gain selfknowledge without entering into a Spiritual Lifestyle. he can progress towards Joyful Living. It is important that one converts Karma into Karma Yoga to make the mind mature enough to gain self-knowledge. he has an option to complete the course either by attending the regular college or through correspondence course. planning and action. However. It does not matter which lifestyle is chosen by the practitioner. Both practices require lots of thinking. These practices are not optional and one has to perform extremely well in both the practices to reach the destination. Necessity of the two practices Both the practices of getting maturity of mind and gaining self-knowledge are essential to reach the ultimate goal of Joyful Living. In the case of gaining Self-Knowledge. However. Example: A student cannot move forward to post graduation until he completes graduation. the action is restricted to learning from a teacher. This is to be guided by the Passive Dharma as detailed in the Vedanta.

Lord Krishna advices Arjuna to fight. he will qualify himself for the next stage of gaining Self-Knowledge. nor by renunciation alone can one attain liberation. It is important that one acquires a mature mind through intense action (Karma Yoga) prior to commencing the journey in the Passive Dharma phase. studying Vedanta will inflate the ego. If he does his duty as Karma Yoga. Teaching 28: Action. Since Arjuna does not have the required qualification of mental maturity. he will not gain mental maturity and he will not be able to move forward towards Joyful Living.The appropriate practice for an individual is based on his current qualification.
115
.4 Not by merely abstaining from work can one achieve liberation. If Arjuna abandons his duty since he does not want to kill his elders. Without a mature mind. Therefore. One must continue to act until one reaches the stage of seeing inaction in action. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verse: 4
3. leads us to Joyful Living Nothing can be achieved through inaction. not inaction. the appropriate practice for him is to do Karma Yoga. Arjuna asked Lord Krishna to suggest the appropriate path for him. instead of destroying it.

the sense of ‘I’. If we are to decide not to do any action. People erroneously believe that they eat in order to live life. We are part of the nature just as plants. Inaction is the nature of consciousness and action is the nature of the inert part. However. The fact is. If we are to reduce all human actions to the basic minimum. Every action will involve both positive and negative
116
. The entire universe. Only educated people assume that they are independent of the nature and they try to play ‘god’ by controlling or modifying the nature. we eat. We are not aware of this fact but ignorantly assume that we do action voluntarily to achieve a specific purpose. there is constant action. our own mind will hurt us and will not be allow us to be peaceful. All of us have many likes and dislikes and we get into action to gain what we like and avoid what we do not like. While the consciousness is changeless. one has to get food to eat. At the atomic level. It is not possible for anyone to be inactive at all. There is no other reason. Scientifically people talk about ‘voluntary actions’ and ‘involuntary actions’. The universe consists of two parts.Lesson 4: Action and Inaction
Session: 085 – 087
Animals and uneducated tribal people are part of the nature. However. All that can be perceived by our five senses are made up of matter. Lord Krishna says that even the so-called ‘voluntary actions’ are also not really voluntary. One is consciousness and the other is inanimate/inert part. It is impossible for anything in the universe to remain in the absolute state of inaction. Teaching 30: No external force is acting on human beings We are continuously pushed towards action not through any external force but through our own accumulated preferences. is imaginary and it does not exist. Teaching 29: All human beings are helplessly bound to action All of us are doing some action or other apparently for a purpose. The real reason is that we are bound to action. generally it is not known that people eat food for getting more food. the other part is always changing. It is not wrong to modify the nature. is uncontrollably plunged into action all the time. The mistake on the part of the educated people is to think that they are independent and different from the world. The purpose is imaginary. Even animals and uneducated tribal people do that by playing their part. because we live. stone and sea. including all the living beings. Ego. educated people who have the sense of ego assume that few of their millions of actions as their own action.

it is our duty to act whether we like it or not.
117
. It is the result of doing our action according to our nature without any ego. Action is only in the realm of our body/mind complex and it is the nature of body/mind complex to be in action all the time. Example: There is complete inaction in the center of a cyclone. If we are to resort to inaction out of ignorance. in order to reach there one has to go through vigorous action. it is not possible to function like this. Our own mind will prick us if we abandon our duty. If the negative aspects overwhelm the positive actions. no one can ever remain without action even for a moment. According to the Active Dharma. ‘I am doing this’. it will lead us to sorrow. Inaction is not the result of abstaining from action. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verse: 5
3. We need to do them irrespective of our likes and dislikes. However. Once we reach that stage. However. Unless one completes the process of gaining Self-Knowledge and reaches the destination of Joyful Living. Example: An employee did not go to work without prior intimation to the superiors. we will be doing Karma Yoga and it will enable us to progress towards our goal of Joyful Living. “I am giving fragrance” nor does a bee collect honey with a feeling.5 Indeed. We will have the guilty feeling of not doing our duty. inaction out of ignorance is to be avoided. because everyone is helplessly made to do action according to the impressions. All of them just act without any ego. we may hesitate to perform the action. we should do our work all the time as Karma Yoga and reach our destination of Joyful Living. However.aspects. It is impossible to keep our mind in quietude by abandoning our duty. we have to do our duties. Therefore. Therefore. “I am doing work for my family”. born of the three modes of nature. This is inaction in action. A flower does not give out fragrance with a sense of satisfaction. they are not conscious that they are doing the action. Only then. we will know that our real identity is Atman and Atman always remain in a state of inaction. Inaction in action All other living beings are performing many actions just as human beings. One has to take up action until the mind is matured enough to understand that there is inaction in all our action. He cannot remain in peace until he resumes his work.

Those who take up Spiritual Lifestyle. The thought of cigarette is bound to come and he involuntarily starts smoking. Thought is the seed for what we talk. Thus. Thus. but I cannot stop smocking”. if someone attempts to break the cycle. Thoughts. because his past actions have made his preferences stronger. every one of us is forced into action through our own preferences. This is so. his mind continues to dwell on cricket. Thoughts come to us and we do not think. By shutting down the sense organs. When the sense organs are exposed to the sense objects. what we hear and what we do. he will not be able to study effectively. Our actions determine our preferences. If there is an attempt to break the thoughts-words-action-thoughts cycle. Interestingly. attempt to break this thought-action cycle through willful restraint of the sense organs. Example: A mother tells her son to stop playing cricket and start studying. his own thoughts will not let him be at peace. thoughts are created. it will create lots of discomfort. Example: A youth listens to Jazz music and an older person listens to Carnatic music. words and action are interconnected. Teaching 31: All our thoughts are born out of our actions We have no choice in what we think. All our actions originate from our thoughts. this is not possible for those who are leading a Professional Lifestyle. They will not be able to carry out their regular work without exposing the sense organs to the sense objects. Since thoughts are not controllable. Although the son obeys the instruction and start reading the textbook.
118
. Unless the importance of studying for the exam sinks in the mind. slowly the power of the thoughts is reduced. One will lead to another. The choice of music depends on the company they keep. words and action be aligned all the time. What thoughts come to us depend on our preferences. However. thoughts and actions are tightly linked to each other and one causes the other cyclically. Example: A smoker says. all our thoughts come from our actions. “I know it is injurious to health.Lesson 5: Thought and Action
Session: 088 – 089
It is essential that our thoughts. the words they speak and the words they listen.

When we are completely relieved from our own likes and dislikes. it will be an impossible task to pull the mind away from the sense pleasures. his thoughts will not push him into actions. if one engages in action. without attachment.Another way to control the thoughts is to control the mind not to run behind the sense organs. physically one may still enjoy the sense pleasures but mentally he will be free from any attachment. In public. Similarly. Without coming through this proper route. In that stage. This is an unhealthy practice.
119
. The right way is to understand the limitation of the sense objects and thereby lose the attachment to them. we can maintain inaction in action. he will not be peaceful. but whose mind dwells on sense objects. Thus either by controlling the sense organs or by controlling the mind. It does not matter whether one possesses and enjoys the sense objects so long there is no mental attachment. Oh Arjuna. The practice of Karma Yoga slowly relieves us from our binding of our preferences. thoughts and actions will become pure. one can prevent the influence of our desires in our thoughts and actions. this is very difficult to achieve. we will not have any binding desires.6 One who restrains the senses and organs of action. we can maintain the quality of our outputs and ensure steady supply. This can come only through the practice of Karma Yoga. the second one of controlling the mind is better. It will not help the individual progress in the spiritual path. Between these two ways. if one suddenly abandons his action. Without this self-control. it is by far superior. If one reaches this stage. they behave in a restrained manner while internally they are still attracted by sense pleasure. after restraining the senses by the mind. In this way. most often people lead double life. This option is suitable for those in the Professional Lifestyle. Unless one understands the limitations of sense pleasures. Example: Ensuring appropriate action to improve the quality of inferior raw material is better than stopping procurement. if one can control is mind not to get carried away by the sense pleasures. However. certainly is deluded and is called a hypocrite.7 On the other hand. Teaching 32: Mind control is better than avoiding the sense objects Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 6 – 7
3. If one is successful. since it allows an individual to do his daily chores without any limitation. 3.

it is called Chosen Profession.
120
. This unique capability is called core competence. In which case. In the later case. In either case. it might be difficult to identify the Prescribed Duty. It is possible that the core competency will be relevant in more than one profession. However. he continues to be a cobbler. the services of everyone will be very efficient and effective. In this way. The Prescribed Duty is decided based on this core competency. Example: A cobbler is carrying on his profession because he is trained in the same profession since his childhood. skill. The type of action that is appropriate for each individual is called his Prescribed Duty. aptitude. it becomes the primary responsibility. when people grow intellectually they develop capabilities to do multiple jobs. one has freedom to choose any profession that is based on his core competency as his chosen profession. It is difficult or impossible to change the core competency in one lifetime. Following are the criteria.Lesson 6: Prescribed Duty / Chosen Profession
Session: 090 – 091
Human beings are different from each other in all respects. Example: A man can hunt the animals for food more effectively than a woman can. One should do his best all the time in the Prescribed Duty/ Chosen Profession. All of them are engaged in some action or the other all the time. It is his chosen profession or prescribed duty. A woman can rear the children more effectively than a man can. Depending on what one is good at. once the duty is assumed. capabilities and personality vary widely. Their attitude.
Criterion 1: Core competence and not Likes and Dislikes Everyone is equipped to do some tasks better than the others. It can either be allocated to him by the society or chosen voluntarily by the concerned individual. He does not know any other trade and therefore. In such a case. Teaching 33: Everyone should be engaged in a Chosen Profession People who are less intelligent resort to Prescribed Duty without a conscious decision to do so. one should select his profession. which will help to identify the Prescribed Duty.

Money should not be a criterion to decide on the chosen profession. One should enjoy doing the job. one should be willing to take additional trouble for the sake of being in the chosen profession.
121
. Thus. which is above average. It is his chosen profession. In general. this particular criterion may not be a hurdle if some one actually likes the job.Criterion 2: Natural liking This is the most important criteria based on which one’s profession can be chosen. Therefore. He should be able to work for long number of hours without getting mentally tired. he will not feel the passage of time. If some one is doing his prescribed duty. One should enjoy doing the job all the time. people get to learn more about their profession of their choice and they are bound to gain required skills and capabilities. Assuming a person has all the wealth in the world still he might continue to be engaged in a particular profession. it may be his prescribed duty. Example: I would like to be a design engineer but I do not have engineering qualifications. If one is willing to take up a particular job even though it pays less. Example: I like this job very much because it pays lots of money. Example: I spend 3 hours commuting to work and I do not want to quit this job because I like it.
Criterion 3: Required skills and capabilities It is not enough if one likes the job. One should be qualified to do the job at a level of performance. Chosen profession is one in which one is willing to work even if there are many hurdles to it.

which make up the inert objects and the ratio in which these three elements are mixed varies from person to person causing wide variations in the personalities. Without considering these exceptions and in the absence of proper understanding of the scriptures. It may take some time and external guidance to distinguish between a wish and natural liking. Liking the profession and Core competency in the profession should co-exist to make a profession as a chosen one. Some may have to take up some profession and try their hands on it before deciding whether it could be their chosen profession. one should try to do action in the Chosen Profession. While some know their natural liking from the young age.Criterion 4: Chosen Profession is not based on likes and dislikes If one likes a profession without having the required skills and capability. it is causing more harm than good to the Indian society.
Teaching 35: Four groups of Chosen Professions are recommended
122
. Vedas have prescribed four broad profession based on the composition of mind. Mostly people belonging to a particular family will have similar traits.
Four Professions There are three distinct elements (Aura. Converting Karma into Karma Yoga is possible only if one does his Prescribed Duty/ Chosen Profession and not otherwise. they can be exceptions. Since. Since inaction is not possible. Indian society has inherited a caste system based on this recommendation. Likes and dislikes will keep changing according to the environment but the natural liking and the core competency are fixed for the lifetime. the caste system moved away from the logic with which this recommendation is made. Energy and Matter). others take time to identify. then it should not be taken up as a Chosen Profession. It can utmost be a hobby. However. Teaching 34: Three elements determine the personality of the individual Similar to the four lifestyles.

teaching. depending on the nature of the person. Ksatriyas. Vedas have recommended following four professions so that the demand of the profession is perceived as a natural outlet for action. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 8
3. Vaisyas are Matter Dominant supported by Energy: Doing business. Once prescribed duty is chosen according to the nature of the person as suggested by Vedas. AEM are composed. since fighting is his prescribed duty.The four groups are called Brahmin. Sudras are Matter Dominant: Agriculture. This will cause avoidable tension and confusion. 1. Example: Swimming is not considered to be a work for a fish. Ksatriyas are Energy Dominant supported by Aura: Managing. designing and such staff functions are suitable for this group of people. Teaching 36: Chosen Profession should be in line with the personality Lord Krishna is asking Arjuna to fight. In such cases. Example: A Brahmin (based on the nature) joining army will feel fish out of water. Brahmins are Aura Dominant: Writing. delivering. consulting. 4. for action is better than inaction. This grouping is not based on birth. controlling. It may so happen that people choose a profession that is not in line with his personal nature.8 Perform your prescribed duty. there will be conflict between the nature of the person and the demand of the chosen profession. banking and such independent professions are suitable for this group of people. 2.
123
. Such action is better to be done in the area of chosen profession so that the individual can convert his karma as Karma Yoga and proceed towards the goal of Joyful Living. Vaisya and Sudra. trading. Everyone is bound to act all the time since inaction is not possible in the creation. leading. construction and such manual labor oriented jobs are suitable for this group of people. A man cannot even maintain his physical body without work. It is based on ratio in which the basic three elements. one should keep doing the duty to the best of his ability. Therefore. dominating and such line functions are suitable for this group of people. organizing. 3.

(b) Understand the dynamics of action
Unit Test: 1. What is the only way in which our attitude can be changed? 12.09 – 3. How can a common person understand Dharma as prescribed in Vedas? 13. What are the four levels of people based on the dominance of Aura. 9. 4. 3. What are the two essential tools with which we can change ourselves?
124
. Why it is not possible to change anyone? 15. Energy and Matter? What are the four attitudes recommended for them? 11. 14. 2.35
On completion of this unit. 8. What is the purpose of existence of sense objects and why should we restrain ourselves from indulging in sense pleasures. 6.Unit 08: Analysis of Karma Yoga
Number of Sessions: 6 (01 – 06) Number of Lessons: 5 Verses: 3. 5. 7.
Session: 108
Which is the immune system that is naturally present in human beings? Which is described as the AIDS virus? What prompts the action out of mind? What prompts the action out of intelligence? Why action out of intelligence is superior to action out of mind? What are the five guidelines suggested for action out of mind? What are the five guidelines suggested for action out of intelligence? What is our part in keeping the giant wheel of life moving? When will we reach a stage where there are no more duties to be performed? 10. the student will be able to (a) Appreciate the importance of the right attitude while doing work.

it is latent during the rest of the time. since our mind is afflicted by attachment. Similarly. it becomes another set of knowledge and his ego becomes stronger. When the likes and dislikes become stronger. Man appears to be happy during the positive swing and suffers during the negative swing. This natural intelligence is corrupted by attachment. we continuously suffer. Our natural healthy status is to enjoy life and live joyfully all the time. Action breeds likes and dislikes. Such endless action from birth to death is called life. This is the unhealthy state. which dominates the life of everyone.
125
. the mind has to mature before we can begin the lessons on Self-Knowledge. Even if we take the medicine. Besides. or insecurity. The AIDS virus – Attachment The constant action brings human beings in contact with the sense objects. Attachment afflicts our intelligence in such a way that we see good as bad and vice versa. While suffering is obvious during bad times. There is a constant feeling of incompleteness. they give birth to attachment. inadequacy. Then suffering will go and we will live joyfully. the AIDS is to be cured before the treatment can begin. However. man can no longer discriminate between good and bad. the ignorance will be removed.Lesson 1: The prescription – Proper Action The nature – Life
Session: 093 – 095
The universe including all the living beings is in a constant state of flex. The diagnosis – Ignorance The root cause of the disease is diagnosed as lack of self-knowledge. it will give harmful effects and will not cure the disease. human beings are bound to action all the time. we cannot take the medicine (self-knowledge). If we gain the knowledge on who we are. Therefore. for a person who is deluded by attachment. As a part of this ever-changing phenomenon. Self-Knowledge shows us who we are. The sense pleasures drive them into more action. Attachment breaks the natural immune system (intelligence) and as a result. The immune system – Intelligence Man is endowed with intelligence to enable him to live life happily. The disease – Suffering Life oscillates between the pairs of opposites. As a result.

We need to do proper action. action is our nature and we cannot remain without action even for a moment. (This is the end result) For action born out of intelligence prompted by our duties: 1. 2. Convert legitimate desires as non-binding desires. Once we protect ourselves with appropriate condoms. We should gain knowledge on the virus. Renounce all your rights 3. It may appear that we should abstain from sex totally in order to avoid affliction of the AIDS virus. Therefore. Teaching 37: Avoid illegitimate desires and moderate legitimate desires Proper Action is prescribed as follows For action born out of mind prompted by our desires: 1. Then
126
. Knowledge on the AIDS Virus (attachment) It is natural for us to act. We are here to enjoy life and it is not possible to abstain from action. Teaching 38: Let the actions be born from intelligence and not from mind If we do all our action in line with this prescription. Complete the duties to the best of your abilities. Moderate legitimate desires 3. Avoid illegitimate desires. Therefore. Inaction will not cure us. This accumulated set of preferences leads us to attachment. Our mind will be free of the AIDS virus (attachment) and we will regain our discriminatory power to distinguish between the reality and the illusion. then we will be cured of our affliction. We come with an accumulated set of preferences (our likes and dislikes) which is the result of our past actions including actions done in the previous births. it is a foolish option. The prescription – Proper Action Vedas have provided the prescription to cure our disease. Do the duty without focusing on the results 2. inaction is not the solution. understand how it is transmitted and take precautions to avoid it.Prevention of AIDS virus The AIDS virus (attachment) spreads due to contact between the sense object and the sense organs. we do not have to fear the virus anymore. Besides. However. we need to be cautious of our interaction with the external world.

127
. Such actions are done since we enjoy doing them. It may appear that the entire purpose of life is to be involved in pursuit of such actions. Example: We watch or play cricket match because we like the game. We are allowed to enjoy our legitimate pleasures so long we have the attitude that it is a gift from god to us and NOT the result of our own work. We should not have the attitude that the food is the result of our hard work. On the contrary. we are allowed to indulge in action to fulfill our legitimate desires in line with the guidelines given below. It is totally prohibited. This information is processed through our accumulated preferences. Actions born out of mind – Moderate legitimate desires We need to reduce such actions progressively. Guideline 1: Thank the god for giving us the good experience. We need to control the actions born out of mind as detailed below. However. It is wrongly assumed that performance of such action will fulfill our desires. The complete list of bad actions is described in an earlier lesson. Similarly. Mind drives the action organs to perform action to fulfill our desires. Therefore. it is dangerous to have sex with prostitutes. which involves separating the false identity from our true self. When we come to this stage. we will be moving at a faster pace towards regaining our natural health (Joyful Living) Action born out of mind Mind receives information through the five senses. This results in branding some of the sense objects as ‘objects of desires’. all the bad actions are prohibited in order to safeguard against attachment. Action born out of mind – Avoid illegitimate desires To avoid AIDS. However. more actions we do. we can enjoy any sense pleasures so long we assume it is a gift to us. Similarly. it is very difficult to reduce such actions. We will be driven to more such action. stronger the desires will become. it is not recommended to abstain from sex totally. We should not hurt others. Example: We should not steal.we will be ready to gain Self-Knowledge.

128
. We had a plan only to buy a slipper and there was no plan to buy a dress. Example: We should get up from bed at a fixed time. Our mind can have a desire to sleep late. Since we have a weak mind that cannot withstand a strong desire. we are allowed to buy it after planning for it at a latter date. It is important that we do not do things as and when desire occur. All our desires can be fulfilled only after they find a place in our daily schedule. Thus slowly all the action born out of mind will be transferred as actions born out of intelligence. Example: I feel like buying a dress. Example: Mind can appeal to the intelligence that on Sunday the regular wakeup time should be postponed. Whenever we enjoy we should ensure that our joy is shared with everyone around us. Guideline 3: Pray to god to give the right mind to accept whatever be the situations in life. Guideline 4: Regulate the action by allocating specific time. It does not matter whether we get up 5 am or 7 am so long it is determined by our intelligence. we should pray for a strong mind that can withstand the non-fulfillment of the desires. Instead of praying for fulfillment of our desires. when I am shopping for my slipper. Guideline 5: Follow a strict daily/weekly/ monthly schedule.Guideline 2: Share our enjoyment with others. we should regulate ourselves to do things only according to our plan. Planning should be more important than fulfillment of the desire. It is natural for the mind to come up with desires and we seek to gratify such desires. This desire should be fulfilled only after the approval of our intelligence. However. We need to plan all our actions and do only things according to the plan. we cannot control ourselves from buying the dress. We should always share whatever we have with others. This desire should not be fulfilled immediately. Intelligence can accede to the request of the mind but such instances should be progressively decreased. It is recommended in Vedas that we should not cook food only for our own consumption. Since we saw a dress and want to buy it. We are allowed to include all our desires in our schedule but they need to be part of the schedule before fulfillment. We should process the desire through our intelligence and then fulfill it according to a predetermined plan.

Action born out of intelligence is far superior to the actions born out of mind because what we like may not be good for us. we should get the opinion of a wise person who is not biased but interested in our welfare. Therefore. Our objective is to do our actions out of non-binding desires. Guideline 2: Do the duties without stressing on the rights. In addition. Watching cricket match cannot be called as a self-imposed duty for obvious reasons. All our duties also come under this fold. since the intelligence is deluded he may avoid doing the duty and in addition will justify his action saying that it is not his duty. If we eat the sweet. We do another set of actions. Example: We have choice to eat a sweet after the meal. We should be cautious when we classify an action either as an action born out of mind or out of intelligence because the mind tends to convince the intelligence the chosen action is good. which are the result of our conscious decision on what is good for us. This is an example of self-imposed duty. We have desire to eat sweet. it is fine. To reach such a stage. It is permitted that the action born out of intelligence is converted as an action of desire. one should listen to the elders and follow their advice. instead of relying on one’s own judgment on whether a particular action is our duty or not. it is an action born out of intelligence.Actions born out of intelligence The desires for sense pleasures determine the action out of mind. it is an action born out of mind. we need to follow the guidelines prescribed below: Guideline 1: Be aware that our intelligence is deluded. it also has the effect of binding us. Example: I have decided to do a correspondence course to increase the chance of promotion. Although action born out of intelligence is superior. Such decisions are born out our intelligence. If there is a doubt on the classification. In general. everyone is aware of his duties. we may have many self-imposed duties. Example: It is the duty of the driver to drive the car. Depending on our chosen life style. If we do not eat the sweet. However. If he develops a liking for driving. One person’s duty is another’s right. we have a right to expect the
129
. This may not be good for us if we are diabetic. we will have many duties. We assume that if we do our duty.

if we are to work for a higher purpose. However. Our skills and capabilities will be sharpened as we do work with involvement. If they do not do their duty. Guideline 4: Duties are to be performed because they are duties and for no other purposes. I will not work as well as before. It is our duty to inform her or pick the valet and return it to her. The universe is designed in such a way that if everyone does his duty fully and correctly. There should be no other objective for doing our duty. they will face the consequence and we should mind our business. On the other hand. If we are to work for earning salary. We should not be concerned about others doing their duty with the exception of our subordinates. We should not do our duty because we are going to enjoy our rights. Automatically we will be working at our maximum potential. then there will be involvement and excitement in our work. We need to do our duty without expecting that others will do their part of the duty. We have no way to verify the calculation of the god. We should not expect that she would acknowledge our gesture with thanks or show us some gratitude. Example: The person walking ahead drops her valet by mistake. If my promotion is delayed for some reason. If we follow these guidelines. We should not be doing our duty with the focus on our right that arises from doing our duty. We can resign the job because salary is not given but we need to work sincerely until we quit the job.
130
. some part of the results will be immediate/ visible and the remaining part will be deferred/ invisible. We will never be tired of doing work. God will keep accounts and ensure that we reap the result of all our actions. Guideline 5: Other’s duties not our concern.other to perform his part of duty. It is our duty to do the work to the best of our abilities irrespective of the fact whether salary is paid or not. Guideline 3: The result of our actions will accrue to us but we will not be able to perceive it directly. This is wrong. we will be tired by the end of the day. We need to trust in accuracy of God’s work and keep doing our duty to our maximum potential. Example: I do my work well because I will be getting my promotion. We should do our duty because we are bound to action. We will wait for the weekend or for the vacation. we will get a matured mind that is capable of receiving the teaching on self-knowledge. everyone will receive the benefit that is due to him.

The giant cycle of life We do not have separate entities that are independent of the universe. 5. other living beings and nature by doing something in return for all the things we have taken from them. We need to do our work well in our chosen profession. We should show our gratitude to our parents. society. We need to do our Dharma since it is our duty and as a result. One is bound to suffer since it is the nature of the world to offer dualities and one will not know that he is bound. Only human beings have the will power to do or not to do their part of the duty.Additional Actions required to accelerate our progress 1. If we do not do that. The whole universe is sustained by the practice of Dharma. We are fully dependent on the universe for food. Giving and taking is the essence of survival. We must allocate separate time for prayer. Everyone must do their duty (Dharma) to keep the universe functioning. fellow human beings. 2. air for our survival. If we keep consuming without paying the price (by way of doing our duty) we will continue to suffer. it will sustain us. Only if we acknowledge the role of the universe in supporting our life we can hope to have the access to the medicine of SelfKnowledge. Dharma is that which preserves. which is in one continuous movement (action). It is our Dharma to do work. Dharma is defined as that which preserves. We should perform all the religious and cultural customs handed down to us by our elders. All living beings other than human beings are doing their part without any choice. it amounts to stealing. All our actions are part of that giant movement. If we do our prescribed duty since it is recommended by Vedas. we exploit the nature to our advantage. 4. we will get the mental maturity to gain self-knowledge and thereby gain Joyful Living. Each component of the universe has a role to play. We are allowed draw these resources provided we do our part of the duty. Our body and mind are integral part of the universe. Without this knowledge. Teaching 39: We need to do our duties all the time to keep the world going The whole universe can be assumed to be a big wheel. The wrong assumption that we are independent of the nature makes us break the cycle. We should read books of wisdom. We must pray five times a day 3. water.
131
.

This will ensure general prosperity for all. who prepare food for personal sense enjoyment.Dharma will protect us provided we protect Dharma by doing our duty. 3. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 09 – 16
3. perform your prescribed duties without any attachment and remain free from bondage. lives in vain. He. are released from all kinds of sins. is certainly a thief.13 The noble ones. 3.10 Having created human beings in the beginning of creation.9 This world survives by the action of everyone. 3. 3.15 Duties for all the human beings are prescribed in the Vedas. gods will supply all necessities to man. it should be followed eternally without expecting the results. “May you prosper by this.14 All living bodies are born out of food grains. May this be a source of desired objects for you” 3. Therefore.11 May you do your duties to nourish the gods and may the gods nourish you in turn by sustaining the world. which are initiated by God in this manner leads a life of sin. Oh Arjuna.
132
.12 Being satisfied by your performance. a man who does not follow these prescribed duties. Others. Therefore. without offering them in return. verily eat only sin. But he who enjoys these gifts. 3. and the Vedas are directly given by God. Rains are born out of the prescribed duties performed by the living beings. which are born out of rains. the creator said. 3. who share their food before eating.16 Oh Arjuna. who lives for the senses.

the child is happy because it possesses an object of pleasure. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 17 – 18
3.18 A self-realized man has no purpose to fulfill in the discharge of his prescribed duties. one starts leading life joyfully. still there will be a sense of incompleteness. the person who has regained his health is happy with himself. fully contended. After crossing the two milestones of getting matured mind by doing Karma Yoga (following Active Dharma) and gaining self-knowledge (following Passive Dharma). nor has he any reason not to perform such work. He does not seek anything from the external world for him to be happy. Therefore. He has no duties to perform. Even though they get what they want.17 However. who rejoices in and is satisfied with the self only. Teaching 40: There are no duties for the one who has gained selfknowledge Those who have not reached will be motivated by their desires to be in action. This happens automatically. There is nothing more to be done. who is illumined in the self. He does not need to do any action for achieving anything in life. He is completely happy with himself and fully contended all the time. He is fully independent and does not require anything from anyone. for him there is no duty. Similar attitude can be observed in most people. 3. one feels completeness. Joyful Living is the final state of health. This is not the case for the one who is living joyfully. Therefore. There are no more duties for such a person. This is the end goal. he does not have to do any action. Infact. after reaching this stage. he does not have to do anything or not to do anything. It may not seek another chocolate! Similarly. The feeling of inadequateness or insecurity is no more. Nor has he any need to depend on any other living being. Even before eating the chocolate. Example: A child is happy when a chocolate is given to it. the child may want more chocolates even though it still holds the other chocolate in the hand. for one who is taking pleasure in the self.Lesson 2: Inaction after Action
Session: 096
The treatment is to be continued until we completely regain our health.
133
. Therefore.

They cannot see the importance of material pursuit. Consciousness is changeless. they should be guided into action. Energy and Matter. Based on the dominance. The perception of the action varies within these four levels as described below. This is a myth. They do more work only when it is demanded by others. Unlike the body. From inaction. Level 1: Matter Dominant These people do not have any ambitions in life. which make up the inert objects and the ratio in which these three elements are mixed varies from person to person. We do not have any choice on what we think nor what we do. Life happens to us and we do not live life. Our ego assumes the role of the doer due to ignorance. They do not have sufficient intelligence to understand the nature of action nor do they have strong ego to assume that they are the doers. people can be grouped in four levels. The consciousness part of the man is common to all but the body/mind complex varies person to person depending on its composition. Aura. However. It does not do any action nor causes any action. AEM for short. Teaching 41: Matter dominant people should be guided into more action
134
. They just eat and sleep and live mostly like animals. They can be guided into more action and pushed into material pursuit.Lesson 3: Nature of Action – Part I
Session: 097 – 099
Man is a combination of consciousness and inert objects (his body and mind). The body/mind complex is helplessly bound to action all the time. There are three distinct elements called. Educated people think that they have a choice on doing action. In addition to mere survival. the mind has the power to reflect the consciousness. They are happy when they get what they want and feel sorrow when they do not get what they want. they have minimum expectations in life. They are not very active. Such people do action without thinking that they are doing the action. They will not have the required level of intelligence to understand the concepts of Dharma or legitimate or illegitimate desires. They just live life as it comes. they may be offering various prayers and observing various rituals according to the traditions and customs. which appears as our ego.

They assume that human beings came into existence by chance. They do not have any binding desires. Some of them believe that the God is the doers and others accept action as integral part of them. Teaching 43: Aura Dominant people should move from action to learning Level 4: Beyond dominance of any element These people do not have any ambitions in life since they have reached the destination. However. they can be guided into gaining Self-Knowledge. Teaching 42: Energy Dominant people are advised to follow Dharma Level 3: Aura Dominant These people have ambitions in spiritual pursuit. They begin to see that the actions happen and they are not the doers. They work hard to modify the environment through their technical. However. Once they achieve the required level of mental maturity by doing Karma Yoga.
135
. Therefore. economical skills. Upasana Yoga and Jnana Yoga. which will enable them to reach the final destination. it does not matter to them whether such desires are fulfilled or not. political. They see themselves as independent of the universe. They believe that the world can be made into a perfect place where they can live happily all the time. They will not understand that the everlasting happiness cannot be achieved through their action. They strongly believe that they are the makers of the world. they turn towards spiritual pursuit. Having seen the futility of prosperity to lead to everlasting happiness. They may continue to have many desires. However. They also do lots of action. they should be taught to follow Dharma in all their actions. more intelligent. They may be more active or less active depending on their accumulated preferences. They are better educated. These people should be taught to do Karma as Karma Yoga. The primary purpose of all their actions is to achieve Joyful Living. such action is towards the practice of Karma Yoga. aggressive and dominant people. Their ego is fully ripened. They live life joyfully. They have very strong ego.Level 2: Energy Dominant These people have ambitions in material pursuit. they should be encouraged to proceed in their path.

People in Level 4 know that they are not the doers. without any differentiation with respect to the level. These are the recommended attitudes. ‘I should do more action and gain material comforts’ – This should be the attitude for the Level 1 people. He may or may not complain about his status. Consequently. he feels guilty of inaction. Therefore. ‘I should do action for making my mind matured enough to receive selfknowledge’ – This should be the attitude for the Level 3 people.
136
. they willingly allow themselves to be in action as directed by the nature. ‘I should do action for setting as a role model for those people who are following my footsteps’ – This should be the attitude for the Level 4 people. they function as a tool in an expert’s hands. he is not satisfied with the results of his actions. People in Level 2 have a strong feeling. In addition. ‘I am the doer’. Therefore. Type of action and quantum of action is not recommended since they are not controllable. People in Level 1 do not have a strong feeling. People in Level 3 have a positive attitude towards action. they do not abstain from action since others who have not reached this level might imitate them prior to reaching the destination. Although they do not have anything to gain by doing action. Action is mandatory for all human beings. insufficient or inappropriate actions. is tied to action. non-diminishing happiness and undisturbed peace. Action and Attitude Everyone. The right attitude is listed below. They are fully aware that life happens to them and all their actions are part of the nature. He has the constant feeling of inadequateness and incompleteness. The attitude differs depending on the level. The type of action depends on the composition of the three elements that make up the mind of the individual. ‘I am the doer’.They do not have any ego. He works harder to achieve everlasting security. he accepts all the results of his actions as the gift from God. ‘I should do action in line with my Dharma’ – This should be the attitude for the Level 2 people. Slowly they realize that they are not the doers and therefore they start moving towards Joyful Living. The attitude towards action determines the suffering or otherwise. As a result.

when people are clear about their goal in material pursuit. Although conventionally the religious activities are classified under spiritual pursuit. it also includes all the actions done for the gratification of sense pleasures. he is expected to have appropriate attitudes towards his action so that he can progress to the next level. Dharma may appear as a hurdle to progress. Initially. dining in restaurants and such entertainment. in essence they also fall under material pursuit. Besides. Dharma is elaborately explained in Vedas. like playing games. visiting places. People wrongly assume that their effort in material pursuit will lead them to Joyful Living. In addition. Action and Dharma All our actions are to be in line with he Dharma prescribed in the Vedas. ensuring that the Dharma is followed in all our actions will be an effort. it is difficult for the common person to understand the same. Therefore. When one reaches the destination of Joyful Living it will become part of one’s nature. it is provided in Vedas that the life of the elders in the society who have already reached the final destination of Joyful Living can be a pointer. According to his limited understanding. reflection on the truth revealed in the scriptures and meditating on the knowledge. Spiritual pursuit includes learning the scriptures under the guidance of a competent teacher. All our actions are to be within the prescribed Dharma at all times. The correct and only purpose of our action is to gain mental maturity (by doing the Karma as Karma Yoga). Karma Yoga strictly prohibits actions that are not in line with the prescribed Dharma. During the phase of material pursuit. It is possible to approach such people and get clarity if there is a doubt in anyone’s mind on whether a particular course of action is according to the Dharma or not. there will not be any difficulty in restricting actions within the fold of Dharma. However. position etc.Attitude is the result of knowledge. This is because most people do not know the real purpose of doing work. Knowledge depends on the ability to know. For this purpose. property. fame.
137
. Material pursuit includes all the actions that are carried out for earning name. Since not everyone has the capability to understand the ultimate truth. wealth. Dharma is the basis for both material pursuit and spiritual pursuit. Although Dharma will not change. applying the scriptural definition to the day-to-day issues to determine the course of action is difficult. according to the time and place the situation faced by the individual will wary. each individual is allowed to grasp his version of truth. money.

Since the life of the elders who have mastered the Vedas is closely followed by others. all the world pursues. Oh Arjuna. 3. They should not be encouraged to refrain from work. Atleast considering the welfare of the society. Nor am I in want of anything. 3. think themselves to be the doers of activities. A man of complete knowledge should not unsettle them. Yet I am engaged in work. 3. 3. if I did not engage in tireless work.27 The ignorant people. there is no work prescribed for Me within all the three planetary systems.
138
.20 Even kings like Janaka and others attained liberation by performance of prescribed duties. 3. For by working without attachment. under the influence of the three modes of the nature.26 Let not the wise create confusion in the minds of the ignorant who are attached to action. 3.25 As the ignorant perform their duties with attachment to results. Whatever standards he sets by exemplary acts. similarly the learned may also act. for the sake of leading people on the right path. certainly all men would follow My path in every way. but to engage in work that is more efficient. 3. but without attachment.29 Those who are deluded without knowing this truth get attached to the actions of the organs. common people follow his example.23 For. then all these worlds would perish. nor have I need to obtain anything. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 19 – 29
3. without being attached to the result.22 Oh Arjuna.24 If I should cease to work. it is essential for such people to do their duties although they have already reached the destination. remains detached with the understanding that the sense organs function among the sense-objects. 3. 3. you should perform your work.19 Therefore. one attains the supreme.21 Whatever action is performed by a great man.28 Oh Arjuna. Dharma as demonstrated through the life of elders will have impact that is more powerful on the life of the others compared to the listening about Dharma. 3. but the knower of this truth. I would thereby destroy all the sentient beings. one should do the prescribed duties. which are in actuality carried out by nature. I would also be the cause of creating confusion.

All of us are bound to action and no one can remain in inaction. 6. 8. We need to reduce the action arising out of mind. one should understand the purpose for which the work is being done. We are doing our action as our part to keep the universe going. We do not do action for obtaining any specific result. If action is done this way. which will corrupt our intelligence. We should do our duty without the feeling neither “I am doing” nor we should think/ talk about the difficulties involved in the work as if it is a big accomplishment to do our duty. Karma Yoga involves changes in attitude as detailed below. One need not make any addition/ deletion/ modification of activities that are being done by him. Therefore. we will develop attachment. Special Dharma overrules Ordinary Dharma and we should not abstain from action on any pretext. surrendering all your works unto Me. converting Karma into Karma Yoga is the first milestone to be crossed before one can hope to reach the final destination of Joyful Living. we will be making our likes/ dislikes stronger. 11. We need to accept the results of our action as a gift from God. We have no right on the fruits of our action. our intelligence will no longer be able to guide us to Joyful Living. 10. There is no other purpose in doing our action. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verse: 030
3. 3. 4. 7. We need to do our duty to the best of our ability all the time. We need to increase the action arising out of intelligence. fight without desire for gain and the mind free from attachment and anxiety. In order to convert Karma into Karma Yoga. 9. The purpose is to gain adequate mental maturity so that the truth regarding the self could be fully understood. 12. We must carry out all the actions prescribed by our tradition/ culture. we need to do our action as Karma Yoga so that we are not bound to action forever and continue to suffer. 1. one will gain mental maturity leading to Joyful Living. One can continue to do whatever that is being done in terms of doing professional work. Once we gain Self-Knowledge then we can live joyfully.Lesson 4: Description of Karma Yoga
Session: 100
The difference between Karma and Karma Yoga lies in the attitude with which the action is done. with mind intent on Me.30 Therefore.
139
. Therefore. As a result. Therefore. 5. If we do action without converting them into Karma Yoga as suggested above. We should adhere to Dharma in all the actions under all circumstances. We need to do our duty as our offering to God. Oh Arjuna. carrying out personal/ family/ social obligations and activities for entertainment. 2.

man thinks that he is separate from the world and he is doing the action. This right attitude will come only with the right knowledge. one has to follow the prescription with faith that it will solve the problem. These uncontrollable and continuous actions do not seem to solve the problems of humankind and they continue to exist even after thousands of years of effort. The apparent motive or objective of his actions is to make the world as a better place to live so that the sufferings in the world are removed or reduced. The problem is resolved by having the right attitude. then there is no suffering at all in life and one can live joyfully.Lesson 5: Attitude and Action
Session: 101
All the sufferings in the world are related to the mind. he has only selected a few and assumed that he is the doer of the action. Due to ignorance. So long he has this attitude. Whether he has such an objective or not he is bound to action. Therefore. His action will always appear to be inadequate and the results will always be insufficient. The right attitude means to acknowledge the fact that the life happens to us and we do not live life. he will continue to suffer and there is no possibility of solving all his problems. In reality. In essence. There are certain tasks to be completed. This will be an endless search. man is continuously engaged in action. After completion of a particular task. If one doubts the words of Lord Krishna and continues to do Karma as mere Karma and not as Karma Yoga. his attitude towards action is harmful and it causes suffering. the fundamental nature of work done and result obtained remain same. The apparent
140
. and the next task is taken up. he is doomed to suffer forever. Out of the millions of action that happens through him. the next one will appear with a promise to give happiness. Example: Whether one is a president of a country or a cobbler sitting on the platform. Therefore. It remains same for everyone. He thinks ‘I will do this and gain this benefit’. As a part of the creation. he is just an instrument in the hands of God. people do action to complete the task. there are no differences in the action or in the result. Therefore. If all the actions are done in line with the prescription of Karma Yoga. the solution should also be part of the mind. Everyone is continually doing various actions. The solution to the problem is a change in the attitude with which work is done.

This is because actions done without the right attitude strengthen the likes and dislikes of the person. Example: A pen does not do any action in writing. The only purpose of the servant doing an action is to fulfill the wish of the master. However. Every effort to come out of a problem will sink them deeper into the problem. those who do not do Karma Yoga are affected by the process and they are like people fallen in quick sand. Actions do not bind those who do them as Karma Yoga. We do not have to worry about what is going to happen in the future. Right knowledge leads to right attitude. This appears to be cyclical. the only purpose of all our actions should be to fulfill the command of God. We have no role to play because we are part of the action. If we gain this knowledge then our attitude while doing our action will be right and we will remain happy forever.
141
. Similarly. Self-Knowledge reveals the fact that we do not do any actions at all and life is happening to us. the likes and dislikes do not get enough power to be converted as attachment. He is deluded by attachment and therefore cannot see the solution. it is required that we develop a right attitude towards work in order to gain the right knowledge. his intelligence will be relived of the accumulated covering caused by attachment and he will be ready to receive the self-knowledge. It appears to be involved in lots of action resulting in a great work of literature. just as a pen does not have to worry what to right next. In this case. However.differences between two persons with respect to work and results are of no consequence.
Alternative 1: To have faith in Lord Krishna’s words and blindly follow the instructions of the teacher This means all our duties are imposed on us by God and we have no choice except to obey his command. all the human beings function as a tool in the hands of God. There are many alternative ways of coming out of this cycle. Similarly. Just as a servant obeys his master. If one functions this for sufficiently long period. we should obey the command of God and do our duties to the best of our abilities. We can choose what appeals to us.

142
. We need to contribute to the welfare of the society and community for our own well-being.31 One who executes his duties according to My teaching and who follows this teaching faithfully. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 31 – 32
3. disregard these teachings and do not practice them regularly. we will reach the goal of gaining mental maturity soon. Therefore. Alternative 3: To see the logic in the functioning of the world It is observed that everything in the universe is functioning according to a predetermined order. Running water is healthier than stagnant water.Alternative 2: To thank God for giving us this great opportunity to live life We have taken many things from nature including air. food etc without which we cannot exist. Therefore. Our proficiency (skills and capabilities) is the gift given to us by God. our actions will continue to bind us to suffering without any prospect of getting relief. water. If we do not. we need to do our best all the time. For example. are completely deluded and doomed to bondage. Therefore. becomes free from the bondage of actions. 3. It is not possible to achieve this by any other means. Repetition is the part of any work. The advantage of following this path is the benefit one gets even while putting the effort. Thus. Our efficiency (quantity and quality) in action is our return gift to God. we do not get bored of doing our work. Similarly. we should work without any selfish motive. we should allow the wealth to keep flowing in the system and not accumulate or hoard. we can avoid boredom and enjoy our work. we need to do our duty to the best of our abilities. Therefore. If we change our attitude according to the prescription. It is our duty to do our part to keep up the movement. we need to do our duty as an offering to God. without being critical.32 But those who criticizes this teaching of mine. if we shift our focus from the external results of an action to the internal results (attitude change) then will gain benefit in the short run and in addition.

which prescribe certain actions and prohibit other actions. Impressions.Lesson 6: Nature of Action – Part II
Session: 102 – 105
The thoughts. If this is true. Our preferences determine the nature of our thoughts/ mind. Bad Actions and Neutral Actions. How people respond to the external environment is determined by the preferences and knowledge. it is said that no one can change anyone. Energy and Matter. Type of action (Good or Bad) creates impression. There is no choice for any human being on what he thinks. which determine the progress of an individual in any field. It is possible for one to change one’s own nature through self-effort and knowledge. When people are born. words and action of all the human beings are dynamic part of the creation. We do Good Actions. We do actions as determined by our likes and dislikes. Such actions determine our knowledge. Besides. this teaching suggests that man does not have any free will. Such actions determine our preferences. then it can be argued that there is no use of Vedas and Gita. Teaching 44: It is not possible to change anyone We are what we are due to our past actions.
143
. These are the two important aspects. We do actions to learn and gain knowledge. The external environment in which a person lives is determined by his accumulated impressions. Preferences and Knowledge. Everything is controlled by the composition of the constituting materials called Aura. says or does. All of us are bound to action all the time. they bring with them the accumulated results of their past actions namely. It is only said no one can change anyone. External environment includes the physical body and physiological body. Therefore.

it is possible to change how we respond to them. Thus. When our sense organs encounter the sense objects. social-drinker or an alcoholic. However. if he seeks guidance from elders. However. We should learn what is declared by our elders to be the guide to Joyful Living (like Gita or Vedas). Such change is purely dependent on his knowledge and self-effort. it is not possible to change ourselves. the response to environment can be changed by the use of free will directed effort guided by the knowledge. When he tastes liquor for the first time. In which case. then our knowledge will be restricted to our exposure to TV News. However. Our intelligence gains knowledge through learning. he will end up as a non-drinker. There is no other way to gain knowledge. Such worldly knowledge will mostly be in line with our initial reactions to our experience. However. It is not possible to change our environment.Our entire environment is determined by our past impressions. This change should come from within and no external person can make this change. if we get proper guidance. the immediate reaction is determined by our preferences. we can gain the right knowledge that will lead us to Joyful Living. Therefore.
144
. News Papers and Business Magazines etc. That is the reason one should seek and get a teacher with whose help the change can be brought about. Learning can happen by reading. Infact. it is possible to change how we respond based on our knowledge on what is good and bad as guided by our teacher. listening. It is not possible to control what we think about our environment. seeing and doing. we will continue to do what we are thinking is good. they do come because all of us have done both good and bad deeds in the past. The thoughts that arise in our mind will also be in line with our experience (of the sense organs encountering sense objects). According to his knowledge. he will direct his efforts to change his behavior. This right knowledge will direct our efforts and it is possible that we can change how we respond to our environment. Therefore. It is impossible for any one to advice him and force him to come out of this wrong path. He is led into a pub. he likes it due to his accumulated preferences. Depending on the quality of the knowledge and the quantum of efforts. If we do not learn such scriptures. all our efforts will be directed in the same line and therefore we will become more unchangeable. Our personality will become stronger. It should be noted that even the guidance from a teacher could come only because of our past impressions. Example: Due to the past impressions and preferences a college student gets into bad company. he may gain the knowledge on the evils of drinking. Nevertheless. it is important that we recognize and make use of the good opportunities.

we need to seek the right knowledge.
145
. Type 2: Changing – Aura dominant supported by Energy. They continue to gain right knowledge and therefore progressively accumulate good preferences. They take care and avoid giving reality to all their bad preferences. what they like will be good and what they dislike will be bad. we need to use our knowledge to overrule our preferences. The experiences that come in their way are determined by their past impressions. which are good for us and stop doing actions according to our likes/ dislikes. Similarly. However. They take the maximum advantage of the good experiences and treat the bad experiences as a polishing stone to refine their preferences. They do not rejoice good experiences and they do not shun bad experiences. such people do not change at all. The experiences that come in their way are determined by their past impressions. Based on the nature and quantum of change brought upon ourselves. People who have reached the destination of Joyful Living will also continue to live according to their preferences. Our knowledge continues to grow based on what we learn and therefore. there is nothing for them to accomplish by using their free will. Aura dominant people will leave the world without leaving a mark. We may not know what is right to us and therefore we need to have faith in the words of our elders and follow their guidance. Therefore. They may be involved in action that guides others into Joyful Living. Type 1: Non-Changing – Aura or Energy dominant. People who have not yet reached their destination of Joyful Living will put in lots of effort on how they respond to their environment. We should put in required effort to do those actions. Birds do not leave a trail while flying. They live joyfully without depending on any external object.Our impressions are being accumulated continuously and therefore. Thus. They do not have any use of their free will. People who are Energy dominant will continue to be so and they will be very active. people can be grouped into four types. They filter their preferences with their knowledge and implement only what is good for them. we need to use our free will to do more good actions and avoid bad actions. They will not attempt to change themselves nor will they attempt to change anyone else. They may continue their material pursuit and use the wealth for the welfare of others. Since they have the absolute knowledge about action. They react to both according to their past preferences. it is possible to change ourselves. Our preferences are being accumulated continuously and therefore.

Similarly. After this stage. they try to reach their destination according to their limited understanding of the world by trying to modify their environment. Trying to pluck such fruit will not do any good either to the fruit or for anyone. The quality and quantum of support giving by Energy Element determines the increase in their action. It is like trying to pluck a fruit before it ripens. These people hardly change. Type 4: Non-Changing – Mater Dominant supported by Aura/Energy People. they get into intense action. they do not yet know the right path. Such changes may not be noticeable. working towards making their mind matured enough to receive the right knowledge. such people should be allowed to go in their chosen path as guided by their preferences until they discover for themselves that their path do not take them to their destination. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verse: 33
3. They may at the most become more active and become Type 3 people. they will become Type 2 people progressing towards Joyful Living. Type 3: Changing – Energy Dominant supported by Aura.33 Even a man of knowledge acts according to his own nature. Such people know that their destination is Joyful Living. since their Aura Element is misdirected due to their strong preferences they continue travel in the wrong direction of material pursuit. They enjoy their good experience and suffer during bad experiences. Their actions are dictated by their preferences and they end up doing good or bad without any use of free will. Therefore. As and when they realize the futility of prosperity. Their experiences are determined by their impressions. However. they may redirect their energy towards spiritual pursuit. who have not yet recognized that Joyful Living as their goal. Their experiences are determined by their impressions. As and when this happens they will start. Therefore. They will continue to gain the right knowledge and soon they will reach their goal. continue to be swayed between the pairs of the opposites offered by life. Their accumulated preferences become stronger and they become more active. These people change a lot due to their hard work and will power.These people change a lot through self-effort and will power. However. They may not reach the destination in the current lifetime. They cannot be changed to pursue the right path. Their accumulation in knowledge will also be limited. They want more of their good experiences and want to avoid all the bad experiences. What can repression or restrain accomplish?
146
. for everyone follows his nature.

Because of attachment. Example: A bee sits in the edge of the flowerbed to suck the honey. Step 5: Intelligence. we are attached to the sense objects. it is stuck. It makes our preferences stronger. the improper usages of sense objects make us suffer all the time without giving us any opportunity to liberate ourselves from attachment. If it goes too close to the honey. (It is natural and cannot be changed) Step 4: Ego. Our action binds them to the sense objects. ‘I cannot live without you’. Until then the sense objects are to be enjoyed with caution. (They are present for our enjoyment) Step 2: Sense organs report the presence of sense objects. They do not have any power to attract us. Every human being depends on something for being happy. If we analyze the cause for our attachment. However. Thus. all human beings are suffering due to attachment to the sense objects. Step 1: Presence of sense objects. Similarly. Step 6: Whether we fulfill our desire or not. This is obvious from the statements like. Sense objects are innocent. supports or prevent such action based on the judgment whether it is good or bad to us. we suffer. retaining.
147
. depending on the strength of its knowledge. It suffers and dies due to the attachment. assuming the role of the doer. This is not possible unless we have reached our destination of Joyful living.Lesson 7: Sense Objects and Action
Session: 106
The world offers many sense objects that provide sense pleasures to us. maintaining and enjoying the sense objects binds us to continuous action. drives the action organs towards experiencing the sense pleasures. This is attachment. Teaching 45: Enjoy sense objects without being attached to them. (It is their duty) Step 3: Mind receives the report and classify them ‘desirable’ or ‘undesirable’ based on the accumulated preferences. following steps can be observed. We can enjoy sense pleasure without any limit if we are sure that we will not be attached to it. In addition. The only purpose of the existence of the sense object is for our enjoyment. the desire does not go away but comes back with increased strength. we should be careful not to be attached to them resulting in suffering. The process of gaining.

148
.
Chapter 3: Karma Yoga
Verse: 34
3. one should be very cautious in enjoying sense pleasures while pursuing the goal of Joyful Living. We need to understand the limitation of the sense objects in providing us everlasting happiness.Therefore.34 Attraction and repulsion for sense objects are natural and bound to exist. but one should not fall under the control of senses and sense objects because they are obstacles on the path of self-realization.

we should adhere to our prescribed duties. is to be minimized or eliminated until we reach our goal in the chosen life style.
149
. Doing action because we like them to do. Even death in one’s own duty is better. Group B: Actions arising out of our desires.35 It is far better to discharge one's prescribed duties. Example: The prescribed duty of a college student is to study well.
Chapter 3: Karma Yoga
Verse: 35
3. Even if he is not able to achieve great results in his prescribed duties. We can overcome such desire only by following the suggestions given by Lord Krishna in the subsequent verses. We should do actions in Group A to the best of our abilities.Lesson 8: Prescribed and Non-Prescribed duties
Session: 107
Depending on the chosen prescribed duties and life style. We need to reduce actions that are done because we like to do them. Thus. the question is not how well we can do a job but whether it is our prescribed duty or not. It is harmful to pursue non-prescribed duties. than attempting non-prescribed duties. we will be forced to yield to the pressure of our desire. Group A: Actions arising out of our prescribed duties. Teaching 46: Poor performance of prescribed duties is better than good performance of non-prescribed duties We need to do our prescribed duties with proper attitude as described in the earlier lessons. This is a difficult proposal to start with. Since our accumulated preferences influence our thoughts. he should not branch out to do business or politics in which he may be performing extremely well. even though they may not be perfect. We should do our prescribed duty so that we can progress in our spiritual path. We should not compromise on doing such actions because we want to do Group B actions. All our actions could be classified into two groups.

What are accumulated preferences and what is its function? 4. the student will be able to (a) Have the knowledge to identify and remove the obstacles to Karma Yoga
Unit Test:
Session: 115
1. What are the three steps involved in removing the desire 8. What are the three degrees of affliction of desire? 6.43
On completion of this unit. What are accumulated impressions and what is its effect? 3. What are our five layers? 10. What is accumulated knowledge and what is its role? 5. What are the two obstacles to practice of Karma Yoga? 7. What are our three bodies? 9. What is the meaning of the word ‘I’?
150
.Unit 09: Obstacles to Karma Yoga
Number of Sessions: 6 (01 – 06) Number of Lessons: 5 Verses: 3.36 – 3. What are the three elements that make our inert body? 2.

7. Their intelligence. many seem to be driven by an invisible force to do evil actions against their will. Second Degree Affliction: A mirror covered by dust. 6. Although they have the knowledge that sinful acts will earn them suffering. However. Their actions are dictated by their accumulated preferences and knowledge. one has to go through the required period and undergo the required suffering before one can be hope to be relived. The time and effort taken to remove the covering will vary depending on the degree of afflictions.Lesson 1: Obstacle. Nothing can be done to reduce the effort and duration required. People are different from each other because the elements (Aura. Energy and Matter) that constitute them are present in different proportions. the invisible force
Session: 109 – 110
No one wants to suffer. they indulge in sinful activities and the invisible force is craving for sense pleasures. First Degree Affliction: A fire covered by smoke. Why do they behave like this and what is that invisible force? Lord Krishna answers this question from Arjuna as follows: 1. 3. it cannot control the force of sensory pleasures. 2. The situation and environment in which they are placed is dictated by their accumulated impressions. In the case of Third Degree Affliction. which acts on the preferences. Third Degree Affliction: A baby covered by the womb. their accumulated preferences drive them into such acts. 4. Such desire-backed actions make the preferences stronger. They are aware that if they do sinful acts. 5. the desire to enjoy sense pleasures afflict their intelligence at varying degrees. which uses the knowledge. Teaching 47: Desire is the invisible force that drives you to do wrong action Three degrees of affliction: Just as a fire causes injury of varying degree. Although their intelligence is aware the nature of their evil actions and the resultant suffering.
151
. The strength of their sense pleasures is so strong that mere presence of a sense object will drive them into action. they will suffer the consequence and yet they continue to do them. Therefore. is not strong enough to control the functioning of their mind.

this knowledge is covered by different degrees of this desire. or as the embryo is covered by the womb. which is like the insatiable fire and which is the permanent enemy of the people.Chapter 3: Karma Yoga
Verses: 36 – 39
3. by what is one impelled to sinful acts. 3. similarly. the knowledge is covered by this desire.38 As fire is covered by smoke. 3. 3. It is the desire. as a mirror is covered by dust. even unwillingly.
152
.37 Lord Krishna answered. Know this to be an enemy in this world. which later transformed into anger.39 Thus.36 Arjuna asked. and which is insatiable and very sinful. Oh Arjuna. which is born of contact with the sense objects. as if driven by a force. Oh Krishna.

Non-fulfillment of the desire will make us crave for the fulfillment.Lesson 2: Location of the obstacle
Session: 111
The obstacles to Karma Yoga are not in the external world. it is clear that the sense objects do not cause our desires. The source of the obstacle is our intelligence covered with desires. They are meant for our pleasures. which covers the real knowledge of the human beings and make them deluded. the stronger the fire will become.
Chapter 3: Karma Yoga
Verse: 40
3. more we indulge in sense pleasures. Fulfillment of the desire will make our desire stronger and in addition. Therefore. our intelligence will not be able to control the sense organs from running behind the sense objects. one has to understand that the desire caused by our likes and dislikes is the obstacles in practicing Karma Yoga. They are innocent. Teaching 48: Likes and dislikes cause desire. the intelligence is the charioteer to control them and direct them in the right course. In the same way. the sense objects do not pose any problem to the practice of Karma Yoga. Not everyone is attracted to a particular object. However. Acting in line with likes and dislikes give rise to new desires and the desire cover our natural intelligence preventing us from seeing what is good to us.40 The sense organs. People are deluded to think that a desire for sense pleasure can be fulfilled by indulging in it without any limit. When the desire becomes stronger. it will raise our future expectation. Either way we will be bound to action. There are many sense objects in the world.
153
. If the sense organs are compared to horses. the stronger the desires will become. when the horses are wild and powered by desires (rum) they do not yield to the wishes of the charioteer. This is like expecting to put off the fire by pouring unlimited quantity of ghee. the mind and the intellect are the sitting places of this desire. From this. More ghee we pour. Therefore. To gain liberation we need to reduce the likes and dislikes by doing our regular work as karma yoga.

154
. even those who are intelligent. for the people who are afflicted by second degree of desire. by reducing the chances of exposing to sense objects one can hope to achieve liberation from the strong covering. Therefore.Lesson 3: Removal of obstacles to Karma Yoga
Session: 112 – 114
We should overcome the force of our likes and dislikes through the following three ways: 1. 3. such people should use maximum restraint in living their daily life. Mind Control for Second Degree of Afflicted people To regain the original shine on a mirror. 2. Intelligence Control for First Degree of Afflicted people These people are least affected and they need to improve their intelligence strong enough to direct the mind to do action in line with the prescribed duties. This amounts to validating the desires before converting them in to action. If such sensory control is implemented for extended period. Such people should be exposed to the right knowledge and just as a few blow of air clears the smoke and reveals the fire the internal intelligence in such people will start shining. deluded to think that if they become rich all their problems will be solved. Sensory Control for Third Degree Afflicted people. their preferences will become weaker and their mind will be able to control their action. they will not be lured into indiscriminate indulgence in sense pleasures. they should deposit the same with a wise person and should not walk back home with the money in their valets where there are wine shops. Thus. From then on irrespective of the quantum of exposure to sense objects. Example: When they receive their salary. Then they can move to the next level of control. Similarly. This method is suitable for people whose intelligence is covered extensively by their desires. Since majority of the people are engaged in material pursuit. one has to put lots of efforts and time in removing the rust. one should control the mind extensively. One should do a thorough quality check before the inputs are processed. Their past preferences are so strong that the mere chance exposure to sense objects will derail them from the prescribed duties. It is not required that the sensory inputs are completely banned.

namely. Physiological. which is in the form of desire. The three bodies/ five layers constitute the inert part of the creation and our real self is eternal. Oh Arjuna. we have desire for everlasting happiness. conscious and everlasting happiness. The three bodies are Physical. It is only the first step. Chapter 3: Karma Yoga Verses: 41 – 43
3. may you give up this destroyer of your mind and intellect. which can be grouped into five layers. If we know that our real nature is ever-witnessing-joy. there will be no more desire for external objects Teaching 49: Desire is the obstacle to Karma Yoga.41 Therefore. which can be done only if we gain the right knowledge. We should strike at the root cause of desire. the deep-rooted desire can be removed only systematically. All our desires are rooted on the fact that we feel inadequate or incomplete. 3. Similarly. intelligence is still higher than the mind. Teaching 50: Karma Yoga prepares the mind to receive self-knowledge. and the Atman is even higher than the intelligence. restraining the sense organs first. The reason for such feeling is our wrong knowledge on us. However. Therefore.Example: The process of cutting a tree should start with the branches and end with the root. Thus knowing the self. we cannot stop at this stage. We do not know our nature is happiness and assume that happiness comes from external objects.42 The sense organs are superior to sense objects. which lacks complete knowledge. . one should start learning who we are. Psychological. which is our real self. We are under the wrong knowledge that the meaning of the words I and mine refer to these three bodies/ five layers. Therefore. Physical. Desires cannot be eliminated by controlling the sense organs and mind.43 Oh Arjuna.
155
. mind is superior than the sense organs. We think we are the physical body. conquer the elusive enemy. 3. It is essential that we control our sense organs and mind so that they stop feeding the mind with strength. which is mortal and the mind. after imposing adequate self-control on indulging in sense pleasures. Intellectual and Spiritual. Subtle and Causal. There fore we need to discriminate our three bodies divided into five layers from the Atman. which is beyond the intellect and steadying the mind with the mind.

What are the differences between Ascending and Descending Avatars? 6.01 – 4.Unit 10: Origin of this knowledge
Number of Sessions: 7 (116 – 122) Number of Lessons: 3 Verses: 4. Who decides the environment in which we live?
156
. What is Dharma and why should we do action in line with Dharma? 9.08
On completion of this unit. Why people do Adharma? 10. Why we do not remember about our previous birth? 8. Why the knowledge from Vedas is called a secret? 5. What are the three tests to validate the authenticity of the knowledge? 3. What are the differences between the knowledge revealed in Vedas compared with the other fields of knowledge? 2. the student will be able to (a) Understand the concept of rebirth (b) Understand the role of an Avatar
Unit Test:
Session: 122
1. What are the three accumulations that come with us birth after birth? 7. What are the four features of Vedas? 4.

Even if we causally mention that we have a headache or some minor health problem to anyone. Unlike other fields. including medical science. Thus. Vedas are referred as ‘sruti’ in Sanskrit with the meaning ‘that which is heard’. it will be better for us to get the latest knowledge. the Vedas are not authored by any human being but made available by God and passed on through oral tradition for a long number of years before they are written down. we may approach qualified medical professionals. New inventions and discoveries are made practically everyday and all of them will become old and outdated soon. this is not true. Vedas is the user manual of the creation and it is made available to us even before the appearance of the first human being on earth. However. which is not subject to any modification or change. This is because. One can have access to this authentic knowledge very easily by getting in touch with the many unbroken teacher-student traditions that are prevalent widely in India. else. Vedas declare the one right way of living for each individual. In case of modern science. knowledge is being renewed constantly. We will prefer a young and experienced surgeon to perform a complicated operation rather than an old and famous doctor. Every expert (in any profession) needs to update himself with the latest development in the chosen field. Example: The better models of the cell phones are available for a lesser price. Thus. we need to seek the latest without the assurance that it is the best. in all the fields. These sound waves are heard by the sages of ancient India. where the knowledge is continuously being updated. knowledge from Vedas is constant and changeless. everyone known to us seem to be having a solution. which is better and cheaper. However. There is no universal agreement on what is right.
157
. For serious health problems. science and technology is developing at a fast pace and the knowledge gets outdated soon.Lesson 1: Authenticity of this knowledge
Session: 116 – 118
When we have a problem. It is part of the creation in the form of sound waves. with respect to the knowledge on how to live life. Therefore. he cannot claim to be an expert. Choosing the new in place of the old is not a foolproof method. One can never be sure that he has the access to the best. there are many doctors from various established medical disciplines and each contradicts other’s way of treating the diseases. tomorrow someone will show us a phone. These sages consulted each other on the accuracy of what they heard and then transmitted them to the next generation orally. If we buy the best today. we are sure to get a suggestion that ‘will work for sure’.

even if they know the ultimate teaching of Vedas. He declared that his teaching is based on Vedas. It is possible. Vedas are not authored by any human being. The only way someone can get the correct knowledge from Vedas is to learn it from a teacher. Therefore. Even Lord Krishna. However. if he claims that he has gained his knowledge by studying these scriptures directly. for some to gain enlightenment without a teacher in the current life. he should be dismissed. It is ‘heard’ from the teacher. the first teacher being God.
158
. We can seek blessing of such people and take their words for guidance in our life. Knowledge alone can lead us to Joyful Living and therefore we need to seek knowledge from an established teacher-student tradition. Test of Authenticity – 2: Medium of knowledge The next test of the authenticity of the knowledge is to check the medium. Changing our lifestyle or following the guidance given by wise people will not liberate us. Therefore. the first test that needs to be conducted is on the source of the knowledge.Following are the tests to validate the authenticity of the teaching. If the expert claims that the technique he is offering is his own brainchild. one has to check the tradition in which the expert has gained his knowledge. although rarely. we need to reject it. did not claim that the knowledge given by him through Gita as his own. Test of Authenticity – 1: Source of knowledge If some one gives us the expert advice on how to live life happily. However. It is not possible for anyone to read and understand the correct meaning of Vedas. systematically. Vedas are not books. It is not possible for anyone to add/ modify the knowledge that is given out in Vedas. we cannot gain knowledge from such people since they have not studied Vedas under a competent teacher. Although there are many traditions. the first teacher should have been God in any tradition. they will not be able to teach systematically. The source of knowledge may be acknowledged by the expert as Vedas or Gita.

Out of the many different traditions. they differ widely with respect to the contents. it will continue to exist even after the dissolution of the universe. Our own intelligence is a tool to conduct this final test. so long we reach our goal. Gita was revealed to Arjuna thousands of years ago. even though it may not be complete. This is so because not all of us are same. Many contradicting commentaries on Gita are followed as authentic knowledge in many traditions. we need to conduct this third and final test to ensure that we are getting the unadulterated knowledge that is revealed in Vedas. it will continue to be relevant and applicable. After conducting the first two tests. Eternal This knowledge is valid for all times. Example: It is like six blind men ‘seeing’ an elephant. Similarly. The ultimate knowledge revealed in the Vedas can only be understood according to the limitations of our own intelligence. we need to choose one that sounds correct to us. we can gain this ultimate knowledge only according to our own limitations.Test of Authenticity – 3: Tradition of knowledge There are many traditions through which the knowledge from Vedas is available today. This test will not give universal and uniform result because the scales with which we measure differ in size. Features of the Authentic Knowledge: 1. Although all of them accept the source as Vedas. The contents of Vedas are not subject to modification or change in the course of time. All our sufferings will end and we will start living joyfully. We are more important than the tradition. we should graduate to the next. When our intelligence outgrows a particular tradition. The result will vary person to person and time to time. Since this knowledge precedes creation of the universe.
159
. we can only take as much as our container can hold. There is nothing wrong in our conclusion. The only purpose of trying to understand the revelation of Vedas is to solve our problems once for all. Even after thousands of years. We have varying degree of intelligence. when we understand the ultimate knowledge revealed in Vedas. Even though there may be limitless water in the river. We want to live life happily all the time. It was valid to that time as it is valid now. It does not matter which tradition we choose to follow.

Another important reason for the continuance of the secrecy is the condition that precedes the understanding. it is not possible to understand the message given in Gita. On hearing such statements. However. ‘My mind is incapable of understanding the meaning of this statement’. since our ego (fueled by our educational background/ worldly knowledge) may be too bloated up to accept the superiority of the teacher. As and when we come across such statements.2. Example: Lord Krishna says that he had revealed the same knowledge to Sun God. it will remain as a secret for most of them. we should have a humble attitude and say. Any information. This statement is not within our logical understanding. However. the knowledge remains as a secret to us. Therefore. People are running after sense pleasures and they do not have time to listen to the knowledge. Many of us may have the mental maturity that is required to understand the secret.
160
. we may dismiss the entire teaching is wrong. which will give them eternal happiness. although the entire content of the Vedas are available to everyone. this feature ‘secret’ assumes additional significance. However. Even a normal secret does not remain as a secret for long due to the information age in which we are living. Evolution is not complete and it is not possible to gain the ultimate understanding in one lifetime. Example: The radio waves are available at all places. It takes quite a while to gain the required mental maturity and therefore. the knowledge revealed in Vedas is useful to all the human beings but it remains as a secret due to the dominance of material pursuit. its presence cannot be perceived unless we possess an appropriate instrument (radio). the authentic knowledge remains as a secret. Similarly. this knowledge remains as a secret. unless we have an appropriate mind frame. spreads across the world at alarming speed. Secret This remains as a secret because not all human beings will be able to grasp it. we may not have the humility to surrender to the teacher. we will not be able to appreciate the essence of Vedas. In modern times. Unless one gains the required mental maturity. Therefore. Since many of us think either the statement is illogical or the teacher is teaching wrongly. good or bad.

and Vivasvan instructed it to Manu. and Manu in turn instructed it to Iksvaku. It does not fall under the category of pseudo science like psychology nor is it a mater of belief. 4. Science Vedas is the user manual on how to live our life. One has to study Vedanta in the same way one learns physics or chemistry. This is indeed the highest secret. Vedas provide knowledge that is applicable for all sections of the society. It prescribes the steps to be followed to gain a matured mind and then reveals the ultimate knowledge to those who are ready.
Chapter 4: Source of knowledge
Verses: 01 – 03
4. Vivasvan.1 Lord Krishna said: I imparted this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god. The lessons taught in the final grade will be a secret to those in the first grade.3. It is a science of life. Teaching 51: This ultimate knowledge is revealed by God at the time of creation. which was thus traditionally handed down. 4. 4. However. Similarly. there are appropriate lessons available for the first grade students too. this science as it is appears to be lost. this is not accepted as science in the popular sense.3 That very ancient science of yoga is this which has been taught by me to you now because you are My devotee as well as My friend. Nevertheless.2 The royal sages knew this supreme science. The level of knowledge increases with the grade. One has to test the theory taught in a Vedanta class using one’s own mind and experience in life.
161
. Due to long passage of time. the father of mankind. the fact remains that only people who are competent enough to reach postgraduate level in any subject are eligible to complete the course offered in Vedas. Appropriate Although the ultimate solution part of the knowledge is secret to those who do not have matured mind. Since the laboratory in which one conducts experiments. Human beings have varied levels of intelligence just as in a school there are children studying in varying grades. Vedas contain appropriate knowledge for all human beings. Intelligence varies. varies person to person.

This is similar to our death and birth. We survive the death. For a very good reason. Example: The frame of a mirror is broken and a new frame is provided. However. Infact. We forget most of the details of the current lifetime even while this birth. Subtle and Causal. The Subtle Body that comes with us through all our births consists of 17 parts including mind. Physical. we forget the lessons of the previous year by the time we complete the subsequent year. we do not retain the memory of the previous births. Physical Body is the frame that serves as a medium for us to interact with the world.
162
. We carry these three accumulations with us birth after birth until we reach the destination of Joyful Living. namely. The purpose of learning is to gain knowledge and remembering the details will defeat the purpose. many students forget the details of the subject soon after completing the final examinations. All of us have lived many times before. Just as we change our outfit. Only the Physical Body is discarded at the time of death. The essence of such learning is retained as our knowledge. We have three bodies.Lesson 2: Ascending and Descending Avatars Ascending Avatars
Session: 119 – 120
This is not the first time that we are living. we forget the details of our experiences. In every birth. Causal Body is the mercury that enables the mirror to reflect the light. which gives sentiency to the inert physical body. Example: In the school. Subtle Body is the mirror that reflects our Atman. we discard the physical body and taken another one (called birth) and continue our journey. The Subtle Body carries our preferences and knowledge and ensures we continue to grow in each lifetime. The Causal Body contains our impressions and they determine the environment and situations in our life. Similarly. our experiences in a lifetime teach us many lessons. However. the knowledge or maturity gained by studying the lessons is not lost. preferences and the knowledge. we continue to accumulate our impressions. which we carry with us to our next birth.

we are taught to overcome our likes and dislikes. we are ready with a new clean slate. it works faster and more efficiently. For this purpose. Therefore. Thus. Avatar is a person who guides the rest of the humankind towards Joyful Living. Example: When we format the hard disk in the computer. If we keep all the unwanted and useless data stored in the computer it will start hanging often. we are called Ascending Avatars because we are in the process of gaining knowledge and moving towards our Godly nature. If we are to remember the details of our previous births then our current lifetime will be wasted thinking about our innumerable past lifetimes. Example: Present is called as a present since it is a gift from God. whatever we remember is wiped out at the time of death and when we get a new physical body. we are advised to forget and forgive our enemies. We ignore the present either by worrying about the future or by thinking about the past. We are born (take a physical body) according to the accumulated impressions.Example: What was the breakfast we had on the previous Friday? It is an unnecessary burden to remember the unwanted details. God does not have any accumulated impressions. The Descending Avatars are omnipotent. It is like getting confused with previous year’s lessons while writing the exams for the current year. Descending Avatar When God comes as a human being. As a part of our lessons in the Vedas. every one of us is an Avatar. The purpose of Descending Avatar is to guide people when the efforts of Ascending Avatars are not good enough. since we are all reincarnated in every birth. he is called as a Descending Avatar. The PhD Student could be termed equal to Ascending Avatar and the professor can be compared to a Descending Avatar. However. Our knowledge is limited.
163
. Example: The PhD Student before getting his doctorate teaches the other student serving as an assistant to his professor.

4 Arjuna asked your birth was later and prior was the birth of the Sun God. many births of mine have passed as well as yours. preferences and knowledge across all births Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verses: 04 – 06
4. Teaching 52: We carry our impressions.Descending Avatars are controller of the illusion. I know them all but you know them not. Since. God appears in the world as Descending Avatar when the cumulative preferences of all the living beings warrant such an act. When we understand the nature of God. 4.6 Though I am birthless and deathless and though I am the Lord of all beings. We do not know our real nature due to the power of the illusion. The purpose of his arrival is thus to maintain balance. Descending Avatars appear on earth to provide for appropriate experience to the people.5 Lord Krishna answered. While Ascending Avatars (all the individual human beings) are born to experience a world according to their own past deeds. God is the master of illusion it will not affect him.
164
. yet. ruling over my own Nature. Descending Avatar provides positive and good experience to people who follow Dharma as dictated by their past deeds. He makes life miserable for those who do Adharma. I take birth by my own maya. How am I to understand that you have taught this in the beginning? 4. while we are all victims of the illusions. we will know that he is capable of appearing in the world for specific purposes. Oh Arjuna. We are concerned with our lives and it does not matter whether someone else is an Avatar or not. It is neither possible nor necessary to identify the Avatars.

Only in exceptional cases. Example: Gandhi. came to India from South Africa. inherently knows what is right for us to do or not to do. God might have to take an Avatar (as and when such risks arise). Some parts of the world are torn by war while there is peace in the rest of the world. All these variations are part of the intricate web of our previous accumulated impressions. God. there are Ascending Avatars who can take over the task of bringing back the balance. Normally such risks do not happen often. Example: Nuclear warfare may wipe out the life forms on earth. without exception. If the force of Dharma is overpowering then the world will be comparatively peaceful and serene. there is a conflict within them. This is called Dharma. Our environment is exclusively designed by us according to our past deeds.Lesson 3: Dharma Vs Adharma
Session: 121
Every one of us. the solar system will perish. People do Adharma due to the accumulated preferences (arising out of our likes and dislikes) and insufficient knowledge. To deal with such a risk. There are terrorist attacks that happen once in a while even in otherwise peaceful locations. Similarly. when the Adharma is on the rise there is a risk of the destruction of the whole world. When they do Adharma. Any action that is not in line with Dharma is called Adharma. did the job through him. Normally the forces of Dharma and Adharma balance each other and the world is functioning as desired by God. Example: It is the Dharma of the Sun to give out heat. If it does not. every human being is supposed to follow Dharma. Whenever there is a slight imbalance between Dharma and Adharma. Dharma is a set of actions (expressed as thoughts. The normal tug-of-war between Dharma and Adharma is due to the combined impressions of all the human beings. words and deeds) preserves and sustains the functioning of the universe. However. not with the intention of leading a freedom movement. there will be a need for a Descending Avatar. God is capable of changing the environment without having to descend himself as an Avatar.
165
.

we will be punished at the appropriate time in an appropriate manner. Example: Hitler met his downfall at the appropriate time so that Dharma is protected. whenever there is a decline of Dharma and increase in Adharma then indeed.7 Oh Arjuna. While Ascending Avatars (all the individual human beings) are born to experience a world according to their own past deeds. I take birth in every age. for the destruction of the unrighteous ones and for the establishment of Dharma. Whenever. He makes life miserable for those who do Adharma. The good and bad always come together. If we do not. Teaching 53: We should live according to the Dharma prescribed in the Vedas Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verses: 07 – 08
4. It is important to know that we have to follow Dharma and never do Adharma.Therefore. God manifests himself in many ways to ensure the Adharma is kept at the required level and the Dharma is preserved so that the universe is sustained. God expresses himself by providing appropriate circumstances and force us to do Dharma. God appears in the world as Descending Avatar when the cumulative preferences of all the living beings warrant such an act. Each one of us is prompted to be good or bad depending on our past-accumulated preferences. If we do this. I manifest Myself. 4.8 For the protection of the righteous ones. we are bad. we are good else. we tend to do Adharma.
166
. Descending Avatars appear on earth to provide for appropriate experience to the people. Descending Avatar provides positive and good experience to people who follow Dharma as dictated by their past deeds. The purpose of his arrival is thus to maintain the balance. Thus. it is not important to know who does the job. Our own impressions fructify into experiences and maintain the balance between Adharma and Dharma. We are supposed to censor such thoughts and convert only what is Dharma into action.

What is the process of transcending action? 10. the student will be able to (a) Understand how the life of educated people are misdirected (b) Recognize the world as an educational institution
Unit Test:
Session: 133
1. Which part of us is in constant action? 8. What is the main subject in each of these five grades? 5. What causes us to be born? 2. What are the seven reasons for the stagnation in the second grade? 6.24
On completion of this unit.09 – 4. What are the characteristics of a person who has transcended action?
167
. Why the ultimate truth revealed in Vedas cannot be comprehended by all? 3. What are the five grades in the earth-school? 4. What are the two conditions required to claim inaction in action? 7. How can we claim that we never do any action? 9.Unit 11: The path and the destination
Number of Sessions: 11 (123 – 133) Number of Lessons: 5 Verses: 4.

although they are physically fit. It is like expecting the students belonging to the lower grades to grasp what is taught in the final grade. Similarly. However. In each birth. However. It should be noted that at each stage. All the human beings are at different rungs of the spiritual ladder. It is not possible that all the students are in the final grade ever. preferences and knowledge and keep progressing. which is proved by continuous
168
. Until we learn the true nature of God (explained in the seventh chapter).Lesson 1: Final Goal – Merging with God
Session: 123
All the living beings continue to take birth after death and proceed on their journey towards the ultimate goal of merging with the God. in life one has to keep learning until the ultimate truth is known. the process of learning does not stop until one completes the final grade. they accumulate impressions. world will never become empty. Their knowledge keeps growing through the experience in life during every lifetime. Example: In a school. we will continue to be born. A grown up adult will have a better understanding. the school will never become empty. after the final exam. they leave the earth and become one with the God. earth is the school in which all the human beings are at different levels of growth. people assume that their understanding is complete and final. Example: Some couples do not beget children. when they gain the true knowledge of God. Example: How a baby is conceived and born? A two-year-old baby will understand the answer to this question differently compared to a twelve year old. Every student is in some grade depending on his level of intelligence. Schoolchildren think that there is nothing more to learn. except ofcourse during the yearly summer vacation! Similarly. However. there are many students in each grade. They become better in every birth and keep progressing to the next level. In the end. They do not have complete understanding on any subject. everyone will be dead. Everyone in the school will ultimately reach the final grade and leave the school some time in the future. It is not possible for everyone to understand the true nature of God. Ultimately. Why? Even scientists and medical professionals cannot answer this question.

Example: Telling a lower grade student that he does not have the complete understanding will not help him.9 He who thus knows. That ultimate truth is revealed in Vedas. The ultimate knowledge. while most people think that they have complete understanding. it is not required to point out that they are holding on to a lower version of truth. Therefore. Infact it will be a major obstacle to him since he might construe such a comment to mean that he has incomplete understanding of his own subject. He comes to Me. However. When they reach a higher level of understanding. By definition. My divine birth and action. it should be understood that the limitation of intelligence and the right attitude on the part of the seeker might prevent him from knowing the ultimate real picture. However. having abandoned the body.
169
. the fact remains that the truth is yet to be found by science. destroys our accumulated impressions. Our accumulated impression is causing us to be born and we keep accumulating more impressions. Thus. like a fire. Teaching 54: Knower of Brahman becomes Brahman Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verse: 09
4. after death we will merge with God. they will realize that they were holding a lower version of truth earlier. he is not born again. resulting in slowing down his progress to the higher grades. Automatically. We can have complete understanding of everything including God. While every understanding can be claimed to be correct by the person concerned. Knowing God is done differently by different people. Oh Arjuna. they will be proceeding to the final goal. in true light. We will not be born again after merging with God. all the accumulated impressions are destroyed. the research in any field can never be completed.research in every field of science. He might lose his confidence. when we know God.

people in the world are continuously learning and progressing to the next level in their next birth. this should be understood in the context of rebirth. house and such assets. Thus. in life when a person is exposed to a particular teaching. the fact remains that he has learnt the futility of prosperity in his previous births. When they gain the complete understanding of self. everyone is taken through all the five grades for a trial period. people go through various levels. Similarly. One does not see any sense in this. The environment in life offers them opportunities to go through each grade. Depending on the past learning. how fast he understands it shows how much he has learnt the same in the previous births. they become one with God.
170
. the whole world settles down at the appropriate grade continue the journey of learning until ultimately they merge with God by knowing him. they learn different subjects and all the students pass out of the school eventually. This can be observed by the speed at which the knowledge is grasped. anyone can reach the stage of enlightenment here and now because he/she could have completed all the previous steps in the innumerable previous births. Most children take time. Until this step is reached. He may have his own reasons (which may not be the right reason) for his odd behavior. He will take less time to learn and progress to higher grades. Remaining children do not understand at all. Similarly. It is not possible for anyone to start climbing from the first step of the ladder and reach the top in one lifetime. However. Example: A father has six children. God and the universe. When they grow up and start earning money. Nevertheless. This is the only reason for his non-attachment to properties. He thus picks up from where he discontinued the learning in the previous birth. makes investment in land. few children understand the lessons much faster. one takes least time to complete a particular grade and moves on to the next until he comes to the right grade that suits him. There are no optional grades and every one has to go through every grade. Example: When a teacher teaches math. In each grade. which are grouped into five grades as discussed below. everyone with the exception of one. In every birth.Lesson 2: Start to finish – Animal to God
Session: 124 – 126
The world is like a school in which students are studying in various grades. Nevertheless.

All the results (both positive and negative) are taken as the gift from God. people who are less knowledgeable will struggle to do Dharma and avoid Adharma. one moves to the final grade. we will not do Adharma. Dharma forms the foundation on which all the further growth is possible. People are attached to one or more of these on the assumption that they derive happiness from them. Grade 4: Self-Dependence Main Subject: Source of Happiness
All actions are done to understand the secrets contained in Vedas. do Dharma. Material pursuit is pushed back and spiritual pursuit gains momentum in this grade. and avoid Adharma until they reach the final goal. it gets matured enough to move to the next grade. They should use the free will. power. When they realize that the world cannot fulfill their inadequacy. doing Dharma will be part of our nature. human beings have free will. Grade 3: God Dependence Main Subject: Devotion to God
All are actions are done as an offering to God. The attachment causes delusion. money. God and the Universe is gained.
171
. like anger. it might be a difficult process but later on. During the initial stages. one should reduce the attachment. This will become an effortless process when they move to higher grades.Grade 1: No Dependence
Main Subject: Do Dharma and avoid Adharma
Just as the language is the medium of communication using which all the knowledge can be gained by the student. fear and anger. Grade 2: World Dependence Main Subject: Reduction of Attachment
People are engaged in various actions to gain name. By practicing Karma Yoga. Unlike animals. they move up to the next grade. Even by mistake. wealth. property and people. As we approach the final grades. it will become effortless. Example: Writing a language for the first time is a big effort for children in lower grades. The ultimate knowledge on Self. One lives completely in God consciousness. When the mind is relived of all the afflictions due to attachment. Similarly. fear and such negative emotions. fame. When the knowledge so gained becomes steady. position.

many have attained My nature. is replaced by the ultimate knowledge. who are absorbed in Me and who are purified by the fire-of-knowledge. Many people have reached this level and they serve as guides/ signposts for the rest of the humanity to progress towards this ultimate goal. One has become pure with knowledge that his nature is ever witnessing joy. many people who are freed from attachment. fear and anger.10 Having resorted to Me. Ignorance. All actions are done without any trace of ego. There is nothing more to learn or do. which is the cause of all the suffering. Life is joyful.
172
. Teaching 55: Without exception. all human beings are trying to know Brahman Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verse: 10
4. Joyful Living
This is the final level where everything that is to be learnt is already learnt.Grade 5: Independence
No Subject.

Soon after the doctor gives anesthesia. fame. Depending on the strength of the desire. the desire to reach the destination is the driving force that promotes people from the previous grade to the next. Similarly. Reason 1: Ignorance This is the primary reason. One needs to undergo an operation to correct the problem. people are happy with the success in material pursuit.Lesson 3: Driving force – Desire to become God
Session: 127 – 128
Desire is the driving force that decides the course of life of an individual. The schoolteacher does not arbitrarily decide on who should be promoted. Then the desire. This driving force is normally engaged in seeking the external sense objects. is engaged in refining the mind. all human beings are following the path (Grade 1 to 5) as laid down by the God. they will not move up to the next grade. People are stuck in this grade and do not move up to the next grades (God Dependence. We need to move up to spiritual pursuit to find a lasting solution. due to ignorance. We need to do Karma Yoga to realize that this seeking can never be fulfilled. wealth. The very same problem will come back to us soon. in life. the driving force. Most people are working for name. They are under the wrong impression that they will be able to gain eternal happiness in their material pursuit. people promote themselves from one grade to the next. we should not walk out saying that there is no more pain. However. Similarly. There are many reasons for this phenomenon. It can be observed that there is a big stagnation in Grade 2: World Dependence. People do not know that they need to move up in order to reach the destination of Joyful Living. Although. Teaching 56: Many do not know that their goal is Joyful Living
173
. many of them take long time (many births) to pass through Grade 2. It is partial and solves the problem on a temporary basis. The solution found in material pursuit is not complete and everlasting. Unless they understand the futility of the prosperity. property. Self-Dependence etc). There is no short cut to success. Example: Our hand will pain if there is a fracture in the bone. people are satisfied with anesthesia that gives temporary relief. The driving force of the student is the deciding factor. One has to move up the grades to reach the destination. money. prosperity and such material comforts.

174
. one should take care of the health in the end. she divorced him. They are shortsighted. Example: A mother carried the body of her dead child and asked Buddha to solve her problem. they assume that they have moved to the next grade (Grade 3: God Dependence) and God will guide them towards the destination. If Buddha had brought back the life of the dead child. people do not see this benefit. They work for long number of hours ignoring diet and exercise because they do not fall sick at the end of the day. It is like asking the Grade 3 teacher to teach Grade 2 subjects. Example: In the famous ‘Free Mandela’ movement was spearheaded by his wife. the results are visible quickly. it is essential that we pray to God to give us that thing which will end all our sufferings and enable us to live joyfully.. This is because the rules and regulations are minimum in allopathic. Example: Allopathic treatment is more popular than homeopathy. Instead of asking God to give us eternal happiness. Winnie Mandela. However. This is a typical example of why people continue to be in Grade 2 without any progress. Good health depends on regular exercise and right diet. Only when people move up to Grade 3: God Dependence. Soon after his release. God will give only what is sought. people assume that they are smart and seek God to give specific boons that will lead them to happiness. The fact is they are seeking God’s support for their material prosperity. Example: Many business houses include Lord Venketeshwara as a business partner and deposit his share of profit in the Thirupathi hundi. They want to do least work and expect great results within a short period. Teaching 57: Many do not know what will give them fulfillment Therefore. they will know to make the right request to God. However. Therefore. Reason 3: Shortsightedness In general.Reason 2: God Dependence for material pursuit Many who are still in the Grade 2 are devotees of God. That ‘thing’ is knowledge. people want quick results. Besides. he would have solved just one problem and the mother will continue to face various problems in life.

the majority of world’s educated population is in Grade 2. Whatever we achieve. Whatever we have gained there is more to gain. It is easier to do action in the external world and people perceive it is difficult to work with one’s own mind. Ask any youth what he wants to become in future. people wrongly assume that they are in the right grade. Unfortunately. Therefore. People want to solve their immediate problem. effort is made to change the world so that one can live happily. In Grade 2. the horizon will keep moving further away from them.Similarly. Similarly. Whatever is the answer. In Grade 3 and 4. Teaching 60: It is easier to work in the external world than to work on the mind
175
. Teaching 58: Many wrongly link their goal in life with happiness Reason 4: Herd mentality Number of students studying in primary school is much higher compared to those in higher secondary. There is no end. Teaching 59: Majority of the educated people do not know the right path It is easier for people to imitate successful people in material pursuit since they are around everywhere. It is far easier to end their immediate suffering than ensuring a life free of any suffering. This can be proved by a simple test. the effort is to change one’s own mind. There is an important rule in the world of material pursuit. there is still more to be achieved. Each one follows his immediate leader without knowing that the leader is blind who does not know how to reach Joyful Living. forgetting the fact that they are trying to reach the horizon. this is also a reason why people are stuck to Grade 2. Whatever we have found out there is more to find out. It is obviously more difficult to pass school final compared to the first grade. Reason 5: Difficulty Going up the ladder is easy in the initial steps and will become more difficult. Example: I want to buy a car since my neighbor has bought one. that goal has been already achieved by someone else in the past and that someone will be chasing another goal. they do not attract the majority. This should not be a reason that stagnate a student. seeking eternal happiness requires hard work and far sightedness. People who have moved up to the final grade are much smaller in number and therefore. As they go forward. I do not check whether my neighbor is still happy after buying the car.

Reason 7: Nature cannot be changed Everyone is being controlled by their past accumulation of impressions. Energy and Matter. Similarly. Due to the wrong perception that the spiritual pursuit is difficult. which will enable people to break the cycle. I am comfortable in the present environment and therefore I do not want promotion. Vaisya and Sudra). There are many myths and untrue stories are woven around the further grades by those who are not eligible to get promotion. they may fail. preferences and knowledge. Teaching 61: Many do not know their capability to reach the destination. one may get used to the current teacher. In addition. most people are willing to worship the Holy Scriptures and not willing to read them. without seeking promotion. Majority of the educated people have the potential and capability to complete the spiritual pursuit successfully. If people who are not eligible for promotion state this reason. it is of no consequence.
176
. People are made up of different proportion of Aura. classroom and books and refuse to be promoted to the next grade. the will not desire to gain eternal happiness. those who are eligible follow such people and remain stagnated. Based on their composition they are grouped under four different classes (Brahmin. There is a factor called ‘free will’. Unfortunately. they remain in the same grade. They wrongly assume that if they move up the grade. The purpose of this classification is to enable them to progress to the next higher grade at a faster pace. They are not yet ready to move up to the next grade. people do not use this ability in an appropriate way. It should be noted that the classification is not based on birth but based on the attributes and functions. Ksatriya. I will be transferred. Example: A donkey will have desire to eat a book and not read a book.Reason 6: Wrong perception People are not aware that the effort required to complete a grade do not vary. Example: If I get promotion. Therefore.

when he knows Brahman. after overcoming these seven reasons. Teaching 62: Only Aura dominant people can merge with God
Chapter 4: Source of knowledge
Verses: 11 – 13
4. 4. Thus. 4. Oh Arjuna.13 The fourfold-caste has been created by Me according to the differentiation of three gunas and karma. I reward them.12 They who long for satisfaction from actions in this world make sacrifices to the gods. one will get the desire to know God and he will move up to Grade 3 – God Dependence.According to this classification only when one becomes Aura Dominant. all men follow My path in all ways. Ultimately.
177
.11 Whoever approaches Me with whatever desire. he gets the eligibility to be promoted to the next grade. he becomes Brahman as declared in Vedanta. know Me as non-doer and immutable. because satisfaction is quickly obtained from actions in this world-of-objects. Though I am the author thereof.

it is clear that the movie does not determine the perception of the viewers. since we do not do anything. ‘How the movie was?’ will draw many different. does all the action. which is immutable. This is called absence of ego.
178
. It does not matter what we think. or speak anything. ‘I did this’ or ‘I did not do this’ people understand the statement according to their own limitations. act. we see only our own projections and not the so-called ‘reality’. In order to know God. Similarly. We see it through our colored preferences. he himself is aware that he does not do any action in the world although he is busy with so many activities. he becomes one with God. We do not see the world the way it is. which has borrowed the sentiency from the consciousness. we need to gain self-knowledge since the subject matter for both is the same.Lesson 4: Meaning of ‘Merging with God’
Session: 129 – 130
While starting the journey one aims to know the God. Example: Lord Krishna says that he has laid down fourfold-caste system based on the attributes and action of men. This is so because. sometimes opposite views. There should be absolutely no sense of doership. Only who are closer to God in this respect can understand this contradiction in the correct way and he is said to have merged with God. When Lord Krishna says. In the same verse. In order to act and still claim inaction following conditions are to be met. We only see what we want to see. say or do so long we know that we are not the doer. we do not live life and life happens to us. when he ultimately knows the God. However. he also says that he did not do it. One who understands this merges with God. We do not think. Condition 1: Absence of ego One should know that in reality. Thus. That is the reason the very same world is described differently by different people. The consciousness. How can one do it and not do it at the same time? This means that he refers to two different entities. does not do any action and the body/mind complex. Example: The question.

Though I am the author thereof. One who has nothing to gain from the world will not do any action for fulfilling any requirements. 4. nor have I any desire for the results of the actions. Many have done this and therefore it is possible for us to aim for this. He continues to be free and not tainted by his actions. Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verse: 13 – 15
4. If he is aware that he (the Atman) is action less and the nature of the body/mind complex to be ever in action. We need to do perform required action to know God. Teaching 63: Dropping the ego is merging with God Therefore. Such actions do not bring about any attachment to the doer. Lord Krishna urges Arjuna to take up his duty of fighting in the verse 15. Only such person can claim inaction in action. he merges with God. His behavior is controlled by his preferences.14 Actions do not taint Me. Condition 2: Absence of motive In general. As long as action is done in this way.The popular meaning of the word ‘ego’ is not referred here. Even if someone claims ‘I did this’ to the whole world or behaves very proudly and carries himself high and mighty. know Me as non-doer and immutable. action has been performed by the ancient seekers of liberation also. Therefore. 4.13 The fourfold-caste has been created by Me according to the differentiation of three gunas and karma. one does action for the sake of enjoying the fruits of action. Only who meet both these conditions can understand the statement that Lord Krishna had made. His knowledge determines whether he has ego or not. inaction in action cannot be claimed. Action invariably binds people because they have the sense of doership and have a motive for action. He continues to act because the nature of body/mind complex is to be in action. you too perform action. He who knows Me thus is not bound by actions.
179
. as did the ancients in the olden times. Since he understands.15 Having known this. it may not mean he has any ego. he has dropped his ego. It is generally said that one in a million reaches this goal and that one could be anyone of us.

“The non-moving ship is moving”. it has to be taught. Similarly. ‘trees do not move’. There are only two substances. it is easier for the teacher to teach. ‘see the trees are coming towards us…and going in the opposite direction’. ‘in action we have to see the inaction. Example: While traveling in a bus. It is not possible for the body to be without movement. Therefore. It is wrong knowledge. we can never remain without doing action but in reality. Teaching 64: You can do any action if you know that you do not act The process of transcending action and inaction Atman does not do any action ever.Lesson 5: Transcending action and inaction
Session: 131 – 132
If the student does not know. we will misunderstand that Atman is different from us. the son tells his father. All inert objects are made up of atoms in which the electrons are in continuous motion. Example: While watching a moving ship from the shore. It will be in constant motion and there is no resting period. Thus. the son tells his father. It is not possible to keep the mind thoughtless for a long time. Therefore. we are aware that we do all our action. Therefore. ‘the moving tress that you see do not move’. the father has to say. For example. In order to give the right understanding to the son. The apparent inaction observed by us is wrong knowledge. If the father answers. if the student has wrong understanding. we need to understand that the entire creation is made up of Aura. it doe not have to stop doing action. If we are taught that Atman is action less. since in reality we do not do any action. just as trees do not move. It is not possible for it to stop doing action. Therefore. One is the consciousness and the other is inert objects. the son will ignore the ‘moving trees’ and try to look for ‘non-moving trees’ that are seen by his father. Matter and Energy. it is difficult to give the right knowledge since the wrong understanding prevents one from seeing the right knowledge.
180
. Consciousness never does any action. However. the father has to say. the blood is circulating continuously. we need to see action in it. even if we think that we are keeping quite without any action. Inert objects (including our body/ mind complex) can never remain without action. Thus. Body/mind is always in action. ‘see the ship is standing in the same place’. we do not do any action.

181
. he will not mind to abandon his work. his actions are not for fulfilling any desires. Mere existence is celebration for him. 1.We need to understand how Lord Krishna did something and did not do it at the same time. His actions do not bind him and make him attached to the fruits of action. body and environment. He is ever content. His knowledge has burnt all his desires and purposes in life. He does not depend on anything or anyone for living. They are independent He has reached the goal. Characteristics of people who have transcended action and inaction People who have crossed all the four grades and reached the final grade (Grade 5: Independence). Then we transcend action and inaction and merge with God since we also do not do any action although we are in action all the time. He does not desire anything from the world since he is complete in himself. since he has nothing to achieve by doing the action. live their life joyfully. One should understand this truth so that one does not wait eternally for peaceful life. Desire less and purpose less actions. 2. For some reason if there is an obstacle for him to do his work. He looks upon his body and mind as a luxury. Only another person who is also wise can see and understand his wisdom. people wait for the mind to become peaceful without any thoughts so that they can enjoy the quietude. We know that we did not do any action and therefore there is no cause for guilty or anxiety. There is nothing in the creation that can attract his attention. He may be highly active or be passive withdrawn from the world. Therefore. They have the following characteristics. They expect take complete rest with respect to their mind. There will not be any guilty feeling with respect to action. His actions are prompted by his accumulated preferences and can be considered as the action of God. This is just not possible. The quantum of action done by him is of no significance and does not reflect on his status in anyway. Benefit of transcending action and inaction Normally.

and action in inaction is wise among men. Thus working.23 The entire action of the one whose mind is established in knowledge. Their actions do not bind them. 4. merges with the total action of the creation. Now I shall explain to you what action is. 4. he never performs any action. 4. 4. what forbidden action is. Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verses: 16 – 23
4. 4. 4. and what inaction is.18 One who sees inaction in action. who is free from attachment. 4. which is himself (his Atman). remaining ever satisfied and independent.16 Even the intelligent are bewildered in determining what action is and what inaction is. They do not see the duality. who is free from duality and does not envy. Therefore.22 He who is satisfied with gain which comes of its own accord. although engaged in all sorts of activities. is never entangled. although performing actions. who is steady both in success and failure. He is said by sages to be a wise person whose actions are burned up by the fire of perfect knowledge. Brahman verily shall be reached by him who always sees Brahman in all actions. the entire dream objects are created by him. 4. he is not affected by sinful reactions.21 Such a man of understanding acts with control over the mind and sense organs gives up all sense of proprietorship over his possessions and acts only for the bare necessities of life. He sees God in everything and in everyone.20 Abandoning all attachment to the results of his activities. Brahman is the clarified butter constituting the offerings.19 One whose actions are devoid of desire is in full knowledge. who is independent. although engaged in all kinds of actions. the pairs of opposites do not affect him anymore. one should know properly what action is. 4. By Brahman is the oblation poured into the fire of Brahman.24 Brahman is the oblation. in the so-called real life is also created by an illusion by God. they are not bound by the results of the action. He is not bound by action. knowing which you shall be liberated from the eternal cycle of pleasure and pain.
182
. Just as in a dream.3. Since action is done by them without any sense of doership.17 The intricacies of action are very hard to understand. Therefore. For him there is only one reality.

25 – 4. What are the four qualifications for the student? 7. What are the three steps required in the second part of the path? 5. 9. What are the three benefits of reaching the destination? 8.Unit 12: Completing the journey
Number of Sessions: 7 (134 – 140) Number of Lessons: 4 Verses: 4. What are the two qualifications for the teacher? 6. What are the three qualities that slow down the speed of the seeker? 10. the student will be able to (a) Understand the role of action and knowledge in Joyful Living
Unit Test:
Session: 140
1.42
On completion of this unit. Knowledge is the greatest purifier. What are the three qualities that speed up the progress towards the destination?
183
. Why should we turn away from sense objects temporarily? 2. 4. Explain. What are the two parts of the path? 3. Give few examples of actions done in the first part of the path.

Lesson 1: First part of the path – Action
Session: 134 – 135
Sense objects in the world are meant for the enjoyment of the living beings. one cannot progress in the second and concluding path. Following such religious practices. Teaching 65: Willful abstention from sense objects give strength to sense organs Without such practices. Many do Pranayama. Yoga or Meditation. Thus. After sufficient practice of such self-imposed restraints. which leads to suffering. while enjoying the sense objects. Similarly. help the sense organs to gain more strength so that the attachment to the sense organs is weakened. The sense organs are to be trained in such a way that we are able to derive pleasure from the environment without any trace of suffering. All such practices are aimed at enabling a person achieves a matured mind that can be liberated from the clutches of the sense objects. Without performing the prescribed actions in the first part. Therefore. The second path involves learning the essence of Vedanta and gaining the knowledge. Hindus abstain from various sense pleasures for forty days prior to offering prayers at Iyyappan temple at Sabarimalai. the attachment to sense objects will become stronger and there is no possibility for gaining Joyful Living. it protects the person from the dangers of the virus and enables the person to lead normal and healthier life. For example. The first part consists of various actions while the second part consists of gaining knowledge. one gains the required level of mental maturity to proceed to the second part of the path. This will remove the ignorance and one will reach the destination of Joyful Living. Similarly. human beings develop attachment. Such Joyful Living.
184
. one has to be immunized while indulging in sense pleasures. human beings have to learn to enjoy the sense objects without being attached to them. Example: Immunization against a virus might cause fever for short duration. is possible through a immunization process. Japa. However. This immunization process involves restraining oneself from indulging in sense pleasure for a specific duration or through a specific action. However. knowingly or unknowingly all of humanity is progressing in the path leading to Joyful Living in the name of religious practices. Muslims fast during daytime for a month every year.

as oblations into the fire of the controlled mind. the very same pole. they go to the supreme eternal atmosphere. One should abandon all such actions for progressing otherwise they will become obstacle.The first part. and others sacrifice the objects of the senses. in terms of mind and sense control. some people may continue to practice the prescribed actions assuming that one will reach the destination. having tasted the nectar of the remnants of such sacrifice. take strict vows and practice the yoga of eightfold mysticism. which involves pure action.31 Oh Arjuna.30 All these performers who know the meaning of sacrifice become cleansed of sinful reaction. curtailing the eating process. and some of them offer sacrifices in the fire of the Supreme Brahman. without sacrifice one can never live happily on this planet or in this life: what then of the next?
185
. such as sound. there is no need to do any action prescribed in the first part. enlightened by sacrificing their material possessions in severe austerities. Such actions are in fact are obstructing one from gaining the knowledge.27 Those who are interested in self-realization. 4.29 And there are even others who are inclined to the process of breath restraint to remain in trance. and others study the Vedas for the advancement of transcendental knowledge. 4. and thus at last remain in trance. Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verses: 25 – 31
4. does not give the knowledge that we are not the doer. Otherwise. offer the outgoing breath into itself. in the fire of sacrifice. and they practice stopping the movement of the outgoing breath into the incoming. and incoming breath into the outgoing. 4. Similarly. 4. offer the functions of all the senses. Example: In a pole valet. will make him falter. as a sacrifice. After gaining the knowledge. 4. as well as the vital force [breath].26 Some of them sacrifice the hearing process and the senses in the fire of the controlled mind. 4. which helped him to climb. one has to abandon the pole after reaching the required height.25 Some yogis worship the gods by offering different sacrifices to them.28 There are others who. stopping all breathing. Some of them. and.

The second part consists of three steps. the steps are identical for everyone. who has gained self-knowledge from his teacher b. prescribed in the first part of the Vedas and the second part of the path is governed by the Passive Dharma. Due to the efforts in the previous birth. prescribed in Vedanta. who lives joyfully after become steady in the knowledge It is possible that the teacher has complete knowledge on Vedanta but has not reached the destination of Joyful Living. the complete teaching about the body/mind complex and the consciousness in order to develop the sense of discrimination Example: In order to select the real pearls from the false. one should have the complete knowledge on both. Inquiry is the process of arriving at the central message of the Vedas. While first part of the path is governed by the Active Dharma. The focus in the second part is on gaining knowledge by moving away from actions in the external world.Lesson 2: Second part of the path – Knowledge
Session: 136 – 137
In the first part of the path. Thereafter. In addition. In the second part of the path. on rare instances some may reached the destination without systematic steady of Vedanta in the current lifetime. most people could progress well in the path by following any of the religious rituals prescribed in their culture. In either case. Step 1: Inquiry Inquiry means consistent and systematic study of Vedanta for a length of time under the guidance of a competent teacher who is alive and accessible for providing clarifications. people are given wide choices of actions. the student might be misguided. the student should approach the teacher and start the process of the Inquiry. there are no choices or options. the qualified teacher is one who meets both the above two conditions. which will enable them to gain the knowledge. One needs to find out from the teacher. One should learn from a qualified teacher a. they move on to the second part of the path. develop the skills to discriminate between the real and false. When they gain sufficient mental maturity. Therefore. Therefore. All varied actions in the first path will invariably lead to the second part. Similarly.
186
.

We should keep inquiring until we get firm knowledge. Step 3: Inner Transformation After gaining the right knowledge. then one will be able to see why the different teachings say the same thing in different way or why they are not the ultimate knowledge. We should not accept contradicting teaching. d. c. then he has to approach another teacher and commence the process of inquiry again. he should study until he has learned the central message of the Vedas according to his teacher. Living by the newly acquired knowledge until one is as sure of the real identity as one is sure of the false identity before gaining the knowledge. Should show lots of respect to the teacher Surrender the ego to the wisdom of the teacher Should have faith that the teacher will lead him to the destination Should seek for the teaching of the ultimate knowledge
The student should stick to one teacher and learn systematically. This step is crossed when the knowledge becomes one’s own knowledge. Step 2: Introspection In this step. Therefore. we should become steady on the knowledge by meditating on the implications of the knowledge. Assimilation of the knowledge gained in the Step 1. one should validate the knowledge gained in the previous step.One should be a qualified student a. If it is not the right knowledge. We should be moving from certainty to certainty and must have clarity ultimately. The next step will expose whether the knowledge he has gained is the right knowledge or not. then one should go back to the first step and study under a different teacher. b. This can be done by listening to various different philosophies of different religions. However. If one's own understanding appears to be wrong. If the teaching is fully understood. he may not have the knowledge to judge whether he is studying under the right teacher. through logical questioning and practical testing. Teaching 66: Scientific inquiry of the Vedas will reveal the ultimate knowledge
187
.

188
.Chapter 4: Source of knowledge
Verses: 32 – 34
4. Oh Arjuna. and all of them are born of action. Knowing them as such.33 Oh Arjuna. you will become liberated.32 All these different types of sacrifice are approved by the Vedas. The wise sages will impart that knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth. the sacrifice of ignorance is superior to any sacrifices involving material. 4. by service and by proper inquiry. every action without exception culminates in knowledge.34 May you gain that knowledge by surrendering. 4.

Prior to gaining the knowledge. These impressions will decide our environment (including our physical body) in every birth. We will not give undue importance to the world. Therefore. As a result. we have learnt to
189
.
Benefit 1: Removal of delusion Delusion is the disease. Example: Using a small boat we can cross a huge ocean. Teaching 67: Knowledge removes our desires. the knowledge gained may be small. We gain three distinct benefits when we gain this ultimate knowledge. all the past impressions will be erased. which has afflicted our intelligence. Our natural intelligence has the capability to differentiate between Dharma and Adharma. we reach the destination of Joyful Living. When one gains knowledge in the second part of the path. Similarly. complying with Dharma in all our actions will become part of our nature.Lesson 3: Benefits of reaching the destination
Session: 138
Once we successfully cross both the parts of the path. After gaining the knowledge. Delusion prevents us from discriminating between reality and falsehood. but it will liberate us from all our past impressions. blissful Atman. we will never again get deluded because the knowledge once gained will not leave us. Once this stage is reached. Teaching 68: Knowledge erases all our past impressions Once the knowledge is gained. we were under the impression that we were doing action. We will see that all living beings and inert objects in the universe either as our own self or as God. attachment and delusions Benefit 2: Removal of impressions The results of all our actions are recorded as impressions in our causal body. The knowledge will tell us that we are not the body /mind complex and our real nature is eternal. Due to our attachment. Our efforts in the form of abstaining from the sense objects in the first part of the path have reduced the attachment. the delusion is completely removed. we had developed the disease of delusion. in life we will be able to perceive the world with the right attitude.

Chapter 4: Source of knowledge Verse: 35 – 37
4. we do not do any action and we exist eternally. Oh Arjuna. We do not do any action since we are changeless.36 Even if you are the most sinful of all sinners. awakened from our dream life. Oh Arjuna. and by that knowledge you shall see all beings without exception in yourself.
190
. We will continue to live our life knowing that it is a dream at a higher level. Benefit 3: Conversion of action into inaction. you shall not. At the absolute level. Therefore. Once we get enlightened. yet you shall verily cross all sins by the raft of 'Knowledge. 4. Example: When Buddha's wife asked him why he left her without even informing her.37 As the blazing fire reduces fuel to ashes.35 Knowing that. we will not be affected by our past actions. Once we gain the knowledge all our actions will be known in the right perspective. so does the fire-of-knowledge reduce all actions to inactions. Buddha did not give any explanation. action less Atman. which is always in action. again get deluded like this. all our actions will be inactions. Teaching 69: Knowledge converts all our actions into inaction Actions that we do after gaining the knowledge can be considered as the action of God to influence and guide others to progress in the path. The right perspective is our body/mind complex is part of the inert objects.differentiate between our true self and our ego. ' 4. When queried he replied that he was not the person who left her.

Once the knowledge is gained. The ignorance has caused our delusion. We are deluded to think that we are a limited. Knowledge removes our ignorance.Lesson 4: Summary of the journey
Session: 139
Knowledge is the greatest purifier of us. The following three qualities slow down the progress towards Joyful Living. Only then. Following three qualities make one move at a faster pace. the knowledge removes our suffering. we are liberated from all the suffering. one should work towards gaining mental maturity in the first part of the path and as soon as it is gained. All our actions purify our mind so that it is ready to receive the knowledge. mortal being suffering all the time. one should move on to the next step of gaining self-knowledge. One might have to abandon action in order to move from Active Dharma to Passive Dharma. Our natural state is ever witnessing joy. Teaching 70: Faith and scientific investigation leads to Joyful Living
191
. one gains self-knowledge at a faster pace and therefore reaches the destination sooner. (a) Faith in the words of teacher (b) Ability to control the sense organs (c) Dedication of action as an offering to God and acceptance of the results as the gift from God With these three qualities. Therefore. the speed and direction in which one moves varies. Knowledge makes it clear to us that we are not limited by space and time. All our suffering is due to our delusion. the knowledge is the greatest purifier. We are immortal. knowledge will lead us to live life joyfully. Therefore. Thus. Thus. (a) Doubting everything (b) Not wanting to learn from a teacher with faith (c) Feel attached to the action and do not want to let it go even after gaining mental maturity. self-knowledge can be gained. While everyone is traveling on the path devised by God to reach him.

4. Oh Arjuna.38 In this world.42 Therefore.39 One who has faith. which is matured through action. there is no other purifier like knowledge. 4. actions do not bind one who has renounced all actions through knowledge. Having attained knowledge. such knowledge is gained in the mind. In due course of time. 4. who is devoted and whose sense organs are restrained attains knowledge.Chapter 4: Source of knowledge
Verses: 38 – 42
4. he will soon attain supreme peace.41 Therefore. with the sword of knowledge destroy the doubts which have arisen in your mind and which are born out of ignorance.40 But those who are faithless persons and doubt the knowledge that is revealed in scriptures remain ignorant. Oh Arjuna. For the doubting person there is no happiness in this world or in the next. 4. standup and fight
192
. who has destroyed all doubts and who is situated firmly in the self.

01 – 5. What are the three types of results of action and the two classification of action described under the third type? 9. What are the two grave mistakes that are being committed by man? 3.Unit 13: Oneness of Renouncement and Karma Yoga Number of Sessions: 7 (134 – 140) Number of Lessons: 4 Verses: 5. What are the six reasons to show that there is no happiness in the objects of the world? 10. What are the five-steps through which renouncement is done through action? 7. What are the two types of renouncement? 8. What are the two optional paths and one ideal path to reach the goal of Joyful Living? 4. What are the three steps suggested for controlling anger?
193
. What are the six reasons why people like Arjuna should not renounce action? 5. What are the four categories of people discussed under the topic of seeing the oneness of action and inaction? 6.29 On completion of this unit. What are they? 2. Eternal questions pertain to which six aspects. the student will be able to (a) Provide clarity on renouncing the actions (b) Understand the purpose of renouncement
Unit Test:
Session: 155
1.

SelfKnowledge is the subject that covers the answers to these eternal questions. any unanswered question challenge the intelligence of men and the journey will continue until the correct answer is found. why is he partial? Does he have form.
194
. name and place to live? Why God is not able to make the world free from evil? When the universe was created? Who created it? How it is created? Why it is created? What lies outside the boundaries of the known universe? Is there a single universe or more than one? How long will it exist? Who set the laws that govern the cosmic bodies?
Universe:
Living Being: How did the life evolved in the first place? What happens after death? Since the population is on the increase from where new living beings are created? Is there rebirth/ reincarnation? Suffering: Why do we suffer? What are the causes for suffering? Is it possible to be free of all sufferings ever? What is liberation. he would not have ventured to travel beyond the horizon for the fear of falling off from the edge of the earth. God: Is there God? If God exists. It is possible to get the correct and only answer to these questions. If the man were not intelligent. Similarly.Lesson 1: Eternal questions
Session: 141 – 142
Man will not rest in peace unless he finds the answer to the eternal questions with respect to following six aspects. enlightenment or awakening? Is it possible to live happily all the time? What do we do now? What is the goal in life and how do we get there? How do we move from suffering to liberation?
Liberation:
Practice:
There are many variations of these questions and it can be said that finding answers to all these questions is the goal of every intelligent man.

There are two grave mistakes in this approach.While it is very important to find the answers for these questions. However. which is good for me?
195
. science will never be able to provide complete answers to all questions because the answers to these questions are above the human capability. man would like to turn his attention to these eternal questions. the humankind has the urge to find answers to all the questions with respect to the creation of the universe. Therefore. He spends the time and effort to make the world as a right place to live so that he can be happy all the time. Vedas provide answers to all these questions. After reaching this goal. renounce their actions that are intended to correct the external world and start working in the area of finding answers to the eternal questions through spiritual pursuit. One has to systematically study under a competent teacher. Inherently. After comprehending the teaching. Others continue to be busy with their action and they hope science will one day give answers to these eternal questions. Scientific investigation is continuously happening in opening up new frontiers in the knowledge of the universe. One has to validate the information by testing it against the logic and the practicability of such possibility. First mistake: Assuming that it is possible to correct the environment in such a way that one can live happily all the time Second mistake: Assuming that it is possible to find the answers to the eternal questions through science Only those who realize their mistakes. he has also asked Arjuna to be involved in action. Teaching 71: Knowledge about the universe leads to Joyful Living. Arjuna wants to know a decisive answer and asks the following question. you praised renouncement of action but you are asking me to be in action.1 Arjuna said: Oh Krishna. It is similar to studying a postgraduate course. The effort involved in both comprehending and validating the answers to the eternal questions is very high comparatively. one has to reflect on the information. The process of finding answers to these eternal questions is not simple. Please tell me definitely. man is busy with yet another important task. However. which is connected to all other eternal questions. Lord Krishna had told that only when the action is renounced one could learn self-knowledge and find answers to all these eternal questions. Chapter 5: Science of renouncement Verse: 01
5.

which are appropriate for achieving these two milestones.Lesson 2: Renouncing the action
Session: 143 – 145
The goal is same for every human being. Professional lifestyle offers many opportunities to make the mind matured enough to comprehend the answers to the eternal questions. one should not renounce the actions and be in professional lifestyle. However. One can have all the time in the world to do study self-knowledge and reflect on the answers. one requires a matured mind. It is to live joyfully. There are two life styles. If one does not have a matured mind. depends on the status of the individual. There are two optional paths and one ideal path to reach the goal. The first milestone is to gain a matured mind and the second milestone is to gain self-knowledge. If one has already has a matured mind. one should renounce the actions and try to adopt spiritual lifestyle so that self-knowledge is gained at the earliest. one may not get enough time and opportunity to study and reflect on the answers to the eternal questions. Example: Studying a lesson in a busy marketplace is more difficult compared to studying in a private room. To understand the answers. The environment supports the effort and does not determine the result. Teaching 72: Lifestyle does not determine but facilitates the result Spiritual lifestyle does not impose any duties. it is not possible to make any progress. Which one is right. It cannot be said those who study in a private room will study better than those who study in the busy marketplace. if one does not have sufficient mental maturity.
196
. This goal cannot be reached unless the answers to the eternal questions are found. Mere adoption of a life style will not ensure one reaches the milestone. there are two milestones to reach the goal. it should be understood that both lifestyles have equally important roles in assisting the humankind in reaching the destination of Joyful Living. Optional Path 1: Adopting Professional Lifestyle to gain mental maturity and then gain self-knowledge. One is Professional Lifestyle and the other is Spiritual Lifestyle. However. Therefore. since it requires one to spend lots of time and effort in material pursuit. Thus.

The result will be identical. The quality of the destination is not affected by the path chosen by the traveler. Similarly. In all the cases. quality of the teacher and the time and effort spent. Systematic study of the scriptures can commence after gaining the mental maturity. If he puts in right quality of effort. depending on the level of intelligence. he will reach the destination. Lord Krishna says to Arjuna that for him it is better not to renounce action. It really does not matter whether one follows either of the optional paths or the ideal path. Spiritual Lifestyle is not suitable for him since he has not yet attained the required mental maturity. one may choose spiritual lifestyle even for making the mind matured. Teaching 73: Professional Lifestyle facilitates mental maturity and Spiritual Lifestyle facilitates self-knowledge It is not possible or advisable to adopt spiritual lifestyle for mental maturity and then adopt professional lifestyle for gaining self-knowledge.Optional Path 2: Adopting Spiritual Lifestyle to gain mental maturity and then gain self-knowledge. one can remain in Professional Lifestyle and reduce the action towards material pursuit in such a way to find time and effort for spiritual pursuit.
197
. In the Ideal Path. Such a person will do social work or service to the teacher for gaining mental maturity. one gets the advantages of both. His choice does not determine his effort. The ideal path and the optional paths are the convenient options given to the intended traveler and it is purely his choice to decide on the specific path. The choice of the paths provides only comfort levels and do not influence the effort in any other way. one reaches the very same destination of Joyful Living. He is suggesting that Arjuna should be involved in doing his chosen duty. Ideal Path: Adopting Professional Lifestyle to gain mental maturity and then adopting Spiritual Lifestyle to gain self-knowledge. After gaining the required mental maturity. It is easier to gain mental maturity in the Professional Lifestyle and it is easier to gain self-knowledge in the Spiritual Lifestyle.

Reason 2: Weak conviction An important qualification to adopt spiritual lifestyle is to have the conviction that the world cannot offer eternal happiness. one has to decide whether to renounce action or not. one should not renounce action. His likes and dislikes are so strong that they will not permit him to sit quietly without action. he wants to renounce action. Arjuna decided that he should renounce the action. Reason 5: Correct goal Depending on the immediate milestone. it is not advisable to renounce
198
. Therefore. This is a wrong perception. Reason 1: Weak mind In the spur of the moment. power and position could guarantee him happiness.There are six reasons why a man of action (like Arjuna) should not attempt to renounce the action and follow the Spiritual Lifestyle. then he will progress towards liberation and he will not be bound by action. he wants to abandon action and run away into forest. Arjuna is a warrior and he has strong preferences to be in action. Arjuna did realize that not all his wealth. Arjuna did not have such a strong conviction. Unless one has this conviction. However. we have built up strong preferences. These preferences will drive us to be in action and will not allow us to renounce them. If he goes into forest. He has to realize that the effort determines the result and not the life style. Until one gains mental maturity. If one does action as Karma Yoga. his conviction is not strong enough. His mind will be on the war and it will force him to come back to fight within a matter of days. Arjuna assumes that merely by renouncing action he can gain self-knowledge. It all depends on the attitude. Reason 3: Strong preferences By repeated action. Reason 4: Wrong perception It is wrongly perceived that by adopting the spiritual lifestyle one can reach the goal of Joyful Living. he cannot rest peacefully there. Prince Siddhartha left his family and kingdom and walked into the forest because he is completely convinced that the world cannot give him happiness. To avoid killing his own people. It is wrongly perceived that by adopting professional lifestyle one is bound to action all the time. This is a correct step. It is not a well thought out plan of action.

Reason 7: High risk Renouncing action is a one-way path. Even if one adopts spiritual lifestyle. the first step will be to gain mental maturity through action.2 Lord Krishna said. But. karma yoga is better than renunciation of work. Therefore. due to these seven reasons. Lord Krishna advised Arjuna that he should not renounce action and Karma Yoga is better for him. It binds one to suffering. if one experience strong pulls from sense pleasures. he will become a failure in the spiritual lifestyle. he would have had an opportunity to yield to such temptations. If Arjuna decides not to renounce the action. his position will be like jumping from frying pan to fire.
199
. Chapter 5: Science of renouncement Verse: 02
5. he is not yet qualified to enter the path. If a person living in a Spiritual Lifestyle complains about the lifestyle. Mere action is inferior to both renouncement and Karma Yoga. Spiritual lifestyle does not permit such actions Thus. people who are in action should carry out their action as a dedication to God and should have the attitude to accept the results of the action as a gift from God. If a person living in a Professional Lifestyle complains about his duties.action. Option is not given to do the action without doing it as a Karma Yoga. Reason 6: Right knowledge Knowledge determines the action. it means that he is not doing them with proper attitude. Else. the both renunciation of work and karma yoga are good for liberation. it will lead one to liberation. One can choose to renounce action only when he gains sufficient knowledge on the path that lies beyond renouncing the action. then he has to do it as Karma Yoga. of the two. If one has already gained mental maturity then one can renounce action. it means that he has made a mistake in choosing the lifestyle. If he had continued in professional lifestyle. If action is done with such an attitude. After renouncing the action. Arjuna’s question is between renouncing the action and doing the work as Karma Yoga. Since Arjuna does not know what lies in the path of inaction.

the perception and prescription varies. Since they could not comprehend the truth in its entirety. It is not possible for any human being to renounce action since they are part of the creation. Irrespective of his continuous action. which is his own self. he is aware that he is not the doer. Depending on the category they belong. The consciousness is never in action. Since he does not have anything to achieve in the life. The world continues to present sense objects to him (according to his accumulated impressions) and his sense organs continue to indulge in them to the extent warranted. His mind is absorbed in the knowledge of the eternal completely and it does not waver at the prospect of ephemeral. Depending on the lifestyle he is following. he may appear to be a very busy person. Category 1: Wise men living joyfully perceive the truth of oneness He eats. Irrespective of the lifestyle that he follows. the knowledge and vision do not vary. He does not have any duties since he has already reached the destination. they debate between action and renouncing the action. he does not attach any importance to which style he is following. He is not elated at the prospects of the presence of sense objects nor is he affected by their absence. He may be a businessperson. a ruler or a religious leader. They are not bewildered by this action less action. an executive. There is nowhere to go and nothing to do.Lesson 3: Oneness of Action and Inaction
Session: 146 – 147
The creation is always in action. the knowledge varies among people and they can be divided into six categories. He may be adapting Professional Lifestyle or Spiritual Lifestyle according to his accumulated impressions. The creation contains many minds. Although enjoying the sensory pleasures. Since the lifestyle does not make any difference to him. However. he is aware that he does not do anything. His mind is also devoted to this truth and do not run behind sensory pleasures. He does not work nor wait for their arrival. The wise see the true nature of creation (action) and the true nature of consciousness (inaction). His intelligence is rooted in the absolute knowledge that the only real entity is ever witnessing joy. sleeps does all such natural activities. He knows that he is the Atman that neither acts nor causes any action. However. he is free to adopt any lifestyle. His actions are to be construed as God’s action to provide appropriate
200
. There are many who are progressing towards this ultimate goal. his mind is not attached to them.

Therefore. Karma yoga without self-knowledge is incomplete. For such people renouncing the action is recommended since they need to do meditation to make the mind abide by the knowledge of their intelligence. If they do not. They can pursue systematic study of scriptures and work for gaining self-knowledge. Although they are aware that it is futile to go behind sense objects. Category 4: Those who do not have mental maturity/ Self-knowledge For such people action is recommended.environment for the experience of others. Category 3: Those who have knowledge but do not have conviction Many have learnt the ultimate knowledge. they will continue to be bound by action and will not gain mental maturity. They need to be in action until they gain sufficient quantum of mental
201
. Gaining knowledge is not possible without minimum level of mental maturity. However. People may not spend time and effort to learn the Vedas systematically under a teacher. Even to convert mere action into Karma Yoga. they should attempt to gain required level of knowledge to convert karma into karma yoga. However. it is recommended that people in this category do not renounce action. their mind continue to waver and is not under the control of intelligence. Although their intelligence has comprehended the answers to all the eternal questions. they need to do the action as Karma Yoga. They have the complete conviction that the material world cannot give them happiness and therefore they can adopt Spiritual Lifestyle. Self-knowledge without karma yoga is impossible. For such people renouncing the action is recommended. Such people see the futility of action in the external world. They will be better off if they renounce action. His actions do not bind him since such actions are done without a grand project plan and without any selfish desire. they need to make sufficient progress in learning self-knowledge. The mind is still attracted by the worldly sense pleasures. Category 2: Those who have conviction but do not have knowledge Many have gone through the Professional Lifestyle and understood the inadequacy of material pursuit in leading one to Joyful Living. the mind is not rooted in the knowledge. They do have such minimum mental maturity but they do not have complete conviction.

If they do not. They are actually not making any progress in life because they live like animals without a goal in life. conviction and self-knowledge before moving on to spiritual lifestyle for pursuing systematic study of Vedas. Category 5: Those who do not yet know the correct goal or path There is only one goal in life for everyone. they should spend time and resources towards any religious practices. People with Self-Knowledge are aware that they are not the doers. There is only one path to the goal. I will be happy. Instead of chasing happiness. money. However. which is to live joyfully. position and such material objects will bring them happiness. In addition to their material pursuit. which is to gain mental maturity and self-knowledge. Therefore. They would like to have more and more action.maturity. they start chasing material objects. It does not matter whether the goal is right or wrong. prayer and devotion is recommended. For such people. It is important to bring the mind under the control of intelligence to live a planned life progressing towards a goal. People start their journey towards happiness but they assume name. For them the goal in life is ever elusive and keeps varying all the time. Category 6: Those who do not have any goal in life Such people live according to their likes and dislikes as dictated by their mind. power.
202
. Such action will earn them sufficient good results and bring them an opportunity to know the only goal and path in life. One has to have a goal in life. Others assume that they are the body/mind complex doing the actions. They have lost sight of the only goal in life and for them there is no choice of renouncing action. Such actions will purify their heart and make them progress towards material pursuit. A person following Karma Yoga. depending on the category one belongs the action is done differently. Only material pursuit will give them required mental maturity to move on to spiritual pursuit. Example: If I get married. I will be happy. children… the list is endless. they switch their goal. they will be happy when the environment around them is conducive and suffer when it is not. people in this category are mixed up with the path and the goal. If I get promotion. If I build my own house. They need to start following the religious rituals that help them to practice control of mind and control of sense organs. performs action for the sake of the God. fame. Thus.

eating. one attains the results of both. the disciplined person attains peace born of karma yoga. the undisciplined person becomes entangled. 5.Chapter 5: Science of renouncement
Verses: 03 – 12
5. 5.12 Renouncing the result of action. such a man is never entangled. Because one who is beyond the pairs of opposites he is completely freed from the bondages effortlessly. one who sees that the path of karma yoga and the path of renunciation are one sees things as they are. 5.5 That goal that is reached by means of renunciation can also be attained by karma yoga also. reclining and breathing.10 Dedicating the actions to the God. moving about. which is the self of all beings. Attached to the result due to impulse of desire. he who acts without attachment is not affected by sins just as the lotus leaf is not wet by the water. smelling. mind intellect and sense organs without identification.11 Without attachment karma yogis perform action for the sake of purity with the body. By resorting to one of the two properly. 5. Therefore. Though always working. 5. renunciation of action is difficult to attain without karma yoga. the pure-minded person in karma yoga becomes Atman. 5. receiving. touching. evacuating.7 Having mastered the body and sense organs.
203
. not the wise.6 Oh Arjuna. But those who are in the path of karma yoga attain Brahman before long.8-9 A person with self-knowledge. although engaged in seeing.3 Oh Arjuna. always knows within himself that he actually does nothing at all bearing in mind that it is the nature of the sense organs to remain in sense objects. 5. opening or closing his eyes.4 Only the ignorant speak of karma-yoga and renouncement of action as being different. speaking. hearing. 5. one who has neither desire nor hatred is said to be a renounced person always.

204
. such preferences travel with the person to his next lifetime and he continues to run after the sense objects. The first step is to gain the knowledge about the true nature of sense objects. It is very difficult to come out of such a situation. Desires give rise to contemplation of the object and talking about it. Example: A man loves his wife very deeply. She takes money from him and gives it to her lover. They can progress towards Joyful Living gradually. the number of such objects is limited. As we grow. the number of such object keeps increasing. One is bound to the sense objects of the world. This is called binding. Such thoughts are processed in the light of the accumulated preferences. Sense organs are exposed to the sense objects and thoughts are created in the mind. This does not mean that these people can never get liberation from the binding of the sense objects. Nevertheless. Her husband cannot see this because he is blinded by his love. words and deeds. In the beginning. The chance of becoming unhappy is continuously increasing since the dependence on sense objects of the world is on the rise. most educated human beings are bound to action and it is not possible for them to renounce action. Thus. The husband does not doubt his wife’s behavior because he loves her so much and feels that he cannot live without her. Teaching 74: Most people are bound to action and cannot renounce them Like Arjuna. it is not possible for everyone to renounce the action when there are strong desires. Desires become stronger and one is driven into action. Mind will convince the intelligence that it is not possible to be happy without getting the object of desire. the wife is cheating him. Sense objects. Such actions lead to likes and dislikes.Lesson 4: Renouncement through action
Session: 148 – 149
All the human beings interact with the sense objects of the world with their thoughts. Attachment to sense objects are one’s own making. even after death. There is no chance of getting liberation if the actions driven out of desires are not stopped. The likes and dislikes set the preferences of the person and form part of the impressions in the causal body. resulting in desires. If one is bound. However. it is due to one’s own action. The husband will wake up only when he comes to know the true nature of his wife. do no have the power to bind anyone. including other living beings.

Our ignorance about the true nature of sense objects is removed by self-knowledge. Vedas reveal the truth that the only source of happiness is the Atman and it is necessary to comprehend this truth through systematic study and through reflection. he will remain unhappy after divorcing his first wife. Then he will start observing the odd behavior of his cheating wife. then one will see the true nature of sense objects. Example: That man finds his wife in the bed with her lover. one needs to gain the true knowledge on the sense objects of the world. All his actions might have been born out of his love to his wife. one can see that he is chasing a mirage. Similarly. Then he realizes the true nature of his wife and sends her away. If action is done as Karma Yoga. He cannot abandon such action. one assumes that it is not possible to live without numerous sense objects (including friends and family) in the world. The action may be born out of the desires but one should dedicate it to God consciously. one has to find the true source of happiness after realizing that there is no happiness in the sense objects. Then the results of the actions should be accepted as a gift from God and not due to one’s own effort. All the darkness of the night is removed by the sunlight. Once we are awakened to this ultimate knowledge. Due to strong preferences. Everything is in order. Only when one gains sufficient conviction that the sense objects do not give him happiness. This is done thorough the study of selfknowledge. This is controlled action. Similarly. This knowledge is similar to sunlight. Then one renounces action. the attraction towards sense objects stops. All actions and so-called inactions are in line with the grand design of creation. There is no happiness in the sense objects. It is very difficult to come out of this binding. However.Similarly. There is no more confusion or contradiction in the world or in life. Example: Unless that man finds another loving wife. Similarly.
205
. he can turn towards spiritual pursuit and understand the insights given in Vedas. One should do action (since it is not possible to renounce action) as a dedication to God. everything falls in its place. By controlled action. Karma Yoga is meant. Example: The husband should control his actions. he should do the very same action out of intelligence and not out of mind. when one realizes the futility of prosperity in getting happiness. One understands answers to all the eternal questions. only through controlled action.

if a stray dog comes closer he will try to avoid it. Without renouncing the physical action. For example. His vision reveals the true picture of the universe. Thus. The transition from action to renouncement is summed up in the following steps: Step 1: Action is done uncontrollably prompted by the desires. his response to the sense objects that he encounters will differ depending on the name and form. Thus. even if his eyes report varied objects in the world. This is Karma Yoga. his mind sees the changeless Atman and ever-changing inert body in all of them. actions are renounced completely. one has to train the mind to be firm on the knowledge. one mentally renounces it. Aura. Similarly. he does not do any action nor causes anyone to do any action. Step 5: On reaching the destination. After completing these three steps. However. On reaching this destination. Therefore. Therefore. Energy and Matter. at the absolute level he knows them to be sustained by the same Atman. An adult disregard the form and see the oneness of the substance behind. However. which is the only reality. Step 2: Action is done controlled environment. there are two levels of reality to him. Such action is possible due to the presence of the indwelling Atman. after reaching the destination one sees the oneness of the substance behind the creation. However. Therefore.
206
. one renounces action through action. since he has the knowledge on the true nature of sense objects. Thus.Once the intelligence is convinced that the true nature of one’s own self is happiness. He is not carried away by the attractive forms. Children see them as birds and animals. This is achieved through meditation. his vision is uniform. All the objects are made up of three elements. One may renounce all actions since there is nothing to achieve in life. Whatever actions one does is seen as inaction due to the right knowledge. Example: All sweets are made with identical ingredients. the desires for material pursuit wane away. one lives joyfully. the color and shapes vary. Step 3: One gains conviction that there is no happiness in the sense objects. At the relative reality. On reaching this step. the accumulated preferences are not converted as selfish desires. They will always be in action. one is rooted in the knowledge. Step 4: One turn towards gaining self-knowledge and finds the source of happiness. he deals with the objects differently.

the external observers do not find any contradiction. Depending on the accumulated impressions. If renouncement is mental and physical.Types of renouncement Renouncement of action includes reduction or elimination of Possessions. After gaining self-knowledge. action may be considered as an unwanted hindrance and one may renounce them for facilitation of steady knowledge. he can renounce them for gaining self-knowledge. This type of renouncement is always mental in nature.
207
. the intelligence clearly sees the fact that the true happiness is the nature of the Atman and the objects of the world cannot give happiness. It is possible to reach the goal either way. Even after gaining self-knowledge. Therefore. Responsibilities and Transactions in the external world. Therefore. However. Similarly. after reaching the goal renouncement is a natural outcome. Obligations/ duties. This type of renouncement is always physical in nature. One may or may not renounce the actions physically. the mind is involved in dealing with the sense objects it may not subdue to the authority of intelligence and it may continue to be attached to the world. One has to reduce PORT physically. He may have many possessions and properties. may not physically renounce action. Once the destination of Joyful Living is reached. if one renounces action only in the mental level and continue to be in Professional Lifestyle. The quantum of action depends on these four factors (PORT). He may be actively involved in many transactions and might be fulfilling many obligations and responsibilities. still people do not see any conflicts. in order to renounce action one has to reduce or eliminate these four factors. one naturally gives up or renounces action in the mind level. However. Thus. one has to become steady in the knowledge through meditation. it is clearly known that the worldly objects do not have any importance. so long. one may or may not physically renounce the action. He may enjoy them as well. However. there are cases where one who is in Spiritual Lifestyle. Type 1: Renouncement as a means Once a person gains conviction that the worldly objects are not capable of giving everlasting happiness. This type of renouncement is a means to achieve the goal of Joyful Living. Type 2: Renouncement as an end One may or may not renounce action for gaining self-knowledge or making it steady.

If the action is done as mere Karma and not Karma Yoga. they are not affected by the results. The quantum of money earned may differ as per the accumulated impressions. For example. If the action is done as Karma Yoga. the doer of an action invariably ends up enjoying/ suffering the results of his actions. As far as he is concerned. he may be progressing at a faster rate in the spiritual ladder than a CEO who is inefficient in his job. capability and knowledge will grow. He may be traveling in a luxury car and own private aircrafts to support his activities. As long as one is living in society. The good environment one enjoys or the hostile environment one suffers is the direct results of the past actions. one may work as a CEO of an organization or as cobbler on the street corner. then the result of the action will accrue as benefits.) Classification 2: How well (efficiency/ hard work etc) the action is done (Depending on how well an action is done. then the result of the action is mental maturity. he will have minimum duties like dressing up and maintain cleanliness etc. without any mental attachment. Classification 1: Whether the action is good or bad (The results of the action will be correspondingly positive or negative. However. for those who have reached the destination of Joyful Living. The duties and responsibilities of the person in the Professional Lifestyles will be many even if that person has reached the ultimate goal of Joyful Living. It is possible that such a person could have renounced action completely at the mental level. He may be involved in action to fulfill the duties and responsibilities. Teaching 75: On gaining self-knowledge all actions are renounced Results of action In general. Physical renouncement need not accompany mental renouncement. The expected outcome of the action depends on the first classification.)
208
. However. he does not see any action in his actions. Even if he is in the Spiritual Lifestyle. Since they do the action without a sense of doership. How well it is done and the attitude with which it is done determine the quantum of the results. the skill. the benefit of mental maturity will come to them in equal measure.Example: A religious leader might own a large establishment and be involved in a busy schedule of propagating the objectives of his organization. if both of them are doing their respective work as Karma Yoga. one has to adhere to the norms of the society. The type of work done does not matter. this general rule does not apply. Actions are classified in two different ways. If the cobbler is doing his work sincerely and to the best of his abilities.

5. are deluded because their discriminatory power is veiled by ignorance.16 When. as the sun lights up everything in the daytime.17 When one's intelligence and mind are rooted in Brahman. He is to be understood as already situated in Brahman. 5. 5. we do not do any action. an elephant. They are flawless like Brahman. the sense of I.
Chapter 5: Science of renouncement
Verses: 13 – 20
5. however. one becomes fully cleansed of all the impurities through complete knowledge and thus he proceeds straight on the path of liberation.Nature of Creation: Energy in the form of preferences causes the action Matter in the form of impressions gives the results of the action Aura born out of knowledge liberates one from the cycle of actions-results All these three together forms the creation. nor does it enjoys the fruits of action.13 Mentally renouncing all actions through knowledge.14 The Atman does not create activities. Similarly.
209
. 5.20 Such a person neither rejoices upon achieving something pleasant nor laments upon obtaining something unpleasant. nor does he induce people to act. is an entity that does not exist. 5. and thus they are already situated in Brahman. 5. The ego. then his knowledge reveals everything. All this is enacted by the three modes of the nature. It is similar to the reflection in the mirror. All action is part of the creation and the original substance is changeless Atman.19 Those whose minds are established in sameness and equanimity have already conquered the conditions of birth and death. Human beings.15 The Atman does not assume anyone's sinful or pious activities. a cow. a dog and a dog-eater. however. The reflection cannot assume that it is doing the action.18 The wise people who have the knowledge see the same Brahman in a Brahmin. one is enlightened with the knowledge by which the ignorance is destroyed. He is intelligent and without delusion knows God. 5. the self-controlled person comfortably resides in the city of nine gates [the body] neither doing any action nor causing any action.

Teaching 76: There is no happiness in the objects of the world Reason 1: The happiness is momentary Any happiness that we seem to enjoy from an external object is sandwiched between pains. wealth. In this context. property. people. the house is due for painting.Lesson 5: Conviction on the source of happiness
Session: 150 – 152
All the human beings are under the wrong assumption that happiness lies in the external world. comforts and companionship. The more we work and acquire more objects for our happiness. The one who does not have any necessities in life is the true rich person. Example: One wants to build a house to live. position. award. Else. Even the body is seen as a luxury by such a person.
210
. There are many things pending to be done to make the house better and the process never ends. Following are the six reasons to show that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. more dependent we become. one is happy. When the house is finally constructed. the phrase ‘objects of the world’ includes money. it becomes a necessity. This realization can come either through experience or through learning. name. Thus. The process of converting the luxuries into necessities is the phenomenon associated with becoming rich. this happiness does not lost long. Only those who are intelligent among them realize that the happiness in the external objects is a deception. reward. he remains as a slave to the environment. power. fame. one is fully liberated. Reason 2: It makes one a slave Once we possess an object of our desire. One goes through lots of tension and pain while working towards fulfillment of this desire. Only then. However. the process of converting all the necessities as luxuries is the right way of becoming rich. status. It no longer gives any happiness and its absence gives us suffering. Even before the last requirement is provided.

the sense organs are pulling it towards the sense pleasures.Reason 3: Law of diminishing returns The happiness one derives from the sense objects will keep diminishing. This will cause suffering. it is possible to turn the attention to learning selfknowledge. This applies to any pleasure obtained from the world. Beyond a limit. Karma Yoga is suggested. Reason 5: The happiness is never fulfilling No one is completely satisfied by enjoying any sense pleasures. if promotion gives happiness. Only to resolve this struggle. Invariably the sense of inadequacy returns and man will think unless he gains the next object of desire. For example. However. it will start giving pain. he will turn towards spiritual pursuit and learn about the source of everlasting happiness. he is incomplete. Reason 4: The sense organs will deteriorate As one ages. There is a constant tug of war where on one side the intelligence is presenting the truth that there is no happiness in the external objects and on the other side. These six reasons highlight the fact that there is no eternal happiness in the objects of the world. there is limitation in enjoying any sense pleasures. Every additional scoop will give comparatively less happiness.
211
. Once someone gains conviction of this fact. One may intellectually understand that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. Reason 6: The happiness is mixed with pain Happiness and suffering are the two sides of the same coin that come from the objects of the world. his mind will tend to run behind sense pleasures due to force of habit. the additional responsibility that comes with it will be a pain. Example: One is happy to eat the first scoop of ice cream. It will be a great punishment if one is forced to eat more ice cream. There is always something better available to obtain. Thus. the ability to enjoy the sense objects will keep diminishing since the physical sense organs will not be functioning well. Once the power of the pull of sense organs is reduced.

212
. the mind may require some training to gain the same level of conviction. for he is established in Brahman. 5. The intelligence may have gained the conviction that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. 5. 5. he is a yogi and is happy in this world.21 Such a liberated person will not seek the momentary happiness in the external world but is always enjoying the happiness of Atman. However. 5. Chapter 5: Science of renouncement Verses: 21 – 25
5. It struggles to walk and talk like adults. achieves oneness with the Brahman. if one is able to manage the impulses born of desire and anger. is liberated and attains oneness with the Brahman. those pleasures that are born out of contact are indeed sources of sorrow because they have a beginning and an end. The wise does not revel in them. Such training is given through meditation. One should renounce the action and it is an equally difficult process. One should learn to renounce action gradually in a very same way a child learns to walk. who are interested in the welfare of all beings is free from all sins.It is difficult for a child to get into action.25 Sages who are free from impurities.24 One whose happiness is within.23 Before giving up this body. who are self-restrained. the self-realized person enjoys unlimited happiness. who rejoices within and is illumined within.22 Oh Arjuna. This process has to be reversed when one gains the conviction that the objects of the world do not give happiness. In this way.

We often repent our own action. which was done as an impulsive response to an incident that causes anger. We can decide to donate a huge sum of money to a good cause if we express our anger through our deeds. there will not be any anger. When the mind gains conviction that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. Since we are aware. It is very difficult to control anger without controlling desire. that our mind does not function correctly in the angry mood. Step 2: Control the words As the next step. we should be very cautious on how we respond to it in our action. When there are no more desires. our intelligence will get enough strength to arrest our mind from expressing angry words. We can decide to donate a fixed sum of money to a good cause if we express our anger through our words. It is important to understand that it is not possible to change anyone. One can attempt to ensure that the anger. one should work through following steps to reduce anger. He is controlled by his preferences and knowledge and it is impossible to change his behavior. it will stop desiring them. Anger is expressed in thoughts. which is expressed as thoughts. is not encouraged. we should control our words expressed in an angry mood. If we make such a donation every time. words and deeds and it is essential that one control the anger systematically in the reverse order. Whenever. we will understand that the person. cannot behave differently.Lesson 6: Gaining conviction through meditation
Session: 153 – 154
Anger is the twin sister of desire. Until this status is achieved. we should resolve that all our action be completely controlled. If we gain sufficient knowledge. If we make such a donation every time. whose behavior is causing the anger in us. we become angry.
213
.
Step 1: Control the deeds If our intelligence has sufficient control over the mind. this step can be easily achieved. our intelligence will get enough strength to arrest our mind from acting under the influence of anger. Everyone will function as machines in a predetermined manner controlled by their preferences and knowledge. Step 3: Control the thoughts This is very difficult to do unless the strength of the desires is greatly reduced.

No one can change us either. who are self-realized are assured of liberation and achieve oneness with Brahman. One who meditates like this is certainly liberated. suspending the inward and outward breaths within the nostrils. The first step is to gain intellectual conviction. We should avoid anger.
Teaching 77: Meditation is a tool to refine the mind to see the truth
Chapter 5: Science of renouncement
Verses: 26 – 29
5. 5. fear. as and when we gain enough knowledge. 5. the seeker becomes free from desire. we do not become angry on a cow. the anger at our thought level will reduce. thus controlling the mind. the lord of all the worlds and the well-wisher of all living beings attain peace. fear and anger. Once these three steps are crossed. keeping the eyes and vision concentrated between the two eyebrows. senses and intelligence. irritation and all such negative emotions. It is not possible to remove all the negative emotions without removing desire. Desire can be removed only when the mind gains conviction that the there is no happiness in the objects of the world.27-28 Shutting out all external sense objects. one will be relatively free from the effects of desire. Desire is the only cause for all such negative emotions.29 The sages. Prevention is better than curing. If our knowledge is limited.
214
. The next step is to do meditation on the fact that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. For example. However. knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities.Once we gain this understanding.26 Those who are self-restrained and free from anger and desires. we should not entertain the anger even at the thought level. we will continue to become angry and it is not possible to stop our anger at the thought level. We had to encounter such a situation due to our own accumulated impressions. We cannot blame ourselves because we accumulated such impressions due to our own past actions done due to our preferences and knowledge at that time. if it decides to cross the road without any warning.

roles and nature of meditation (b) Meditate in a scientific manner
Unit Test: 1. 4. the student will be able to (a) Comprehend the types. 2. What are the four factors that differentiate Vedantic Meditation from others? 8.
Session: 180
What are the five levels of meditation? What are the fourteen steps to refine the mind? What are the benefits obtained as by-products of meditation? What are the three objectives of meditation that are prohibited? What are the five requirements to be met in the daily routine before commencing any meditation? 6. 3. What are the 5X5 preparations to be done prior to starting the meditation? 7. 5.47
On completion of this unit. Is it possible for anyone to complete all the fourteen steps?
215
.Unit 14: Role of meditation in Joyful Living
Number of Sessions: 15 (156 – 180) Number of Lessons: 2 Verses: 6. What are the four benefits listed for a Joyous Person who completes all the fourteen steps? 9. What are the six reasons that make the process of meditation difficult? 10.01 – 6.

It is slightly a complicated process since we need to use the very same mind to refine it. petrol and aviation fuel. The highest level to which the mind can be refined through meditation is to make it fit to receive the self-knowledge. Meditation is a technique that helps us to achieve this goal. It is not possible to live joyfully by correcting the world. When crude oil is refined.
216
. Meditation is a process. Meditation involves only mental activities to the complete exclusion of physical and verbal activities. We need to correct our mind so that we can live joyfully. While doing meditation one is expected not to entertain any physical or verbal activities. Mind is a tool that is being used to deal with the world and it is to be refined through the process of meditation. Actions include physical activities. The ultimate purpose of meditation is to facilitate Joyful Living. Some of us used to observe how the minds of other people work.Lesson 1: Nature of Meditation
Session: 156 – 175
Meditation is a mental action in which mind is used to refine itself so that it facilitates Joyful Living. Example: The wife knows that her husband will get angry if the dinner is not ready when he comes back from work. If the process of refinement of the mind is stopped at a lower level. Depending on the level of intelligence. Unrefined crude oil is very ineffective and after refinement. verbal activities (listening and speaking) and mental activities. when we refine our mind. which requires us to turn our attention to our own mind so that we understand how it works and refine it. it becomes very effective aviation fuel. the benefit that we get will also be at a lower level. Meditation is process of refining mind. Using the mind without doing meditation is similar to using the crude oil without refining it. we get various products like gas. diesel. at various stages of refinement we achieve various levels of efficiency. We should refine our mind to the finest level so that we live happily all the time. However. so that it remains effective. people use the technique of meditation to refine their mind and draw benefits according to the level of refinement. Similarly. most of us do not observe our own mind.

we can refine our mind to the finest level.There are five levels of refinement of mind. Level 1: Relaxation Meditation Level 2: Concentration Meditation Level 3: Expansion Meditation Level 4: Value Meditation Level 5: Vedantic Meditation Depending on our intelligence. the process of refining our mind through meditation involves additional inputs at various stages of refinement. Relaxation Meditation and Concentration Meditation can be practiced without any theoretical knowledge. practice the first two levels of refinement and they are happy with the inferior benefits. Depending on knowledge and practice gained by the individual in the previous births.
217
. Similar to the process of refining crude oil into petrol. who are less intelligent. The process of refining our mind Step 1: Understand the purpose of meditation Step 2: Selecting the appropriate lifestyle Step 3: Setting or modifying the daily routine Step 4: Preparation for meditation Step 5: Practice Relaxation Meditation Step 6: Practice Concentration Meditation Step 7: Inputs from Vedas Step 8: Practice Karma Yoga Step 9: Practice Expansion Meditation Step 10: Practice Value Meditation Step 11: Inquiry of Vedanta under a teacher Step 12: Introspection of the knowledge Step 13: Understand the unique features of Vedantic Meditation Step 14: Practice Vedantic Meditation Each step involves gaining the relevant knowledge and then practice the appropriate level of meditation. More intelligent people will gain additional inputs and progress upto the highest level of refinement namely. People. one can complete the earlier steps at a faster pace and move on to the highest level. Vedantic Meditation.

they do not remove the feeling of inadequacy of our mind. Some of them are: 1. Mind seems to be like a vessel with a hole in the bottom. However. this is not the purpose of meditation.
Step 1: Understand the purpose of meditation Main purpose of meditation: There is a constant feeling of inadequacy in the mind. 3. 3. this problem of the mind is resolved. it is like start eating from a plate. However. We can eat from a dirty plate and still gain the benefit of eating. For gaining any special/ mystical powers. Although it requires strenuous practice. 2. This is the only cause of all our problems and through the fourteen steps covering five levels of meditation. For gaining any extraordinary/ mystical experiences.It is possible to start the practice of Relaxation Meditation and Concentration Meditation without going through the first three steps. 2. It is never completely remains fulfilled/ satisfied. one can attempt the first two levels of meditation and gain the benefit without preparing a clean environment. Incidental benefits of meditation: One can attempt meditation for many purposes. the damage that might be caused is obvious. Thus achieving the state of Joyful Living is the main purpose of meditation. One has to go through all the steps systematically including the first three steps so that maximum benefit is achieved. it is possible to attain super human powers like converting energy into matter and such feats through meditation. we should not stop with such incidental benefits of meditation. However. However. Similarly. During meditation. nice one may feel about such experiences they all last for a short duration and will not have any lasting impact on the quality of life. One should not attempt meditation for the following purposes: 1. It can come only through the instruments of knowledge. Knowledge cannot come from meditation. one may experience experiences that are quite different or extraordinary. since such powers are also useful only to the extent of changing our environment. However. To arrest the wavering nature of mind and experience a peaceful state To increase the ability to concentrate To improve the decision making capabilities To maintain good health
Since it is possible to achieve Joyful Living by refining our mind to the highest level. which is not washed.
218
. 4. For gaining any new knowledge. It never remains full.

Abstain from five evils: Do not be violent. Surrender to god. Do not lie. We must not do anything in excess and have a balanced life of uniformity and moderate with respect to: a.Step 2: Selecting the appropriate lifestyle One has the option to select from either Professional Lifestyle or Spiritual Lifestyle to facilitate the process of refining the mind. The complete list of dos and don’ts is given below: 1. It is not possible to meditate if one is living a hectic life without much rest to the body/ mind. 3. Practice self-restraint by withdrawing from external world and observing the process of creation of thoughts from the external sense objects. In addition. our own mind will not allow us to do any meditation. all the fourteen steps can be executed with ease. retaining and exhaling under the guidance of a teacher) 5. Working e. Do regular exercise and keep the body fit. Practice austerity. Entertainment Life should be in such a way that it is smooth and steady. 4. if the actions are not in line with Dharma. Observe the five noble deeds: Maintain internal and external purity. Avoid immoral sex. a thief. Do scriptural study. The effectiveness of this effort depends on how the remaining 23 hours of the day is spent. it may not be possible for one to quit the Professional Lifestyle. In this way. One should be neither too lazy nor lead a too hectic daily routine. Step 3: Setting or modifying the daily routine The time spent on meditation may vary from 15 minutes to an hour. Eating b. However. Do breathing exercises (maintaining the process of inhaling. Sleeping d. in which case. 2.
219
. It is recommended to follow Professional Lifestyle and refine the mind upto Step No: 10 and then switch over to Spiritual Lifestyle. one will have to dedicate additional time and effort in completing the remaining five steps. Exercise c. Do not accumulate wealth without proportional spending. A terrorist. a stock market broker and such persons whose life style involves constant threats from the environment will not be able to progress to the highest levels of meditation. Be content with whatever one has.

One should sit down. e. Comfortable e. A normal chair or firm sofa is acceptable but a soft mat/ folded cloth is preferable. The place should be even. dawn. One should choose a quite place b. Personal (It is preferable that one does not share the seat with others) b. an individual can select a time that is more convenient. Position a. Timing: Preferred time is soon after waking up in the morning. To the extent possible movement of people should not be there. Relationships and Transactions d. theater. e. Not to have any expectation c. Decide that world can do without you for the next 20 minutes
220
. e. Time a. racecourse and office that does not support the process of looking inwards. It should not cause any strain nor require any additional effort. d. However. should be avoided. Places like bar. Skipping one or two days in between due to change in the daily schedules is permitted. Seat a. Duration: Twenty minutes which can be extended c. Soft c. Obligations. Routine: The time for meditation should not vary. Neither at the ground level nor at a much higher level. Place a. Following (5X5) preparations are required to commence meditation 1. b. d. 4. The place should be neat. Meditation should be practiced in solitude. Be open minded b. clean and well organized. Dining room and bedrooms are to be avoided. It is preferable to sit in a prayer room. Disown Possessions. one can start doing meditation. One should sit steady and comfortably c. Close sensory inputs so that mind can remain peaceful to some extent e. c. Interval: Meditation should be done for a continuous period of three months and above. 2. However. dusk. Every day one should sit for meditation at the very same time. The order of recommendation is early morning. The eyes should be half-closed as if looking at the tip of the nose 5. one should not leave a gap of a week or more.Step 4: Preparation for meditation Once the life is streamlined. Steady d. d. Frequency: Atleast once but not more than twice in a day b. 3. Composure a. Standing up or lying down are not advisable. Very relaxed and not strained.

We do not control or comment on the flow of the river. However. To start any level of meditation. touching. 5. There should not be any movement in the body after complete relaxation 4. Breathing should be uniform Stage 2: Mastering the first stage might take a month or more. Even after gaining competence. the time taken to relax completely will not be more then few minutes. in this first step of meditation. Once this stage is easily done. we can proceed to the second stage of Relaxation Meditation wherein there is one additional task. Similarly. Mentally one should leave the control of the body and completely relax part-by-part ultimately covering the whole body. During the second stage of Relaxation Meditation. It will take progressively less time to complete the objectives of Stage 1. one should start observing one’s own mind. It is like running a cycle without pedaling or applying break through ups and downs of a road. seeing. Meeting all the conditions prescribed in Preparation for meditation (Step 4) one should practice this meditation for about 20 minutes 2. We should relax our body completely as we relax our hand when an injunction is given. All the objectives of Stage 1 should be continued. one should become a spectator of one’s own thoughts. Normally we always keep our body in tension.
221
. starting from the tip of the toe. Procedure for doing Relaxation Meditation: Stage 1: 1. in this second stage. the remaining four levels of meditations are to be preceded by Relaxation Meditation. no importance is to be given to the mind. Mind is an instrument that we use to observe the world around us and we seldom get time to observe our own mind. However. one has to start with Relaxation Meditation. 3. It should similar to the way we observe a river. one should start relaxing the physical body. All the sense organs (hearing. The objective of Relaxation Meditation is to ensure that one is prepared to progress to the subsequent levels of meditation. During Relaxation Meditation. tasting and smelling) should be peaceful without functioning. we should not encourage good / pleasant thoughts nor discourage bad or unpleasant thoughts. but one should not fall asleep. once competence is gained. Just as it happens in sleep. In addition.Step 5: Practice Relaxation Meditation Meditation concerns about mind.

people identify themselves with mind thinking. It should be noted that this is not the purpose of Relaxation Meditation.
222
. Benefit of Relaxation Meditation The only true purpose of Relaxation Meditation is to serve as a stepping-stone to other levels of meditations. Relaxation Meditation provides them with an opportunity to refresh. Therefore.A specific instruction to the intelligence is to be given that it should not do any thinking. the intelligence steals the time available and reflect on the possible solutions. Improved decision-making: Throughout the day. During the Relaxation Meditation. If this by-product is required. Just as we tell children that we will take them out latter and convince them to do the homework. people can do this exercise without calling it by the name. During this Relaxation Meditation. the mind keeps accumulating various inputs continuously. then it can no longer be called a process of refining the mind. It does not get a gap to step away from the problems and think about the problems objectively. people may feel the freshness that is normally experienced after a nightlong deep sleep. Normally. ‘meditation’. 2. In addition to doing such exercise. After the twenty minutes of meditation. people are having a hectic schedule in life and they hardly get a break from the routine except while sleeping. it will invariably steal the time allocated for Relaxation Meditation. planning and decision-making. one should separate the ‘I’ from the mind and start observing the thoughts that occur in the mind as an unconcerned external observer. Unless pointed out he will not see the specs through which he sees everything. one should find separate time to do Relaxation Meditation wherein the intelligence is given specific instruction of not doing any thinking. ‘I am my mind’. planning or decisionmaking work. However. it has many by-products and couple of most important benefits is: 1. Intelligence should be given a complete break and the only task is to be done is to observe the thoughts without the sense of ownership. As a result. It is similar to a spectacled man seeing his specs. we need to pacify the intelligence by saying that separate time will be allocated for thinking. only with practice one will reach the stage of observing the mind as an external object. it will come up with many possible solutions to the problem on hand. planning or decision-making. If people continue to use the meditation for this by-product of improved decision-making. It may be little difficult for some to use the mind to observe the mind. Relaxation: In general. If the separate time is not allocated for intelligence to do these tasks.

We can say that we will be thinking about the chosen topic after ten minutes. we cannot let it run where it wants. During Concentration Meditation.Step 6: Practice Concentration Meditation
Once we become comfortable with Relaxation Meditation and able to do it with ease. All other thoughts should be banned. we make this possible. For some it should be possible to achieve the objectives of Relaxation Meditation within few minutes so that more time is spent of Concentration Meditation. Concentration Meditation ties the mind to a long rope initially and then it keeps reducing the length of the rope until the mind is forced to stand still. Example: An architect can build a temple in the mind. A compromise between these two extreme is to tie the calf to a pole with a long rope. Similarly. A software engineer can attempt to construct a new product or website. Normally. At the same time. For example. it can be a wide task like ‘think about my family’ and it should be progressively narrowed down to more difficult task similar to cutting down the length of the rope. The basic principle of doing Concentration Meditation is to enable the intelligence to gain control over the mind. Purpose of doing Concentration Meditation: By nature. However. It should be possible to complete both Relaxation Meditation and Concentration Meditation within twenty minutes.
Procedure for doing Concentration Meditation: Stage 1 One should give any specific task to the mind and allow it to think about the chosen topic. It is not possible to make the calf stand still. depending on individual preferences it can be extended upto an hour. our mind is entertaining various thoughts over which we do not have any control. we do not know what we will think after ten minutes nor we can say what the tenth thought will be.
223
. Every time one attempts Concentration Meditation. It is like a young calf keep jumping and running all around without any rest. it should be preceded by Relaxation Meditation. mind keeps wavering. Initially. It is essential that the thoughts should not stray outside the chosen task. Then the calf can still jump and run but within the boundary drawn by the rope. we can move on to Concentration Meditation.

if we do Concentration Meditation under expert’s guidance. Although this means that we have not mastered the art of Concentration Meditation.Stage 2 As we gain control. It can cause fire. If sufficiently trained. Mind has very high potential to concentrate. A preset number of names alone should be kept repeating. However. it can do wonders. Stage 3 Then we should reach stage of a single thought. This repetition should be done in the mind and there should not be any physical movement. song. it is possible to gain extraordinary powers like ESP. we should narrow down the task. Or one can keep repeating any long poem. our goal is not to achieve such powers. Example: One can recite the Gita if it is known by-heart. Repeating the names of the vegetables. Similarly.
224
. one should not stray outside the prefixed list. for example should not include any new name. We need to progress to the higher level of refining our mind without spending too long a period in Concentration Meditation. Besides. Ten Commandments or names of vegetables. One should not attempt to eliminate all thoughts. Example: Hare Krishna or Coca Cola We should be able to concentrate on this single phrase during the entire time spent on meditation. it shows that we have gained some control over our mind. It may not be possible for all to achieve this level and it is perfectly alright if the mind strays into unwanted thoughts. If we can do this 108 times without thinking of anything else then we have achieved the goal of Concentration Meditation. It is like focusing the sunlight through a lens. Atleast now we know that with few exceptions. Previously we had no clue on what it will think. It is important that we repeat the word in the mind without moving our lips.

Knowledge decides the will power. People should learn the meaning of Dharma and Adharma. This is broadly called Dharma. Similarly. One should realize the importance of practicing Dharma in life. Although every human being is composed of all the three elements. which keep accumulating because of the actions done in every lifetime. Energy and Matter).
225
.Step 7: Inputs from Vedas Relaxation Meditation and Concentration Meditation can be attempted without any spiritual inputs. If the accumulated knowledge is inferior or less. such bad habits are dropped. impressions and knowledge. our accumulated preferences dictate our behavior and we may or may not follow good values all the time. Preferences decide the desires. when the accumulated knowledge becomes strong enough. it will not influence the life of a person in a big way. The creation is composed of AEM (Aura. the actions of a person are determined by the dominance of a particular element. This is true even for preferences. how to lead our life and the reasons for doing so. It is not possible to refine the mind any further if input from Vedas is absent. Example: One may pick up the habit of drinking alcohol or smocking due to the accumulated preferences. once the knowledge crosses the critical level. Vedas tell us what to do. not everyone attaches equal importance to practicing such values. This is due to insufficient growth of knowledge. Slowly and steadily. Such powers gained by such people. However. However. This gives strength to the knowledge Element. will be harmful to self and others. which directs and decides the course of life. the knowledge increases during every lifetime. Even an atheist or immoral person can do them and gain powers. Aura dominant people are attached to thoughts. which prompt further actions. All the human beings are inherently aware what good values and bad values are. Everyone has a set of accumulated preferences. However. Matter dominant people are attached to physical objects of the world. Energy dominant people are attached to actions. it starts influencing the life through will power. General and Specific Dharma should be learnt. Impressions decide the environment (including the physical body that one gets).

The preferences give rise to desires for sense objects. The lamp represents our physical body. At higher levels. the mind will be affected by the desires and it will be wavering. Since. The wind represents the desires for external objects. Only when one reaches the destination of Joyful Living. people
226
. the life of an individual is influenced by the more by the knowledge and less by the preferences. They determine our success in life. Only then. He will still know that practicing Dharma is important and correct. They give us good family. Practicing Dharma ensures creation of positive impressions. if the wind is heavy the flame will oscillate violently.Thus. he may not have enough will power to redirect his actions. When the knowledge gained by the individual gains dominance. However. Example: A lamp has a steady flame. it will remain steady like the flame in the glass cover. One does not attach much value to Dharma. Similarly. The determination may depend on the amount of bribe offered. Such positive impressions alone can give us favorable environment to us. if it is shielded from the wind with a glass cover. one may stick to the rules and regulations. However. we should protect the mind with the right knowledge. At lower levels. Example: A government officer says that he will not accept bribe. he may slip from it after a level. In order to gain steadiness. The flame represents our mind. Such a person will be struggling to make decisions in life when there is a conflict between earning money and practicing Dharma. While one is ignorant. The glass cover represents our knowledge and conviction that there is no happiness in the objects of the world. using which he can release the clutches of preference driven actions. fame and such will bring him happiness. his will power becomes a strong tool. It is essential for the flame to have wind. he thinks that earning money. he will be beyond the influence of all the three attachments. all of them will be tied to actions and they go through innumerable births during which the compositions of the elements keep modifying according to the actions. name. he may not know the importance of practicing Dharma. friends and teachers. This resolution is relative and his determination not to accept bribe may not be absolute. From then on.

they tend to keep a price for practicing values in life. Having found out that there is no happiness in the external environment one will naturally will get the curiosity to find the real source of happiness. one should practice Karma Yoga for a length of time. Such self-help is crucial for progressing in the steps towards refining the mind. Action is done initially to change the world. Step 8: Practice Karma Yoga Before proceeding to higher levels of meditation. At that stage. one can direct himself better and steer the life in the right direction. When he gains spiritual knowledge on the role of Dharma. in leading us to Joyful Living. One continues to think that he is the doer but as a part of Karma Yoga. when the knowledge level goes up. People who do not do Karma Yoga will neither renounce the thoughts with respect to action or results and therefore cannot progress any further.
227
. it is taken as a gift from God. action is done as a dedication to God and whatever be the environment. Vedas prescribe Karma Yoga as a compulsory step for reaching the destination. Thus. the thoughts with respect to the results of the action are renounced at this stage. This will make one eligible to abandon Karma Yoga and move further from Active Dharma to Passive Dharma so that the knowledge could be gained. Later as a part of Karma Yoga. it will be obvious that we do not do any action nor enjoy the results of the action. one will start living in the present without any thoughts pertaining to action and results. he will not compromise Dharma for the sake of earning material comforts. one starts thinking that the results are gift from God.will break down and start breaking the rules. he starts attaching more importance to practicing Dharma. Thus. The second requirement to complete the practice of Karma Yoga is to have a deep desire to find the source of happiness. Since people do not know this and assume material comforts will lead to Joyful Living. Then. The important issue is to know the ultimate goal in life. They may even start showing various justifications for their behavior saying that one cannot survive in this world by practicing Dharma. This will give the correct mindset that there is no inherent happiness in the environment. One should keep on doing Karma Yoga until one gets the conviction that there is no happiness in the worldly objects. When one finally reaches the destination of Joyful Living. Practicing Karma Yoga requires one to abandoning the sense of ownership with respect to results of the action.

She will be happy to undergo any suffering for the sake of the baby. as a single man. one should proceed to think about self. There is no more individual. society. he should declare war and attempt to regain his kingdom.It is essential to abandon Karma Yoga at the right stage and not stick on to it forever. solar system and the universe in the same order. If he spends all his time in recruiting the army and never attempt to use them will be a waste of time. Similarly. However. it is essential to feel the oneness at the end of Expansion Meditation. The moment he gains enough strength. Procedure for doing Expansion Meditation: After completing Relaxation Meditation. Similarly. Similarly. he travels to different places and recruits army with the support of the neighboring states. family. Step 9: Practice Expansion Meditation Concentration Meditation trains the mind to focus on a single thought. Example: A king who is deposed from his kingdom plans to recapture his title. One should not continue to do Karma Yoga without the intention of moving further up to the next step in refining the mind. the purpose of doing Karma Yoga is to progress and recapture our title to which we are entitled. Example: When a woman becomes a mother. the knowledge from Vedanta will enable us to see that the whole universe as part of us. It should be followed by Expansion Meditation in which mind is trained to expand to cover everything in the universe. At the end. This can be scientifically seen or religiously perceived as god. depending on one’s frame of mind. Nevertheless. She will be happy when the baby eats. All the fingers form part of our hand and all the body parts taken together constitute our physical body. country. Therefore. At each level one should see that the inseparability of one from another. now he does not have the capability to wage a war.
228
. She continues to see the baby as her own extension. individual living beings are not independent entities. We do not see each finger in our hand as independent entities. Everyone and everything in the universe are connected. one should see the holistic nature of the universe. world. her thoughts expand to cover her baby as a part of her.

Intelligence has understood the importance of practicing Dharma. However. then there is no problem.
229
. If the action prompted by desires. Step 11: Inquiry of Vedanta under a teacher The first ten steps can be completed while remaining in the Professional Lifestyle. Due to the strong pull of desires. and meditate upon it. Value meditation should be practiced until a person is able to govern all his actions strictly according to the Dharma and not yield to the temptation of the sense organs. one should select the opposite of a bad value that one may posses. One must continue the process of inquiry until the essence is fully understood. one may tend to compromise on the practice of Dharma. Example: One hates his neighbor. Similarly. If it is possible. whenever there is a conflict a tug-of-war will happen between the intelligence and mind.Step 10: Practice Value Meditation Value Meditation comprises of meditating upon the Dharma. One should never slip on this. Intelligence will require us to practice Dharma and mind will force us to yield to sense pleasures. Procedure for practicing Value Meditation It depends on the personality of each individual. However. Practicing Value Meditation will bring down the wrong tendency of the mind within control and one will be able to live a life in line with Dharma. it is not compulsory. one should adopt Spiritual Lifestyle to ensure faster growth. Inquiry means consistent and systematic study of Vedanta for a length of time under the guidance of a competent teacher who is alive and accessible for providing clarifications. He should practice meditation sending loving thoughts to the neighbor. One should do a self-analysis and find out those good values for which one does not attach much importance and meditate upon them. to proceed with Step 11. do not violate the practice of Dharma. Mind is under the influence of the desire stemming from accumulated preferences.

One should question its validity in light of all the various religious philosophy of the world. After Introspection. Then life will be joyful. he should also know the reasons why others in the world have apparently different views and are under the firm knowledge that their philosophy is the right and absolute one. These two problems are removed through the first ten steps. even if one listens to Vedanta it will not give any knowledge. Inquiry and Introspection (Steps 11 and 12) are done for removing the ignorance. Concentration Meditation. It is not enough if one is convinced about the correctness of the knowledge that he has gained through the process of Inquiry. Secondly it may be of highly wavering nature and not amenable for systematic steady of Vedanta for a length of period. Once the ignorance. Example: A primary school student attending a lecture of a college professor on advanced physics will not gain any knowledge even if he attends the lecture with all sincerity. Once the mind is prepared. In addition. Vedanta will not make any sense to the unprepared minds. one has complete self-knowledge. It may have many impurities like anger. Vedantic Meditation is done AFTER one gains the knowledge for the purpose of making the knowledge steady in the mind. They are done so that the mind is prepared and matured enough to receive the knowledge.
230
. There are two problems with the unprepared mind. one should reflect on the knowledge gained. which includes the previous four levels of meditations. Without removing these two problems. Similarly. Step 13: Understand the unique features of Vedantic Meditation The previous four levels of meditations (Relaxation Meditation. which is the root cause of all the sufferings in life. Expansion Meditation and Value Meditation) are done FOR gaining the self-knowledge. is removed through the right knowledge. one should do Vedantic Meditation to make it a steady knowledge. hatred and such negative emotions.Step 12: Introspection of the knowledge After learning the essence of Vedanta.

One may also have the option to follow the rules. One can do Vedantic Meditation in whatever way it is convenient. God and the Universe. For Vedantic Meditation such rules on Time. After understanding the essence of Vedanta. Each of these two reasons are resolved in the Stage 1 and Stage 2 of practicing the meditation. prior to
231
. due to the force of habit. His intelligence will be firmly rooted in the knowledge. one was working hard to earn name. his mind may not be equally rooted in the new knowledge due to two reasons. Difference 2: Other meditations are done as a means to achieve maturity of mind so that it is capable of receiving the knowledge. Difference 4: The only benefit of Vedantic Meditation is to gain steadiness in the knowledge whereas with respect to other meditations. For example. However. One can do them either for mental maturity or for gaining incidental benefits. Vedantic Meditation is for becoming steady in the knowledge. which might be driving one to act as if he is still ignorant. Difference 3: There are rules and regulations prescribed under Step 4. which is to be followed for practicing other meditations. Posture and Composure etc are not applicable. one has the option to choose one of the two benefits. one has complete self-knowledge. Step 14: Practice Vedantic Meditation After Introspection. Frequency. One may have strong preferences. Procedure for practicing Vedantic Meditation Stage 1 Generic Reason: For a long time.There are four differences between Vedantic Meditation and all other types of meditation. Place. one is under the impression that the world consists of objects that are different from us. Therefore. Stage 2 Specific Reason: This varies individual to individual. Difference 1: Vedantic Meditation is done AFTER gaining the doubtless knowledge on the essence of Vedanta while others are done BEFORE gaining the knowledge. fame and recognition. it is known that nothing exists other than our self. we need to do Vedantic Meditation reflecting on the true nature of Self. This new knowledge might slip and we may behave as if the world is real.

there will be a tug-of-ware between the old and new thoughts and the objective is to support the new thoughts and make them stronger. after gaining self-knowledge. since the dream tiger has no power to hurt the person sleeping on the bed. These are old thoughts. One should not feel the necessity of doing work for the sake of achieving anything in life. Vedantic Meditation can be completed when the mind is also firmly rooted in the knowledge of Vedanta. It is essential for him to meditate on the illusory nature of fame and divert one’s attention to the reality by doing Vedantic Meditation.
232
. When one stops doing any action. Ideally. After gaining self-knowledge. one realizes that there is nothing to be done and nowhere to go. Such hard work may be in the filed of social service. even after knowing that it is a dream. One can stand and look at the eyes of the tiger directly. However. At this stage. fame and recognition. This does not happen due to force of habit and one will continue to be caught by the illusory world. one need not struggle to do anything. Such persons should choose the factors that drive them and do meditation on removing the pressure. Vedantic Meditation is done similar to other meditations except that the subject matter is the variations of either ‘world is an illusion’ or ‘I am eternal’ Thoughts can be classified as thoughts of old thoughts and new thoughts based on self-knowledge. Prior to gaining self-knowledge. It is like running away from a tiger in the dream. since he is no longer attached to chasing material prosperity. due to the force of the past habit one may still be working hard to achieve some goal in the illusory world. Vedantic Meditation is done to gain more power to the new thoughts so that they can dominate. Similarly. Whatever happens should be seen as the work of God.gaining the knowledge. After gaining self-knowledge. he may still be driven by his strong preferences towards name. However. all the thoughts originate from the wrong impression that we are the body-mind complex. we also get the new thoughts that the Atman is the only reality and the universe is an illusion. During meditation. then it is time to stop doing Vedantic Meditation. including serving or guiding others. there will be no more actions. we are aware of our real nature. may continue to be pushed to work equally hard even after gaining self-knowledge. the new thoughts should dominate all the time although the old thoughts may be used to deal with the world. Then in addition to the old thoughts.

Complete Satisfaction Every one has experienced this complete satisfaction at some point of time in the life. there is no difference between the objects or living beings in the world. one gets complete satisfaction.
233
. the world we see during the waking period is made out of the thoughts of the God. Once a person completes the fourteen steps of refining the mind. Therefore. All the objects and persons in the dream are created out of the thoughts of the dreamer. There is nothing more to do and nowhere to go. This achievement could be anything from passing an exam to buying a car. Perception of unity in diversity Each human being is a carrying an image of the other human being in the mind. Therefore. there is always a scope for improvement. This image always defers from the original. This does not happen. The original itself is dynamically changing all the time. Everything in the universe is known by learning self-knowledge. Nothing in the world can over throw this knowledge and therefore he enjoys undisturbed peace and remains eternally peaceful. Whatever. everyone should be able to see such difference at all times. His happiness is nondiminishing. the satisfaction does not remain complete. there will be more exams to write and more qualifications to acquire. he sees the continuously changing universe as an illusion supported on the non-changing Atman. One may get complete satisfaction for passing an important competitive exam and scoring the first mark in the world. Therefore. However. Following are the features of a person living joyfully. which does not reduce with the passage of time. However.Commencement of Joyful Living After completing the all the 14 steps. If there is really a difference between two persons then. there is nothing more to learn or do. It is impossible to achieve something that is the ultimate and claim that there is nothing more to achieve. be the level or type of achievement. The whole earth becomes a theme park and the life becomes a picnic. one starts living a joyfully. such satisfaction do not lost forever because it is dependent on some achievement. Similarly. This fact shows that the world is not absolute reality. which does not change is the formless and nameless Atman. The only factor. The perception varies person to person and time to time. except in the case of self-knowledge. 2. 1. In the case of self-knowledge.

referring to the same person. for ignorant people.
234
. Hater – One who hates us and shows the hatred openly. I cannot be happy. a Joyous Person understands that all are equal from the point of view of the sustaining Atman. Indifferent – Neither a friend nor an enemy Neutral – One who treats our friends. Enemy – One who is not interested in our welfare and with whom we do not even want to have a face-to-face meeting. Relative – One who is related to us by birth and by marriage Noble – One who is wise and dependable Sinner – One who habitually does bad actions All such types of persons are real for those who have not gained self-knowledge. will encounter the following types of the persons sometime in the life.Everyone. as far as the game is concerned some are opponents and some are teammates. One will not pass the ball to an opponent just because he is his close friend. Thus. Well-wisher – A good-hearted person who will volunteer to help without expecting anything in return Friend – One whose interests are similar with whom we can spend the time happily. from person to person the perception will keep changing. but he deals with them appropriately according to the type of person. However. A wise person will not be perturbed or affected by the existence of such variety for he knows that it is part of the deal. from time to time. there will not be any difference in how one reacts or responds to the actions of these varied types of persons. unless I marry this lady. Example: Students of a class formed two teams and played football. He may or may not be an enemy. An enemy will harm us with or without any hatred. Another man says. our enemies and us equally. Teaching 78: Roles played by people are relative and not absolute Example: One man says unless I divorce my wife. including a person who has refined the mind completely. It will be appropriate to the image one is carrying. Everyone knows that all of them belong to the same class in the same school. I cannot be happy. A person living joyfully will see them as the projection of his Atman. Similarly. However.

Such will be the response of a Joyous Person. He knows that all the people who are apparently adults are in reality students of various classes in the lower grade. We do not hate him for not eating sweets. Artists working in the entertainment field like cinema. we should not hate him. We pity him.Another important aspect is change is the only constant factor. Vision of uniformity in action People are engaged in various activities in the world and some of them are given as examples: Qualified professionals like doctors. 3. People change all the time according to the circumstances. It will be foolishness to stick a label on to the image in the mind. every time he takes a new order. Workers and technicians like carpenters or electricians. He will continue to be friendly. A Joyous Person wakes up each morning with a fresh outlook of the world. Even if some one does something wrong. Example: A tailor takes measurement of a person. Similarly. He does not judge people based on the past transactions. We should pity him since he is ignorant and cannot behave in any other way. one of our neighbors refuses to eat the sweets offered to him since he is diabetic. hosted in our house. He does not say I have your measurements taken last year. engineers and accountants. a Joyous Person does all the transactions in life based on the measurements taken in the present. Example: In a birthday party. Only selected few like him could complete the course on Self-Knowledge and it is not possible to expect a school-going child to behave like a post-graduate. Even if he abuses us. theater etc Politicians and burocrats governing the state Religions leaders and Social Service Activists working for public welfare Teachers and professors working in the education field Terrorists and revolutionists working to change the system
235
. he should be viewed as a sick person deserving pity and not hatred. Another neighbor complains that he is not given enough food. It does not matter to him if someone has used abusive words to him on the previous day.

The quality of happiness increases with physical. Teaching 80: Emotional happiness is superior to physical happiness. Self and the Universe is known.A Joyous Person does not find any gradation in such activities. He is aware that the actions CANNOT be classified as: High or low Noble or ignoble Virtuous or sinful Important or unimportant Nation building or destructive Efficient or wasteful
The only objective of all the actions is to improve the quality of the actor.
236
. stone or a piece of gold. Therefore. people who are more matured derive happiness from their intelligence. intellectual satisfaction gives more happiness than physical or mental happiness. people become happy when the environment is feeding their five sense organs with favorable inputs. Highest grade of happiness What gives happiness varies from person to person. Teaching 79: Growth depends on attitude towards work and not on the type of work. impressions and the knowledge. they move up from physical level to mental level. When people become more matured. All are part of the illusion made up of the very same three elements. he does not see the difference between a pebble. impressions and knowledge. Such is the happiness of the Joyous Person. All actions are carried out according to the accumulated stock of preferences. mental and intellectual levels. One appreciates because the birds look good Second appreciates it because the birds symbolizes love Third appreciates it because they display the glory of creation Thus. At the top-most level. 4. a pair of lovebirds is appreciated by three people. The world is a theater in which the people are mere actors. This truth is known to the Joyous Person. It does not matter what work people do since every act results in increasing the existing stock of preferences. Example: In a bird show. At the bottom most level. They have no control on what they are doing and therefore it is not correct to judge them based on their actions. The highest grade of happiness comes when everything about God.

8 One whose mind is satisfied through self-knowledge and who is steady in the knowledge is called a yogi. or linking oneself with the Brahman. for he has attained tranquility. the pious. 6. honor and dishonor are all the same. 6. The yogi should then sit on it very firmly and should practice yoga by controlling the mind and the senses. 6. as he is obligated is in the renounced order of life. heat and cold. the envious. one should go to a secluded place and should lay kusa-grass on the ground and then cover it with a deerskin and a soft cloth. stones or gold--as the same.1 Lord Krishna said.5 A man must elevate himself by his own mind. for no one can become a yogi unless he renounces the desire for sense objects. The mind is the friend and his enemy as well. 6. one who is unattached to the results of his work and does work.3 For a seeker who wants to do meditation. but for one who has failed to do so. the Brahman is already reached. 6. the mind is the best of friends. 6.10 Remaining alone in solitude with a restrained mind and body.7 For one who has conquered the mind. 6.2 What is called renunciation is the same as yoga. the sinner and those who are indifferent and impartial excel. he neither acts for sense gratification nor engages in result oriented activities. The seat should neither be too high nor too low and should be situated in a sacred place. friends and enemies.11-12 To practice yoga. He sees everything--whether it be pebbles.Chapter 6: Science of meditation
Verses: 01 – 32
6. To such a man happiness and distress. not degrade himself. without any desire and without any possession. karma yoga is said to be the means. and for the one who has already attained to yoga. 6. his very mind will be the greatest enemy. 6. 6.9 One whose mind is the same with regard to well-wisher. purifying the heart and fixing the mind on one point. having renounced all desires. cessation of all activities is said to be the means.
237
.4 A person is said to be have attained to yoga when. an aspiring yogi should constantly engage the mind in meditation.6 For him who has conquered the mind.

6. 6.6. This is characterized by one's ability to see the self by the pure mind and to relish and rejoice in the self.27 The yogi whose mind is fixed on Me verily attains the highest happiness. his passions are quieted.13-14 One should hold one's body. which belongs to Brahman. one is never shaken. 6.15 Thus practicing control of the body. the yogi attains the kingdom of God. he is said to have attained yoga. he is liberated. 6. which culminates in liberation. neck and head erect in a straight line and stare steadily at the tip of the nose. 6.18 When the yogi disciplines his mental activities and when he becomes situated in Brahman. step by step. Established thus. Oh Arjuna. one must certainly withdraw it and bring it back under the control of the Self.20-23 The stage of perfection is called trance when one's mind is completely restrained from mental activities by practice of yoga. with full conviction. whose mind is controlled. with an un agitated. mind and activities. sleeping. By virtue of his identity with Brahman. One should abandon. devoid of fear. or eats too little. working and recreation can mitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system. 6. one never departs from the truth and upon gaining this he thinks there is no greater gain. one should meditate upon Me within the heart and make Me the ultimate goal of life. Being situated in such a position. Thus. completely free from sex life.24 One should engage oneself in the practice of yoga with undeviating determination and faith. 6. if one eats too much. his mind is peaceful.26 From whatever and wherever the mind wanders due to its flickering and unsteady nature. the purified yogi effortlessly achieves the limitless happiness.
238
. sleeps too much or does not sleep enough. 6. 6. This indeed is actual freedom from all miseries. so the yogi. 6. and he is freed from sin.19 As a lamp in a windless place does not waver. 6. remains always steady in his meditation on the Atman. without exception.25 Gradually. and thus the mind should be fixed on the Atman alone and should think of nothing else. devoid of all desires.17 He who is temperate in his habits of eating. one should become situated in Atman by means of intelligence. all desires born of false ego and thus control all the senses on all sides by the mind. subdued mind. even in the midst of greatest difficulty.16 There is no possibility of one's becoming a yogi.28 Steady in the Self.

30 For one who sees Me everywhere and sees everything in Me.31 The yogi who has attained the vision of oneness worships Me.32 Oh Arjuna. keeping himself as the standard. nor is he ever lost to Me.
239
.6.29 A true yogi observes Me in all beings. That yogi abides in Me. and also sees every being in Me. 6. though engaged in action in everyway. Indeed. who am present in all beings. the self-realized man sees Me everywhere. 6. I am never lost. 6. that yogi who sees pleasure and pain alike in all is considered the greatest.

we are trying to correct the world. We see sufferings in the world because our mind is corrupted. Similarly. invariably we encounter trying circumstances. There are six reasons why it is difficult to control our mind. the quality of inputs from the five senses and the exercise we do (meditation) determines the health of our mind. Similarly. we need to restrict the inputs that are acquired from the external world. we cannot control the environment to ensure right inputs to our five sense organs. the mind reflects the truth of the Atman and we take the reflection as the original. Mind is made up of subtle Matter and not solid Matter. Controlling steam is even more difficult. Just as the quality of food and the amount of exercise determines the physical health. Besides. Each of the fourteen steps requires enormous effort. When we use the word ‘I’ most of us refer it to mean our mind. Therefore. Example: If the spectacles are dirty.179
Mind continuously receives inputs from the world through the five senses and it is influenced by the nature of the inputs. unlike exercising our physical body. Therefore. Mind is to be controlled using the very same mind. (It is more difficult to control water compared to controlling an ice cube. While we can control the intake of food to maintain our health. an untrained mind will find it very difficult to progress. Mind is subtler than steam) 2. the process of refining the mind appears to be a very difficult task. even if we try to regulate the inputs to the mind. the object seen will not be clear.Lesson 2: Practice of Meditation
Session: 176 . 3. We wipe the spectacles clean.
240
. We do not try to make the objects clean. We perceive the world through our mind. 1. Instead of refining the mind. Example: One can drive as per rules following all the traffic regulations but cannot control a drunken driver crossing the lane without any warning. Mind is closer to the subject (Atman) than our physical part. In order to keep the mind fit. The efficiency of the mind determines how well it can be refined further. We do not do this in case of our mind. it appears that it is not possible to complete all the steps and achieve Joyful Living. It is as close as a pair of spectacles to the eyes that they appear to be part of the eye.

The time the mind remains still appears to be an impossible task. one can comfortably talk on the phone or watch the advertisement hoardings without paying any attention to driving. Prior to learning. There are many instruments to operate both by legs and by hands. Example: Driving a car may appear to be in impossible task before we are trained. the proportion of those who have completed all the steps is very less compared to those who are trying. It does not occur to us that the problem is in our mind. In the case of driving. It keeps jumping from the past to the future all the time. once we learn. it conceals the fact.
241
. It appears that high degree of coordination and concentration is required to drive the car. driving the car becomes part of our nature. However. However. The functions of clutch and gear are confusing. We have spent many lifetime thinking that we are the mind and the world is imperfect. touching. seeing. If the prime minister is a corrupt person. Similarly. Initially one may require paying all the attention to driving but with experience. we see many people who have mastered the art of driving. This is true for the untrained mind. our mind is the only spokes person of us and therefore it is difficult to refine it. 6. It is the nature of mind to oscillate between alternatives. A teacher can guide us in giving knowledge on how to go about in refining the mind as detailed in the fourteen steps. This is the universal nature of the untrained mind. All the external communication is done through the prime minister who remains as the king’s spokes person for all purposes. in case of refining the mind. Thus. Similarly. It either thinks about the past performance or worry about the results that will come in the future. Others cannot assist us in controlling our mind. When the mind is peaceful. the practice of these steps is to be done by the concerned individual without any external support. it might appear as an impossible task. We need to depend only on our own mind’s ability to refine it. Everyone has to learn step-by-step. it will be very difficult to expose him and more difficult to refine him. 5. refining the mind is a long drawn process. suppose some one says a harsh word. This is the reason why meditation appears to be a difficult task. immediately the mind is disturbed. However. Example: A king rules a state without meeting the subjects in person. any sensory inputs hearing. Since even this new and correct knowledge has to pass through the very same mind. No one is a born driver. tasting and smelling can cause mind to start wavering.4.

It should be noted that not everyone is expected to complete all the fourteen steps in one stretch. Thus. the accumulated preferences will keep generating thoughts in the mind. It takes many lifetimes even to finish one or two steps of the total fourteen steps. Some will remain unperturbed even if insult is poured on him by all and sundry including those who belong to his first circle of friends and relatives. people respond differently depending on how well one has trained the mind in the previous births. As far as we do not know the effort put in during the previous births. They are the proof that everyone can complete all the steps although they appear to be difficult. It is not possible to complete anyone to start from the first step and reach the top within one lifetime. They can only pass the first grade and then move on to the next grade. we need to strive hard on the current step. which includes the mind survives and takes on a new physical body to continue the journey towards the destination of Joyful Living. Since it is not known that the number of steps that we might have completed in the previous births. Example: The final exam in a school cannot be completed by the students in the first grade. That is the reason. The subtle body. in reality the people of the world belong to the various grades. we should explore the possibility of completing all the steps in this lifetime and if it is not possible. everyone will have to start from the first step. Some of us cannot take even if one stranger is shouting at another. which may take many lifetimes. On death. Those who find a particular step easy to complete must have spent many lifetimes earlier to learn that step. Therefore. There are many who have completed all the steps and living joyfully. one masters each step at a faster rate. Depending on the accumulated knowledge and practice. We will automatically reach the top soon. Even if one shuts oneself from the world. we find people with varying mental attributes even among the siblings brought up in identical environment. which we are attempting. there it is not a cause of concern. Although apparently everyone appears to be adults and capable of completing all the fourteen steps. only the physical body is discarded.
242
. it should not be expected that we complete the final step. Our focus is on the current step. Such ramblings will go down only with long practice. Some of us can ignore a harsh word spoken at us by our enemies but cannot take it if it is done by near and dear once. Therefore. The mind is continuously refined based on the experience in every birth.

6. who in the beginning takes to the process of self-realization but who later desists due to worldly-mindedness and thus does not attain liberation?
243
. Oh Krishna. But he whose mind is controlled and who strives by right means is assured of success. the quality of our mind will correspondingly increase.33 Arjuna said. it is never going to be possible to reach the destination of Joyful Living. our goal is to train it to remain unaffected on the external events and objects in the world and keep it steady on the self-knowledge. it seems to me. obstinate and very strong. turbulent. the mind will become progressively steady and correspondingly the life will be more enjoyable. Reason 2: We do get benefit according to the effort we put in and we do not have to wait until we reach the end. but it is possible by constant practice and by detachment. and to subdue it is. We continue our effort from the very same point in our subsequent births and ultimately we reach the destination. more difficult than controlling the wind.36 For one whose mind is unbridled.Since it is not possible to reach the end goal in one lifetime. There are two reasons why it is required that one makes continuous effort and make progress towards the destination. those who are affected by the quarrel between the strangers earlier. Reason 1: Without spending time and effort in refining the mind. For every morsel of food intake. 6. That is My opinion. Oh Arjuna. will progress to the next level wherein only a personal involvement in a wordily dual will upset the balance of the mind. 6. self-realization is difficult work. It is not that only when the last mouth is swallowed the hunger disappears. Whatever be our current status of the maturity of our mind. 6. for the mind is restless and unsteady. whatever effort we put in. the system of yoga which You have summarized appears impractical and unendurable to me. it cannot be argued that one need not put in effort. we will be able to make the mind to remain steady on self-knowledge. Chapter 6: Science of meditation Verses: 33 – 47
6.34 For the mind is restless. Similarly. Oh Krishna. Thus. we derive corresponding benefit.35 Lord Krishna said. it is undoubtedly very difficult to curb the restless mind. Example: One has to eat a meal to solve the problem of hunger. For example. in refining our mind. If we follow the prescribed fourteen steps.37 Arjuna said: What is the destination of the man of faith who does not persevere.

42 Or he takes his birth in a family of wise sages who are surely great in wisdom. 6. fallen from both yoga and karma and deluded in the pursuit of Brahman. is considered by me as the highest of all yogis.40 Lord Krishna said. after many. he again revives the work done in his previous life. he who always abides in Me with great faith. 6. striving for yoga. Oh Arjuna. and makes further progress in order to achieve complete success. being washed of all contaminations. 6. Such an inquisitive person. is born into a family of righteous people. greater than the empiricist and greater than the result oriented worker.46 A yogi is greater than the ascetic. doesn’t the yogi perish like a scattered cloud? 6.38 Oh Krishna. such a birth is rare in this world. after many. is never overcome by evil. Therefore.45 But when the yogi engages himself with sincere endeavor in making further progress. Oh Arjuna.
244
. 6. many births of practice. worshiping Me and the mind absorbed in Me. Oh Krishna.47 And of all yogis. 6. Oh Arjuna. Verily. in all circumstances. and I ask You to dispel it completely. But for Yourself. such a person does not meet with destruction either here or hereafter. he automatically becomes attracted to the yogic principles--even without seeking them. One who does good.6. be a yogi.39 This is my doubt. 6. then ultimately.43 On taking such a birth. My friend. or into a family of rich aristocracy.41 The unsuccessful yogi.44 By virtue of his work in his previous life. stands always above the ritualistic principles of the scriptures. he attains the supreme goal. 6. no one is to be found who can destroy this doubt. many years of enjoyment on the planets of the pious living entities. 6.

28
On completion of this unit. List the four levels of Bhakthi. leading to Joyful Living?
245
. 7. What are the five reasons that prevent us from knowing God? What are the three things that come with us after our death and where they are stored? 10. Describe the Eternal Cycle.Unit 15: Bhakthi Yoga
Number of Sessions: 20 (181 – 200) Number of Lessons: 12 Verses: 7. which are present in all levels of Bhakthi. Describe the process of moving to the highest level of Bhakthi. 8. 6. 3. 9. 5.30 8.01 – 8. 4. List the eight attributes that describe the nature of Illusion. 2. What are the five steps in the path of Upasana Yoga.
Session: 200
What is the relationship between Brahman and God? List the six attributes that describe the nature of God. the student will be able to (a) Understand Brahman and God. What are the three requirements to do Upasana Yoga? 11. List the four components. What are the four methods of doing Upasana Yoga? 12. (b) Define Eternal Cycle
Unit Test: 1.01 – 7.

It was implied that he could only suggest a workable solution but the implementation part of it was left to Arjuna. This approach of teaching will help those people who may be thinking that they are incapable of following the prescription given by Lord Krishna in the first part. Although. 2. it may be difficult for Arjuna to commence the fighting right away. Lord Krishna has answered all his questions with clarity and logic. Hitherto in the first six chapters.
246
. he teaches about God. In the next six chapters. comprising of the six chapters.Lesson 1: An alternative approach
Session: 181 – 182
Lord Krishna taught Gita in response to the Arjuna’s request to solve his suffering. the teaching is complete. Many of the teaching might appear contradicting the earlier lessons however. the prescription is Bhakthi Yoga. The method prescribed in the first part is Karma Yoga. he cannot ask any further questions as well because. Lord Krishna gives the solution to Arjuna’s problem from a completely different perspective. The first part. The difference in approach between the Part I (Chapter 1 to 6) and Part II (Chapter 7 to 12) can be summarized as follows: 1. He declares that he is going to reveal the complete knowledge. 3. There are two issues at this stage: Issue 1: Assuming that Arjuna understood both the method and the solution. In the second part. there shall remain nothing further to be known. contained a solution (selfknowledge) and a method (Karma Yoga) to administer the solution. it will take time and effort to reach the suggested destination. Arjuna does not seem be ready to fight and at the same time. he revealed the ultimate solution is SelfKnowledge. The role of self-effort is highlighted earlier. Issue 2: Arjuna was asking many questions and he still appears to be unconvinced. it should be noted that there is no contradiction at all. Lord Krishna stressed the importance of the self-effort in solving the problem. by knowing which. To resolve these two issues. saying the Atman is the real nature of the individual and not the body/mind complex. The apparent difference is due to the change in the perception. Therefore. Now the importance is shifted to God’s grace.

everyone is qualified. This is because their surrender is not complete. Knowledge about God will be revealed Reasons for the inability to perceive God will be explained Surrendering to God is suggested as a means to remove the inabilities The rarity of this knowledge and the grades of knowledge is listed The advantage of this knowledge is provided
Unlike the first part. Lord Krishna introduces this change in the perspective by giving out the contents of the next six chapters. Anyone can surrender to him and progress towards the destination. to gain self-knowledge. Immediately. he could catch hold of a tree branch. 4. Many people have surrendered to god. 5. Lord Krishna will explain that how both these sets of recommendations are identical. this second part prescribes no minimum qualifications. Similarly. leave the branch!”
247
. Complete surrender will mean dedicate all actions to God and accepting all the events in the life as a gift from God. In the final part (Chapter 13 to 18). not all of them know God. While falling down he prayed to the God.It should not be construed that Lord Krishna is giving an alternative way to solve the suffering. which prescribes specific qualifications (like gaining mental maturity) before one could progress towards the destination. Since all and sundry are admitted. Example: One can graduate by attending the college and fulfilling all the required qualifications like minimum attendance etc. It is like a person carrying his bag on his head. The explanation is given from a different perspective and therefore it may appear different. the failure rate will naturally be higher. God said. “If you have fully surrendered to me. I have surrendered to you. Now god appeared before him. However. 3. Similarly. There is only one way. Example: A person slipped from a hill and fell down. However. However to gain knowledge on God. many of those who surrender to god will still have worries and anxieties about their family and profession. one has to go through various steps as prescribed in the first part of Gita. one need not go through such restrictions. They are the two sides of the same coin. which prevented him from falling in the deep valley below. Please save me’. In the Open University system. ‘God. He said. 2. which are as follows: 1. while traveling in a train. the failure rate is higher in this alternative.

to the extent possible. Everyone is capable of doing this. true love for god can come only when we know god completely. For example. Such disadvantages are removed in this second part. one should surrender the actions to God and accept all the results as a gift from God. In this part. Man’s quest for knowledge will not stop until he knows God.He could not let go the branch. the solution is to know God. God is the root cause of the creation. Complete surrender can come about only on gaining complete knowledge on God. one should love god and surrender to him. Karma Yoga will be a difficult proposition for those who do not believe in God. Teaching 81: Intellectual comprehension of God gives the highest grade of happiness Knowing God is same as knowing everything. If the cause is understood. Obviously. Therefore. Example: All jewels are made from gold. The focus of the first part is to make the mind steady on the God. intelligence is called up on to derive a comprehensive and doubtless knowledge on God. many cannot completely surrender to God. It is very difficult to loving anyone without knowing anything about that person. at many places there were references to God. If one has a feeling that he has not yet experienced God. where complete knowledge of God is given. Such blind belief is subject to change and may not be steady. For this. it means that he has not yet fully understood God. Once knowledge of God is gained. In this part. Such complete knowledge is given out in this second part. there is nothing more to understand about the properties of the jewels. Teaching 82: Very few people in the world know God
248
. Lord Krishna will give complete knowledge and the experience of God. In the first part of the Gita. If one understands gold. It is not possible for anyone to say that he has gained the complete knowledge of God but still have not experienced God. it is same as understanding the complete effect. people should love God and surrender to him. such love cannot be true or such surrender is not complete. Since these are the results of knowing god completely. Thus. Similarly. it is said that in order to do Karma Yoga. This is possible only when someone blindly trusts god. Besides. Similarly. Similarly. absolute happiness follows.

a rare one strives for liberation. 7. how by practicing yoga with a mind that is totally absorbed in Me. a rare one knows Me in right perspective. by knowing which there shall remain nothing further to be known.
249
. which will satisfy your mind and intellect.2 I shall now impart to you this knowledge. Even among those seekers who strive. how you will come to know Me completely and doubtlessly.3 Out of many thousands among men. Oh Arjuna. 7.1 Now hear.Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verses: 01 – 03
7.

Since he is a Descending Avatar. God is made up of various functional gods. the appropriate meaning should be taken. Lord Krishna as the God 3. 2. Example: A man has a power to sing. He did not know that Lord Krishna is a Descending Avatar. There could be unlimited number of such gods depending on the types of devotees. Just as a human body is made up of hands. While singing he is called singer. 5. Lord Krishna as a person 2. It has no beginning and it exists forever as an ever-witnessing joy. he is God himself and therefore. Lord Krishna as Brahman Depending on the context. people give the status of Personal god or Family deity to Lord Krishna. he explains his own real nature to Arjuna. Brahman together with Illusion is called God.
250
. legs and such body parts. many devotees wrongly assume this meaning. Although Lord Krishna never refers to this meaning. It is one without a second. Energy and Matter. Illusion is dependent on Brahman 6. Lord Krishna also explains to him about his higher nature. while expressing the power of Illusion. 3. Therefore. Brahman is formless. Brahman. Arjuna knows Lord Krishna as a close friend and cousin. Illusion also exists forever. In addition to these three meanings. 7. with varieties names and forms. there is only one God. Since Brahman is beginning less. Brahman has a power called Illusion. Brahman is independent. Such functional gods are chosen as the Personal god or family deity by the devotees. when Lord Krishna says the word ‘I’ or ‘me’. nameless and without any attributes. 1. Illusion has three attributes namely Aura. The terms God and Brahman are described below: 1. 4. Brahman is changeless and Illusion is ever changing. Brahman is real and Illusion is unreal. they may refer to one of the following three identities. Thus.Lesson 2: Nature of God
Session: 183 – 185
Lord Krishna starts describing the God. Brahman is attributeless. Brahman is called God. Similarly.

following are his nature. The higher part of the God. The potter is the Intelligent Cause. both types of creations are God. Then the second cause is the clay. God has two parts.
Teaching 83: God is both the intelligent and the material cause of the universe
251
. Brahman together with Illusion is God. Illusion is composed of Aura. The higher part is called Brahman. Energy and Matter. The lower part of the God. God manifests himself in the form of the universe. Cause of the creation
The entire universe is created by God and therefore he is the cause of the creation. In case of the creation of the universe. because Brahman (together with the power of Illusion) is God. He is both the Intelligent Cause and Material Cause of the Universe. since he has created this universe out of himself. It cannot be said Brahman created God. skill and capability. which is called Material Cause. God is nothing but Brahman + the manifested universe.According to the description given by God. In other words. Example: The potter makes pot from clay.
1. and a lower part called Illusion. Illusion (Aura. He is the Intelligent Cause and the Material cause. which is the inert universe. Energy and Matter) is the material cause of the universe. Brahman is the intelligent cause of the creation. Thus. who causes the creation of pots using his intelligence. Since this universe is created out of God. the appropriate term is manifestation. which is the conscious principle. God is the cause of creation and there is no one who created God.

These three elements in various proportions constitute the universe. God’s mind is cosmic mind and includes all the minds of all the living beings. There is no place. God is Omnipotent God is all-powerful and he has laid out the cosmic law. 5. The variety of living beings and inert objects seen in the universe is sustained by him just as the thread supports the stones and beads in a necklace. There is nothing in the universe in which God is not present. sustain the song and stop singing. wherever we look we can perceive only him and nothing else. which governs the functioning of the universe. where he does not exist. All the laws discovered by science are instituted by God. God is Omnipresent God is ever-present. 6. Illusion. Illusion is composed of Aura. God is Omniscient God knows everything. We know what is in our mind. The thread can be compared to the higher nature of God. God is the foundation God. There is nothing in the universe that is outside God. which drives all the living beings in the universe. 4. There was no time when he did not exist and there will be no time when his existence will end. manifests the universe. There is no God outside the creation.
252
. Energy and Matter. God is Omniprevalent God is the motive power. Moreover. 3.2. God exists even within the inert objects. sustains it and resolves it periodically just as a singer begins to sing. Brahman The stones and beads can be compared to the lower nature of God. God is everywhere. Both time and space are part of his creation and he is beyond both.

By adding one more attribute. air is created. If we explore our universe we can see that it consists of Energy. By adding one attribute called sound. fire. gradually the gross matter (earth) is manifested. space. which is in the form of all living entities and thus I sustain the universe. smell. 7. as pearls are strung on a thread. The composition of Aura. intelligence and false ego--all together these eight comprise My material nature.Brahman is attributeless. Oh Arjuna. the entire creation comprising of living beings and inert objects are created by God from out of himself. Energy and Matter is such that in mind that it has the capacity to reflect the sentiency of Brahman. earth is created.7 Oh Arjuna. water and earth.4 Earth. space. We can logically validate this revelation by God.
253
.
Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verses: 04 – 07
7. By adding one more attribute. Therefore. fire is created. air. Those inert object with the mind are called living beings. touch. mind. taste. Every thing rests upon Me. air. sight. Thus from the subtle Energy (space).6 Of all that is material and all that is spiritual in this world know for certain that I am both its origin and dissolution. space is created.5 Besides this inferior nature. Teaching 84: The higher nature of God is Brahman (Intelligent Cause) and the lower nature is Illusion (Material Cause) Thus. All the inert objects (including our body/mind complex) are made up of these five basic building blocks. Matter and Aura (intelligence) and nothing else. By adding one more attribute. there is a superior nature of Mine. water is created. 7. By adding one more attribute. namely. water. fire. from the output we can deduce that the input (Illusion) is made up of these three elements. there is no other cause that is superior to Me. 7.

The description given by Lord Krishna is logically clear to us but we do not feel that way. If we have understood this description. we continue to address her by her old name. Example: Our friend tells us to address her by her new name. the teacher will ask us to write imposition of the right spelling. This attachment has deluded our intelligence. Lord Krishna attempts to give a similar solution. I am the sun”
254
. We are aware that this person is no longer known by her old name. He wants us to see God everywhere and therefore he gives us a practice by covering all the items in creation by saying “I am the water. “There is nothing but God”. He has created the universe out of himself. we do not see this happening. Lord Krishna is suggesting a new practice. We have developed strong likes and dislikes to the objects of the world that we are not able to see the world as God. so that we get used to the new name. Our knowledge that she has a new name is not able to override our habit of calling her by her old name. we might be making mistakes since we are used to write the wrong spelling many times. This contradiction between what we know and what we feel is the result of our prolonged exposure to the world with our wrong views. Every word that we hear is from God. Example: A close childhood friend of ours has changed her name. Our emotions are different. explaining that he is not only the intelligence cause of creation but also the material cause. Nevertheless. Similarly. She might make us talk among ourselves referring her by her new name in different contexts.Lesson 3: Benefit of knowing God
Session: 186 – 187
Lord Krishna gave a complete description of God. we have developed strong attachment to the world due to our likes and dislikes. Teaching 85: There is nothing but God The teaching is. In order to transform our lives. However. It is similar to writing impositions in our school time. As result. Every person that we interact is God. Inspite of knowing the correct spelling. we should be experiencing God all the time. This means that when we open our eyes we should not be seeing anything other than God. To correct our behavior. we are not able to see God inspite of knowing that he is everywhere. God is everywhere is just a piece of information and it has not transformed our lives. We see the world as a source of pleasure and pain while we intellectually learn that there is nothing but God.

for the word. God is not dependent on anything. “I am this and I am that” until we realize that there is nothing but God. World is an illusion and therefore it depends on God for existence. gold is there. whether inside or outside the temple. Only when our emotions and feelings are able to perceive the presence of God everywhere. For every name. we will not get this benefit. The purpose of the above exercise is to make us realize that we are in the God’s place all the time. The higher nature of God. Gold does not depend on these articles. a necklace and a ring. In essence. ‘necklace is gold’ and ‘ring is gold’ until we realize that there is no gold outside these three articles and every one of them is gold. Example: In the bangle. we have a corresponding object. gold will continue to exist. we can identify a particular article. Illusion is just a form and name. Such repeated practice will ensure that our feelings towards the world will synchronize with our knowledge that the world is God. Lord Krishna reminds us that although God is in everything. necklace and ring. we have a feeling that we are in the God’s place. Similarly. which is God’s lower nature. Lord Krishna keeps referring to every article in the world and says. like bangle. we are not able to identify a distinct object. Teaching 86: The benefit of knowing God is Joyful Living However. necklace and ring are just forms and names. For every name. Example: Bangle. This is because of the fact that the world is made up of illusion comprising Aura. ‘bangle is gold’. they are gold. However. necklace and ring. It is not real and it is dependent on Brahman for existence. we can reach the destination. all made in gold. Even if all the articles are destroyed. gold.Only while visiting a temple.
255
. We might be asked to repeat. God is the only exception Example: We have a bangle. by intellectually understanding the nature of God. Brahman is superior and independent. which refers to the entire group. Energy and Matter.

I am the strength. In all beings I am the desire which is not opposed to Dharma.9 I am the original fragrance of the earth.Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verses: 08 – 12
7. which is free from desire and attachment. I am the sound in ether and ability in man. 7.11 Oh Arjuna.
256
. I am. of the strong. I am the taste of water. in one sense. everything--but I am independent. I am the life of all that lives. and the prowess of all powerful men. 7. the syllable Om in the Vedic mantras. They are dependent on Me and I am not dependent on them. and I am the penances of all ascetics.8 Oh Arjuna. know that I am the original seed of all existences. and I am the heat in fire. 7. Energy or Matter--are manifested by Me. the intelligence of the intelligent.10 Oh Arjuna.12 All states of being--be they of Aura. the light of the sun and the moon. 7.

It is Gods grace that the singer could sing such a melodious song and the singer is not responsible for singing. Even for mere existence. No one can do anything without the grace of the God. Example: A movie is projected on the screen The attention of the viewers is on the illusory movie and the real substance (screen) is shielded. The illusory names and forms are more attractive than the reality. we congratulate the singer. Not even an atom will move without God’s grace. Example: The balloons are in different forms and colors and children are attracted by them. Brahman
257
. which are projected on the Brahman. we will praise the singer. Teaching 87: Everything that happens in our life is due to the grace of God If we understand the description of God. Often. Brahman is formless and nameless. one needs to depend on God. Illusion has manifested this world and the higher nature of God (Brahman) is shielded. Similarly. Brahman Teaching 88: The illusory universe is more attractive than the reality. The Illusion projects attractive forms and names on it. We assume the dedicated practice. sincerity and such positive attributes of the singer have contributed towards the delivery of the melodious song. It does not do much harm. Similarly. the higher part of God. God is the intelligence and material cause of the world. if we do not realize that God alone is responsible for the song. that he is the intelligent cause and material cause.Lesson 4: Illusion is the cause of suffering
Session: 188 – 189
If we hear a melodious song. the singer also thinks that she is singing well due to her own effort and capabilities. Being part of the illusion our mind is attracted to the objects of the world. It is very attractive. our response while transacting with the world will be different from what it is now. The world is manifested as an Illusion. This is ignorance. Therefore. It is the conscious part. This ignorance is the root cause of all our sufferings. There is no point in congratulating the singer or telling others that they should learn from that singer to sing well.

3. if we are shown a dream sequence without specifying it as such. The child will cry when the balloon bursts. Illusion is made up of Aura. Our natural intelligence is capable of discriminating between the reality and falsehood. Our situation dealing in this world is not any different. Functioning from the higher nature. 6. Example: Police standing around a minister is under the control of the minister. our intelligence is blinded due to the attachment with the sense objects of the world we ignore such instances/ events. the same Illusion binds the living beings. labeling them as coincidences or chance happenings. 4. A criminal is under the control of the police standing around him Similarly. By definition Illusion is that which does not exist but appears to exist 2. which shows that life is an illusion. Brahman. After possessing the balloon. We need to understand the true nature of this Illusion. Illusion cannot be understood. Similarly. Illusion rests on a reality. However. This attachment makes the illusory world real and this is the cause of suffering. God has complete control over Illusion. it is a handcuff. to the child crying for Balloon. the child will be scared that the other children might take away the balloon. There are enough and more instances in our daily life that reveal the illusory nature of our world. Thus. Illusion has the power to distort the reality and shield it from the view. Illusion has the power to project the world that does not exist.Until we learn systematically the nature of God. Illusion in the hands of God is an ornament but in the hands of the people. 7. It does not have an independent existence. We do not perceive the reality and assume the illusion is real. in our life there are many instances and events that happen. One should understand that it is not possible to understand illusion. 8. Illusion is the cause for our suffering. Example: In a movie. Energy and Matter Illusion is continuously changing and nothing is permanent in this creation
258
. we remain in ignorance. It is similar. It will be unhappy until the balloon is bought. we will still be able to figure out that it is the dream. We suffer because of our desire to acquire and possess the sense objects. God controls Illusion. However. 1. 5. which are mere illusion.

Individual living beings are part of that Illusion and therefore do not have the power to modify the projection according to their wish.
259
. the whole world does not know Me who am above the modes and inexhaustible.13 Deluded by the three modes [Aura. Only human beings assume that they are independent of the creation and attempt to modify the world in such a way that they always remain happy. As long as we are under the influence of Illusion.Teaching 89: God controls the entire creation through his power of Illusion The world is a projection of the Illusion. This is due to the delusion. which is under the control of God. Energy and Matter].
Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verse: 13
7. it will not be possible for us to get liberation.

there is no room for any fear or anxiety in life. it is very difficult to get liberation. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross beyond it. is the only way to gain liberation from illusion Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute Verse: 14
7. to free us from the clutches of Illusion. Therefore. it is not impossible to get liberation from the clutches of the Illusion. consisting of the three modes of nature. It is not possible to work hard against the Illusion and win over it using our own self-effort. we need to surrender to the master of Illusion.14 This divine maya of Mine. God. This ignorance is the cause of all our sufferings in life. 4. Example: A fictional character in a story cannot harm the author However. Teaching 90: Surrendering to the master of illusion. If we realize that all the events are happening at his will and we are interacting with him all the time. Our likes and dislikes will be reduced resulting in reduction in attachment. If it were to be impossible then the existence of Vedas and Gita are of no use. Lord Krishna guides us to the first step towards liberation. is difficult to overcome. Lord Krishna says that it is very difficult to break away from the grip of the Illusion. We should understand the omnipresence of God and surrender to him. The deluded mind is ignorant of the true nature of world. The cause of human suffering is summed up as below. When the force of attachment is reduced when we surrender to God. 7. 5. Such attachment causes delusion in mind. 1. 6. God.Lesson 5: Surrender is the means to liberation
Session: 190
Since our body/mind complex is part of the Illusion. which is complete surrender to God. 3. preventing us to see the God in the world.
260
. 2. God is the material cause of the universe This means the entire creation is God We do not know this due to our attachment Our attachment is the result of our transactions with the world originating from our strong likes and dislikes. our mind will mature enough to understand the truth that world is an illusion.

In some cases. Lord Krishna calls this as surrender to God. do not seek Me. Example: Scientists at NASA will anxiously watch the takeoff of the space shuttle. There is no way anyone can assure that the chance of failure is zero. which cannot be understood by the rationale mind. the lowest of men. When we know God is the master of Illusion. Complete and unconditional Bhakthi is called surrender. They are the atheists who continue to think that they shape the environment according to their effort. they resort to suicide. whose discrimination has been destroyed by their own delusions. many have not yet recognized the role of God. does not apply to our efforts and the results. Whenever we are successful. we assume that the success is due to our hard work.
Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verse: 15
7. there is no role for God in our life. we practice Bhakthi Yoga. we strive to achieve various objects of desire like name. It is the mental attitude resulting from our understanding our limitation to liberate ourselves from the clutches of the Illusion. perseverance and such positive qualities. They do not pray to God. no one should have any anxiety.Lesson 6: Nature of surrender
Session: 191
Love for God is called Bhakthi. If they were sure of their work. It is obvious that not every effort brings about appropriate results. Such behavior is the result of not trusting God. money and such. follow the ways of the demons. The real reason for our success is God’s grace. which is to love god completely. they. In life.15 The evil-doers. Newton’s third law. Should the effort-result relationship follow Newton’s third law. Inspite of such obvious lessons that can be learnt from thousands of years of history. “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction”. When there are repeated failures inspite of the best effort. fame. some of the atheists take to drinking or drugs. the deluded. Such people cannot progress in the path of Bhakthi Yoga. it is clear that there is always a mismatch between effort and results. Surrender to God does not signify any physical act. Therefore.
261
. No one has devised any formula for success.

resources for God. the ratio of sufferings that need God’s help will keep growing. varies. An attitude depends on the knowledge. spending all the time for God does not require any special effort for them.Lesson 7: Nature of Bhakthi
Session: 192 – 193
Bhakthi is a common name for referring to all the levels of Bhakthi. In the final stage. Love for God is measured by the sacrifice made by the devotee in terms of giving up the time. From this statement. 4. Similarly. effort. the love for God depends on the knowledge about God. Since the meaning of the word. Example: “He is studying in the school”. ‘God’ is understood in the right perspective. All levels of Bhakthi have the following components: 1. Therefore. However. one will realize that God alone can end all the sufferings in life. The love for the objects of the world is much more than the love for God since people do not know about the limitation of the objects of the world. Faith that God will help in ending sufferings of life Initially. Bhakthi has various levels. As and when the limitations are known. Teaching 91: Faith in God helps us to progress faster. As one gains maturity. at the higher levels of Bhakthi. Belief in the existence of God How strongly one believes in God. people will tend to know more about God and the love for God will go up. The knowledge about God also varies. people will be able to spend all the time and effort for God. people will assume that they are capable of ending all the sufferings in life and they need the help of God only rarely. Love for God Love is an attitude. Spend time and effort for God This varies from few minutes to few hours. 2.
262
. one cannot deduce the age or intelligence of the student. 3.

The last important factor is hard work. when a tragedy strikes. There is no time for God. which is the means to earn money. God will be forgotten. The highest form of Bhakthi is to love God to the exclusion of everything else (The fact is that there is nothing else!). he prays to God for his recovery. One is back into the routine of chasing the object of desire. They are classified into four levels based on the purpose and the quantum of love. This is the lowest level of Bhakthi but still such people are better compared to the atheists. the remaining people love god. money and hard work proportionately. Level 1: Those who seek God when they are in trouble In general. who do not turn back to God. even while facing difficulties in life. The love for self is the highest. the love of such person is divided between self. Teaching 92: Seeking God while in trouble is good
263
. Once the sickness (or the tragedy) goes. he loves God and the quantum of love depends on the seriousness of the sickness. Self is the most important for whom money is earned. The remaining part of the love is for the means that will get them their object of desire.Apart from the atheists discussed earlier. Many love the objects of the world as a source of happiness. The second highest part of their love is therefore towards these objects of desire. However. Example: One loves to do hard work because it gives him money. Money is the second important factor because it is the source of happiness. people like themselves. Self. In such a situation. for example he falls sick. However. Level 1: Those who seek God when they are in trouble Level 2: Those who pray to God for material prosperity Level 3: Those who want to know God completely Level 4: Those who have already gained the knowledge and living joyfully Love for God is called Bhakthi. the love of most people is divided except for those who belong to the fourth level. Therefore. Money and Hard work. Among the three parts.

who have gained complete knowledge on God. Mind and Memory) is part of the illusion and therefore do not have the power to win over the illusion. they take guidance from their teachers. Example: One prays to God to give him lots of money.Level 2: Those who pray to God for material prosperity In this level. Thus. However. the love is still divided and not complete. They keep doing their duties as a dedication to God and accept gladly all the results given by God. A small portion of the love is for God since he serves as a means to his goal of gaining the object of desire. which enables them to win over Illusion. Intelligence. When in doubt. they gain additional power. Teaching 94: Seeking God for knowing God is the best
264
. They pray to God for giving them complete knowledge on God so that they can live joyfully. For such people the love is divided between self and God. They primarily trust that God alone can give them the objects of the world. By surrendering all the power of their mind to God. They realize that their mind (Ego. compared to other lower level of Bhakthi. (God takes the portion of love meant for the means and the end goal) Even here. God is quite happy with such people because they are progressing at a faster speed towards God. This is the next higher level of Bhakthi and God loves them accordingly. Teaching 93: Seeking God for material prosperity is better Level 3: Those who want to know God completely In the third level. The love of such person is divided between self and money. Here God is the means and the money is the object of desire. people realize that their hard work and such means are only secondary. They start following the Dharma prescribed in the Vedas (Message from God) very strictly. people realize that the objects of the world do not give them happiness. they surrender completely to God. They start trusting God more and more since they realize that the God knows what is best for them.

since they are aware it is the expression of God. without attempting to change it in any way. They are aware that there is nothing but God and therefore their love for God is complete. Therefore. Such a noble soul is very hard to find. They continue to be active according to the demands made by the environment and they are glad to contribute their time. people after gaining the complete knowledge on God. since no one knows the past efforts in the previous births. objects of desire and the means. the seeker of wealth. loves god completely. They love the world. I am very dear to him and he is very dear to Me. 7. In each lifetime. It is important to keep trying and pray for God’s grace. the distressed. However. seeker of knowledge and the wise. for. Oh Arjuna. It is not possible to reach this level within a lifetime. they love the world as it is.
Teaching 95: The knower of God is the dearest person to God Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute Verse: 16 – 19
7.
265
. effort. but the wise man. who is ever steadfast and who has undivided devotion is superior for. 7. They see the world as God. their love is not divided between self. they have gained the infinite. For them the end goal of merging with God is already attained. Therefore. 7.19 At the end of many births one comes to Me as a wise man with the wisdom that I am everything. The world also loves them equally and this is how God reciprocates such natural and unconditional love.Level 4: Those who have already gained the knowledge and living joyfully At the final level. possessions for the welfare of others. Failure to reach the final level should not discourage anyone since it is normal that one needs multiple births to complete this path. everyone has to strive hard to reach this level in the current birth. as My very Self.17 Among them the wise man. steadfast in mind he is established in Me alone as the highest goal.18 Noble indeed are all these. I deem. one has to progress through the previous levels and ultimately reach this highest level.16 Four kinds of virtuous men worship Me. By surrendering their finite possessions. The objects of the world do not appear to them as a source of pleasure and pain.

for example. Dharma is inherently known to all the human beings. People who are in the first and second level of Bhakthi do not enquire into the true nature of God. This is very similar to the way the Prime Minister govern the country through cabinet of ministers. He does this with the assistance of many ministers responsible for various ministries. Their intelligence is stolen by their desires of objects of the world. is actually the power given by the Prime Minister. Therefore.Lesson 8: Progress to the highest level of Bhakthi
Session: 194
God controls the universe completely. Since the effort – result relationship is not strictly linear people are perplexed. People pray to this Personal god to fulfill their wishes (either removal of some specific suffering or for gaining an object of desire)
3. Prime Minister has absolute powers to control and govern. Those who believe in the powers of various gods attribute this variance to their prayers. The eligibility comes from practicing Dharma as prescribed in Vedas.
266
. Such prayers are fulfilled by God. it is exposed to various ceremonies and festivals involving the Family Deity. Most people including atheists practice Dharma. He does that with the assistance of many gods responsible for each function. God alone has the power. according to the eligibility of the people. people gain confidence in their Personal god and tell every one around about the power of their personal gods. A newborn baby goes through various religious customs in the name of the Family Deity. Similarly. Each family believes in a particular form of God. which also prescribe varied methods to offer prayers. The process of moving to the highest level of Bhakthi 1. The multiple names of gods that one come across (belonging to various religions) are all can be called as functional gods. which is exercised through many functional gods. It is also possible for an individual choose some other deity as his Personal god according to his own likes and dislikes. They blindly believe in the various functional gods as described in the Vedas and other Holy Scriptures. Therefore. This deity is called Family Deity or Personal god. that particular Family Deity becomes the most preferred god for the individual. People choose the gods according to their own nature and offer prescribed prayers to solve their problems or to receive specific benefits. Such prayers are answered by God according to their impressions. The power exercised by the Finance Minister. As the baby grows. 2. 4.

They may also pray for objects of the world as their means.
267
.23 That result (accruing) to those indiscriminate ones is indeed finite. people move up to the highest level of Bhakthi. Here God is their goal and their personal god is their means.5. Such people move up to the third level and seek God by praying to their personal god. people realize that the personal gods are mere extensions of the God. 7.20 Governed by their own nature and being deprived of discrimination by various desires. 7. Thus. People practice Dharma since it is prescribed as a pre-condition to the grant of their prayers. By experience.21 Whichever devotee desires to worship faithfully any particular deity. Thus. 9. 7. Teaching 96: Prayers with faith in the personal god are answered by God. 8. 10. they realize that irrespective of their material success they do not gain peace of mind or everlasting happiness. For example. The worshippers of gods attain the gods. I stabilize that very faith of the devotee. At this stage. Even atheists listen to such stories of success and become religious for want to better explanation. God guide all the people to the highest level of Bhakthi by answering the prayers to their personal god. 6. they may pray for good health for pursuing their spiritual progress and not as the ultimate goal. The worshippers of Me attain Me only. he seeks favors of a particular deity and obtains all his desires. people resort to other deities by taking to various disciplines of worship.22 Endowed with such a faith. which are indeed granted by Me alone. When the prayers are answered. There is nothing but God. 7. people make progress in their material pursuit.
Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verse: 20 – 23
7. They become richer and comfortable.

Therefore. They keep trying repetition of such experiences without realizing its impermanent nature. This experience should be treated as a step to understand God. However. However. he would not answer affirmatively since he does not know the sweet voice he heard belong to Nightingale. Reason 3: God may appear in illusory form It is possible to see a vision of a personal god through meditation. God will know us and we cannot know the God. if someone asks him whether he had heard nightingale singing. Reason 1: God is unperceivable God cannot be perceived through the five senses. Although every one of us is experiencing God all the time. we can perceive him through our five senses. Example: The pots do not know the potter. Since our knowledge is limited to our one mind.
Reason 4: Created cannot know the creator.Lesson 9: Perceiving God
Session: 195
The level of intelligence determines how one perceives God. Reason 2: God is self-revealing God is self-revealing and there is no need for an instrument to know him. Unintelligent and ignorant people believe in various personal gods. However. many do not progress beyond this stage. we need a teacher who can help us to identify him. we are not able to perceive the power of God. Example: Ramakrishna Paramahamsa said that his vision of Kali helped him to remove Kali with the sword of knowledge.
268
. God is all knowing because his mind includes the minds of all the living beings. The true nature of God is not easy to perceive due to the following reasons. when we understand God through enquiry. all that is available for perception is God. Example: One who walks in the forest would have enjoyed the sweet voice of Nightingale. Infact. God is the cause of all creation.

“No one.” Teaching 97: Faith in God helps intelligent people to know God
Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute
Verse: 24 – 26
7. people are caught in the lower nature of God. 7. That is why Lord Krishna says. will know me because I am the subject that knows everything and the inert objects cannot know the subject. Brahman does not associate with anything. However.
Reason 5: Illusion prevents us from knowing God. Being deluded. But no one knows Me. It does not cause anything. Therefore. I am not evident to all. I know everything that has happened in the past.26 Oh Arjuna.25 Veiled by my maya. and all things that are yet to come. This is the higher nature of God. comprising of the illusion. it is difficult to perceive God. all that is happening in the present. which is changeless and unsurpassed the indiscriminate ones think that I have assumed this form and personality.24 Not knowing My supreme nature.
269
. this world does not know Me who am unborn and infallible. It is the unchanging truth.Similarly. the higher nature of God. 7. the creation including the body/mind complex is inert object created by God and therefore it cannot know God. except the intelligent. The conscious principle that appears to be part of the living beings is the reflection of Brahman.

7. We are not able to perceive this because of the limitation of the mind. due to the delusion of duality caused by desire and hatred. as the one underlying all the deities and as the one sustaining all sacrifices even at the time of death. and karma completely. Therefore. Wise people see the entire creation as a source of entertainment. seek Me with determination. those who strive for freedom from decay and death come to know that Brahman completely. Our mind is biased with the likes and dislikes. Teaching 98: Joyful Living is possible only if we know God Chapter 7: Knowledge of the Absolute Verse: 27 – 30
7. the Self (completely). the same world appears differently for different people.Lesson 10: Overcoming Delusion
Session: 196
Our life appears to be a struggle because we are not aware that we are dealing only with God and all the events that happen in our life is the wish of God. 7. In order to remove the delusion the first step is to live life completely according to the Dharma. At this stage. we will be able to discriminate between the right and wrong. as the governing principle of the manifestation. we will be able to see that knowing God completely is the only way to gain Joyful Living. As result. we will progress from the stage of perceiving the world as a pairs of opposites to a stage of Joyful Living. the deluded mind runs away from the desirable knowledge and run after undesirable sense objects. God guides him to the right process of gaining knowledge.29 Having resorted to Me. If we practice Dharma and avoid Adharma.30 Those with disciplined mind know Me as the Supreme Lord.
270
. We need to refine our mind so that it can perceive God and see that our life is completely controlled by God. However. When we refine our mind. whose sinful actions are completely eradicated and who are freed from the duality of delusion. When the likes and dislikes reduce their grip on our mind.28 However.27 Oh Arjuna. the main cause of our problem is our own mind. 7. those of the people who are of noble actions. he will start living joyfully. all living beings get deluded at the time of birth itself. God will help us to remove our likes and dislikes. On gaining the knowledge of God. Others see the world as a source of pleasure and pain. When this desire to know God becomes a serious pursuit.

we control our thoughts through Upasana Yoga.
271
. people. he determines the results of the action. Energy and Matter. position. name. God is infallible and we are sure to enjoy (or suffer) the results of our actions. Brahman is joy. God is omnipresent. award. power. After gaining the ultimate knowledge on God. This is karma and it binds them to world. the only purpose of the creation is to provide a framework for Joyful Living. due to the ignorance of their true nature. fame. When they get enough knowledge and see the futility of the prosperity. reward. wealth. The creation is the expression of that joy. Brahman together with its power of illusion is called God. the human beings are bound to the world due to their Karma and they suffer. it is caught by the nectar. Brahman is the conscious principle. The world is a theme park and the whole life is a picnic. they start using Upasana Yoga for spiritual progress. property. However. There is no more attachment to the world. Similarly. However. God or Brahman is called Upasana Yoga. God is the material cause and intelligence cause of the creation. It can be perceived as different functional gods and human beings have the option to have some of them as their personal gods. Brahman is the only reality and the creation is an illusion. Brahman is the life principle in the living beings. The living beings are sentient because they have mind (an inert object) that is capable of reflecting the sentiency of Brahman. Our actions are results of our thoughts. The creation (including our body/mind complex) is made up of inert objects comprising of Aura. one lives a joyful life. comforts and companionship. human beings perform action out of their likes and dislikes. Thus. Brahman is referred as Atman or self. Brahman cannot be destroyed and the creation is subject to dissolution and manifestation. omnipotent and omniprevalent. Example: A bee comes to a flower to enjoy the nectar.Lesson 11: Attaining the supreme
Session: 197
Brahman is the basis on which the entire creation rests. In the context of an individual living being. We can do Upasana Yoga either for gaining maturity in mind or for money. omniscient. status. Meditation upon the personal gods. There is no more joy. They start working towards mental maturity and then gaining the ultimate knowledge. Brahman does not change and the creation is in constant change. Since all our actions are known to God. Therefore. Initially people use it for the worldly gains. There is no more joy. However.

1 Arjuna inquired: Oh my Lord. The universe is the cosmic form of the supreme Lord. and I am that Lord represented as the Atman. 8. What is Brahman? What is Atman? What is karma? What is this material manifestation? And what are the deities? Please explain this to me. dwelling in the heart of every living being.2 How does this Lord of sacrifice live in the body. the indestructible entity is called Brahman.4 Physical nature is known to be endlessly mutable. and in which part does He live. is called karma. and this Atman is the self. 8.3 Lord Krishna said.
272
. which brings about the origin of beings.Chapter 8: Attaining the supreme
Verse: 01 – 04
8. Oh Lord Krishna? And how are you to be remembered at the time of death by the selfdisciplined? 8. Action.

we do not exhaust enjoying/suffering the results of all our actions before death and we carry them over to our next birth. We take a new physical body in our next birth. including computers. colleagues and strangers. we carry three things along with us: 1. power. death. spouse. siblings. This cycle of birth and death continues until we merge with God. Impressions are responsible for determining our environment. All the people we encounter in life including parents. property. With them. Impressions are born out of our actions. Impressions (Stored in the causal body) 2. All the equipments and instruments that we use. All the events that take place in our family (like birth. comforts and companionship
273
. reward) 5. Preferences and Knowledge. Impressions All human beings are continuously performing action. Upasana Yoga is a means to correct the course of action by modifying our thoughts and direct ourselves towards Joyful Living. friends. All the places that we live or visit. parties. Moreover. fame. Such actions can be good actions and bad actions depending on whether it helps or harms other living beings. Preferences (Stored in the causal body) 3. misunderstanding and such) and at our professional front (like promotion. deteriorates and discarded at the time of death. including our residence. Knowledge (Stored in the subtle body) All these three are result of our actions and they in turn decide our future actions. We are bound to enjoy the results of good actions and suffer the result of bad actions. in-laws. It grows. Gross body is obtained by us from our parents. wealth. cars. status. Environment includes: 1. name. 2.Lesson 12: On death of the physical body
Session: 198 to 199
We have three bodies. All things that we earn including money. children. The subtle body and causal body survive the death of physical body. washing machine and such 4. They do not cancel each other. workplace 3. award. These accumulated results of all our past actions are called ‘impressions’. God controls the functioning of every human being by residing in each one of us as our Impressions. position.

our preferences are set by our action.
274
. The more coffee we drink more fine-tuned our preferences become. we will be satisfied only if we get a coffee matching strictly according to our taste. our actions are guided by preferences. Desire to seek the object of desire will result in actions. Example: Vedanta is a source of knowledge. Preferences give rise to thoughts. thoughts are converted as desires. like Vedanta. When our preferences are weak. However. Our knowledge determines whether the specified object will do good or bad to us. If our preferences are strong. are called ‘preferences’. Some of our actions like reading and listening directly contribute to increase in our knowledge. It has to be done when we are completely fit. who has gained the ultimate knowledge of God. it is possible to venture into a new branch of knowledge.Preferences All human beings are continuously performing action. Thus. (The right proportion of coffee powder. most people will not read or listen to Vedanta because their preferences would have classified Vedanta as an object of dislike or indifference. It is recursive in nature. A person. we will be satisfied if we get to drink coffee in the morning. After this filtering by our knowledge. milk and sugar) Thus. Therefore. Knowledge controls the conversion of thoughts into desires. Preferences give rise to thoughts and thoughts lead to actions. Our tastes. This act creates a strong preference in us. Such actions strengthen our tastes. We learn from every experience. Thus. Knowledge is the important component that can change our future. Actions lead to preferences. Example: We drink coffee every morning. preferences play a strong role of classifying the experiences as our likes and dislikes. comprising of our likes and dislikes. When our sense organs are exposed to sense objects. Knowledge All human beings are continuously performing action. However. Such actions increase our knowledge. It is not possible to gain new knowledge when we are very young or very old. However. when people through experience realize the futility of their current pursuit in giving them happiness. it should be noted that we would learn only from what we like to listen or read. realizes that there is nothing other than God and therefore he has no desires.

8. Environment stimulates thoughts. This is called Eternal Cycle. Impression presents opportunities (luck. chance or the ‘unknown’ factor) and the action creates the environment 3. Upasana Yoga is the process of refining our mind so that when the ultimate knowledge is gained. Preferences and Knowledge
Action
Impressions
Environment
Preferences
Thoughts
Knowledge
Desires
Action
Explanation on the relationship 1.Chart on the relationship between Impressions. Preferences also stimulate thoughts. Such continuous actions keep increasing the stock of impressions. Thus. thoughts to desires and desires to action. environment to thoughts. preferences and knowledge. All the three. 4. 7. Preferences and Knowledge 2. we are continuously going around in circle. impressions. one can lead a Joyful Living. then the human being is liberated from this Eternal Cycle. Desires push us into further action 6. 9. 10. Action creates the environment. Action results in Impressions. When the knowledge becomes strong enough to eliminate desires. preferences and knowledge is carried forward to the next birth and the cycle continues. Knowledge resides in the subtle body and the Impressions and Preferences reside in the causal body. Thoughts are validated by Knowledge and converted as desires 5.
275
.

the thoughts prevailing at that time will determine the next course of journey. On the other hand. how well we use the environment depends on our Preferences and Knowledge. While the accumulated Impressions determine the type of environment. we will continue our journey in the next birth in search of the same objects of desire. Firstly. suddenly it is not possible to start thinking about God during our last moments. even after the death of our physical body because the Preferences and Knowledge travel with us. If we treat God as means to our goals then during the last moment of our life. we will be doing our action as a dedication to God.
276
.Journey after death When we discard our physical body. Secondly. Similarly. we do no know when we are going to die. It is not possible to live our life the way we want and then think about God during our last moments. our mind is the tool which will make us progress towards the goal. the journey of the current life continues after death as well. the course of the journey of our subtle body is determined by our thoughts. our thoughts travel ahead and determine the appropriate environment for our next birth. If we are craving about any particular objects of desire. Even before we die. Example: During the last few minutes during any long lecture. It is also important on how we think about God. Whether it is a material goal or spiritual goal. in our deathbed. He might be born to a restaurant owner or to a cook in the next birth depending on the impressions he has created during the current birth. generally people do not listen to the lecture. Our mind is influenced largely by our involvement in chasing any goal. Their mind would have already started planning the next action. We will continue to work towards our goals. if we are doing Karma Yoga. Example: A person is craving for good food. we will be remembering god during our last moments. Thus. In this way. This means our goal is God. our thoughts are the results of our preferences. we will be thinking about our goals and not about God. Unless we are thinking about God throughout our life.

our health will be poor state. However. Similarly. All our actions are the results of our thoughts. the status of our mind is the result of our past actions. Our personality and character are the direct result of our thoughts. it is important to decide what we do in order to correct our thinking. Similarly. the mind will jump at the first opportunity to resume playing the game. Thus. We need to build our mind with right inputs. Just as our physical body. Due to our ignorance. Mere knowledge is not enough to correct the mind. The mind will tend to start the recitation. Mind is a result of repetition of particular thoughts. we need to practice thinking about God. What we see. If we do not exercise our body regularly. if the week is spent on playing card games. It is the nature of mind to keep thinking about what it is used to do exposed regularly for a long time. How we interact with the world is determined by our thoughts. Practice is required. Thought by thought we need to build our mind and keep it in a fit condition. It will be difficult to exercise the mind during our old age. it is possible to decide what sort of actions we do will influence the quality of thoughts. which is done through Upasana Yoga. Example: Take a break from work and keep reciting Bhagavd Gita for a week’s time. Example: Smoking is injurious to health. it will be difficult to get back to work. the most repeated activities of the day will dominate our mind and thoughts with respect to them will keep us haunting. In order to make the mind turn towards God. hear and taste should be of right quality to keep the mind fit. which requires right quantity/ quality of food and exercise to keep it in a fit condition. Upasana Yoga is a right tool to make our mind fit. Mind gets the inputs from the five sense organs. when we go to bed.
277
. It has to be done while we are still young. Similarly. our mind also requires right input and exercise. It is not possible to decide what we should think. At the end of the week. When we wake up on the next morning the hang over of the previous day’s thoughts will continue if the preferences were strong enough. the mind does not think about God. Our thoughts influence the way we respond to the objects and events of the world.Role of Upasana Yoga in determining the course of action What we are is decided by our thoughts. Upasana Yoga is one of the good exercises for the mind. we tend to think about object of world and therefore.

3. 4. In all through the activities listed. However. God or Brahman is called Upasana Yoga. if we are to concentrate on God during Upasana Yoga. it needs lots of effort to concentrate on studies.This knowledge will not correct our behavior if our mind is strongly inclined to smocking due to past actions. This practice is Upasana Yoga. We must have interest in doing Upasana Yoga. 1. we will realize the difficulties in controlling our thoughts. 2. Similarly. To keep repeating the name or form or attribute of our personal god To do all actions as a dedication to God To think about the various attributes of God To read/ listen to Vedanta and other Holy Scriptures
Meditation upon the personal gods. Upasana Yoga is done in many ways. Requirements to do Upasana Yoga 1. It will not be useful if it is done as compulsion or without involvement. The mind should be given a practice of thinking about God. the mind is used to chase the objects of the world for happiness. We must have the required understanding on the purpose of Upasana Yoga and the method of doing it. Example: A child does not need any effort to concentrate on the cricket match on TV.
278
. Else. Thus. it is essential that the mind be kept on the chosen task. Example: I sit down to do meditation on my personal god but mind will be thinking about my pending work at the office. 2. We need to practice non-smoking for sufficiently long period to remove the thoughts of smoking from the mind. If God is not our object of our desire. It is easier to direct the mind on a chosen task provided the task is according to one’s desire. it is a difficult process to bring the mind into our control. 3. it will be almost impossible to concentrate and do Upasana Yoga. Meditation is the process of refining our mind. we need to understand God and love god. Similarly. this practice will return to mind at the first opportunity. We should adopt appropriate lifestyle that is conducive to do Upasana Yoga. The knowledge God is manifested as world will not arrest the mind from chasing the objects of world. in order to make it function in line with the ultimate knowledge. Only when we attempt Upasana Yoga.

not following Dharma. we will be forced to surrender to God. Then we will have to live as per God’s rule. 4.
279
. we need to surrender to God and pray to him that we will obey his rules (Dharma). which is to follow Dharma. This may not be possible since our actions are born out of our thoughts and our thoughts might tell us to ignore Dharma. The steps involved in this path are as follows: 1. b. Dharma is the set of rules formed by God at the time of creation. Therefore. Living according to Dharma will give us positive impressions. If we do not surrender to God and live life the way we feel. d. In order to relieve us from the pain. 3. Joyful Living through Upasana Yoga It is seen that we are caught in an Eternal Cycle where our action is controlled by thoughts and our thoughts are controlled by our action. The only way to get out of this cycle and merge with God is Upasana Yoga. then we will start suffering in life. We will get God’s grace to do Upasana Yoga well if we are to live life according to Dharma. As a result. Live life according to Dharma a. we will start living joyfully. When we get the ultimate knowledge on God. 2. Upasana Yoga will set our preferences to be more devoted to God. 5. Thus. When we get the right knowledge. God will guide us to Joyful Living.Living life according to Dharma will help the process of Upasana Yoga. the filtering of thoughts into desire will be more effective and our life will progress towards god at a faster pace. Since the world is governed by God. This will give us good opportunities to do Upasana Yoga. we need to obey to his rules. c. This will increase our knowledge. we will start liking the process of praying to God and reading Holy Scriptures in praise of God.

never takes birth again.18 When Brahma's day is manifest.6 Oh Arjuna. remember Me all the time and fight. thinking of whatever object one gives up the body at the time of death. 8. at once attains My nature. 8. I shall now explain to you this process by which one may attain salvation. will certainly attain Him. because of his undistracted mind. the great souls. enter into Brahman. which is the name of the Brahman and remembering Me. and fixing the life air at the top of the head.11 Persons learned in the Vedas. And such also is the duration of his night. 8.7 Therefore. 8. one practices celibacy. 8. 8. sustainer of everything.13 Uttering the sacred syllable Om. a thousand ages taken together is the duration of Brahma's one day.14 For one who remembers Me without deviation. never return to this world. incomprehensible. remembering Me alone. 8. who utter Om and who are great sages in the renounced order.Chapter 8: Attaining the supreme
Verse: 05 – 28
8. Oh Arjuna.5 And whoever.
280
. who is omniscient. which is full of miseries. effulgent like the sun is beyond ignorance. one attains the divine. Desiring such perfection.9 One who thinks of the Brahman. confining the mind to the heart. controller of all. 8. that very object one attains without fail. 8. 8. But one who attains to Me.16 From the highest planet to the lowest. 8. at the time of death. this multitude of living entities comes into being.17 By human calculation. one who departs this body attains the supreme goal. Of this there is no doubt. With your mind and intellect fixed upon Me.15 After attaining Me. ageless. I am easy to obtain. smaller than the smallest.8 Constantly thinking of the Brahman with a mind that is undistracted due to constant practice of meditation. you will attain Me without doubt.10 One who. fixes his life air between the eyebrows and in full devotion engages himself in remembering the Brahman. quits his body. all are places are subject to repeated birth and death. Oh Arjuna. 8. 8. and at the arrival of Brahma's night they are all annihilated. because they have attained the ultimate liberation.12 The yogic concentration is restraining all the sense organs. at the time of death. Oh Arjuna.

28 A person who accepts and follows this path is not bereft of the results derived from studying the Vedas. When one passes in light. 8. are never bewildered. When one goes there.24 Departing by that path of fire. Oh Arjuna. It does not perish when all beings perish. and they are helplessly dissolved. 8.
281
. and again the night falls. night. he does not come back. the dark fortnight and the six months when the sun passes to the south. Therefore.27 The devotees who know these two paths. those people who meditate on Brahman attain Brahman 8.22 The Brahman. who is greater than all. At the end he reaches the supreme abode. performing austere sacrifices.23 Oh Arjuna. beyond that un manifest there is another. I shall now explain to you the different paths departing which paths yogis attain the world. 8. those people attain the lunar light and return.21 That supreme abode is infallible. and this host of beings is active. the bright fortnight and the six months when the sun passes to the north. That is My supreme abode. 8. be committed to meditation at all times. day.8. 8. Oh Arjuna. 8. but when one passes in darkness.19 Again and again the day comes.20 However. giving charity or pursuing philosophical activities. these are the two ways of passing from this world--one in the light and one in darkness. All beings are in Him and all this is pervaded by Him. one does or does not come back. is attainable by undivided devotion. he never comes back. 8.26 According to the Vedas. which is eternal.25 Departing by that path of smoke. he returns. 8. and it is the supreme destination. flame.

List the five types of people who insult God due to ignorance. List the three grades in the knowledge of the devotees. List the seven reasons for describing the glory of God by Lord Krishna. List the four reasons.34 – 10. 16. 7. List the four levels of truth with respect to the knowledge of God. 10. List the four steps for reaching the God. List the four reasons for repetition in teaching by Lord Krishna. 9.01 – 11. 4. What are the two specific reasons for giving such promise? 12. List the three functions of God. List the three reasons why God is not bound by His actions. 3.55
On completion of this unit. the student will be able to (a) Gain the basic understanding of God (b) Identify the correct method of praying
Unit Test:
Session: 225
1.42 11.
282
. 17. 2. List the five advices given by Lord Krishna with respect to praying. 13. 18.Unit 16: Knowledge of the God
Number of Sessions: 25 (201 – 225) Number of Lessons: 15 Verses: 9. List the four factors that contribute to the secrecy of the knowledge. 15. 14. which make the knowledge of God superior. 5. List the three emotions experienced by Arjuna on seeing the miracle. List the five benefits of making offerings to God. List the three unique features of the God and the Universe. List the three stages in devotion with respect to the offerings made to God. List the five hallmarks of a true devotee of the God. 8. What is the special promise made by God to those who have chosen God to be their destination in life? 11.01 – 9. 6.

it is permanent. Fulfilling One never gets complete satisfaction on gaining any knowledge except that of God. Happiness directly depends on one’s ability to apply the intelligence to solve the problems in life.
283
. the knowledge gets outdated soon. It quenches the thirst for knowledge altogether and there is no more seeking. The knowledge of God reveals the only reality that supports the illusory creation. The only exception to this rule is the knowledge about God. it is the supreme knowledge. 4. Once this knowledge is gained. It can be observed that fools suffer more in life since they do not have enough intelligence to solve the problems on the hand. 2. 3. they cannot discriminate the truth from falsehood. Permanent Knowledge once gained cannot be erased except by a superior knowledge. Superiority of the knowledge The knowledge of God is superior to any other type of knowledge because of various factors as discussed below: 1. Since it reveals the ultimate nature of God. The ultimate of such knowledge is one that removes the root cause of all the problems. the true picture of all other knowledge is revealed. There is no one who can claim that his knowledge is the ultimate and there is nothing more to learn. Therefore. They all remain within the realm of illusion and therefore it does not matter whether one knows them or not. Eternal The intelligence of people is covered by delusion and as a result. Knowledge about the universe will continue to change because the subject is changing all the time. Thus. Enables Joyful Living More intelligent one is more problems are resolved. This statement can be made only with respect to the knowledge about God.Lesson 1: Nature of Knowledge about God
Session: 201 – 202
Lord Krishna continues to impart the knowledge of God to Arjuna in an attempt to relieve him from all the sufferings. There is no end to the knowledge in any given field because new inventions are being made with the advancement of search techniques. As one gains more knowledge and intelligence the ability to solve problems increases.

the fact that the earth is just a planet revolving around the sun remained as a secret for a long time. This uniqueness of the knowledge makes it a secret. even primary school children are aware of this fact and it is no more a secret. each individual has to go through the entire process of discovering the fact. This makes the knowledge of God very rare. However. Many have already gained the complete knowledge of God and they are willing to teach the world. It is not possible to claim a doctorate degree merely by understanding the theses submitted.
284
. One has to do research and find out something new. However. People will understand the same according to the level of intelligence. Intelligence This knowledge will remain a secret because it is difficult to comprehend the true nature of God. People who work in the spiritual path to gain the knowledge of God. One does not need as much intelligence nor need to spend as much time/effort to understand such discoveries. Example: To gain a doctorate degree in any subject one needs to be qualified and put in required effort. Today. 1. However. Common people who do not have formal education will also understand the term. Example: The term ‘cost’ is understood by people according to their qualifications. It took long time and effort by men with extraordinary intelligence to discover this fact. Following factors contribute to this secrecy. the level of understanding varies with the level of intelligence. Qualified professional accountants completely comprehend the meaning of this term. it cannot be conveyed to another as it is done in case of normal scientific research. has to spend such efforts every time. For example. the knowledge of God belongs to different dimension.Secrecy of this knowledge There is a distinct difference between the scientific knowledge and the knowledge of God. The number of people who have mastered the knowledge of God probably will be much less than the PhDs in the world. Although the knowledge remains the same. A graduate in accounting understands it.

Therefore. This does not apply to the knowledge of God. Therefore. Similarly. Most of them believe that it is not possible to know God. they resort to God and confess. they suffer with negative emotions.
285
. the tendency to grab everything Obsession for worldly possessions Arrogance Jealousy Viciousness. only few people among the spiritual seekers have enough intelligence to comprehend the true meaning of the word ‘God’. This is the problem. because it is a super-human concept. k. Most often people use the concept of God as a painkiller. ‘why my miseries are not happening to others Spite or malice. j. Faith pending realization Although no one experiences that the earth is in the shape of a sphere. When we attempt to discuss the knowledge of God. It is essential that the seeker should not be under the influence of evil qualities listed below a. However. l. Whenever. laughing and enjoying about others suffering Pompous. it is possible for every one to conduct various experiments and directly perceive the truth. g. most people do not listen with an open mind. only those who are qualified will complete the process.Similarly. d. most people think that they know the meaning of the word ‘God’. tendency to project of one’s own name in everything Pride. i. 2. People do not know about God. faith becomes an essential starting point to commence the learning. The description of God given in the scriptures contradicts the personal experiences. a power higher than the human being. h. They hope that God. f. this knowledge will remain as secret. This is not a problem if they are willing to learn. Prerequisites The process of gaining this knowledge can be started by anyone. the feeling. e. b. Lust or any illegitimate desire Anger Hatred towards anyone Vengeance Greed. the feeling that nobody else is equal to oneself
These qualities keep one away from the process of knowing God. c. will resolve their problem.
3. They have a preconceived notion of God and they assume no one else has the capacity to know God. Only few among public are qualified accountants and therefore only they have the complete understanding of the term ‘cost’. but their understanding will vary with the level of intelligence.

Therefore, they do not think that God can be known. Following are the hurdles, which prevent most people to comprehend the true meaning of the word ‘God’. a. Attraction to the world: Many people do not have time for God. The sense objects in the world are continuously distracting them. Only when people get disappointed or when sad events happen, people turn towards God. Even such attention is of momentary in nature. They believe that the time and effort is required to compete in the material pursuit and assume spiritual pursuit is a post-retirement affair. b. Nature of God: Most people do not think that it is possible to know God. They are under the impression that God is a matter of blind belief. Both believers and non-believers are stuck to their own belief and do not make any attempt to gain the knowledge of God. c. Role of God: The concept of God is brought in to show the link between the individual and the universe. Until God is known, people assume that they are independent of the universe. Since most people are afraid to lose their ego, they do not pursue the knowledge of God. d. Benefit of Knowledge: Most people do not link the knowledge of God with Joyful Living. The truth that the knowledge of God will remove all the sufferings in life is not seen by many. Therefore, most people do not have any desire to know God. e. Vedas: People should have faith in Vedas that it is given out by God and it contains the complete description of God. f. Need for a teacher: Even if someone accepts that God has revealed his nature in the Holy Scriptures, it is not possible for any one to read and understand the contents without the help of a teacher. Most people do not accept the need for a qualified teacher. g. Capability of the teacher: Even if someone accepts the need of a teacher, it is very difficult to find the right one. Most people remain skeptical about the capability of the teacher. The teacher should be well versed in scriptural studies and in addition, he should be enlightened. Since it is very rare to find such a teacher, the knowledge remains as a secret. h. Process of knowing God: While listening to the teaching of Vedas from a capable teacher is the first step, one has to complete two more steps to comprehend the knowledge of God, namely Introspection (reflecting on the teaching and ensuring that the understanding is correct) and Inner Transformation through meditation. Most people find that these steps are difficult to cross and therefore they remain ignorant of God. i. Dharma: People should live life according to the Dharma prescribed in Vedas. Since people do not see the link between Dharma and the material prosperity, they do not strictly follow Dharma. It is impossible for such people to seek and find the true meaning of the word ‘God’.

286

4. Mode of gaining knowledge There are three ways of gaining knowledge a. By paying money b. By exchanging knowledge c. By rendering service The third way is the only possible way to gain the knowledge of God. It is not possible to hire a teacher and learn this knowledge. It is difficult for most people to spend time and effort to render service to an enlightened master and learn the knowledge of God. Therefore, it remains as a secret. Benefits of this knowledge Lord Krishna promises to give following two benefits to those who strive hard and learn this knowledge with the help of a competent teacher. 1. Joyful Living There will be no more sufferings in life. The whole world will become a theme park and the life will be a picnic. 2. Perception of God Everyone wishes to see God. This wish is fulfilled if one systematically learns this knowledge. It is not a theoretical knowledge but it enables practical perception. Example: If someone gives complete description of a place that we have not visited, the knowledge we have gained about the place is called ‘Indirect Knowledge’. When we actually visit the place and gain first-hand experience, our knowledge becomes ‘Direct Knowledge’. We gain Direct Knowledge of God by following the teaching of Lord Krishna. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 01 – 03

9.1 Lord Krishna said, because you are non-critical, I shall impart to you this most secret wisdom, knowing which you shall be relieved of the miseries of material existence. 9.2 This is the greatest knowledge, greatest secret, most sacred, directly attainable, unopposed to Dharma, very easy to pursue and imperishable. 9.3 Those who have no faith in this teaching continue certainly in the course of birth and death without attaining Me.

287

Lesson 2: Nature of God

Session: 203 – 204

Lord Krishna reveals the true nature of God and its relations with the creation. “I am formless and I am beyond the reach of five senses. I manifest myself as the creation that can be perceived by all the living beings’ This is understood in different ways by people depending on their ability to comprehend the truth. Lord Krishna does not give varying or contradicting descriptions for God. There is only one right meaning, which can be understood only by those with highest level of intelligence. Others will interpret the meaning differently. All such interpretations are partly true, since they are all based on Lord Krishna’s words. Teaching 99: Formless Brahman appears to be the universe, which is God The various levels of truth are discussed below. 1. There is God, the creator of this universe This is the first level of knowledge. Atheists and those with scientific mind that opposes religion assume that the creation is by chance. Such people have not yet begun their journey towards knowing God. Religious minded people acknowledge the presence of God by seeing the proof, his creation. Example: A baker bakes the bread. Existence of bread proves the existence of the baker. In this case, baker is the intelligent cause of the creation. He mixes all the ingredients (which are independent of him) and then bakes the bread. Similarly, it is presumed God is the intelligence cause of the universe. While it is true that God created this universe, there is something more to know about God. According to this first level of knowledge, there is more than one entity other than God. Therefore, technically it cannot be said that God is omnipresent because there is space and time separating God from his creation, similar to the gap between baker and the bread. Since human beings are part of the creation, their power (the power to destroy the world, for example) is independent of the power of God. Therefore, God is not omnipotent. This creates a contradiction. God is declared in the scriptures as Omnipresent and Omnipotent. It is logically seen that God cannot be a separate entity other than the creation. Therefore, this first level of knowledge is for those who would like to believe in a higher power called God and do not wish to logically enquire and find his true nature. Only when they develop more intelligence, they will be able to comprehend the ultimate truth of God.

288

2. The creation is the part of the God This the second level of knowledge wherein God is considered both as the intelligent cause and material cause. Example: A spider spins the web from its saliva. Spider is the intelligence cause and in addition, it is the material cause since the web is part of the spider. This view eliminates the logical conflict discussed under the first level. God is no longer considered separate from the creation. However, there are new contradictions. For example, the problems of the world will become the problems of the God. If the web is damaged the spider cannot be happy and peaceful. This contradicts the declaration in the scriptures that God is ever peaceful and joyful. Therefore, this level of knowledge is partly correct but it does not give complete truth. 3. The creation is God There is another way to comprehend the words of Lord Krishna to mean the creation itself is God. However, this view contradicts the declaration in the scriptures that God remains unchanged, unattached and unaffected by the creation. In addition, it will amount to saying that God did not exist prior to creation since creation is God. 4. The creation rests on God This is the ultimate and right truth: God has two parts, Brahman and Illusion. Brahman is the only reality and the creation is an illusion. Since all the sufferings in the creation are part of the illusion, they do not affect the God. Just as an individual living being is made up of inert objects and conscious principle, God is also made up of two components. The conscious principle in him is called Brahman, which is attributeless, nameless and formless. It is unchanging and is present forever. The creation is the second component which is an illusion resting on Brahman. Creation comprises of inert objects that are ever changing and impermanent. This view can be comprehended only through devotion of God, surrender to God and through gaining the knowledge revealed in Vedanta. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verse: 04

9.4 This entire universe is pervaded by Me, whose form is un manifest. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.

289

Lesson 3: Creator and Creation

Session: 205 – 206

The correct understanding of the nature of God reveals the relationship between the creator and the creation. It is not similar to the relationship between the baker and the bread. Nor it is like the relationship between spider and the web. Creation consists of name and form. There is no substance in creation. The only substance is Brahman. Brahman is nameless, formless and second less conscious principle. This consciousness together with names and forms appear as creation. Brahman with names, forms and attributes is called God. God includes creation. The relationship between God and Creation is similar to the relationship between the clay and pot as shown in the following three statements. 1. Clay says, “All pots are with me” 2. Clay says, “I am not with the pots” 3. Clay says, “Pots are not with me” The first statement and the third statement appear to contradict each other. Lord Krishna’s explanation on the relationship between God and Creation has similar apparent contradiction, which can be understood with logical analysis of these three statements.

1. Clay says, “All pots are with me” Pots depend on clay for existence. If there is no clay, there are no pots. Universe depends on God for existence. If there is no God, there is no universe. Therefore, it is possible for the clay to claim, “All pots are with me”. 2. Clay says, “I am not with the pots” Clay does not depend on pots of existence. Even if all the pots are destroyed, the clay continues to exist. The existence is a property that belongs to clay. After the creation, the pots borrow this property from clay. Similarly, God does not depend on the universe for existence. Even if the entire universe is destroyed, God continues to exist. The existence is a property that belongs to God. The ‘IS’ ness of the entire universe is borrowed from God.

290

3. Clay says, “Pots are not with me” Since pots depend on clay for existence, it can be said they do not exist. A reflection of an object cannot be counted as a second object. Similarly, since there is only one substance, clay, it can claim, “Pots are not with me”. Similarly, the entire universe belongs to a lower order of reality just as our dream. The dream world that is perceived while we are asleep belongs to a lower order of reality. When we wake up the dream world is resolved. Similarly, the so-called real universe is the dream of God. It is an illusion. Just as we are not affected by the events in the dream, God can claim, “The creation is not in me”. Thus from this discussion, we can derive three types of reality. Real, that which exists, whether one experiences it or not. Only God exists and it is the only reality. Although we experience God all the time, we may not know it. False, that which does not exists. Like rabbit’s horn. It is not available for experience. Illusion, that which does not exist but available for experience. The entire universe belongs to this category. It is not real because on analysis it vanishes. It is not false because it is available for experience. It is an illusion.

There is no creation. There is manifestation. There are no two substances. The only substance is clay. Clay does not have any specific form during un manifested stage. It appears as pots after manifestation. God is the name for all names. God is the form of all forms. God appears as the universe. We observe that there are many objects in the creation. However, in essence there is only one substance. Everything in the universe that we perceive is just a name and form of the very same substance, God. The nature of relationship between God and Brahman Brahman with the power of illusion is called God just as a person who can sing is called a singer. Both the words singer and the person refer to the same entity. Similarly, God and Brahman refer to the same entity. God can be construed to have two natures, higher and lower. The higher nature refer to the Brahman, which is formless, nameless etc. The lower nature refers to the Illusion, which appears (and disappears) as the universe, which is constantly changing.

291

The nature of relationship between the Creator and Creation The Creator is God and the Creation is the Universe. God is Brahman together with the power of Illusion. Universe is the expression of the Illusion. God is the master of the Illusion. By controlling the Illusion, God cyclically manifests the universe (called creation), sustains it and resolves it at the appropriate time. Since God is both the intelligence cause and the material cause of the creation, God appears as Universe. However, there are three unique features with respect to the relation between God and the universe, which are detailed below. 1. God is unattached The universe is the gross form of God. There is no universe outside God. However, God is beyond the universe as well. Even when there is no universe (prior to Big Bang or after resolution of the universe), God will continue to exist. This is similar to the relationship between Air and Space. There is no air outside the space. However, Space is beyond the air. Even where this is no air, space continues to exist. Thus, while air depends on space for existence, space does not depend on air for existence. Similarly, universe depends on God for existence but God does not depend on the universe for existence. 2. God is unaffected If the air is polluted, it does not affect the space in any way. Similarly, the problems of the world do not taint God. God is not away from creation. Both are in the same place. However, God remains unaffected by the status of the universe. 3. God is unchanging Space does not move when the air moves. Similarly, God does not change while the universe changes. The universe is continuously changing and God remains unchanging.

292

Once we understand the relationship between the creator and the creation, we will gain clarity on how to respond to the world. Although, we may continue to see the mirage water, we will not rush towards it to quench his thirst. Similarly, the world continues to appear as before. However, those who understand the relationship between the world and God will not run towards the world for gaining peace, security and happiness. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 04 – 06

9.4 This entire universe is pervaded by Me, whose form is unmanifested. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them. 9.5 In fact, the beings are not in Me. Although I Myself am the creator of the beings and sustainer of the beings, I am not in the beings. 9.6 As the mighty wind, blowing everywhere, always rests in space, know that in the same manner all beings rest in Me.

293

Lesson 4: God’s pursuit

Session: 207

Every one of us is engaged in some activity or another. Similarly, God is also engaged in activities comprising of manifestation of this universe, sustaining it and then resolving it in a cyclical manner. Teaching 100: God manifests, sustains and resolves the creation cyclically God monitors all our activities and ensures that we get appropriate results of our actions. The accumulated and unused results will cause human beings to be born again to enjoy/suffer the results. In a similar way, the entire universe is resolved into causal state and manifested again in line with the cumulative accumulated results of all the living beings. After manifesting the universe, God sustains it by ensuring that everything in the creation functions according to the predetermined rule. God is impartial in his work. The job of creation, sustenance and resolution is done by God according to the accumulated impressions of all the living beings. God ensures that the mango seed grows into mango tree and not become an orange tree. Similarly, even human beings are guided by God to function in line with the composition of the constituents, namely, Aura, Energy and Matter. Teaching 101: God ensures that every human being lives in an environment that is dictated by his past actions The variations among people are due to the variations in their composition. It is not possible to change any individual. God ensures, that every baby grows into an adult in line with the inherent composition and do not vary depending on the way it is brought up by its parents. This is similar to ensuring mango tree grow out of mango seed. God is thus responsible for sustaining order in the universe. Teaching 102: God ensures that each child grows into an adult without any influence from its parents or by its environment God has two different states. At the core, he is formless and nameless conscious principle, called Brahman. When the accumulated impressions of all the living beings are ready to fructify, he becomes the manifested world through the help of his power of illusion. The universe is resolved back into the illusion when it is time for the next cycle. It is similar to our waking state and sleeping state, which keep alternating. After doing our daily duties, we go to sleep. When we wake up, we continue our work from where we left on the previous day. Similarly, the entire creation goes to sleep during the stage of resolution and comes back to life on manifestation.

294

There is no discontinuity in the life of an individual due to sleeping. As long as the human beings are ignorant about the true nature of God. I manifest again and again this entire multitude of beings. God is not bound by his actions because he is aware of his real nature. 9. this cycle of birth and death.8 Resorting to the cosmic order. which is changeless and attribute less. God uses the power of illusion to manifest the universe and to sustain the living beings/ inert objects. the accumulated impressions of all the living beings are resolved into this power of illusion of God.7 Oh Arjuna. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 07 – 08
9. Living beings are helplessly bound to this cycle. which is helpless. As and when the knowledge of the individual human being reaches this level. manifestation and resolution will continue. all beings resolve into Me and at the beginning of the next cycle. there is no discontinuity in the creation due to the cycle of resolution and manifestation.
295
. At the time of resolution. Similarly. he will be liberated from this cycle. by My potency I again create. being under the control of the three modes of nature. which is under Me. at the end of each cycle.

he is not bound by his continuous action. This is due to many reasons and three of them are given below. Both the parent and the teacher expect the child to perform well in the exam and if it does not. sustenance and resolution without being attached to the results of his work. Knowledge God knows that he is Brahman unlike most human beings who do not know that they are Brahman. God remains unaffected by his work. Therefore. 2. God is like a contractor who builds the house according to the specification and paying power of the owner.Lesson 5: God’s Non-binding action
Session: 208
God is constantly manifesting.
296
. Therefore. he is not bound by his actions. who is attached to the results. A parent also helps his child to learn. the teacher remains unaffected but the parent is upset due to his attachment. the teacher remains unaffected because he has done the work without attachment. unlike the human beings. Power The illusion is under the control of God. God is working like an efficient teacher and human beings in general are working like the parent. If a child does not do well in the exam. it does not shield the truth from God. Illusion controls the living beings and makes them ignorant of the knowledge about their true nature. God does an efficient job of manifestation. sustaining and resolving the universe. This is not possible for a parent who is attached to the results of his efforts. God does not want to do any favors to anyone. God does not have a feeling that he is the doer nor an enjoyer of the fruits of his action. Example: A teacher does an efficient job of teaching the students. 3. It has to be according to the plan provided by the owner. The contractor cannot build the house according to his wishes. Absence of desire God is indifferent while doing work because of the absence of desire. Inspite of his continuous activity. 1.

A dead man cannot create a dream world. the conscious principle of God blesses the creation and the universe is manifested without spending any time and effort by God. Creating this universe apparently requires much time and effort compared to creation of a wooden table by a carpenter. It does not have consciousness. illusion functions with the borrowed consciousness and existence. the dream world is manifested. Both the carpenter and table belong to the same order of reality. It does not have independent existence. Teaching 103: God remains impartial both to a devotee and to an atheist Illusion is an inert object comprising of Aura. this task requires time and effort. God lends existence to it. They are quite busy doing the work all the time. the illusion has the power to project and sustain this world in the presence of the God. Example: A person creates a dream world comprising of a universe without spending much effort and time. The conscious principle is essential for creation of the dream world. The effort of God is not similar to the conventional effort.God does not spend time and resource for creation. However. the powers of the ministers will cease. Energy and Matter. all the ministers do the job of managing the country. The job of creation is done by the illusion. his job of creation of universe is much easy since the creation belongs to a lower order of reality. God does not spend such time and effort. God created this universe in a similar fashion. Mere presence of the conscious principle is enough for the creation. Example: A king is the source of power to all his ministers. Therefore. This is similar to our inert body/mind complex appearing to be alive due to the presence of our consciousness. the Illusion appears to be alive. The consciousness is leant to it by God. Supported by God’s presence. if the king dies.
297
. God does not do any work but support the working of the illusion just as the king lends his power by his mere presence. Illusion cannot exist by itself. The power of illusion works in the presence of God. The king may not do any work. The moment he sleeps. His mere presence enables the creation of the world. As long as the king is alive. Similarly. However. Thus. As far as God is concerned. Similarly.

Consciousness is unchanging. 9. all the moving and non-moving beings in the world are created by illusion. the electricity. That is why Lord Krishna says that he remains unaffected since Illusion is doing all the work of creation. However.
298
. all this work do not bind Me. sustenance and resolution.
Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verses: 09 – 10
9. this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again. and it is producing all moving and unmoving beings. I am ever detached and remain like an indifferent person.9 Oh Arjuna. By its rule. Example: An electrical motor lift the water from the well to the overhead tank. The electricity can claim that it did not do any work and all the work is done by the motor. the motor cannot function without the presence of the electricity.Illusion is always changing.10 This material nature is working under My direction. Oh Arjuna. which functions in the presence of God. Similarly.

It is an insult to God. Whenever. who belong to a particular religion or sect. if their prayers are not answered they blame the God. Type 3: Religious people People. Type 1: Non-believers Although the world is available for experience. It is expected that we do not pass judgment on anyone whom we do not know. God is similar to the accountant who makes the payment of salary according to the attendance record.
299
. refuse to acknowledge the complete power of God. many people assume that it came about by chance and do not give credit to God for his creation. God is the name for all forms. they praise God. They insult God by abusing the personal gods belonging to other religions and sects. who choose to pray a particular personal god with a specific name and form. God manages our account of actions and results. Type 4: Fundamentalists People. insult God by not recognizing his complete powers. Similarly. Such people insult God by not recognizing his function. Type 5: Superstitious People believe in God without understanding the theory of action and result. It is like eating the food but refusing to acknowledge the presence of a cook. If one abstains from going to work. However.Lesson 6: Insulting God
Session: 209
People in general do not know God because it is difficult to see both the parts of God. if he his blamed for our mistakes. However. There are many types of such people. many people insult God without knowing him. Type 2: Blind believers Many people. God is omnipresent and omniprevalent and not constrained by a form and name. their prayers are answered positively. in case of God. who believe in God. he cannot blame the accountant for the reduced pay. Such people insult God by not recognizing his presence. pray to him without any understanding on the nature of God.

vain pursuits and vain knowledge. All such knowledge will be of no use in living our life happily. If this is not attempted the worldly knowledge that they gain is a wasteful effort. Until they do this. all their efforts remain wasteful. praising the God is the only way to make a course correction and start making progress towards Joyful Living. the worldly knowledge actually stands between our happiness and us. 9. When they recognize the presence and role of God in creation. the deluded people look down upon Me who have taken this human form. chemistry and such worldly subjects. Then after sustained efforts. In olden days. Once we gain this knowledge. they will realize only the spiritual pursuit will lead them to Joyful Living. people who live in a particular village did not have any access to the information from the rest of the world.
Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verses: 11 – 12
9. It will not give them the realization that they are searching for happiness in the wrong direction until they know the God and praise him. They are attracted by demonic and atheistic views.
300
. we will realize the uselessness of the worldly knowledge. Slowly the spiritual pursuit will become an additional pursuit to their material pursuit.11 Not knowing My higher nature as the great Lord of all beings. Our worldly knowledge enables us to survive and to raise our standard of living. We need to gain knowledge on God. namely. The problem is incomplete information. God will then ensure that they get an opportunity to be exposed to the Holy Scriptures. Beyond this stage. Their material pursuit will never take them towards their destination of Joyful Living. People should get complete knowledge on God and the creation so that they can be peaceful.12 These deluded people are full of vain hopes.The only reason for insulting God is our ignorance. The problem is not more information. We may have extensive knowledge on physics. after the invasion of the media like television and newspapers. Therefore. They had peaceful life if we are to compare the same with the post information era. they will start living in line with Dharma.

They are aware that the entire creation is the manifestation of God and dwell in his presence happily all the time. Here the act of surrendering is not for any specific purpose. 3. he will be aware both the directors and customers are God. 4.Lesson 7: Praising God
Session: 210 – 211
Those who understand God. He will work hard to give his best because for him the only master is God. he is aware of the true nature of everyone. his surrender to God is motivated only by his pure and unconditional love for God. every living being around him is the extension of God and the whole creation is nothing but God. Hardworking He will be working hard on a task given to him by God. praise him all the time. Therefore. Once he commences a task. 2. They are aware all the actions are done under his directions and in line with his wishes. He will think /talk /act about God all the time.
301
. A true devotee does not require anything from God. The wise people see nothing but God. Whatever jobs come by his way he will do them as if God has given him that work. People surrender to those in high positions or to God for gaining some benefits. He may behave like anyone else but in his heart. It is not that he will be preaching about God. Surrender He will surrender to God in devotion. Strong minded He will be strong minded and show steadfast commitment to the chosen task. 1. He is not working for selfsatisfaction or for the satisfaction of his superiors/ customers. whether a person is in God consciousness or not cannot be comprehended by the outsider. Thus. he will remain focused on it. He is aware that whatever happens is God’s will. even if he addresses a board meeting on customer expectations. Therefore. Conscious of God He will always be in God consciousness. Following are the hallmarks of a true devotee of God. The obstacles and difficulties will not distract or deter him from progressing towards the destination.

It is impossible to show true devotion to God unless one has complete knowledge of God. It is impossible to change anyone’s attitude unless the underlying wrong knowledge is replaced with the right knowledge. This is a wrong notion. our devotion to God depends on our knowledge of God. Teaching 104: Devotion to God is graded based on knowledge of God The nature of God is revealed in Holy Scriptures. will be devoted to a personal god. Peaceful He will be peaceful with himself as well as with others. Grade 1: There is God (There is only one form and name for the God) People. It is impossible for any one to think someone as a very good person and hate him at the same time. Popularly it is thought that knowledge and devotion are two different paths to God. who acknowledge the presence of God. Example: When we meet a stranger. Such devotees think God as an independent entity will pray to God with respect. The understanding of the people depends on their level of intelligence. because he is aware that whatever happens is in line with God’s wish. who is being worshiped by different people by different names and forms. our attitude will develop in line with the knowledge of the person. who is
302
. We may start liking him. our attitude towards him will be that of indifference. However.5. there are three grades. Knowledge and devotion are the two sides of the same coin. Such devotees are aware that the God. Among those who are devoted to God based on their knowledge of God. respecting him or hating him entirely depending on our knowledge about that person. they assume that their god is the only the god and will not respect the gods of other religions and sects. As we get to know the stranger better. they will understand that there is only one God. They will praise the God for all his powers and glories. However.(God is the name for all forms) When people gain more maturity. the knowledge of God varies and therefore there are different grades of devotion. Grade 2: There is only one God. Similarly. disliking him. He does not have an ego to claim himself to be either the doer of the actions or the enjoyer of the results of the actions. Attitude is the result of knowledge. It does not matter what name one addresses the God because the true God does not have any name or form.

worship Me. unlike the people in the Grade 1. Therefore.14 Constantly praising Me. People in this grade are truly devoted to God. as the one without a second. Such people are not under the delusion that they are independent of the universe. they do not assume that other devotees are in the wrong path. The entire creation is seen as one entity. those who are not deluded worship Me with an undistracted mind. they surrender to Me and perpetually worship Me with devotion. Whatever actions they do. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 13 –15
9. Grade 3: There is nothing but God. They are aware that people pray to the same God by different names and forms because their limited intelligence. and in the universal form. since they are aware God being not only the intelligence cause of the creation but also the material cause. who are engaged in the cultivation of knowledge. is the same God that appears in different names and forms in the minds of other devotees. it is done as a service to God. because they know Me as the imperishable cause of all beings. diverse in many. This means there is nothing in the universe that is not God.15 Others. (God is formless and forms are illusion) This is the ultimate understanding of God. 9.13 Oh Arjuna. Such devotees know that the God is the intelligence cause of the universe. striving with a firm resolve.
303
.formless and nameless. 9.

it is essential to treat God as our destination and not as a means to reach our destination. Therefore. God grants the wishes of the devotee. which can buy many chocolates. on reaching the chosen destination we will continue to feel insufficient and again seek the help of God to reach the next destination.Lesson 8: God as the giver of happiness
Session: 212
People pray to God to fulfill their wishes. In addition. However. Role of Impressions: The actions performed by the individual could be classified as good. There are many people. whether the devotee gains happiness or not depends on his Knowledge. who seek temporary sensual pleasures and provide them accordingly. he will meet the expectation and help us reach our chosen destination. Similarly. Those with the highest level of knowledge will seek the nondiminishing happiness. The preferences and Impressions of the devotee determine the level of fulfillment of the wishes. However. This process will continue until we realize that God is our ultimate destination.
304
. God decides to grant the wishes of the concerned individual depending on the ratio of his good and bad actions. undisturbed peace and everlasting security. the knowledge level of the individual may guide them to seek a lower level of happiness. His immediate goal in life and the long term objectives are determined by his likes and dislikes prompted from the accumulated Preferences. Example: A child will prefer a chocolate to a high value currency note. to which god he prays and the quantum of the effort he puts in to reach the goal also stem from his accumulated Preferences. Whether the goals or objective in life is good or appropriate is decided by the knowledge of the person. Role of Preferences: The accumulated Preferences of a person determine what he wants to achieve in life. God will accordingly guide them towards their goal. Preferences dictate what is desirable and it may not necessarily be what is good. The knowledge of the child is not yet grown to a sufficient level to guide the child to choose the currency note. If God is treated as a means. bad or indifferent. Happiness depends on the knowledge Based on the Preferences and Impressions.

the holy chant. worship Me indirectly.18 I am the goal.Teaching 105: God is not only the means but also the destination for all Teaching 106: God answers our prayers according to our preferences and impressions
Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verses: 16 – 21
9. 9.21 When they have thus enjoyed heavenly sense pleasure. 9. the grandfather and supporter of this universe. I am also the Rg. I am the cause of mortality and immortality. the abode. the fire and the offering. the sustainer. they return to this mortal planet again. sustenance and annihilation of everything.19 Oh Arjuna. 9. the purifier and the syllable Om. 9. seeking the heavenly planets.16 I who am the ritual. They take birth on the planet of Indra. I am resting place and the eternal seed. achieve only flickering happiness. the witness. I control heat. the master. the rain and the drought. the seekers of sense pleasures.17 I am the father. I the sacrifice. and the Yajur [Vedas]. the Sama. I am the butter. where they enjoy godly delights. the mother. I am the manifest as well as the un manifest.
305
. who have followed the rituals of the Vedas. the healing herb. the offering to the ancestors. I am the object of knowledge. the refuge and the well-wisher. I am the source of creation. Thus.20 Those who study the Vedas and drink the soma juice. 9.

the focus will have to be shifted from the material pursuit. One has to spend all the available time to reach God and therefore there will be no time left for earning the required money to support the self and the family. If one continues to spend time on material pursuit. Achievement of new heights in any field of knowledge is not possible unless this basic support is given. family and such different aspects of the life. Therefore. It is for the general welfare of the society. God supports those who help the society in their spiritual pursuit. one cannot reach the ultimate destination. Example: If one is scheduled to leave by the early morning train. It is expected that an individual must dedicate all his efforts towards reaching God. if one has to reach God. whatever the actions (like brushing the teeth or having a cup of coffee) he does are with the underlying goal of reaching the station in time. God makes a special promise. who are willing to do research after their basic qualification. Such promise is given for two specific reasons. Only those who have kept God as their ultimate destination can guide others to follow them. Qualifications required for receiving this support from God: One should not have multiple goals in life.
306
. If such people perish in the world for want of enough material comforts then people in general will develop an aversion towards the spiritual pursuit. Lord Krishna says that God will meet all the basic requirements to lead a peaceful life and protect their material possessions. are provided with a stipend by those who are interested in their research. Example: The government supports various arts and culture of the land to preserve the heritage. Such people are not covered under this promise. In general.Lesson 9: God as the provider of livelihood
Session: 213
For those people who have chosen God to be their ultimate destination. There is another reason for such promise. status. people will have multiple goals and work towards better health. Similarly. Reasons for receiving this support from God: This is for helping them to reach God. God provides the required support. Whatever they do should be for knowing God. Example: People. since they have chosen the correct goal. Similarly.

One should have the capability and willingness to shoulder the responsibility of supporting the self and the family. one should eat. This support is not available for people who are lazy and do not want to do work. with a hope that God will provide them for their livelihood. Similarly. they will be eligible to get this support from God. Only to such people. If some one is incapable of getting a job.
307
. worship the indwelling Me with devotion.
Teaching 107: God provides the material support if the destination is God
Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verse: 22
9. he will not be selected to be a research scholar. will not receive the support from God. Only if such people decide to seek God instead. those who are not capable of meeting the both ends cannot start praying to God. God makes the promise of providing for all the support. The final requirement is trust in the words of God.Similarly. without complete trust. One who spends time in praying to God. sleep.22 Those who see Me as non-different from them. Example: Admission to research scholars is only to those who are capable to get a job and earn money. I take care of what they lack and preserve what they have. talk and do anything for the sake of knowing God.

However. which will lead them to God ultimately. But they do not know Me in reality. God might give him opportunities to learn the true knowledge of God. However. even those who are devotees of other finite gods and who worship them with faith are worshipping Me alone unknowingly.23 Oh Arjuna. merging with God is the only objective of every living being. they are trying to reach the God ultimately. the limitation of the world to satisfy his ultimate requirements. Whatever way they are working. It does not matter how long one prays to God or how sincerely he prays.Lesson 10: God as provider of fortunes
Session: 214
People. Only through experience. If he does good actions in addition to his prayers. many of them may be having other goals. Benefit 2: People start realizing that there is no permanent happiness in what they seek. In whatever form people pray to him. due to ignorance they do not seek God as the objective of life. Example: Every student in the school is studying to complete the final level in the school. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 23 – 25
9. People get opportunities based on their past actions. They keep trying to look for varied objects with the hope that they will be contended. God grants their wishes resulting in following two benefits. Merging with God will become their only objective in life. Therefore. Unless he understands by using his intelligence. I alone am the only enjoyer and the lord of all sacrifice. Similarly. they come to realize the futility of prosperity. Therefore. they will surrender to God and pray for reaching him. Once people gain the true perspective of God. 9.24 Indeed. They need to use such opportunities to grow up in the spiritual path. 9. who do not know the true nature of God. they may not be aware of this goal. they fall. assume him as a superman with extraordinary powers and resources.25 Those who worship the deities will reach the deities. he will remain as a seeker. and those who worship Me reach Me. Benefit 1: People start believing in God and their belief becomes stronger. However. Most students will be assuming that their goal is to complete the class that they are currently in. they seek his help to achieve what they are not able to do with their limited resources.
308
. those who worship ancestors reach the ancestors.

This practice will mature into devotion depending on the knowledge one has about God. Even if people spend enormous time. the body language expresses the attitude. This is not expected by God. habit. Methods of offering prayer to God vary among people. Example: If a phone call is received from a superior. such actions will mature into friendship. In general. Actions are not important but the attitude with which such actions are performed is very important and determines the result. our willingness to make offerings to God shows our devotion to God. We should not divide our life into professional life and spiritual life. Similarly. if we do not get to know our neighbor. Lord Krishna recommends that we offer our regular work as a dedication to God. The attitude expresses itself into action. etc. However. Gaining knowledge about God is an essential component of this process. Normally people spend few minutes for God and rest of the time is spent on material pursuit. money and effort on praying to God. God is not pleased. Therefore. Link between action and attitude while praying to God The knowledge of God determines once attitude towards God. our friendly actions will not result in friendship. if we follow the tradition of prostrating before the God’s statue. Example: If we keep wishing our neighbor ‘Good Morning’ everyday and offer to help whenever an opportunity arises. There are many different actions associated with the prayer depending on the culture/ traditions followed in the family. For example. people start praying to God due to the customs and traditions in the family. Example: A mother’s willing to sacrifice her personal comforts shows her love for her baby.Lesson 11: Method of praying to God
Session: 215 – 216
Prayer to God should be based out of devotion and not due to any other factors like fear of God. Respect for the superior may make a person to stand and talk. our attitude decides our method of offering prayer to God. It does not matter what we offer to God but with what attitude we offer them matters. it is also possible that our action will lead to proper attitude. Similarly.
309
. it may bring respect and love for God. God is Dharma and therefore one should work as worship. if they do not live according to Dharma.

When we make offering to God to acknowledge his role in our life. We cannot claim ownership on anything. Example: If coffee is offered to a guest in a silver cup. Benefit 3: To ensure that we follow Dharma. We start living in the house as tenants in God’s house. the objects of the world are given to us by God for our enjoyment. Example: A driver expects salary for driving around his master. then we will do all our work with perfection and to the best of our ability. This is the reason that people perform special prayer on construction of a new house. We will not wait for the results of our work. recognition for our work. they are for our own benefits only. Similarly. Getting an opportunity to serve our master (God) will be considered as an honor and we will not be looking forward to any results like award. Even our own body and mind belong to God. he can use the cup until he drinks the coffee. He cannot claim the ownership of the cup saying that it has been given to him! Similarly. Whatever offers we make.Benefit of making offerings to God God does not require anything from us since everything belongs to Him. Benefit 2: As a reminder to our status. The trustees are allowed to use the funds of the trust to meet all the cost of functioning as trustees. One day as a part of his work. reward. God is installed in the new house and considered as the owner of the house.
310
. He is so proud of driving Gandhi home that he feels very happy while doing the work. Benefit 1: Work will become a pleasure. Following are the distinct benefits that one may get depending on the attitude with which such actions are performed. he was asked to bring Mahatma Gandhi from the railway station. This is because of his attitude towards Gandhi. If we do our work as a dedication to God. we will enjoy our work. as trustees we should not do anything for personal gain. Similarly. if we assume God as our master. We are allowed by God to use our possessions as a trustee and we cannot claim ownership. we are reminded that we should follow Dharma all the time. Since this is God’s world. We do not own anything in this world.

311
. fruit or water. should be done as an offering unto Me. all that you eat. Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge Verses: 26 – 27
9. a flower. we will see that the entire credit should go to God and we have no role to play. Whenever we gain any material benefit. we will realize the true status of our ego. As we gain maturity. 9.26 If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf. It does not have any role. Thus.we can enjoy a comfortable life. Our actions will shape our attitude and we will respect the scriptures and trust the words of the teacher.27 Oh Arjuna. we should not violate Dharma for personal gain. However. Benefit 4: To facilitate surrender of our ego. all that you do. a portion of it is offered to God as a token of our acknowledgement of the role of God. As a result. Our prayer will mature and it will reach it heights corresponding to our knowledge of God. The practice of Dharma while offering prayers will provide us with right teacher to guide us to gain the ultimate knowledge of God. as well as all austerities that you may perform. we will acquire all the required qualifications to know God. Teaching 108: Offerings to God should be made with the right attitude. We are just tools in the hands of God and all our actions are done by Him. Benefit 5: To gain complete knowledge on God. all that you offer and give away. We assume due to ignorance that we are the doer of actions and enjoyer of the results. Adhering to Dharma will accelerate our progress in our spiritual pursuit. I will accept it.

If God does not fulfill the wishes. They will accumulate positive results of good actions. the practice of offering prayers to God will exist in some form or other. They will no longer be a sinner.Lesson 12: Benefit of knowing God
Session: 217
Among those people who believe in God. the devotee receives the complete knowledge of God through Inquiry. This will enable the people to gain mental maturity that is required to receive the knowledge of God. Teaching 109: Offerings to God will facilitate surrender of the Ego. The type of offering made to God is by recognizing the truth that the giver. there is no accumulation of results. there is a conscious decision to expand the time spent for God to cover all the waking part of the day. there are no more actions done by the individual because the ego is sacrificed to God. Actions are done for getting specific results and a small part is sacrificed in the name of God. Stage 1: Trading with God (“I give something to you”) During the initial stages of devotion. which will help them to progress to the next stage. This will enable them to progress to the next stage of devotion. All the results of the actions are sacrificed in the name of God. Introspection and Inner Transformation and start living as an extension of God. It is mostly like a business deal with God. the people are not very different from those who do not believe in God because their knowledge of God is as little as that of non-believers. At this stage. prayers are restricted to mere rituals and it will be a part-time activity. There is no separation caused by ‘me’ and ‘mine’. Stage 2: Offering work as worship (“I give everything to you”) When people graduate to this level. All the actions will be done as a prayer to God. given and the receiver are different representation of God.
312
. Stage 3: Living as a tool of God (“I give me to you”) In this final stage of devotion. These practices will lead the individual to the final destination of knowing God in three stages. Prayers are limited to asking favors from God and offering a small percentage of the benefit back to God as return gift. then the treatment to God will accordingly change. In this stage. Therefore. People will follow the prescription of Dharma for the fear of God.

313
. Similarly. The world will continue to be same for everyone. life will become a celebration. Therefore. if one sits next to the fire.Thus. God will grant the wishes of the devotees depending on their qualifications. they will not have anything to complain. they will not be born again. Advantage 2: Liberation from the cycle of birth and death The journey that took infinite number of births and deaths ends when the complete knowledge of God is gained. If someone is sitting far away from the fire. When he corrects the exam paper. The result of the exam will depend on the performance of the student. Example: On a cold night. he does not extend any favor to any student. There is nothing more to do. in the final stage complete knowledge of God is gained. God response depends on the degree of devotion. Advantage 1: Joyful Living Once it is known that God is everything and there is nothing but God. the true devotees see it as an expression of God. God’s role in promoting the devotee God is impartial. However. Teaching 110: The best devotee is one who has surrendering the ego to God. the benefit gained will be proportionately less. no destination to reach and life will be a picnic. Therefore. While others see it as a source of pleasure and pain. There are two distinct advantage of knowing God. how such people view the world will be different. Example: The teacher teaches impartially to all the students and gives complete support to all the students to pass the exam. the warmth gained depends on the distance from the fire. Such people who have reached the destination will not have any pending wish to be fulfilled at the time of death. Such people will see God everywhere and God fills up their mind with His thoughts. How soon people gain these two benefits depends on the depth of devotion. He does not extend any favor to anyone. we get the benefits. God guides us our spiritual education process and when we know God. Similarly.

314
.Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verses: 28 – 29
9. 9. and I am also in them.28 In this way you will be freed from all reactions to good and evil deeds. But whoever worship me with complete devotion are in Me.29 I envy no one. nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. and by this principle of renunciation you will be liberated and come to Me.

The past action and the current status will not deter anyone from entering the path leading to God. God instantly forgive all the sins committed in the past. Similarly. The only requirement for the change in the attitude of the teacher is for him to know that the student has sincerely decided to concentrate on the studies. They will see permanency of God in this impermanent world. Teaching 111: God forgives all our past mistakes if we surrender to Him completely
Steps in reaching God Step 1: Adharma to Dharma It is essential that one should stop all the activities declared as Adharma in the scriptures and live in line with Dharma. One should offer prayers to God in whatever way one sees fit. Step 2: Surrender to God The next step is to surrender to God to guide in all respects. The teacher will be too happy to guide him and condone all his past mistakes instantly. God extends his support equally to everyone who wishes to progress in their spiritual journey. earth will be a theme park and life will be Joyful.
315
. Ignorance is wiped out by their knowledge of God. From mortal body they have shifted their attention to the immortal God. Step 3: Gain the absolute knowledge of God God will guide everyone who has surrendered to the ultimate goal of knowing God.Lesson 13: Guidance from God
Session: 218 – 219
Sincerity shown in devotion is the only requirement to enter into the fold of God. There is no more suffering in life for them since they are immersed in the joyful nature of God. Example: A student who always misbehaves in the classroom. who does not listen to the teacher and who creates disturbance in the school has decided to concentrate on his studies. Step 4: Joyful Living Once God is known. if one surrenders to God with true devotion.

Advice 5: Be absorbed in God When the previous four advices are followed sincerely. Advice 3: Be a devotee to God One should pray to God through appropriate actions with the right attitude. All other activities in life should serve as supporting action. Teaching 112: We should do all our actions with God consciousness
316
. Thus. It is essential for the intelligence to see the incapability of the various material pursuits in life and identify the true objective of life.This stage can be reached by any human being. The only requirement is to surrender to God and follow his advises. one will reach a stage wherein it is possible to be a tool in the hands of God. Advice 1: Objective of life People have various goals in life according to their understanding and knowledge. Advice 2: Fill the mind with God Even when the intelligence understands that one should seek God. the intelligence should be focused on reaching God. God should be used as a means to reach the objective of God. Lord Krishna gives following advices to enable a devotee to reach Him. the mind may continue to be attracted by the external sense pleasures. The ego is completely dropped and one can merge with God. Mind should be filled up with the thoughts of God. Advice 4: Actions in the name of God All the actions in life should be done in the name of God. One should use their intelligence effectively and control the mind to function within the decision taken on the objective of life. which is to reach God.

9. vaisyas. he has resolved rightly. worship Me.31 He quickly becomes righteous and attains lasting peace. women.32 Oh Arjuna. 9. surely you will come to Me. though they be of lower birth.34 Engage your mind always in thinking of Me. 9.Chapter 9: The Most Confidential Knowledge
Verses: 30 – 34
9. those who take shelter in Me. 9. as well as sudras can attain Me by taking refuge in Me. For. declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes. keeping me as your goal. even if he has the worst conduct.33 Then what to talk of the virtuous Brahmins and devout royal sages! Having come to this miserable world worship Me.30 He who worships Me seeking nothing else should be considered a saint only. Being completely absorbed in Me. Oh Arjuna.
317
.

He has to point out to the very same world and tell us it is not the world but an illusion superimposed on God. Lord Krishna says that he will elaborate the teaching. The subject is difficult God is a subject that is not very easy to understand. since everyone else is part of the creation and God is the creator. we have wrong notions of God and it makes Lord Krishna’s job difficult. our mind has to be matured sufficiently. We need to spend more time to understand a technical paper. 4. The process of maturity starts when the teaching starts since until then we had no systematic way of making our mind matured. Even Vedas are ‘heard’ by the sages and they are not authored by any human being. It is similar to eating. The student is enjoying the teaching It is essential that the listener is involved in the teaching.Lesson 14: Glory of God
Session: 220 . Lord Krishna who is the Descending Avatar talks about his glories. It requires intensive coaching to convey the true meaning of God. No one else is qualified to teach. to ensure proper understanding of God by humankind. As our mind is more matured. Example: We can read the newspaper only once. In this case. The reason for repeating the teaching 1. Arjuna appears to be engrossed in the teaching and therefore. God himself has descended into the world to clarify the contents of Vedas. same teaching makes more sense when it is repeated. Unfortunately. 3. we need to learn until our ignorance is removed. Similarly. It is easier to teach a subject that we do not know. Thus. 2. To ensure that Vedas are understood properly. He mentions various things in the
318
.221
Lord Krishna repeats his teaching to Arjuna and explains how he is the cause of everything. to the right student at the right opportunity. Lord Krishna is the only teacher Only God can talk about himself. We need to keep eating until our hunger is removed. We need the teaching to continue until we learn. Learning is progressive To understand the truth about God.

sees every ornament as gold. Teaching 113: God has given the knowledge to us through Vedas Recap on the teaching so far 1. However. we do not see the God everywhere in the world. inspite of his teaching. we should be seeing God in everything. In this way. 2. Example: While every part of the earth is called earth. We still go to temple to pray to God.
319
. India is just a name and form created by us for our use. However. 4. the whole world is presented to us for enjoyment. and forget to see the substance behind everything. an imposition is given to list all things in the world and know that it is God. Forms and names have only functional utility. whatever we perceive is God
However. Similarly. Example: When a burglar enters a jewelry shop in the night to steal. we are lost in the name and form. Therefore. World continues to be a source of pleasure and pain to us. we divide them and give a name for functional convenience. Similarly. His choice of items chosen is random to make a point that he is everything. 3. Material cause means. We can spend sometime every day meditating on the list of God’s glory.creation and point out that he is behind its creation. In this way. For reinforcing the knowledge in the mind It is like giving imposition in school. We should not think India is independent of earth. God repeats his teaching by elaborating his glories. we will be reminded of Gods presence all the time. Reason for not perceiving God in the world The only reason for not perceiving God in everything we see is our weakness of getting lost in the names and forms. we are lost by the forms and names. Reasons for Lord Krishna describing God’s glory 1. Since we do not seem to remember God. we will be reminded to treat everything and everyone as God. There is no India. God is attributeless Brahman combined with the illusion He is the cause of creation He is both the intelligence cause and material cause of the universe. God is the name for all the forms that we perceive. He is not distracted by the name and form of the jewels. There is only the earth. There is nothing but God.

For removal of hatred. people are proud about their possessions. there will not be any ill feeling towards him since we are now aware that he is also God and he is our neighbor according to the will of the God. The more we have. We get irritated. Whenever we do something worthwhile. then we will have nothing to be proud of. Whatever happens is according to the will of the God and everyone around us is God. our ego gets inflated. education etc. we will not get any negative feeling. fear and such negative emotions The cause for all our negative emotions comes from the external world. status. Ego is a necessary by product of our hard work and achievements. our likes and dislikes will continue with reduced force without causing any negative emotions that are normally associated with our likes and dislikes. It should be allowed to grow big and ripen before it could be plucked from the tree.This is similar to visiting many temples across the country until one sees the truth that there is only one God behind all the forms and names. our ego will disappear. 3. Similarly. Therefore. knowledge. Example: If our neighbor picks up a fight with us. we will continue to avoid him. If there is no ego in the first place there is nothing to offer to God. This does not mean that we will not try to avoid unpleasant events. Example: I am proud of going to moon and returning. Similarly. Example: When we are driving the car. only when our ego is fully ripened it will be ready for offering to God. position. anger. Example: A mango fruit will be small and unripe in the beginning. wealth. This is not desirable since even animals do not have any ego. we cannot dislike anyone nor hate anyone. As a result. People who are stupid without any possessions/ skills will not have any ego. We should have strong ego in order to surrender it to God. For removal of ego In general. 2. When we know that that the old man is also God. the more inflated our ego will be. without our knowledge.
320
. However. an old man attempts to cross the road without any warning and we had to brake. When we know that God is the sole cause for all our achievements.

It is not possible to have something as good without the corresponding bad. God declares that even evil forces are his own expressions. This assumption actually reduces the glory of God. For equating the pairs of opposites The life is a combination of good and bad. Dharma and Adharma. truth and false. We will continue to be motivated to do our work in the best possible manner. The mind will be expanded to cover the entire universe. God declares that he is behind both. we will not be affected. people claim all the property owned by them as ‘mine’.4.
321
. whenever we get to know any achievement of people known to us. For removal of Jealousy When we know that God’s grace is the only cause of our own greatness. they define each other. Earlier we will be thinking that there is only one God and that is our god in a specific name and form. To reinforce the truth. It may be that we work hard and do not get recognition while others are rewarded for idling or functioning in a detrimental way. Such expansion of the term ‘mine’ is further extended to cover everything with the knowledge that everything is ours. This can also be logically explained. Although no one occupies more space than the size of the body. If we do not have sufficient knowledge we will assume that the evil force is outside and away from God. If we understand that this is also God’s will. Example: The term ‘mine’ includes all the objects and space owned by us. Therefore. For expanding the mind The narrow mindedness will be cured with the knowledge that God appears in various names and forms. we will not feel any jealousy. sacred and evil. Although these dualities appear to be opposite in nature. we will recognize that the very same God is responsible for others greatness as well. we progress higher in our understanding and know God to be the name for all forms. 5. As we learn the glory of God that it is he who supports everything. 6. life and death.

I am the source of the deities and the sages. 7. for. namely. we are presented with the advanced knowledge of ‘God and I’. people will follow Dharma but they will not be affected or perturbed by Adharma of others. at this stage. ‘I am different from World’. we can know the existence of God. how do we know it is correct? We need to have faith in the scriptures and see the logic in the declaration. fearlessness. In the term ‘creation’. only those with discrimination knows Me as the beginning less. For establishing oneness Everyone thinks. namely. Instead of the duality of ‘the world and I’. one can move up to understand the glory of God. pain. 10. We are to surrender to God and he will guide us to know the absolute knowledge that there is nothing but God so that we can live joyfully. there are two entities.4-5 Intelligence. in every respect. people might not be following Dharma. that he is God. During the initial stages. the three entities are reduced to two. God by the Holy Scriptures. the observer (self) and the observed (the whole world comprising of everything known). freedom from doubt and delusion. knowledge. self-control and calmness. our own body mind complex is also included. cause less and as the great Lord of all the worlds. Therefore. Only when all the negative actions are consciously avoided. truthfulness. namely.3 Among mortals. Therefore. Therefore. birth. death. Then the God is expanded to cover the entire creation. we will deal with both these extreme with equanimity. We will not praise the positive and condemn the negative. We will remain neutral to both since both are expression of God.1 Lord Krishna said.Once we understand this truth. pleasure.2 Neither the hosts of deities nor the great sages know My origin. In addition to these two entities. after understanding the glory of God. God and self. which are different from each other. is freed from all sins. Chapter 10: Glory of God Verses: 01 – 42
10. which I shall impart to you for your benefit and which will give you great joy. Only from Vedas. Even if Lord Krishna is declaring. This does not mean that we will live our life doing bad or evil acts. Such people are not qualified to progress in the spiritual path until they surrender to God. 10.
322
. Oh Arjuna. fear. a third entity is added. forgiveness. 10. once again may you listen to My supreme word.

10. There is no doubt in this. because there is no limit to My manifestations. Oh Krishna.14 Oh Krishna.7 He who knows in truth this glory and power of Mine. 10.8 I am the source of everything and everything emanates from Me.nonviolence. who possess My nature and whose progeny are these in the world are born out of My mind. of Your mighty powers and manifestations.11 Out of compassion for them. is blessed with unshaken knowledge.15 Indeed. equanimity.16 Please tell me in detail of Your divine powers by which You pervade all these worlds and abide in them. 10. the Absolute Truth and the eternal and all-pervading. 10. the ultimate.9 Fixing the mind and senses on Me. protector of the universe.19 Lord Krishna replied. You alone know Yourself by Yourself.6 The seven great sages and before them the four other great sages and the fourteen Manus. dwelling in their hearts. Well I will tell you My main divine glories. All the great sages such as Narada. fame and infamy are all born out of Me alone. Asita. The wise who know this perfectly well worship Me with devotion. 10. Oh Lord.17 How should I meditate on You? In what various forms are You to be contemplated. 10. contentment. 10. Lord of all beings.10 To those who are constantly worship Me with devotion. Devala. and Vyasa proclaim this of You. I give the understanding by which they reach Me. for I am never tired of hearing Your nectar of words. I totally accept as truth all that You have told me because neither the gods nor the demons know Your manifestation. 10. and now You Yourself are declaring it to me. 10. I.12-13 Arjuna said: You are the Supreme Brahman. the supreme abode and purifier. and speaking of Me. charity. destroy with the shining lamp of knowledge the darkness born of ignorance. Oh creator of all. God of gods! 10. Oh Lord? 10. Oh Arjuna.18 Tell me again in detail. mutually sharing the knowledge (about Me). 10. 10. they are always contented and delighted. austerity.
323
.

25 Of the great sages I am Bhrgu. Brhaspati. 10. 10.28 Of weapons I am the thunderbolt. Of procreators I am Kandarpa. of the senses I am the mind. and among perfected beings I am the sage Kapila. among cows I am the surabhi. the chief. Oh Arjuna.31 Of purifiers I am the wind. born of the elixir of immortality. 10.20 I am the Self. I am the beginning. and among men I am the monarch. among the beasts I am the lion. the feathered carrier of Visnu. of the Vasus I am fire. lord of death. and of bodies of water I am the ocean. of the wielders of weapons I am Rama. who rose out of the ocean. of the deities I am Indra.29 Of the celestial Naga snakes I am Ananta. of lights I am the radiant sun. 10. and of serpents I am Vasuki. and among sages and deities I am Narada. the lord of devotion. the middle and the end of all beings. and in living beings I am the living force [knowledge]. Oh Arjuna. and among the stars I am the moon. 10. the god of love. of the aquatic deities I am Varuna. Of generals I am Skanda. Of all sciences I am the spiritual science of the self.22 Of the Vedas I am the Sama-Vedas. and among logicians I am the conclusive truth. and of immovable things I am the Himalayas. of fishes I am the shark.21 Of the Adityas I am Visnu. 10. 10.
324
. and among the dispensers of law I am Yama. of lordly elephants I am Airavata.27 Of horses know Me to be Uccaihsrava. and of flowing rivers I am the Ganges.26 Of all trees I am the holy fig tree. the lord of war. of the Yaksas and Raksasas I am the Lord of wealth. Of sacrifices I am the chanting of the holy names. givers of abundant milk. 10. and among birds I am Garuda. 10. I am Marici of the Maruts. 10. among subduers I am time. seated in the hearts of all creatures. and of mountains I am Meru. Of departed ancestors I am Aryama.24 Of all the priests. Of the singers of the gods [Gandharvas] I am Citraratha. 10.32 Of all creations I am the beginning and the end and also the middle. 10. Oh Arjuna.30 Among the Daitya demons I am the devoted Prahlada. know Me to be the chief. of vibrations I am the transcendental Om.10.23 Of all the Rudras I am Lord Siva.

and of seasons I am flower-bearing spring.38 Among punishments I am the rod of chastisement. 10. 10. glorious. I am victory.39 Furthermore. intelligence. Arjuna. I am also inexhaustible time.10.42 But what need is there.34 I am all-devouring death. and of poetry I am the Gayatri verse.36 I am also the gambling of cheats.35 Of hymns I am the Brhat-sama sung to the Lord Indra.37 Of the descendants of Vrsni I am Vasudeva. Oh Arjuna. sung daily by Brahmanas. 10. and among great thinkers I am Usana. and I am the generator of all things yet to be. I am morality. 10. Of secret things I am silence. fortune.
325
. 10. 10. memory. 10. Of months I am November and December. I am the generating seed of all existences.33 Of letters I am the letter A. and among compounds I am the dual word. Of the sages I am Vyasa. for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe. What I have spoken to you is but a mere indication of My infinite opulence.40 Oh Arjuna there is no end to My divine manifestations. and of creators I am Brahma. Among women I am fame. and of those who seek victory. and of the wise I am wisdom. faithfulness and patience. and of the splendid I am the splendor. I am adventure. whose manifold faces turn everywhere. 10. speech. and of the Pandavas I am Arjuna. 10. and I am the strength of the strong. There is no being--moving or unmoving--that can exist without Me. and mighty creations spring from but a spark of My splendor.41 Know that all beautiful.

Now he has understood fully and there are no more questions. Lord Krishna taught the following: 1. In order to convert this information into knowledge. My physical body is not me. Arjuna was asking various questions to Lord Krishna to clarify his doubts during the teaching. My essential nature is eternal. By understanding these teachings. he is willing to do his duty of fighting for Dharma. Example: After a medical representative explains the potential of a new medicine. To conclude the meeting the doctor might ask for sample medicine but he may never use it. his understanding. summarizes. Lord Krishna has explained the role of God with respect to manifestation. Arjuna wants to convey to Lord Krishna that he has understood the teaching.223
Arjuna after listening to the teaching of Lord Krishna and clarifying his doubts. True nature of living beings 2. However. Without having complete faith in the words of the teacher. In addition. if the doctor does not have faith in the new medicine. Arjuna requests for a practical demonstration of the powers of God. he declares that he has complete faith in the words of Lord Krishna. True nature of God 3. This is an essential condition for seeking further help from the teacher. thus far. prior to asking for further help from Lord Krishna. The misunderstanding is removed. Arjuna says that his delusion is removed. he is not yet gained the complete clarity.Lesson 15: Request for Universal Form
Session: 222 . The true nature of God and His greatness is also explained in detail. He has understood that he is neither the doer nor the enjoyer. Gained clarity in the process of refining the mind through meditation 4. I can live joyfully. Understand the difference between action and inaction b. the sample will not be used. In the first six chapters. By repeating the teaching. Arjuna expresses his complete faith in the teaching given by Lord Krishna on: 1. it will not be useful. I need to do Karma Yoga a. God being the material cause of the universe Lord Krishna is the Descending Avatar of God.
326
. 3. sustenance and resolution of the creation that includes all the living beings. He is no longer confused about waging a war against his opponents. He does not feel that he can live joyfully by knowing that he is different from the physical body. Once I gained self-knowledge. but it is my vehicle to transact with the world. Therefore. at this stage of learning. 2. Therefore. From the seventh chapter until the tenth chapters. if one seeks further help. Therefore.

I have heard from You in detail about the appearance and disappearance of every living entity. Similarly. and my delusion is now dispelled. 11. his request may not be obliged. 11. Example: If the students are not serious about learning and they are asking for practical demonstration for taking a break from the boring lecture. as realized through Your inexhaustible glories.Example: The chemistry teacher explains that if phosphorous is exposed to the dry air. You show me Your universal form. He says that he wants to see Lord Krishna in his real form of God so that he can experience the vision conceived in his mind based on the teaching so far. Oh Lord.2 Oh Krishna. if Arjuna does not have faith in Lord Krishna’s words and ask for a practical demonstration. the teacher may not accede to the request. it is just so as You describe Yourself. Oh Lord!
327
. If a customer asks him. Arjuna wants a practical demonstration. Secondly. it will burn instantly.4 If You consider that it can be seen by me.1 Arjuna said: I have heard Your instruction on the supreme secret which You have so kindly delivered unto me. The students may ask for the practical demonstration to reinforce the learning. 11. Lord Krishna has to feel that Arjuna is a sincere student and he will be benefited by the practical demonstration. Chapter 11: The Universal form of God Verses: 01 – 04
11. he is qualified to see it. if Lord Krishna thinks that. ‘Let me see it’. Arjuna requests for a practical demonstration of the powers of God. Example: A diamond merchant claims that he has a valuable diamond in his possession.3 Oh Krishna. I desire to see Your divine form. the diamond will be shown to him only if the merchant feels that the customer has the capacity to buy it. Similarly. The teacher will arrange for a practical demonstration only if he feels that the students are serious about learning. then. A demonstration may be requested for two different purposes.

Arjuna is sure to travel this path since he is convinced of the truth as explained by Lord Krishna. being a good student. Such glories need not be explained in detail if the basic truth of God. Lord Krishna has taught Arjuna the glories of God. Only if our mind is free of preferences we can comprehend that the universe that we experience is God. requests for a practical demonstration of the powers of God. Since the earth is experienced as a flat surface. To help him further Lord Krishna decides to show the model of universe similar to screening the preview of the movie. This is a preview preceding the release of the movie. which includes all forms in the universe. to facilitate Arjuna to comprehend the true form of God. Until then we will see the world through our colored vision. a model globe is shown to the students.Lesson 16: Universal form
Session: 224
Arjuna. Arjuna is not able to comprehend the truth of God. Teaching 114: The purpose of miracles is to demonstrate the glory of God
328
. it will be helpful to see a preview of the final truth. Lord Krishna decides to grant this request since it will help the learning process. Since Lord Krishna is the Descending Avatar of God. he has the capability to show an all-inclusive form exclusively for Arjuna. One needs to climb the various steps in Bhakthi to cleanse the mind so that the true vision of God is gained. which distorts the real picture of God into a place that gives pleasure and pain. Even after giving the details of God’s glory. Similarly. At this stage. the model helps to convey the true form. he has reached the stage wherein he has complete trust in the words of Lord Krishna. This requires a long drawn effort and beyond the reach of Arjuna at this point of time. namely he is the material cause of the universe is understood. since the distributors cannot comprehend the movie merely by hearing the storyline or seeing the cast. Example: A movie is screened exclusively for the distributors so that they can assess how good the movie is. The purpose of this demonstration is to help Arjuna to progress move with confidence in his spiritual pursuit of reaching God. Lord Krishna shows him a model of God using his power to do miracles. However. However. Example: To explain the true form of earth. Preview is essential to the release of the movie. A model of the universe is God.

Since the past. Lessons learnt from seeing the model of the universal form Arjuna has seen in the model that all his enemies whom he is supposed to kill in the war are already dead. Arjuna sees that God is destroying the world. Arjuna realizes even if he decides to quit the war. Arjuna was wonderstruck to see the all-inclusive form of God. “I can do” is lost in Arjuna when he sees the smallness of his so-called position of ‘hero of the war’ in comparison with God. they do not have any mental suffering as human beings. In addition. he should do his duty willingly for the sake of serving God. Miracles. When we do not have choice. This is very scary for him since he sees himself to be a very insignificant compared to the all-powerful God. Arjuna experiences three emotions successively.
329
. the willingness to accept God as the true master overwhelms. the ego is lost. Fear Since God is responsible for dissolution of the creation. He does not have the power to change the storyline. present and the future are shown as a part of the demonstration. Devotion When one is scared. 2. 1. God has given a choice to us and we are bound by it. as a part of all-inclusive form.Response of Arjuna on seeing the miracle On seeing the miracle. When the ego is lost. We have freewill. miracles do not happen often in one’s life. Only when there are multiple options our suffering starts. Wonder This is the normal reaction of anyone on seeing a miracle. the actor has to act strictly as per the directions given by the director. Example: In a movie shooting. we do not have any problem. One has to play his role as dictated by God. Therefore. We have to accept the fact that we are mere tools in the hands of God. Similarly. his enemies will be killed as designed by God. 3. The feeling. We need to surrender it to God. This is devotion. Animals to do not have freewill and they do not have any choices in life. Therefore. Therefore. the life is directed by God and the individuals do not have power to change the storyline. by definition are something that cannot be explained.

unless we gain enough mental strength. Few people may not die and spend extended period on the deathbed for want of enough strength. Only if we do this. We cannot use our free will and grow independent of the world. The cell has an option to see itself as the body and live a joyful life so long it is alive or it can suffer thinking that it is independent of the body. then we realize that we are one with the God and therefore.We need to use our freewill and surrender our ego to the will of god. Teaching 116: We are inseparable part of the universe We are not independent of the existence. our ego will grow. we can assume an individual goal and keep chasing it. This is fine until we gain the required self-confidence to surrender our ego to God. The fact is that we relate to God just as a cell relate to our body. heart. Example: We need physical strength to die. The individual goal of a cell has to submit to the will of the whole. we will continue to strive hard to end all our sufferings using our ego. With our limited vision. Then we will be liberated from the bondage. The fear of death and the insignificance of human body will continue to haunt us.
330
. The source of life for the cell and for the body is same. Only when we become wise enough we will see this truth. we need to surrender it to will of God. Until we gain maturity. kidney. if we do not surrender. Teaching 115: We should surrender our freewill to God and live according to His will The whole universe is God just as a whole body is the individual. just as a cell is not independent of the body. brain etc. As long as we are ignorant of this fact. we will suffer more because of the burden of the inability of our own ego to end our sufferings. If see the truth. we assume that we are independent. Death of the individual cell is not the death of the human body. The duty of the cell has to do perform its role in the giant network as a clog in the wheel. A cell in the body cannot comprehend the functioning of the various parts of the body like. When our ego is fully grown. Death of an individual is not the death of God. However. Similarly. immortal. we cannot surrender our ego to God.

Therefore I give to you divine eyes by which you can behold My mystic opulence.12 If hundreds of thousands of suns rose up at once into the sky. multicolored like the sea. I see assembled in Your body all the deities and various other living entities. This vision of the universe is gained by Arjuna by seeing the model displayed by God. All was magnificent. 11. and there is no middle to all this. and there were many scents smeared over His body. offering obeisance to the Supreme Lord. I see in Your universal body many. Behold the many things. Arjuna began to pray with folded hands. Everything is here completely. bewildered and astonished.9 Sanjaya said: Oh King. displayed His universal form to Arjuna.16 Oh Lord of the universe.13 At that time Arjuna could see in the universal form of the Lord the unlimited expansions of the universe situated in one place although divided into many. eyes--expanded without limit. there is no beginning. It was all wondrous. they might resemble the effulgence of the Supreme Person in that universal form. the Supreme. 11. as well as whatever you may desire in the future. The male and female principle and the continuous interaction between them represent the everlasting dance of God. the Personality of Godhead. The form was decorated with divine. 11.15 Arjuna said: My dear Lord Krishna. speaking thus.The whole world is God. 11. which no one has ever seen or heard before. He was garlanded gloriously. This universal form can show you all that you now desire. 11. There is no end. hundreds of thousands of varied divine forms.14 Then. unlimited. 11. This was seen by Arjuna.8 But you cannot see Me with your present eyes. many forms--bellies. Rudras. all-expanding. dazzling ornaments and arrayed in many garbs. behold now My magnificence. 11.6 Oh Arjuna.10-11 Arjuna saw in that universal form unlimited mouths and unlimited eyes. his hair standing on end.5 Lord Krishna said: My dear Arjuna. Chapter 11: The Universal form of God Verses: 05 – 55
11. see here the different manifestations of Adityas. mouths.
331
.7 Whatever you wish to see can be seen all at once in this body. 11. many thousands. I see Brahma sitting on the lotus flower as well as Lord Siva and many sages and divine serpents. 11. the Lord of all mystic power. and all the deities. 11.

Oh great one.23 Oh mighty-armed one. I see You devouring all people in Your flaming mouths and covering the universe with Your immeasurable rays. You have numberless arms. 11. the eternal Personality of Godhead. and as they are disturbed. and all our soldiers are rushing into Your mouths.
332
. the Vasus.17 Your form.11.24 Oh all-pervading Visnu. which is fiery and immeasurable like the sun.29 I see all people rushing with full speed into Your mouths as moths dash into a blazing fire. so am I. Dhrona and Karna. all the planets with their deities are disturbed at seeing Your many faces. 11. You are spread throughout the sky and the planets and all space between. the forefathers and the Gandharvas. Asuras.18 You are the supreme primal objective. By Your own radiance You are heating this entire universe. 11. and all perfected deities are beholding You in wonder.28 As the rivers flow into the sea. I see that some are being crushed between Your teeth as well. You are manifest. adorned with various crowns. middle or end. and with folded hands they are singing the Vedic hymns. I see that all the planetary systems are perplexed. the Visvedevas.26-27 All the sons of Dhrtarastra along with their allied kings.22 The different manifestations of Lord Siva. and the sun and moon are among Your great unlimited eyes. 11. Oh refuge of the worlds. the Adityas. 11. bellies and legs and Your terrible teeth. the Maruts. Seeing Your radiant colors fill the skies and beholding Your eyes and mouths.19 You are the origin without beginning. 11. and Bhisma. the two Asvis. arms. You are inexhaustible. the Yaksas. as I behold this terrible form.25 Oh Lord of lords. 11. They are very much afraid. 11. Scorching the worlds.30 Oh Visnu. please be gracious to me. I am afraid.20 Although You are one. 11. the Sadhyas.21 All the deities are surrendering and entering into You. You are the maintainer of religion. In all directions I am bewildered. I can no longer maintain my equilibrium. 11. You are the best in all the universes. their heads smashed by Your fearful teeth. 11. so all these great warriors enter Your blazing mouths and perish. clubs and discs. 11. eyes. is difficult to see because of its glaring effulgence. I cannot keep my balance seeing thus Your blazing deathlike faces and awful teeth. and You are the oldest.

You know everything. the cause of all causes." without knowing Your glories. Arjuna trembled." "Oh Yadava. 11. All this is rightly done. after hearing these words from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. transcendental to this material manifestation. and I desire to hear of it. 11. can be but an instrument in the fight. They are already put to death by My arrangement. water. the Godhead. Please forgive whatever I may have done in madness or in love.31 Oh Lord of lords. Bhisma. fearfully offered obeisance with folded hands and began. the demons are afraid.36 Oh Krishna. Jayadratha. the world becomes joyful upon hearing Your name.41-42 I have in the past addressed You as "Oh Krishna. You are the original master. With the exception of you [the Pandavas]. 11.37 Oh great one. Simply fight. Oh Savyasaci.40 Obeisance from the front. and you will vanquish your enemies.
333
. After conquering your enemies you will enjoy a flourishing kingdom. You are the only sanctuary of this manifested cosmic world. I offer my obeisance unto You. You are above the material modes Oh limitless form! This whole cosmic manifestation is pervaded by You! 11. destroyer of the worlds.11. You are the master of limitless might! You are all-pervading. and You are all that is knowable. Although the perfected beings offer You their respectful homage. I do not know what Your mission is. please tell me who You are.38 You are the original Personality.33 Therefore get up and prepare to fight. and they flee here and there. to speak as follows: 11.35 Sanjaya said to Dhrtarastra: Oh King. all the soldiers here on both sides will be slain. who stands above even Brahma.32 The Blessed Lord said: Time I am. falteringly. fire. 11." "Oh my friend. Karna-are already destroyed.34 The Blessed Lord said: All the great warriors--Dhrona. and I have come to engage all people. You are the invincible source. Oh limitless one? Oh refuge of the universe. so fierce of form. Why should they not offer their homage up to You.39 You are air. sometimes alone and sometimes in front of many friends. I have dishonored You many times while relaxing or while lying on the same bed or eating together. 11. Please excuse me for all my offenses. and You are the moon! You are the supreme controller and the grandfather. and again and yet again! 11. and you. and thus everyone becomes attached to You. please be gracious to me. and thus You are everything! 11. Thus I offer my respectful obeisance unto You a thousand times. 11. from behind and from all sides! Oh unbounded power.

which I have never seen before. conch and lotus flower in Your hands. and at last He showed him His two-armed form. but at the same time my mind is disturbed with fear.53 The form which you are seeing with your transcendental eyes cannot be understood simply by studying the Vedas. 11. Oh abode of the universe. It is not by these means that one can see Me as I am. the chief worthy of worship. Now let it be finished.43 You are the father of this complete cosmic manifestation. 11.52 The Blessed Lord said: My dear Arjuna. displayed His real four-armed form. nor by charities or similar activities can this form be seen. Even the deities are ever seeking the opportunity to see this form which is so dear. 11.46 Oh universal Lord. no one before you has ever seen this universal form of Mine.51 When Arjuna thus saw Krishna in His original form. while speaking thus to Arjuna. Krishna. to be worshiped by every living being. nor by performing sacrifices. so very beautiful. Please tolerate the wrongs that I may have done to You and bear with me as a father with his son. thus encouraging the fearful Arjuna. Within the three worlds. I wish to see You in Your four-armed form. for neither by studying the Vedas. 11.45 After seeing this universal form. 11. No one is equal to You. 11. nor by undergoing serious penances. With a peaceful mind you can now see the form you desire.47 The Blessed Lord said: My dear Arjuna. happily do I show you this universal form within the material world by My internal potency. 11. 11. No one before you has ever seen this unlimited and glaringly effulgent form. Only you have seen this. Thus I fall down to offer You my respects and ask Your mercy. or a friend with his friend.11. I long to see You in that form.44 You are the Supreme Lord. Therefore please bestow Your grace upon me and reveal again Your form as the Personality of Godhead. the form which you are now seeing is very difficult to behold.48 Oh Arjuna.50 Sanjaya said to Dhrtarastra: The Supreme Personality of Godhead. he said: Seeing this humanlike form. Oh Lord of lords. nor by charity. 11. 11. or a lover with his beloved. my mind is now pacified and I am restored to my original nature. the spiritual master. You are immeasurable.49 Your mind has been perturbed upon seeing this horrible feature of Mine. My devotee. with helmeted head and with club. nor can anyone be one with You. wheel. I am gladdened. be free from all disturbance.
334
. nor by worship.

and can thus be seen directly.54 My dear Arjuna.55 My dear Arjuna.
335
. standing before you. certainly comes to Me. 11.11. free from the contaminations of previous activities and from mental speculation. one who is engaged in My pure devotional service. Only in this way can you enter into the mysteries of My understanding. only by undivided devotional service can I be understood as I am. who is friendly to every living entity.

Unit 17: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga
Number of Sessions: 10 (226 – 235) Number of Lessons: 7 Verses: 12.01 – 12. How can it be stated that we can reach God through entertainment? 3. What are the five stages in Bhakthi Yoga? 2.
336
. the student will be able to (a) Comprehend the five stages in Bhakthi Yoga (b) Understand the oneness of all yogas
Unit Test:
Session: 235
1.20
On completion of this unit. What are the 10 qualities of a Pious Person.

It takes more than one lifetime to move from one stage to the next. When Arjuna listened to this teaching. Example: To reach a destination. Arjuna wants to get a summary of the teaching. Therefore. where he should begin. which is the best city to reach.
337
. However. There are five stages in Bhakthi Yoga. which is Joyful Living. as he could judge the current stage in which Arjuna is. which is given.Lesson 1: Five Stages in Bhakthi Yoga
Session: 226
Lord Krishna has completed the teaching of Bhakthi Yoga. Depending on the current position. It is a long path and it takes countless lifetimes to complete all the stages and reach the destination of Joyful Living. in this 12th chapter. the question from Arjuna on which is the better stage is answered appropriately by Lord Krishna. which was started in the 7th Chapter. There is no option for anyone to skip any stage. If a traveler who has lost his way wants to know from the guide. the answer depends on where he is. Similarly. Stage 1: Worshiping the personal God through Enjoyment Stage 2: Worshiping the personal God through Action Stage 3: Worshiping the personal God through Upasana Stage 4: Worshiping God through Devotion Stage 5: Worshiping God through Knowledge One has to cross all these five stages to merge with God. within the path of Bhakthi Yoga. one has to travel to Cities A to E in sequence. Although Arjuna asked for Lord Krishna’s help in solving the current problem in hand. which stage is the right stage for him. There is only one destination in life for all human beings. There is no restriction or minimum qualification to enter into Bhakthi Yoga. Although it is not possible to reach the destination in a single lifetime. The purpose of the teaching is to liberate Arjuna from the miseries of life. the guide will guide him to the right city so that he can progress upto City E and then reach the destination. Lord Krishna prescribes Bhakthi Yoga as the only path. Lord Krishna is giving a solution that will solve all the problems in life. which will lead the human beings to the destination of Joyful Living. it may be possible that Arjuna had completed most of the work in the previous lifetimes and he is now ready to reach the destination. depending on the level of intelligence people join at the difference stages. the first question that comes to his mind is to know. which is same as merging with God. he asks the question to Lord Krishna.

Lord Krishna says that it is enough if we join the path. Since we are already on the path to merge with God. If we are a graduate. starting from the final stage. Depending on the level of intelligence and mental maturity.
338
. we should hope to reach the destination of Joyful Living here and now. If we are going in circles within the roads of the city and not join the highway. We need to understand the qualifications required and the difficulties involved in completing each stage. Lord Krishna does not differentiate between the stages as higher or lower. It will take us to the destination. Therefore. Therefore. A journey to a particular stage may be difficult or easy depending on our qualifications. Lord Krishna treats every one on the path equally irrespective of the stage they are in. those who meditate upon your universal form or those who worship the impersonal Brahman? 12. he whose mind is fixed upon Me with great faith and worship my universal form is considered by Me to be most perfect. Lord Krishna describes each stage of the path. If we think. Arjuna is not in the final stage. it does not matter at which stage we joined the highway. we should do post graduation course and not attempt to go back to school. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verses: 01 – 02
12. However. However. Lord Krishna recommends Stage 4 for him. the moment we quit the minor roads and join the highway. then we will not reach the destination. we should explore the right stage starting from the final stage. Therefore. it is right for us we should start from there. an individual can select an appropriate stage after analyzing the description of all the five stages and the requirements for joining each stage as given by Lord Krishna.1 Arjuna inquired: Who are considered perfect. Since it is possible that we could have completed most of our journey in the previous births. We should not choose something that is very easy. The stage that we are in does not matter.Each one of us has to find the right stage. If we find a particular course slightly difficult for us then we should choose the same so that we can progress further. It is like joining the primary school because the subjects taught are easy.2 Lord Krishna answered. He found stage 4 as difficult and therefore he is not yet ready to attempt the final stage.

which is the substratum of the illusion. Therefore. They are lost in the names and forms of the world and it is very difficult for them to comprehend the formless and nameless Brahman. The only possibility is to realize. Complete mental maturity attained through selfless service to God. The real prayer for them is to study the Holy Scripture with an objective of understanding the underlying message. God has two parts. People are distracted by names and forms. The goal of this final stage is to merge with God. Capability to meditate on the knowledge
339
. Since Brahman lies beyond the reach of our five senses. It is very difficult to discount the illusory names and forms and perceive the reality. 2. At this stage. Ability to logically question the teaching 12. 6. Example: While watching a movie. ‘I am Brahman’. Brahman and the illusion. the screen is not perceived. 5. Only those who have the highest devotion to God can perceive this real nature of God. 4. logic and inference. Illusion is names and forms. Complete control over sense organs Ability to control the mind Understanding that there is no happiness in the objects of the world Power to discriminate between the illusion and the reality Ability to disregard the names and forms and see the substratum Engaged in selfless action. only those with high level of intelligence can enter this stage. This is very difficult for most people because they are under the impression that they are the body/ mind complex. with the primary interest on the welfare of all the living beings 7. Deep desire to know God 9.Lesson 2: Through Knowledge (Stage 5)
Session: 227 – 228
This is the final stage in the Bhakthi Yoga. Qualifications required for reaching this stage 1. 3. Brahman is the reality and illusion is false. 8. The knower of Brahman becomes Brahman. Merging with God can happen only when we truly know God. ‘I know Brahman’. People in this stage perform prayers in the conventional sense only as a formality. Willingness to surrender to a teacher for guidance 10. the devotees strive to gain the knowledge on the inconceivable Brahman. it can be said that it is not possible for anyone to claim. Sharp intelligence to absorb the teaching 11.

the all-pervading. they do it for knowing God.3-4 But those who fully worship the Brahman. that which lies beyond the perception of the senses. fixed and immovable--the impersonal conception of the Absolute Truth--by controlling the various senses and being equally disposed to everyone. Example: If one has to reach the railway station to take a early morning train. They trust in the words of God in the form of Holy Scriptures and strive to understand them with the guidance of qualified teachers. Whatever they do. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verses: 03 – 05
12.
The benefit of completing this stage Knower of Brahman becomes Brahman. They need to get a doubtless knowledge on God. Since they have completed the previous four stages. All the actions in life will be done with that single purpose of knowing God. those who seek God for merging with him may do business and earn money to enable him to reach the only goal of knowing God. Therefore. attain Me. Life will become joyful to those who complete this stage. the means is also God for them. advancement is very troublesome. To make progress in that discipline is always difficult for those who are attached to the world. inconceivable. In the final step.
340
. to achieve their goal of reaching God. 12. they are aware there is nothing in the universe that is not God. They should also learn the reasons for misunderstanding by others.5 For those whose minds are attached to the Brahman. all the actions (like brushing the teeth. drinking coffee etc) done by him has one underlying thought of reaching the station in time. Similarly. impersonal feature of the Supreme.Process of completing this stage Those who are in this stage will have no goal in life other than knowing God. Most of the time and effort is spent on studying the Scriptures. they need to meditate on the newly acquired knowledge so that they become steady on the knowledge. engaged in the welfare of all. such persons.

Mind should be relatively free from desires. He should try hard and progress towards seeing God in every form in the universe. Step 4: Redirect all the likes and desires towards God instead of objects of the world. As an intelligence cause of creation b. people are devoted to God all the time and all their actions are considered as prayer. All actions are seen as prayers. Since they see God in every one. 2. Qualifications required for reaching this stage 1. Step 1: Understand intellectually. He found it to be difficult to comprehend. As the material cause of creation 6. At this stage. There is no specific time. place or method to offer prayers to God. the meaning of God being the material cause. 3. 5. Step 3: Avoid hating or having any negative feeling to anyone. After explaining the glories of God. they cannot communicate anyone other than God. The goal of this stage is to see the world as God. 4. Step 2: Make the mind steady on this knowledge. this is the right stage for him. One can do meditation of the Universal Form of God to achieve this. The objects of the world should not have undue influence on the mind Surrendering to God in the universal form Should not be involved in any action that are selfish in nature To know the meaning of God a. They are in constant communication with God. one should strive to see that there is nothing but God in this universe.Lesson 3: Through Devotion (Stage 4)
Session: 229
Lord Krishna recommends this fourth and penultimate stage for Arjuna. Once the ability to perceive God in all forms is gained. Therefore. Logical mind to see that God cannot be constrained to a particular place Process of completing this stage One should understand the glories of God as described by Lord Krishna. As derivation to this.
341
. it will be possible to proceed to the next stage of worshiping the formless God through knowledge. The whole world is a temple for them. Lord Krishna demonstrated the universal form to Arjuna.

whose minds are set on Me. 12. Their focus on God will rarely be distracted by the objects of the world. meditating upon Me. Thereafter you will live in Me always. Soon a true devotee of the God in the universal form will merge with God. without a doubt. some devotees worship. one will function with god consciousness all the time. for him I am the swift deliverer from the ocean of birth and death.By following these steps.
342
. The benefit of completing this stage A person will be fully qualified to progress to the next level of worshiping formless Brahman. Fix your intelligence upon Me alone. He will gain the mental maturity to understand the meaning of the Vedanta. with undivided attention.8 Just fix your mind upon Me alone. Oh Arjuna.6-7 Keeping Me as the primary goal and dedicating all actions unto Me. Through practice. they will reduce the frequency and influence of such distractions. For them. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verses: 06 – 08
12.

This means they are under the strong influence of likes and dislikes and not yet qualified to attempt the fourth stage. he can opt for this third stage. They can only be devotees for some part of the day. They can even choose a form of god that is outside Hindu religion and follow the tradition and custom associated with that god. They do not have enough mental strength to be conscious of God all the time. If they are upset. They believe that their Personal God will not want them to do any bad actions and therefore if they commit any bad actions. specific place and specific method to offer prayer to their Personal God. This is their Personal God. However. normally they choose a form and name of a god that is popular. According to them. However.Lesson 4: Through Upasana (Stage 3)
Session: 230
Lord Krishna has suggested that Arjuna should join Bhakthi Yoga in the stage of devotion. Therefore. The world continues to attract or repeal these individuals due to the presence of strong preferences. This is prescribed by their tradition/ custom. They have a specific time. Therefore. People whose family god or goddess is not popular may convert to other religion or switch their Personal God within the religion to be with the majority. Arjuna had difficulties in comprehending the universal form of God. one can come down to the lower stage. those who do not pray to their chosen god are ignorant. Example: One is not able to take the car out because the neighbor has parked his vehicle in the wrong position. Their emotions are also shared with the Personal God as if he is a member of the family. They pray to God for giving them good qualities in addition to praying for material prosperity. they may show their anger to God. They try to spend as much time with the Personal God as possible. Temple is a place where God resides. Such people should choose a form of God that is desirable for them and pray to the chosen form. It is normally recommended that one tries a higher stage and if it is found to be too hard.
343
. they cannot treat everything/ everyone around them as God. They may seek emotional support from their God. They may offer various food items to their Personal God before consuming them. it may be impossible for some to attempt to see God in all forms. if he thinks that he is not yet ready for that stage. They also ask for boons from God to remove their sufferings in life. As far as such people are concerned. It does not matter which form of god they choose. Therefore. their personal god is the only god. they confess their mistakes at the time of prayer. It is difficult for many to neither see the neighbor as god nor perceive his action as God’s action.

9 My dear Arjuna.
344
. 4. There are many practices prescribed to train the devotee to become broad minded to accept all religions / all forms of God as one. Should be able to sit in prayer for the prescribed time 2. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verse: 09
12. Should be able to devote time for God as frequently as dictated by their custom/ tradition 3. one should become a true devotee of their Personal God. All the religious practices in the world expect their devotees to develop positive qualities and reduce negative qualities. Spiritual pursuit should be more important than material pursuit 5. their mind will gain enough intelligence to see that all forms and names refer to the same God. This maturity in mind will come after sufficient practice. Ability to concentrate on God while doing Upasana Process of completing this stage In order to reach the fourth stage of seeing the God in the Universal Form. They will start seeing that every devotee in the world is worshiping to the same God. You will develop a desire to attain Me. if you cannot fix your mind upon Me without deviation. Step 1: To sit in a group and repeat the name of the Personal God loudly Step 2: To sit alone and repeat the name of the Personal God softly Step 3: To sit alone and repeat the name of the Personal God in the mind without any physical action or movement of lips. God should rank among the top priorities in life.Qualifications required for reaching this stage 1. The benefit of completing this stage If they practice the prescriptions of the chosen tradition/ custom and please their Personal God for a length of time. Initially. Slowly they will see the possibility of God being the material cause of the creation and this makes them eligible to move on to the fourth stage of worshiping the God in universal form. they are advised to allocate as much time as possible in prayer to Personal God and follow the suggested steps in Upasana. then follow the regulated principles of bhakti-yoga.

Qualifications required for reaching this stage 1. they have turned their attention to God. They are clear that they want a peaceful and happy life and in addition. He says that it is possible to reach him even though the devotee is engaged in various activities. They should dedicate all their action to God and not work for results. Since they know the limitation of the objects of the world to offer lasting happiness. Lord Krishna suggests this stage for such people and tells them that they should dedicate all their action for God. They can work for a social cause or help a religious cause in the interest of others. they know that the material pursuit will not offer these to them. They are not yet ready for reaching God through Upasana. Therefore. Many people are driven continuously by their Energy Element. However. At the same time. Should not get immersed in entertainment like movie. club and parties 3. position and such. due to their inherent Energy.
345
. power. namely Upasana. fame. Lord Krishna offers them the second stage of Bhakthi Yoga. They will do their chosen action to the best of their abilities since they will be doing it for the sake of God. Should be interested in social service or service for God Process of completing this stage People will be actively involved in the affairs of the world. capability and interest. Should not have strong desire to pull them towards worldly objects 2. Their only interest is to be in action. There is no selfish interest for them. The benefit of completing this stage After prolonged exposure to selfless action. one will gain the balance of mind.Lesson 5: Through Action (Stage 2)
Session: 231
Some people are so active that they cannot sit quietly in meditation. they do not crave for the comforts and entertainment that are offered by the material pursuit. money. they would like to keep themselves busy with activities in the external world. They are interested in action and not keen on the results. They chose the type of action according to their skill. It will then be possible to move away from physical action to mental action. The objective of their action will not be to earn name. They do not have patience to sit through a long Session: of prayer or meditation. Mind will not oscillate between the pairs of opposites and slowly will become ready to concentrate. They do not have enough time to spend for God.

346
.Graduating to the next stage can happen only when the desire to be continuously busy is removed through selfless action.10 If you cannot practice the regulations of bhakti-yoga. because by working for Me you will come to the perfect stage. then just try to work for Me. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verse: 10
12.

They want to visit places. They are willing to put in the required action to fulfill their desires. Another incidental purpose of his special congratulations is for emphasizing that there is no need to have a guilty feeling while enjoying life.
347
. They cannot join the path of Bhakthi Yoga. they should continue to indulge in sense pleasures. Similarly.Lesson 6: Through Enjoyment (Stage 1)
Session: 232
World continues to be a source of entertainment to many people. As long as the desire for the objects of the world lasts. God will treat them as equal to others in the path provided they follow the prescriptions. fame. power. position etc for the sole purpose of enjoying life. One can enjoy life as much as possible without any feeling of guilt. one should do graduate to the next level. they should also desire to reach God. do shopping. one should not quit the life of enjoyment. They can have less number of desires and accordingly work less. Lord Krishna offers this stage of Bhakthi Yoga to such people. Those who want to enjoy life but not willing to work for it are not included in this stage. He says that as long as one is attracted by the world. They can still join the path of Bhakthi Yoga. The only condition is to accept them as gift from the God. Only when the desires are dropped naturally. It will be dangerous to attempt an higher stage of Bhakthi Yoga without possessing the required qualifications. They just do not have enough strength to discard all their other desires for reaching God. Teaching 117: We can reach God through entertainment Lord Krishna is conveys his special congratulations to those who join Bhakthi Yoga in this stage. They would like to party as frequently as possible. Example: A welcome party is organized and new entrants are congratulated in any organization/ institution. It is not that people should work hard to be in this stage. It is not a sin to enjoy life. money. God encourages people who have joined Bhakthi Yoga by showing their willingness to follow his prescriptions while enjoying the world. Majority of people are in this stage and it is much better to be in this stage than pretending to be in a higher stage. acquire properties and be comfortable in life. While they desire for the objects of the world. Their goal in life is to acquire name. Nothing should be given up for the sake of reaching God. They are not yet fully attracted to God. They do acknowledge the presence of God and they would like God to help them in their material pursuit.

Should offer all the results to God as an acknowledgement before enjoying the same a. If a new house is built. Have enough knowledge to differentiate between good and bad entertainment. 12. Better than knowledge. Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verses: 11 – 12
12. 3.Qualifications required for reaching this stage 1. Willingness to work hard to fulfill their desires 2. installing the God in the house should be the first task. slowly he will get the maturity to see that there is no lasting happiness in them. he will get many opportunities to gain more mental strength and knowledge to move up to the next stage. is meditation. c.
The benefit of completing this stage
If one indulges in sense pleasures for a length of time. the first destination should be to a temple. however. If a new vehicle is bought. b.11 If. for by such renunciation one can attain peace of mind. you are unable to work in this consciousness. 1. Should follow Dharma in all actions 2.
348
. however.
Process of completing this stage Lord Krishna prescribes the following steps to progress in this stage. One should then start living in that house as a tenant of God. and better than meditation is renunciation of the fruits of action. Should thank God for all the success and enjoyment in life and never blame God for failures and sufferings. Have the skills and capability to fulfill their desires. One should then take the vehicle as a gift from God. The salary received should be offered to God and taken for use as his gift. 3. then engage yourself in the cultivation of knowledge. then try to act giving up all results of your work and try to be self-situated.12 If you cannot take to this practice. Since one is following Dharma in all the actions.

It is very rare and requires enormous time and effort spreading over many lifetimes. Lord Krishna has started the teaching of Bhakthi Yoga in Chapter 7 and has now completed the teaching. Although the actions of the Pious Person can give an indication of his mental qualities. ‘merging with God’ this list is given. One should not lose heart and give up the pursuit to merge with God. there is no point in developing a feeling of guilt. Lord Krishna assures that everyone who has joined Bhakthi Yoga will reach the destination ultimately. This description serves as a scale to measure our personal growth in the path of Bhakthi Yoga. 4. 3. 2. He will take care of the rest and ensure that we reach the destination soon. The description is not about external activities. One should have faith in his words and join the prescribed path of Bhakthi Yoga.
349
. It is possible only to observe one’s own mind and assess the additional effort to reach the goal. The description will appear to be highly ideal/ theoretical and not practicable. the task ahead might look very formidable. it will be a prelude to what is in store for them. Logically it is expected that the second part be concluded with the benefit of following the path of Bhakthi Yoga. 5. if we find ourselves at a very low level compared to the description provided by Lord Krishna. 6. one cannot conclude for sure. For those who are already following the path. Depending on the stage one is. 1. Every one is equal in God’s eyes and all that is required is to do our part. This is the final chapter in the second part of Gita. The description of the qualities and mental status of such a person is given with following intentions. It should be noted that only very few people can reach this destination. sincerely and with devotion. To clarify all such misconceptions that are widely prevalent on the meaning of the destination. Therefore.Lesson 7: On completing Bhakthi Yoga
Session: 233 – 234
After enumerating the five stages in Bhakthi Yoga. The intention of Lord Krishna is to help us to reach the destination. This description cannot be used to judge others. The description of the person who has reached the destination will serve as a motivation to others who wish to join the path of Bhakthi Yoga. it is important that we join Bhakthi Yoga and it does not matter which stage of Bhakthi Yoga we are joining. Our duty is to join the path of Bhakthi Yoga and follow the prescription given by Lord Krishna. Lord Krishna starts describing a Pious Person who has completed all the stages. One can put conscious effort to improve the personal score comparing the same with the ideal as described. Therefore. It is not possible to assess these qualities in others and come to a judgment whether they have reached the destination or not.

the following qualities will vary in different degrees. it does not mean he will run away from the society. This is because he has no attachment to anyone. Similarly. Quality 1: Hates no one A Pious Person does not hate anyone. He will love everyone and be friendly in all his dealings with others. the insult is attributed to his ego and not for him. he will hate neither his friend nor his wife. He knows how to love without being attached. Therefore. 4. He is not trying to achieve anything in life. He knows that the real nature of everyone is identical and is not distracted by the superficial differences. Quality 2: Friendly to everyone Since it is said that he does not have attachment to anyone/ anything. no one can be seen as a hurdle. It is not possible to hate a movie character. This is possible because there are no desires in his mind. 1. Supposing his wife elopes with his friend. Therefore.Description of Pious Person The following qualities come to him without any additional effort. There are no goals since he has already reached the destination. He treats everyone equally and does not differentiate based on wealth. 6. This is the natural outcome of completing all the five stages of Bhakthi Yoga. He does not feel that he is superior to others because they are not different from him. The whole creation is an illusion. He treats his ego as his shadow. 7. he is aware that there is no one in the world existing for real. It is like someone stepping on his shadow. Finally. It does not matter to him and therefore he does not hate. He does not get offended if others do not treat him as friend
350
. There is no expectation from anyone Everyone is accepted as they are without expecting any change in them. 3. there is no hatred for anyone. 5. They may not know who they are as he does and that does not make them different. This is possible for him due to following reasons. These qualities will be present in others at a lower degree for those who are traveling in the path of Bhakthi Yoga at the lower stages. Example: Geography is known at varying levels among the students of various grades in the high school. 2. position or status. power. If someone insults him.

His personality on this count will not change because he has reached the destination of merging with God. the only motive for all his actions is his kindness to others. he treats the child as his guest. He would like to help anyone in distress. he will not seek anyone to be his friend because he does not need anyone. car and such properties. However. he will be kind to all of them and help them to progress in their respective stages. However. He is aware that his newborn child is an individual who has chosen to arrive in this world through him after many cycles of birth and death. Therefore.He has his likes and dislikes. Therefore. he will not have empathy with anyone. If his property is stolen. His own body/ mind complex is considered as a gift from God. Freedom of ownership is in the level of mind. Even if they are under the assumption that they are enjoying life. He is aware that nothing belongs to him.
351
. they are actually being caught more tightly. he will have additional kindness to all human beings because he knows that they do not even know that they are suffering. Therefore. In fact. sorrow of losing. He does not have any desire of his own to be in action. ‘they are mine’. He does not depend on any of his posSession: (including his body/mind complex) for his happiness. He will not take others suffering as his own. Quality 4: Freedom from ownership A Pious Person may own a house. However. he will not have the feeling of ownership. He does not feel. he is will be kindhearted to everyone. Quality 3: Kindness to everyone Since everyone who has not reached the destination is suffering or prone to suffering. they may like to be his friends. he takes the required steps to retrieve it. Since others may need friends. Since the process of enjoying binds them to the objects of the world. However. they increase the potential for their suffering without being aware of it. He is aware that most of them are not yet qualified to reach the final destination. anxiety for regaining or worry of the consequences since he owns nothing. He is aware that all his possessions belong to God and he is using them as a trustee. he does not think even his family members belong to him. he does not have any hatred for the thief. As a natural extension. at their own pace. He will continue to be an extrovert or introvert.

A Pious Person may appear to be arrogant or proud. Love and Hate. He will not have any enemies. whatever happens in his life (or does not happen) he remains unaffected. They think that they are independent of the world. If he has to face hardship due to them. Health and Ill health. Therefore. a Pious Person will remain neutral all the time. ‘I’ to mean his body/mind complex. He will not be elated at the arrival of a pleasant experience nor will be upset at the unpleasant experience. Therefore.Quality 5: Absence of ego This is nothing to do with the egoistic attitude that is normally attributed to those who behave arrogantly with a sense of pride.
352
. Prosperity and Poverty. He uses ego and he is no more the ego. as it happens for all others. Pleasure and Pain. Quality 6: Lives with equanimity A Pious Person treats the pairs of opposites offered by the world appropriately. He is aware that not everyone has enough intelligence to understand him. Honor or Dishonor. He does not wait for anything. he will not be affected by their behavior. The ego referred here means the meaning of the word ‘I’. Those who have not reached the destination are under the assumption they are their ego. he will forgive instantly. War and Peace. he will still be controlled by his past impressions. He has nothing to achieve. He no longer thinks the meaning of the word. Quality 7: Has patience and forgiveness He is aware that everything that happens is the will of God. They are bound by their accumulated preferences and knowledge and therefore they cannot but behave in the undesirable way. he will take it as the result of his own impressions and will not blame anyone. he will be the hallmark of patience. Even if others treat him as if he is an enemy. However. Victory and Defeat. If someone spits on his face. He is aware of his true nature. He has no expectation on the outcome of his actions. Even after reaching the final destination. The experience gained from the world will continue to oscillate between Gain and Loss. he may not visit temples to offer his prayers (since he has already merged with God) and others might assume that he is arrogant. He is also aware that people hurt him or behave rudely because they do not have enough strength to be nice. For example. Fame and Blame. All others will be affected by these experiences and their mind will oscillate between happiness and sorrow.

He is aware of the inherent nature of insufficiency of the material pursuit.He will try to avoid unpleasant situations. Further. On reaching the destination. They do not know what they are doing” referring to those who put him on the cross. He has reached the destination and there is nothing more to achieve. However if others cause him suffering which could not be avoided. They will turn towards Bhakthi Yoga for their fulfillment. knowledge. “Please forgive them. He does not lack anything nor long to achieve anything in life. He will forgive them for their actions. Quality 9: Ability to use the mind as a tool Prior to merging with God. There will always be a possibility of gaining little more.
353
. he will be patient. the mind is understood to be a tool. A Pious Person knows that the mind does not deserve the higher status of ‘doer’ and uses it as a tool to deal with life. He does not even require or expect recognition from others. To become a Pious Person is very rare and majority is still traveling at the lower stages of Bhakthi Yoga. This futility of the prosperity is fully understood by him. Those who are intelligent among them realize that they are chasing a mirage. He will always have more than enough of everything. Example: Jesus Christ said. he is aware all the experiences are within the realm of illusion and therefore will always be inadequate. Therefore. he does not associate himself with the illusion and feel insecure or inadequate. Quality 8: Sense of fulfillment He has complete contentment in life. He is quite happy with all his relationships. It is impossible for anyone in the world to have enough of something. The feeling of inadequacy pushes the people towards Bhakthi Yoga. he cannot expect everyone around him to recognize his achievement of reaching the destination. they will be fully contended. He has no ambition in life. the mind assumed itself as a doer. He does not wish to augment or reduce them. This is because of his understanding that others cannot understand him prior to reaching the destination in the path of Bhakthi Yoga. attitude and emotions. People try to get fulfillment in their material pursuit. Once they reach the destination. Since he is aware of his real nature of blissfulness. possessions. He has no sense of inadequacy or insecurity.

he alone can love God completely. we see them through colored vision of likes and dislikes. However. Example: While riding a horse the rider should have enough control over the horse. Only then. which is an illusion. The higher nature of God is Brahman. the horse can be used to go to the desired destination. He also has conviction about the true nature of the world. Problems of the mind continue to remain as the problems of the mind. will continue to prompt him with suggestions. Only those who have crossed all the stages of Bhakthi Yoga can love God as he does. Since the Pious Person knows that the true identity of God and him are same. if we do not have enough control over the mind.
354
. ‘I’ and ‘God’. Similarly. A Pious Person is an exception to this rule. will not force him to act in an undesirable manner. such likes and dislikes. This will suppress the expression of any negative preferences in him. We might be lead to what is attractive which may not be good. which is the only reality. they are under his control. He has acquired the doubtless knowledge that the world is the lower nature of God. Quality 11: Gained the conviction on the reality The Pious Person knows the true meaning for the words. His love for God is complete. By crossing all the five stages of Bhakthi Yoga. according to its wishes. Preferences filter our vision and instead of seeing the world with neutral eyes. The likes and dislikes.By definition. They are not owned up as the problems of the self by the Pious Person. The knowledge that there is no happiness in the world restrains it from chasing the mirage. it will be pulling us towards the objects of the world. It is declared in the Vedanta that everyone primarily loves only the self and it is not possible to love anyone else. While others remain mute spectator to their own actions driven by their preferences. Although he may also continue to have his preferences. which are the result of accumulated preferences. A Pious Person is free from desires. Else. mind is attracted by the objects of the world. one will be carried by the horse. His mind will continue to experience the world but such experiences are not converted as desires. he has merged himself with God. The Pious Person has gained enough control over the mind to use it as an efficient tool since he is aware of the true nature of the world. Quality 10: Control over expression of negative preferences Preferences are accumulated over many previous births. he will act strictly according to his intelligence.

If they become unusable. cloth or shelter to protect and feed his body. Similarly. Example: When the wall of the house develops a crack. Similarly.Quality 12: Surrendered his mind and body to God He knows that his body/mind complex belongs to the lower nature of God. A stroke of luck or pleasant news has no special meaning to him. Therefore. This means he will not be worried about the aging. he will not feel bad about it. ill health. including death. Quality 13: No Suffering He is not affected by the presence of the world. he does not care about it. There is no reason for him to scare or hurt anyone. He knows that he can always move out and take another house on rent. he uses them as a trustee. He will accept
355
. He will be conscious of not scaring any living being. Therefore. the Pious Person will not allow his body to suffer in any way. He will not cause any suffering to his own body and mind as well. a Pious Person knows that his body/ mind complex is a temporary vehicle given to him to transact with this world. no one will know that the life is a drama and be affected by it. Quality 14: Free from elation. For him. he will accept the mood swings of his mind as its nature. he will surrender his body/ mind complex to God willingly. namely the Illusion. disease or other deterioration of the body. fear. upset A Pious Person does not expect any happiness from any object of the world. his transactions with others will always be non-violent. he will keep it in a good condition. However. He will never have any guilty feeling. he interacts with it as if he is acting in a drama. Thus. Similarly. everyone that he meets is a character in the play of life. According to him since he has already surrendered his body/ mind complex to God. He is aware since the world is a reality to others. other than the Pious Person. even if it is a rented car. there is no cause for concern to him. he knows that life is an entertainment for all concerned. Since he is aware that the world is illusion. the tenant will not be worried about it. He will ensure that his actions do not hurt anyone. he can always move out. Even if he unintentionally caused misery to others. jealousy. He will not have any negative feelings and therefore his mind will be free from any suffering. He does not have any ego to prevent him from begging for food. One will be careful and maintain the car well. Even if the mind is affected by the events of the world. At the physical body level.

No one can upset him. he will not be upset. security and happiness. He has crossed all the five stages of Bhakthi and reached the peak. It is like dealing with machines. He does not have any fear from anyone or anything in the world. It is like looking down from the top of a mountain. A Pious Person has reached a stage that can never be overtaken by anyone. Quality 15: Independent A Pious Person is free and independent. A Pious Person does not depend on the world for these. His body and mind complex is part of the world and therefore it is impossible for it to be independent. It is not possible for any one to do anything without depending on others. He does not even need recognition from others. He will function as His tool. Therefore. he will be happy and even if it does not come. The life is in the hands of God and the Pious Person knows that God will do the job well. living etc. He has reached the perfection and everyone is trying to come there knowingly or unknowingly. Therefore. This is so because that he is aware that he is living in a different plane after merging with the God. Even if the whole world does not understand him. shelter. He understands that everyone is behaving in line with his or her accumulated preferences and knowledge. However. whatever progress made by others will not appear to be great. he will be equally happy. He will continue to depend on the world for food.whatever comes in his way. It is not possible to develop hatred towards a robot. At the same time. If any good thing comes. After reaching that position. This is the highest point anyone can dream to achieve. He knows everything will be changing and it is not necessary that all the changes are conducive or positive. there is no anxiety in him.
356
. he accepts all changes without getting upset about anything. He is aware that there is nothing permanent in the world except change. He does not depend on the world for peace. most people depend on others for their peace. Others cannot comprehend this fact. It is not possible for anyone to upset him or irritate him. He does not fear death or fear for suffering. security and happiness. He will not have any jealous feeling about anyone’s progress. He does not allow or acknowledge such limitation or imperfection as a positive factor but he accepts them in his mind because he is aware it is impossible for others to be perfect. the Pious Person will tolerate the imperfection and limitations of others. He has no anxiety about the future.

Therefore. For others. one feels oneness with the mind. He sees that all his actions as that of God. they may not be able to achieve such goals because their mind is not under the complete control of their intelligence. orderly and maintain purity in their lives. When they successfully complete the course. Quality 19: Free from depression. A pious person treats his mind as his tool.Quality 16:Maintains purity The universe is a work of perfection. mental pressure. a Pious Person behaves impartially towards all the living beings. Example: A young parent will attempt to resolve the conflict between his children without taking anyone’s side. Such actions do not cause a feeling of guilt in him. Quality 18: Non Aligned A Pious Person does not take sides except that he functions in line with Dharma. He cannot be partial to anyone because he does not have any attachment. He maintains both external and internal purity without any additional effort. However. feeling of guilt Prior to reaching the destination of Bhakthi Yoga. Afflictions to his mind do not affect him. His dedication to a chosen task is fully tested and when he completes the path. he does not feel that the mistakes and errors in judgment are his responsibility. Similarly. It functions in a systematic way. ‘I am depressed’. Example: In an army training school. he is never depressed or under mental pressure. It is quite possible for him to make mistake of judgment or take a wrong decision. he becomes a symbol of perfection. they may want to be systematic. a Pious Person is rigorously trained in the path of Bhakthi Yoga and he will be highly capable and alert in completing all the tasks that come in his way. Since the Pious Person has the ability to control his mind and make it as a tool to serve under his intelligence. alert in completing unselfish tasks A Pious Person is sufficiently trained to be highly capable while pursuing the path of Bhakthi Yoga. Similarly. Therefore. a Pious Person keeps his environment orderly and clean.
357
. the candidates are trained rigorously. alertness and the readiness to perform will be a natural part of them. he can direct it to maintain orderliness. As a part of the creation. People claim. He functions as an extension of God. Quality 17:Highly capable.

who neither laments nor desires. who is pure. without cares. He will not have his own agenda how he can make the world a better place to live. who is free from false ego and equal both in happiness and distress. very dear to Me. who is always satisfied is very dear to Me. who is fixed in knowledge and engaged in any activities. and who does not strive for some result. who does not think himself a proprietor. This does not mean that he will plan to build a global organization for eradicating poverty. fame and infamy. is very dear to Me. 12. is very dear to Me. and who renounces both auspicious and inauspicious things.13-14 One who is not envious but who is a kind friend to all living entities.17 One who neither grasps pleasure or grief. 12. Teaching 118: The Pious Person enjoys life with twenty qualities Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga Verses: 13 – 20
12. who is equipoise in honor and dishonor. he will do those tasks that come by his way. who is steady in happiness and distress. who is always free from contamination.15 He for whom no one is put into difficulty and who is not disturbed by anxiety. Quality 20: No long-term project The Pious Person will not plan his future. making Me the supreme goal. he may support the efforts of the others in doing good to others. expert. heat and cold. However.
358
. always silent and satisfied with anything. who doesn't care for any residence. 12. He will not take any initiative and plan any long-term project that stretches beyond a day. 12. free from all pains. is very. Therefore.He does not take credit for the positive outcome as well. He may even offer his suggestions in conceiving and planning a long-term project for others.18-19 One who is equal to friends and enemies. is very dear to Me.16 A devotee who is not dependent on the ordinary course of activities. It is not possible to make a perfect world. happiness and distress. 12. He is aware that the world will always remain as a mixture of positive and negative aspects. Everything belongs to God.20 He who follows this imperishable path and who completely engages himself with faith. is very dear to Me. All his actions will be motivated towards helping others.

‘Bondage and Liberation are in the mind’
359
. ‘Who is the observer?’ 6. Energy and Matter. Describe the symptoms of the three binding elements. What are the five steps that constitute Bhakthi Yoga? 7.
Unit Test: 1. What are the seven steps to be followed to go beyond the dominance of any of the three elements? 10. the student will be able to (a) See how wisdom leads to joyful living. List the three natures and seven descriptions of Brahman What are the seven differences that are absent in Brahman? What are the three possible answers to the question. ‘Observer is the Observed’ b. Write short notes on the following statements. a. 9. ‘Ego does not exist’ c. 2. 3.01 – 14.35 14.Unit 18: Jnana Yoga
Number of Sessions: 25 (236 – 260) Number of Lessons: 13 Verses: 13. 4.01 – 13. ‘Wise person lives joyfully’ d. 8. 5. Compare the nature of the three elements Aura.
Session: 260
What are the differences between the observer and the observed? Define a good value and a bad value.27
On completion of this unit.

The purpose of all the Holy Scriptures is to correct this misunderstanding. which is based on our experience. the observer am different from whatever I observe. This understanding. Subject cannot be the object. Since I am able to observe my body. is wrong. I am the only reality and the observed is an illusion. I observe forms. I. I observe changes. space and object. form is an attribute that belong to the observed and I am formless. I am the subject and whatever I observe are the objects. he gives the summary here. mind and intelligence. Therefore. Therefore. This could be concluded logically.
Step 2: Observer is different from everything that is observed. We can comprehend the answer through the following steps. I am the consciousness. we can list the differences between the observer and the observed. they are different from me. the observer. I observe inert objects. All the experienced attributes belong to the objects experienced and they do not belong to me. Therefore. change is an attribute that belong to the observed and I am changeless.Lesson 1: Who am I?
Session: 236 – 238
Arjuna wants Lord Krishna to explain the difference between the observer and the observed. From these derivations. Lord Krishna has already taught most parts of this answer in the preceding twelve chapters and therefore. The answer to this question is the essence of the Vedanta. It is similar to wrong knowledge that we gain from our experience that the earth is stationary and the sun and the moon are moving around it. Step 1: ‘I am the observer and I observe the world’ This leads to the conclusion ‘I am different from the world’.
360
. I am the consciousness. Step 3: The nature of observer is different from that of observed. I am not limited by time. Therefore.

the higher part. sustained and dissolved in the sea. One Attributeless whose nature is Sathyam/ Gnanam/ Anantham Truth Independent Observed Inert Object Changing continuously Mortal Limited to a form Many Comprised of three attributes (Aura. The waves are created. Now Lord Krishna says Atman is Brahman and the body/ mind complex is the illusion by saying. He has already explained (in the seventh chapter) that God has two parts. God. Similarly.
Teaching 120: God unites the individual observer with the vast universe inseparably This relationship between the multiple living beings and God is similar to that of waves and the sea. Energy. it is also explained (in the second chapter) that the Atman is the indweller of the body mind complex. Matter) Illusion Dependent
Step 4: The observer is the observed Lord Krishna gives this conclusion saying. it can be seen that the observer is the observed since there is just one entity. Lord Krishna introduced the concept to God to explain that there is only one entity. ‘I am the observer and the observed’. From our experience we assumed that there are many living and non-living beings in the universe and we are different from them.The differences are: Observer Conscious being Changeless Immortal Formless. Prior to knowing about God. Brahman and the lower part.
361
. “I am the observer and the observed”. it was assumed that the observer is different from the observed. Infinite and all pervading. Illusion. There are multiple waves and one sea. After the understanding of the nature of God. This is the essence of Vedanta: “You are that” Teaching 119: The observer is the observed because there is only one reality. It appears that waves are changing and sea is unchanging.

we have included both the observer and the observed. there is only one substance.
While understanding the word. then the results are as follows. When we understand the teaching of Lord Krishna. then there is no choice but to gain liberation. we have choice.
Although it appears that. Brahman. If it identifies itself as water. the body/mind complex is an illusion and the consciousness is the only reality. This combination constitutes our ego. then the results are as follows. When we understand this vital knowledge that we are the consciousness. merges
362
. our body/mind complex. mortal being while God is omnipotent and omnipresent.
If we are to choose Option 2. We are insignificant. we are liberated. ‘who are you?’. I live my life joyfully. it is mortal. If we do not understand this truth. My nature is Ever Witnessing Joy. ‘who are you?’ Option 1: I am the body/ mind complex Option 2: I am the consciousness If we are to choose Option 1.
Step 5: Gaining steady knowledge that the observer is the observed We have two options to choose from to answer the question. ‘I’. We are caught in this life. Similarly. The fact is we are the observer and therefore we cannot be the observed. water. then it is immortal and unlimited. in reality there is no choice. we will continue to associate ourselves with the mortal body/mind complex and suffer in life. To answer the question. ever changing and limited. which is alternating between the pairs of the opposites and we will undergo the pleasure and pain accordingly. Besides. We are the created by God. I am Brahman and therefore I am immortal. If we understand this. there is only one entity. In essence. We need to understand the essential knowledge given in the Vedanta that Brahman is the only reality and the universe is a mere illusion. If it identifies itself with the form and name.Both the waves and the sea are just names and forms. the observed part. the wave has two options.

Brahman. I wish to know about nature. This knowledge sets us free. This is the ultimate knowledge. This body.
Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed
Verses: 01 – 03
13. Since. It does not have a place to hold on to. There is nothing more to be known. non-diminishing happiness and undisturbed peace. a. There is nothing more to do to gain the benefit of this knowledge. We were suffering in life due to our ignorance with respect to ourselves. 13. The mind becomes fully contended and there is no more the feeling of inadequacy.with the illusion and the observer part. It leads to Joyful Living a.
363
. e. the field and the knower of the field. It is the essence of Vedanta. is called the field. you should understand that I am the knower in all bodies.1 Arjuna said: Oh my dear Krishna. c. Oh Arjuna. All other knowledge will continue to be improved all the time. we do not have any sufferings in life. which will not change with time. c. our ego disappears. 13. and to understand this body and its owner is called knowledge. 2.3 Oh Arjuna. The one who has seen the elephant will accept the variations in the different versions of truth described by blind men. It is unchanging. Glory of this knowledge 1. ‘knowledge-end’.2 Lord Krishna said. No other knowledge can give everlasting security. It is given as the central message of the user manual. and one who knows this body is called the knower of the field. b. if this is known. merges with Brahman. b. consciousness. This knowledge accepts the conclusions of all the religions and philosophies in the world as partial version of the truth. It quenches the everlasting thirst of the mind. which means the current version of ‘truth’ will be proved wrong soon. d. Mere knowledge leads to Joyful Living. This is My teaching. there is no more ego. Since the subject matter of this knowledge is changeless. this knowledge will also remain superior. and of knowledge and the end of knowledge. As a result. The ego is the doer and the enjoyer in life. since he knows both the truth and the limitations of the blind men in perceiving the truth. It is the ultimate knowledge. which comes with the creation of this universe on how to live this life joyfully. the last word in knowledge.

the Brahman that enlivens a particular living body is called Atman. is projected as this universe. Similarly. Everything in the creation is made up of Illusion. Lord Krishna explains the process of creation of this universe. which is the inherent power of Brahman. although we talk about space and pot-space as two different entities. The lower nature of God is the Illusion. we experience that the living beings are conscious. Brahman. consciousness and a body/mind complex. Example: Just as a mirror reflects the light. The mind does not have any inherent consciousness.Lesson 2: What is creation?
Session: 239
The observed includes the entire universe. Step 3: The body of the living being seems to be conscious. Step 4: The mind seems to be conscious. Energy and Matter. The higher nature of God is Brahman. Aura. We feel that the mind is conscious because it reflects the consciousness of the Brahman. This can be explained through the following steps.
364
. Step 1: Living beings consist of two aspects. There is no consciousness in the creation. The observer is not the part of the creation as already explained. Example: There is no difference between the space inside the pot and outside the pot. Step 2: Consciousness is not created and it is the creator. The illusion is made up of three elements called Aura. This is the logical conclusion. Mind lends the consciousness to the physical body as it can be proved by the absence of consciousness during deep sleep and on death. We feel that the physical body is conscious because of its association with the mind. mind reflects the consciousness. Energy and Matter. The enclosed space within the pot is called pot-space. which is the only conscious entity. However. The physical body does not have any inherent consciousness. All that is observed is made up of these three elements. These three elements in various proportion. Illusion comprises of three elements namely. There is no difference between Atman and Brahman.

sustenance and resolution. are jointly known as ‘life’ in common parlance. Similarly. Creation is not a one-time event.
Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed
Verses: 04 – 07
13. Aura has the capability to reflect the consciousness of the Brahman. we the observer see the observed.5 That knowledge of the field of activities and of the knower of activities is described by the sages variously. Illusion is projected as the creation. The ego (reflection of the Brahman) and the mind (reflecting medium). Thus. all the non-living things in the creation comprise of only two elements of the Illusion. The order in which the creation happens is not important since whatever be the order it should be understood as illusion. the life symptoms. Example: A magician shows an empty box.4 Now please hear My brief description of this field of activity and how it is constituted. very similar to our waking up in the morning. intelligence. distress. living the life and going back to sleep. preferences. who that knower of the field of activities is. in summary. This memory part is excluded when we die and wake up in a new body. what its changes are. We wake up from the bed in the morning and face the world with all our accumulated knowledge. it has the important ingredient Aura. desire. This is revealed distinctly in Vedanta. whence it is produced. the aggregate. hatred. and what his influences are. the mind.However. Mind is also an inert object but in addition to these two elements.6-7 The five subtle constituents. namely. the five sense objects. to be the field of activities and its interactions. impressions and some part of our memories. in creation. This cycle of creation and dissolution continues eternally. It is a continuous process of manifestation. happiness. the unmanifested. It does not matter in which order he has placed the articles inside the box.
365
. false ego. we see many articles in the box. Energy and Matter. everything is inert objects including the body/mind complexes of the living beings. 13. When he closes the box and opens it. 13. we find the observed is an illusion. the ten senses. and convictions--all these are considered. All that matters is that we understand that the illusion cannot be explained. On enquiry. This reflected consciousness is called ego.

When we are angry. he can attempt to qualify for MS by writing the exams on the prescribed papers. Associate ourselves with those with good qualities so that we can learn from them. Those who are not able to understand the teaching can work towards gaining these values in life. 7. We should attempt to increase our good values and reduce or eliminate bad values. 2. we are quite upset and unhappy. We should then use one or more of the following tips to improve ourselves. it gives peace of mind to the self. which is pleasant to ourselves and liked by others. We should reflect and find out the list of good values that are lacking and identify the bad values that are present. Similarly. 5. 1. This knowledge is very complicated and not everyone will be able to comprehend the same. they are also affected. A good value is one. Understand the benefit that will accrue to us if we increase the good values. It is advisable to have an open mind on this and receive the suggestions / criticism from others with respect to the values.Lesson 3: What are the values?
Session: 240
Lord Krishna has taught the essence of Vedanta. It also benefits others. For example. Lord Krishna prescribes certain values to facilitate the comprehension of this knowledge. 4. Lord Krishna has given a sample list of twenty values that can be attempted. A bad value is one. Do Value Meditation. Example: Forgiveness is a good quality. Everyone inherently knows the good values and bad values. Therefore. 3. When we show our anger on others. we should consciously work towards eliminating short temperedness and increase the forgiveness. If one forgives. Pray to God to help us develop good qualities
366
. Example: Short-temperedness will affect us. Set an achievable target. Give a present to ourselves if we achieve our target or undergo a punishment if we make a slip. 6. which affects others and us. Example: If a student is not able to complete his PhD. Understand the loss that is caused due to the absence of a good value.

367
. and even-mindedness amid pleasant and unpleasant events.8-12 Humility. death. absence of false ego. Lord Krishna has given a path of cultivating good values for those who are not yet matured enough to receive the knowledge imparted in Vedanta. resorting to solitary places. our mind requires a good set of values to be fit enough to receive the knowledge on the essence of Vedanta. detachment from the general mass of people. If we improve our personality by increasing all the good values and decreasing all the bad values. They will also reach the destination soon by following the advice given by Lord Krishna on improving the qualities listed in the verses 8 to 12. words and deeds will be aligned. We will be a better person. old age and disease. service to the teacher. 2. 5. All the five layers of our personality will be working together as a team. We will become qualified to identify a right teacher who will be able to guide us in our spiritual path and ultimately understand the essence of Vedanta. uprightness. we will start using our efforts on material pursuit as a means to reach God. constant and unalloyed devotion to Me. cleanliness. home and the rest. our mind will be more matured. we will gain the following: 1. We will be doing our best and will gain a matured mind 4.
Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed
Verses: 08 – 12
13. simplicity. Instead. steadiness and self-control. Our thoughts. accepting the importance of self-realization. the perception of the evil of birth. This will help us to work towards gaining the knowledge given in Vedanta 3. The Aura element will be come more dominant than the other two elements. Just as our physical body requires right food and exercise to maintain health and fitness. and philosophical search for the Absolute Truth--all these I thus declare to be knowledge. renunciation of the objects of sense gratification. Thus. We will realize that we are not the owner of any part of the world. wife. We will know that God is not a means for us to gain material benefits. and what is contrary to these is ignorance. We are part of the world and we can only contribute towards it. nonattachment to children. non-violence. forbearance.If we are successful in our attempt. We cannot control the results.

the car is limited by time. when we say something is existing for real. It is present at all places. It is beyond time. Space Limitation: If a car is here. Therefore. Beginning less It has no beginning and no ending. It has no forms. Teaching 121: Brahman is eternal and causeless
2. Teaching 123: Brahman alone exists. It exists as an absolute reality since it is beyond time. The fact is every one of us is immortal and we do not know that. Brahman has no such limitations. Teaching 122: Brahman is not limited by time. Absolute truth Everything we know exists as specific object during a specific time. What we say as real is not real for all the time.Lesson 4: Who is Brahman?
Session: 241 – 243
Lord Krishna reveals the knowledge about Brahman. It is possible to know this fact if we understand Brahman. It does not have cause. Unlimited Everything we know is limited by time. We experience the world. it cannot be a bus. Lord Krishna says that the universe rests on Brahman and then describes it as follows: 1. It is not limited by a boundary. space or object
3. We are aware that everything we know was not existing one time and will not be existing after certain time. it cannot be anywhere else Object Limitation: if it is a car. It is present all the time. space and object. Therefore. knowing which one can move from mortality to become immortal. Example: Time Limitation: A car has a date of manufacture and it will not be there after certain number of years. It is the only reality
368
. we mean it is relatively real. Brahman does not come into this spectrum of relative reality.

it appears to be multiple living beings with various attributes due to illusion. Thus. Brahman uses neither the action organs nor the sense organs. he is very close. All the living beings are Brahman All the sense organs like eyes and ears of all the living beings function due to the presence of Brahman alone. There is no place in the universe where Brahman is not present.
6. It only appears to be blue. Brahman supports both the moving and nonmoving The universe consists of inert objects and living beings. Brahman exists everywhere Brahman is not restricted to a place. Example: The water in the sea appears to be blue in color because it reflects the color of the sky. the sky is colorless. Example: A movie with multiple colors is shown on a blank TV screen. We do not do anything. They do not exist in the absolute sense. Brahman is attributeless. The physical bodies and mind of the living beings are also part of the inert objects. All the action organs like hands and legs of all the living beings function at the will of Brahman. The Brahman appears as multiple living beings in the world. For the ignorant people Brahman is far away. Brahman does not cause the functioning of the living beings nor is it affected by it. Brahman supports both the moving and nonmoving parts of the universe. The consciousness that differentiate the living beings from the inert objects is the result of having a mind that has the capability to reflect the Brahman. Similarly. Brahman is the indweller of the body/mind complex and the body/mind complex is an illusion. There is no contradiction. However. Teaching 124: This Atman is Brahman
5.4. However. The inert objects of the universe are an illusion sustained on Brahman.
369
. For the wise.

Difference 4: Tree has many parts whereas Brahman has none. Brahman is present at all times. Brahman is just one. For example. all the actions of the living beings are sustained by Brahman and it remains unaffected. Brahman is one undivided whole Brahman cannot be explained through an example since nothing similar to Brahman exists. Difference 3: Tree keeps changing.Brahman is like the TV screen that sustains all the illusory characters of the movie. knowledge and the instrument of knowledge. the object shall no longer exist. this tree belongs to a class called ‘mango trees’ and it is different from other mango trees. There is only one tree in my house There is only one Brahman. fruits etc. It does not have any parts or components. Brahman can have no such qualifications. There was a time when it did not exist and there will be a time when it will not exist. Difference 1: In the first statement. Therefore. Therefore. Brahman is the knower. The wise people also cannot know because the knowing consciousness in them is the Brahman. Difference 5: This tree is different from other trees. Similarly. Nor it has any ingredients. the tree has branches. However. Brahman has no such others. Brahman is the indweller of everything. People who are absorbed in the movie do not see the screen. Animals. The tree exists now. It is present at all places. The tree is in my house and it cannot be elsewhere. Every object known (except space) will have seven differences as explained below but Brahman has no such differences. Any object in creation belongs to a class (Like Human beings. If we start removing them one by one. Rocks etc) and the individual member is different from the rest of the members in the same class. 7. This can be understood by analyzing the differences between the following two statements. Brahman has no such class. Difference 2: The tree is limited by time. there is a qualification to the tree ‘in my house’. The tree is limited by space. The ignorant people cannot know Brahman because they cannot comprehend such a complex entity. Brahman does not change at all. flowers. The blood of the hero does not strain or stain the TV screen. the knower of the Brahman becomes Brahman himself. leaves. we should explore the dissimilarity or differences of Brahman comparing it with any known objects. For example. Any object in the creation is made up of many components / parts / ingredients.
370
.

The only reality is sugar and the existence of animals is a lower version of reality. Brahman has no such Non-Brahman. stars etc. 8. tiger etc All the animals taste the same. After hearing the description of Brahman. 1. there is nothing else existing other than sugar. 7. we have theoretical knowledge about it as explained in Vedanta. What is important is the sweetness of the candy. 4. 2. 3. they belong to different class. deer. All the objects are made up of Energy appearing as Matter. 4.Difference 6: Mango Tree is different from Apple tree. 6. In the same way we can learn about Brahman 1.
371
. The objects of the universe are just name and form and the real substance is Brahman. Animals are just name and form and the substance is sugar. which is Brahman. There are no animals outside the sugar. Brahman has no such competing class. Infact. We can attempt to educate them through the following steps. There is one more object called sugar. there are many objects like plants. 7. 3. 5. there are many animals like elephant. Although both Mango Tree and Apple Tree can be called as trees. Brahman has no such differences. We can resolve the fighting among the children if we can educate them to see the truth. There are animals. However. Difference 7: Tree is different from non-tree like animal. tiger etc. There are many objects in the world. insects that are different from the tree. There are many animals like elephant. Example: A sugar candy is sold in the various shapes of animals. 5. There are no objects in the universe outside Brahman. Apparently. we may feel that do not experience it the way we experience the world. 8. 2. 6. Brahman has nothing else to cause such differences. Any object in the creation is one among many other objects. Children are fighting for an elephant candy although the deer candy is available in plenty. What is important is the source of Energy. The only reality is Brahman and the existence of the universe is a lower version of reality. Apparently. deer. The size and weight belongs to sugar and not to the animals. The size and weight belongs to Brahman and not to the objects of the world.

Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed

Verses: 13 – 19

13.13 I shall now explain the knowable, knowing which you will taste the eternal. This is beginning less, and it is my higher nature. It is called Brahman, the spirit, and it lies beyond the cause and effect of this material world. 13.14 It has hands and legs everywhere. His eyes, faces and mouths are everywhere. In this way the Brahman exists. 13.15 The Brahman is the original source of all senses, yet He is without senses. He is unattached, although He is the maintainer of all living beings. He transcends the modes of nature, and at the same time He is the master of all modes of material nature. 13.16 The Supreme Truth exists both internally and externally, in the moving and nonmoving. He is beyond the power of the material senses to see or to know. Although far, far away, He is also near to all. 13.17 Although the Brahman appears to be divided, He is never divided. He is situated as one. Although He is the maintainer of every living entity, it is to be understood that He devours and develops all. 13.18 He is the source of light in all luminous objects. He is beyond the darkness of Matter and is unmanifested. He is knowledge, He is the object of knowledge, and He is the goal of knowledge. He is situated in everyone's heart. 13.19 Thus the field of activities [the body], knowledge and the knowable have been summarily described by Me. Only My devotees can understand this thoroughly and thus attain to My nature.

372

Lesson 5: When did the universe begin?

Session: 244

Lord Krishna says that universe is beginning less. As already detailed, the observed (which includes the body/mind complex of the observer), constitutes the entire universe, which are inert in nature. The sentiency or life seen in the universe is the reflection of the observer in the Aura element of the observed. Both the observer and the observed are beginning less. Observer has no beginning because it is the only truth that is present at all times. It belongs to the plane of absolute reality. By nature, it is conscious, eternal and joyful. Teaching 125: Brahman is conscious, eternal and joyful The observed has no beginning because it does not exist. Prior to creation, the observed was in unmanifested form. Then from its three attributes, Aura, Energy and Matter, the five building blocks namely, space, air, fire, water and earth are born. From the various combinations of these building blocks, all the objects in the universe were created. Among the objects created, the minds of the living beings have the unique capacity of reflecting the consciousness of the observer. This reflected consciousness of the mind lends the sentiency to the physical body differentiating them from the rest of the inert objects. Thus, the observed is fully manifested as a universe with the combination of inert objects and living beings. Living beings are also inert and the differentiating factor is the presence of an inert mind that can reflect the consciousness of the observer. Example: The robots created by scientists have borrowed intelligence called Artificial Intelligence. The robots are not living-beings nor do they think they are. Similarly, the living beings in the universe, with the exception of human beings, are not selfconscious. Only in the case of human mind, the borrowed consciousness has grown to a level of claiming independence from the total existence. Example: A group of robots claims independence from the human race in the science fiction movie, Terminator. Similarly, human beings assume that they are independent of the universe. The human beings are not different from the observed universe of inert objects. However, due to the presence of the reflected consciousness in the mind, they develop an ego and assume that they are living creatures, independent of the observer. Thus, ego is the combination of the inert objects (body/mind complex) and the reflection of the consciousness of the observer.

373

The observed universe including the inert objects and living beings are comprised of the same three elements called Aura, Energy and Matter. However, the proportion in which they constituted in the mind of the various individual human beings varies. This variation is due to the actions done by the human being. Example: A brass article can be made to appear as a mirror through shining with appropriate chemical. Similarly, when the Aura Element is dominating the other two elements, an individual mind becomes more reflective compared to the fellow human beings. Since both the observer and the observed are beginning less and the process of manifestation and dissolution of the universe continues to happen for infinite number of times the quality of mind varies among the living beings. The ego is the doer and enjoyer in the world. The world is created for the enjoyment of the ego of the human beings in line with its past actions. Since the ego has done good deeds and bad deeds it go through experiences that alternate between pleasure and pain. The observer has no role in the creation except as a lender of consciousness. Even this is an action done without personal involvement. Example: The king may not do any action and simply sleep in his bed. His mere presence as a king lends power to all the ministers to do action. Similarly, the observer is not involved in any action to lend the consciousness. The illusion, the lower nature of God, appears as the universe, the observed. It is the material cause of the creation. Brahman, the higher nature of God is the intelligent cause of the creation and it is the observer.

Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed

Verse: 20

13.20 Material nature and the living entities should be understood to be beginning less. Their transformations and the modes of matter are products of material nature.

374

Lesson 6: What is Bondage and liberation?

Session: 245

The interaction between the living being and the inert objects are infact is the interaction between inert objects. Both the food and the body that eats the food are identical in nature. One form of food is converted into another form of food. The inert objects of the universe are divided into two groups by the observer by lending his consciousness to one group that has the reflecting medium, mind. The reflected consciousness together with the body/mind complex is the ego. Doer of the actions The observer is not involved in any action. The observed cannot do any action on its own since it is inert. By nature, the observed is always changing in the presence of the observer. Observer does not cause the observed to change. It changes because it is its nature. Some parts of these changes are called as action. Example: A human being builds a house, lives and dies. In this example, the whole sentence shows one aspect of change. However, one part of it, namely, building a house, is seen as an action. The ego assumes the role of the doer of all such actions. The ego itself is the reflection and therefore not existing. Example: The reflection in the mirror is not real. It cannot do anything. Whatever happens in the world is happening at the will of the observer. The ego has no role to play. However, it assumes the role of doer. The fact is there is no doer since nothing is being done. Enjoyer of the action The earth is continuously changing. Some parts of the changes are called actions and some parts are called results of the action. Example: He buys an ice cream and eats it. Here, buying an ice cream is seen as an action. Eating the ice cream is seen as enjoyment. The observer is not the enjoyer since it is not associated with the world. The observed cannot enjoy anything since it is inert.

375

The fact is that there is nothing called enjoyment. When an ice cream is eaten, one form of food is converted into another form of food. The tongue of the person tastes the ice cream due to the presence of the mind. The mind is also an inert object but it is able to feel the pleasure due to the borrowed consciousness from the observer. Thus, the non-existent ego is the enjoyer of the benefit of an action. Ego enjoys good experiences and suffers bad experiences. Bondage When we enjoy life, we plant the seed for suffering. Pleasure and pain are two sides of the same coin. Therefore, living life the way we normally do is called bondage to the Eternal Cycle. The cycle of having pleasure and pain is eternal because it continues through many lifetimes. The action leads to enjoyment and the enjoyment leads to desire. Desire lead to further action. This is bondage. The observer is not bound because he neither acts nor enjoy. The observed is not bound because it is inert. It is already seen that the ego is the doer of the action and the enjoyer of the result and therefore it is bound. We feel we are bound because we associate ourselves with our ego. Freedom Liberation from the bondage can happen only when we understand the true identity of our ego. The ego exists as a combination of the body/mind complex and the reflection of the consciousness on the mind. If we associate ourselves as ego then we are caught in the problems of life. If we associate ourselves truly as the observer then we do not have any problems and we are liberated. Example: The reflection of the sun in the gutter appears to be dirty and non-shining. This does not affect the sun in anyway. We need to realize that we are the sun and not the gutter.

376

The ego is a non-entity and does not exist. We give reality to it due to our ignorance. Example: An uninvited guest will freely move around the wedding hall until both the parties of the marriage start enquiring who that person is. Similarly, if we divide ourselves as an observer and the observed, there is no place for an ego. When we lose our ego, we are liberated. Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed Verse: 21

13.21 Nature is said to be the cause of all material activities and effects, whereas the living entity is the cause of the various sufferings and enjoyments in this world.

377

Lesson 7: Who is the observer?

Session: 246

There are three possible answers to this question depending on the context. Answer 1: Brahman is the observer. We will get this answer if we are not considering any context. Example: The owner of a hotel chain is very hungry and he goes to one of his hotel and orders a meal. Then he finds out that he does not have any money. Neither the bearer nor the manager of the hotel recognizes him. Who is this person? He is the owner in relation to the hotel chain. He is a customer in the eyes of the manager. Without considering any such context, the answer is ‘He is a human being’. Similarly, if we do not consider any context, the correct answer to the question who is the observer, is Brahman. Brahman is the witness who is not involved in any action. Brahman does not enjoy the result of any action. Brahman just witnesses the action. In the above example, a person who is sitting in the next table is the witness to the event. Brahman is called as a witness because nothing happens in the whole universe without his presence. Brahman permits everything to happen. Brahman does not prevent anything from happening. Brahman does not prompt anyone to act or not to act. Example: TV Screen permits the movie that appears on it. Without the screen, there is no movie. What happens in the movie is not influenced by the TV in anyway. If the villain in the movie attempts to kill the hero, the TV Screen has no say in the event. It neither prompts nor prevents the event. It however permits the action. Without its permission, there is no movie. Similarly, all the events in the world happen with the permission of Brahman. Brahman does not participate, prompt, prevent but permit everything. Answer 2: God is the observer This is the correct answer in the context of the creation of the world. The observer is the intelligence cause of the universe. Example: The owner of a hotel chain is very hungry and he goes to one of his hotel and orders a meal. Then he finds out that he does not have any

378

money. However, he was provided with a good meal and no bill was given since the manager of the hotel recognized him. Who is this person? The correct answer will be ‘the owner of the hotel chain’ because the staff in the hotel recognized him and treated him as the owner. Similarly, if we recognize the role of the observer as the creator of the universe, then we have to answer the question, ‘Who is the observer?’ as God. God is the provider and protector of the universe. He creates an environment that is appropriate to the accumulated results of the action by all the living beings. At the individual level, he ensures that every living being enjoys the results of their past action. Answer 3: I am the Observer This is the correct answer in the context of our body/mind complex. Example: The owner of a hotel chain is very hungry and he goes to one of his hotel and orders a meal. He pays for the meal after eating and walks out. Who is this person? The correct answer will be ‘a customer’ in the given context. He did not use his powers as the owner of the hotel chain. This person may have the following thoughts. “I am a human being. I was hungry and I had food. Others are treating me as a customer. Therefore, let me accept the role ‘customer’. If they had treated me as the owner, I could have behaved like one.” How can all the three answers be correct? A woman is seen as daughter, wife, and mother by different people. Similarly, the observer is seen differently depending on the context. The role of observer appears to be contradictory. How can the observer not do anything, at the same time create the universe, and be part of all the action? Example: A person says ‘I cannot live with my wife. I need a divorce’. Another person says ‘I cannot live without her. I want to marry her’. It is quite possible that both these people are talking about the same woman. Similarly, how we view the observer determines whether he does or does not do some action.

379

We are carried away by the name and form. A rich person is given respect because of his riches or a wise person is revered because of his knowledge. No one sees the human being. Similarly, no one recognizes the true status of the observer. The true status of the observer is Brahman. Both the other answers ‘God is the observer’ or ‘I am the observer’ are correct only in the given context. In the absolute sense without any context, the only possible answer is Brahman. Besides, Brahman is absolute reality and God and the individual self are illusion. Example: A person stands in front of a convex mirror and a concave mirror. There will be two reflections. One will show a huge figure and another, a short figure. Which is correct? Similarly, the Brahman is seen as God or as an indweller of the individual. Both belong to the plane of illusion. The whole universe is an illusion and therefore both God and the living beings are part of the illusion. Therefore, the correct and only answer to the question, ‘who is the observer’ is Brahman. We can see this oneness only through the knowledge given in Vedanta and if we see it and understand the three modes of nature, we are liberated from the bondage to the Eternal Cycle as explained by Lord Krishna in the verses 22 to 24 The three modes of the nature will be explained in the next chapter. Lord Krishna has categorically stated that there is no precondition to liberation. Anyone belonging to any religion/ language can attain liberation by gaining the essence of the knowledge given in Vedanta. Liberation means living this life joyfully. One who understands this knowledge of the observer and the observed as described in Vedanta, even without ever knowing the existence of Vedanta, will be liberated. Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed Verses: 22 – 24

13.22 The living entity in material nature thus follows the ways of life, enjoying the three modes of nature. Attachment to the three modes is the cause of birth in superior and inferior births. 13.23 The master of this body is said to be the proximate witness, the supporter, the sustainer, the experiencer, the great lord and the supreme self. 13.24 He who thus understands this Brahman, nature and the living beings as the interaction of the modes of nature is sure to attain liberation. He will not take birth here again, regardless of his present position.

380

Upasana Yoga and Jnana Yoga is the only path to know Brahman This Bhakthi Yoga is divided into five steps as described below: Step 1: Karma Yoga Instead of working and worshiping. our natural intelligence will be able to function well and show us the limitations of the objects of the world.
381
. Moderate and avoid over indulgence in sense pleasures. convert the work as worship. Can do whatever we want so long they are not Adharma. We will be attracted towards God. Once we do Karma Yoga for a length of time. Accept all the results as a gift from God. Process of gaining the knowledge on the absolute Bhakthi Yoga is the only path to gain the knowledge of the absolute.Lesson 8: What is the path and the destination?
Session: 247 – 249
Lord Krishna gives the summary of the process of gaining the knowledge. All of us have the intelligence to discriminate good from the bad. Teaching 126: Bhakthi Yoga comprising of Karma Yoga. However. We will be able to free ourselves from the frenzy of action in our material pursuit. Teaching 127: Karma yoga is to dedicate all the physical action to God and accept the results as a gift from God Then we will be ready for the next step. All the actions should be according to Dharma. Do all the prescribed duties as a dedication to God. Karma Yoga is done for reducing the influence of our likes and dislikes. Complete all the duties disregarding likes and dislikes. this intelligence is blinded by our accumulated preferences (likes and dislikes). the knowledge and the benefit of gaining the knowledge.

382
. Psychological Layer. Upasana Yoga is about mental action. All our five layers of personality (Physical Layer. After completing Karma Yoga. We will then be interested in God. Teaching 128: Upasana Yoga is pure mental action to refine our mind by aligning the five layers of our personality Upasana Yoga involves Relaxation Meditation Concentration Meditation Expansion Meditation Value Meditation Upasana Yoga requires a very small portion of our day and therefore it can be commenced while we continue to spend most of our time and energy towards the material pursuit. we can choose what we want to do and the mind will obey. Physiological Layer. We will gain complete control over our sense organs and the mind. Our mind will be expanded to see the vastness of the creation and our minor role in it. Earlier the mind will be absorbed in work only if it likes the work. we will be able to sit quietly in a place and spend time on refining our mind. Slowly from self-centeredness and family-mindedness. the creator of the universe.Step 2: Upasana Yoga While Karma Yoga revolves around physical action. After Upasana Yoga. We will be able to direct our mind to concentrate on what we want it to do for a length of time. Upasana Yoga will refine our mind progressively and it will be ready to receive the knowledge. we will move towards thinking about the welfare of the world. When we develop a deep desire to know God. Intellectual Layer and Spiritual Layer) will be aligned. it is time to move from Upasana Yoga to the next step.

discuss and listen again to gain doubtless knowledge on the central message of Vedanta. We should be completely open and should not remember or recall what we already know until we complete the process of listening. One should systematically study the Vedanta for a length of time under a competent live teacher until the central message is clearly understood. When we enter this step. the world and the God. we should be willing to spend more time away from our profession or material pursuit. The subject matter of the Vedanta is three fold.
383
. While listening to the teacher we should not filter the message according to our past understanding of the subject. reflect. Besides. Step 4: Jnana Yoga – II (Introspection on You Are That) The understanding gained from the Vedanta is not consistent with our experience. we can move on to the next step. When we gain firm knowledge. When we have this understanding. there are many schools of thoughts. We should get firm knowledge on the truth and reconcile the difference between the knowledge from Vedanta and our experience. which is signified by absence of thirst for more knowledge. We can go back to our material pursuit after we complete this step and the next step. They talk about the living beings. we are ready for the next step.Step 3: Jnana Yoga – I (Inquiry of the Holy Scriptures) The only source that can describe God is our Holy Scriptures. Until we complete these two steps. raise questions. We should be clear on why they are all inadequate and our understanding alone reveals the absolute truth. philosophies and religions other than Vedanta. The only way to understand the content of the Holy Scripture is to listen to a competent teacher. it is important that we dedicate quality time for this spiritual pursuit. What I understood I am immortal I am joyful I am Brahman What I experience I am mortal I am suffering I feel I am a limited human being
We need to think.

This cannot be changed overnight. we need to do Vedantic Meditation to internalize the knowledge. our accumulated preferences will continue to attract us towards the world. The new knowledge can over write the accumulated knowledge. It has to get socked in the oil for a long period before it could taste like lemon pickle. the lemon will continue to taste like a lemon and not as lemon pickle if we taste it immediately after preparation.Step 5: Jnana Yoga III (Inner Transformation) This final step leads to Joyful Living. Therefore. Similarly. Although we have firm knowledge from Vedanta. which might take some time depending on how well our mind is refined. Teaching 129: Jnana Yoga is to gain knowledge that ‘I am Brahman’ through Inquiry. Therefore. Therefore. the accumulated knowledge can be changed. Example: Although the preparation of the lemon pickle is complete. We might know for sure that the world is an illusion but still we may not be able to live in line with this truth. we still have old preferences that influence us on how we see the world. the only remaining task is to change the accumulated preferences. Introspection and Inner Transformation
384
. The accumulated impressions cannot be changed but it can be burnt down by the knowledge of the absolute. until the influence of this is reduced one should meditate on the new knowledge. Therefore.

it will become a fireball. which is illusion our problems are dissolved instantly. The ball shape does not belong to the fire. Aura. Similarly. The observer does not do any action. Right Vision: Seeing the single source If we understand the true nature of the world. we have the knowledge of the absolute. then our vision is very limited.The knowledge of the absolute We need to gain complete understanding on the nature of the observer and the observed. growing up. the observed. When the iron ball is heated up. An iron ball has a shape but it is not hot. words and actions will be in line with the composition of these three elements. Wrong Vision: Seeing the multiple result If we see the world and do not think how it came about. the world is born through the interaction between the observer and the observed. We will see that our body/ mind complex is made up of three elements. and dieing are the nature of the body. If we have this right vision. Both the action and enjoyment belongs to a non-existent ego. We should see that the very same observer appear as multiple living beings and the inert objects in the universe. Example: Fire is hot but does not have a shape. Energy and Matter. We will then see that the world is the result of the interaction between the observer and the observed much similar to a birth of the living being through the union of a male and female.
385
. The sentiency of the living beings belongs to that of observer and the inert body/mind complex belongs to the observed. we are ignorant and think that we will die. Being born. All the thoughts. We are bound to suffer until we gain the right vision. When a product is born through the interaction of two distinct entities. Instead of this correct knowledge. it is quite possible that we are mistaken about the source of a particular attribute. The consciousness in us belongs to the observer and it never dies. We need to have the correct vision of the universe. Nor it is the enjoyer of the results of the action.

The sun does not cause any action nor does it expect anything in return for illumining the world. The knowledge of the absolute enables us to see the Brahman. we will not have any sufferings in the world and the life will be joyful. On gaining the knowledge of the absolute. Sun illumines everything in the world and it is not affected by the action that is illumined by it. If it sits inside the flower. Construction of a high-rise building does not pose a problem to the space. the only reality. We will see the life as a dream. Since the cause of our misery is our attachment. We will never get affected by any of them. after gaining the knowledge. Example: A bee sits at the tip of the flower and drinks the nectar. it is its own creation. we will be awakened. We will accommodate everything that happens in our life. We will be
386
. Space accepts and accommodates everything. we will be able to observe our own body/ mind complex as if it belongs to someone else. A bad smell does not pollute the space. the world is a lovely place so long we use it for our entertainment. No one else can hurt our mind. We are not affected by the events in the dream. It will be like knowing that we are dreaming while we are still dreaming. Similarly. it will be stuck and then the suffering will start. We will behave similar to space. Similarly. If our mind is hurt. the life is a dream and every individual that we encounter in our life is our own creation. Example: We create our dream. after gaining this knowledge we will no longer be attached to anything in the world. Example: A plane crash involving the loss of life of many people is just a news item for us until we realize that someone close to us was traveling in that plane. When we gain the knowledge. but will not have any expectation from the world.Benefits of gaining the absolute knowledge Lord Krishna says only those who have gained the knowledge of the absolute sees correctly. We will see the world in the correct perspective that it is a place of enjoyment and not a place for suffering. we will continue to enliven the body/mind complex that we occupy. appears as the world. security and happiness we are doomed. Once we have the correct vision we stop hurting ourselves. Therefore. Others do not see. The moment we start depending on it for our peace. Similarly.

29 One who sees the Atman in every living being and equal everywhere does not degrade himself by his mind.35 One who knowingly sees this difference between the body and the owner of the body and can understand the process of liberation from this bondage. 13. whatever you see in existence.
387
. 13. so does the living entity. 13. Though dwelling in the body. actually sees. 13. it neither acts nor is affected. so also the Brahman present in every body is not affected by it.34 Oh Arjuna. as the sun alone illuminates all this universe. Oh Arjuna.liberated. this Atman is changeless. is only the combination of the field of activities and the knower of the field. some others pursue self-knowledge by hearing from others. he attains the supreme goal. Being committed to listening. 13. Thus.31 When one sees the diversity of beings to be based on the one Brahman and originated from that one Brahman alone becomes Brahman.28 One who sees the Brahman who dwells alike in all beings and who is imperishable among perishables alone really sees. 13. Still others. This is the benefit of gaining the knowledge of the absolute. they also cross over mortality. one within the body.32 Being birth less and attributeless. and sees that the self does nothing. through working without desire. 13.26 Not knowing this.27 Oh Arjuna.33 Just as the all-pervading space is not affected due to its subtle nature. 13. both moving and unmoving. which is created of material nature. We will have a Joyful Living because it is our true nature is ever witnessing joy.30 One who can see that all activities are performed by the body. illuminate the entire body by consciousness.25 Some seekers see the Atman in the mind through meditation. Some others see through the cultivation of knowledge. 13. Chapter 13: The Observer and the observed Verses: 25 – 35
13. attains Brahman. 13.

By forgetting my real nature. It is made up of Aura.Lesson 9: Three Perceptions
Session: 250
Lord Krishna gives the vision of the Vedanta from three different perspectives. ‘I am Brahman’. Both Brahman and Illusion do not have a beginning. non-diminishing happiness and undisturbed peace. In other words. Atman is Brahman The body/mind complex is illusion The ego does not exist and it is a mere reflection of the consciousness. 5. Attributeless and Independent principle whose nature is consciousness. Illusion is impregnated by Brahman and to these parents the universe is born. 7. 2. 6. The illusion together with Brahman is God. I am the only source of everlasting security. Brahman is Changeless. Energy and Matter. I am not affected by any event that happens in the external world. The non-existent ego is the doer of all actions and enjoyer of the results. 8. I convert the life as an entertainment. all these three perspectives will lead us to Joyful Living. I give life to this body/mind complex and through this body/mind complex I experience the world 4. ‘I am the ego’ we convert life as a struggle and by knowing. 3. Perception 1: (Described in Part I – Chapter 1 to 6) 1. Every action that is being done by all the living beings is God’s will. we can convert life as an entertainment. 5. By claiming God’s property as our own. 3. I am eternal and all pervading 2. 3. By thinking. we convert life as a struggle and by surrendering back our ego to God. Illusion is changing all the time. Perception 3: (Described in Part III – Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga to 18) 1. 4. I am the Atman. 5. 2. Through my mere presence. there is nothing but God. The body/mind complex is part of illusion and it is enliven by the Brahman. Perception 2: (Described in Part II – Chapter 7 to 12) 1. we can convert life as an entertainment.
388
.
Thus. God is both the intelligence cause and material cause of the creation. has many attributes and depends on Brahman for existence. I convert my life as a struggle and by remembering by real nature. The entire creation has inherited the properties of both these parents. 4. which includes my body/mind complex. eternal and joyful.

Pious Person and Wise Person are three different names describing the person who has reached the destination 4. When these pursuits succeed.A comparison of the three perspectives is given below: Vision of Vedanta Perception I given in Part I (Chapter 1 to 6) Karma Yoga/ Upasana Yoga Perception II given in Part II (Chapter 7 to 12) Perception III given in Part III (Chapter 13 to 18)
Suggested Path to Joyful Living
Bhakthi Yoga
Jnana Yoga
Important requirement
Self-effort and will power/ Free will
God’s Grace
Wisdom that free will is God’s grace
Description of the person who has reached the goal
Joyous Person (Ref: Chapter 2)
Pious Person (Ref: Chapter 12: Liberation through Bhakthi Yoga)
Wise Person (Ref: Chapter 14)
Final target to enable Joyful Living
Self-Knowledge
Knowledge of God
Knowledge of “You Are That”
Notes on this comparison 1. Thus. world and God. One can search the external world for its creator or enquire internally. Free Will and God’s Grace are two different ways of describing the same concept.
389
. The subject matter for Self-Knowledge and Knowledge of God is identical. the result is Joyful Living. ‘Who am I?’ Both these pursuits will lead to the understanding of self. Upasana Yoga and Jnana Yoga. The only path to this goal is Bhakthi Yoga. 3. which includes Karma Yoga. 5. Joyous Person. the only goal of life for all human beings is to reach this destination of Joyful Living. Bhakthi Yoga = Karma Yoga + Upasana Yoga + Jnana Yoga 2. 6.

Thus. The capability to understand this vision depends on the proportion in which the three elements. Energy and Matter. as explained by Lord Krishna. In the right proportion. 7. for those who cannot comprehend the core teaching. Illusion is the mother comprising of Aura. Our mind is composed of certain proportion of Aura. our ego is growing and becoming strong making us vulnerable to suffering. not everyone can understand it. In the wrong proportion. based on the three elements. 4. is the mother of the creation
390
. we assume that we are created only by our mother. The living beings in the creation reflect the consciousness of the father Brahman. the illusion. Looking at the body/mind complex. We cannot understand that we are the consciousness unless the composition of our mind is changed. 6. Aura. 3. Energy and Matter. Aura. ‘You Are That’. 8. Then we can transcend the effects of three elements. we will end all our sufferings in one stroke and life will be joyful forever. If we go beyond the influence of the three elements then we will be able to understand the vision of Vedanta and thereby achieve Joyful Living. where Aura is dominating. Brahman is the seed giving father of the creation 2. This can be achieved through the following steps. 5. The creation is born for these parents. Energy and Matter constitute our mind as explained below. We are ignorant of the contribution of our father in our existence. Energy and Matter. Step 6: Gain the advantages of going beyond all the three elements. We need to make it Aura dominant in order to perceive the truth. Step 1: Understand the nature of each of the three elements Step 2: See how each of these elements bind a person to eternal misery Step 3: Identify the dominance of a particular element Step 4: Explore the use of each element in reaching our goal Step 5: Go beyond the influence of all the three elements. in this chapter. Lord Krishna gives simpler lessons. Their body/mind complex is made up of the inert object. we will be able to surrender our ego and merge with God. Although Lord Krishna has explained this vision from three different perspectives. comprising of three elements.
Teaching 130: Brahman is the seed giving father of the creation Teaching 131: Illusion.If we understand this vision of Vedanta. belonging to the mother Illusion. 1.

2 By becoming fixed in this knowledge. 14. the best of all knowledge. and that I am the seed-giving father. Again I shall declare to you this supreme wisdom. 14. Oh Arjuna. Thereupon takes place the origination of all beings. 14.3 The maya is My womb.Chapter 14: Analysis of the three elements
Verses: 01 – 04
14.1 Lord Krishna said. one can attain Me. knowing which all the sages have attained the supreme perfection.4 It should be understood that all living beings. one is not born at the time of creation nor suffer at the time of dissolution. Oh Arjuna. I place the seed in that. are made possible by birth in this material nature. Thus established in Me.
391
.

2. ‘I talked to my neighbor in my dream’. This is called Aura. Illusion is the power of Brahman to dream. Only when our mind becomes Aura dominant. we can realize this fact. We have already derived that the Illusion is made up of Aura. and some are living beings. universe is composed of these three elements. Since the finished product. Similarly. we can derive that the raw material for creating the universe is also composed of these three elements. The inert objects have only Energy and Matter. Energy and Matter in which the mind of a human being is made up of determines his personality. The universe is made up of energy and matter. The proportion in which the combine to make various living beings vary. Energy and Matter. the consciousness of the Brahman enlivens some of the objects as living beings. Brahman creates this universe without any effort. 7. In the dream. There are many objects in the dream. 1. Similarly. Thus. Then we are awakened while the dream of life continues. Only living beings have three elements. namely Aura. The dream objects are created by thoughts. 8. without Brahman. This derivation is confirmed by Vedanta. Both are our own creation. we see that the whole creation is made up of three elements. Similarly. All these three elements are essentially intertwined in a living being and it is not possible to eliminate any one of them. the entire creation is Illusion. Each human being assumes that he is an independent entity while the truth is every one is Brahman. 3. there is no universe. some of them are inert. This process of creation is very similar to the creation of our dream. 4.Lesson 10: The Observed – AEM
Session: 251 – 253
Energy is matter in motion and matter is stationery energy. The proportion of Aura. We say. Energy and Matter. dream is created without any effort. there is no difference between the neighbor and I. The total quantum of energy and matter in the universe is constant. 5. Illusion is the raw material and the whole universe is created in the presence of Brahman. The living beings in the universe have one more element in addition to Energy and Matter. Similarly. They can be changed from one form to another. Our problems in the real world are part of the illusion.
392
. We associate ourselves with one of the living being in our dream although everything in our dream is mere thoughts. 6. When we sleep. There is no dream without the dreamer. All the objects in the dream are nothing but thoughts in our mind. Energy or matter can neither be created nor destroyed. Our problems in our dream are imaginary. The objects of the world are created by Illusion.

it is the time for Matter dominance. The proportion in which these three elements are present. determines our personality. the dominance of each element varies with time. it is essential for us to understand the nature of each element so that we can understand our personality. wealth. Therefore. legs etc) all the organs predominantly Focus is to do/ act more Focus is to rest more Achievement for name. this varies person to person. Ears.Lord Krishna describes the nature of Aura. When the baby becomes two years old. Energy and Matter as below: Step 1: Nature of Aura. a newborn baby is mostly under Matter domination. it will come under the influence of Energy domination. people in general are under Aura domination. Energy and Matter Aura Power to know Spiritual Pursuit to gain happiness Uses Sense Organs (Eyes. Not keen on achievement fame. Soon Energy will take over. Teaching 132: We are good or bad depending on the composition of AEM
393
. In addition. During old age. Obviously. Nose etc) predominantly Focus is to learn more Achievement for personal satisfaction Can spend considerable time concentrating on listening. the early morning a person will be Aura dominant. within the same person. power etc Can spend considerable Can spend considerable time concentrating on time in sleeping and doing physical work taking rest Can not sit in a place Can not do any work Required for doing Required for rejuvenating Karma Yoga Will take decisions Will wait indefinitely by without waiting for all postponing the decision inputs making task without any reason Susceptible to negative Prone to negative emotions emotions Act as a deterrent to Gives wrong knowledge knowledge Energy Power to act
Each of the elements has a role to play with both positive and negative aspects. For example. Similarly. learning etc Can not run around Required for doing Jnana Yoga and Upasana Yoga Will wait for required information to take any decision Immune to emotions Can give knowledge negative clear Matter Power to remain in inaction/ Ignorance Material Pursuit to gain Wants happiness but happiness does not want to make any efforts for getting it Uses Action Organs Withdrawing the use of (Hands. Afternoon.

9 The mode of Aura binds one to pleasure.8 Oh Arjuna. Energy and Matter. among them Aura is bright and harmless due to its purity. 14.
394
. Energy binds one to action. 14. understand Energy to be of the nature of passion and to be the cause of desire and attachment. Matter binds one to negligence by veiling the discriminatory power. 14. It binds by causing negligence. understand Matter to be born of ignorance and to be the deluder of all living beings. They fasten the changeless Atman with the body and he becomes conditioned by these modes. 14. indolence and sleep.7 Oh Arjuna. It binds by causing attachment to activity. It binds one by causing attachment to pleasure and by causing attachment to knowledge.Chapter 14: Analysis of the three elements
Verses: 05 – 09
14.6 Oh Arjuna.5 Material nature consists of the three modes--Aura.

This is the typical nature of Matter dominance and it is difficult to motivate such persons into action. the dominance of a particular element is not fixed in anyone. He cannot listen to Holy Scriptures. Example: A person spends most of the time praying and serving poor people.Lesson 11: Factors that bind us
Session: 254 – 256
Aura. For example. For example. young people (Energy dominant) want loud music and fast beat dance. Besides. Matter binds them in such a way they do not move up to Energy dominance.
395
. Example: A person spends most of the time sleeping. The old people (Aura dominant) want soft music in praise of the god. in general people will be Aura dominant in the morning and Matter dominant after the lunchtime. Teaching 133: Aura. Energy binds them to action in such a way that they do not move up to Aura dominance. Aura binds them in such a way they do not move up to become independent. He does not want to get liberation. Energy and Matter (AEM) together binds us From Matter dominance. Example: A person is a workaholic and spends most of the time at the work place. It keeps changing all the time. He brings work home too and do not have any time for doing meditation or prayer. People like the environment to be conducive to the element that is currently dominant in them. Energy and Matter together is the cause of binding us to our body/mind complex. He does not do any work and spends the life with a laid-back attitude. This is the typical nature of Energy dominance and it is difficult to motivate such persons into seeking knowledge. From Aura dominance. Every mind is made up all the three elements and each element bind us according to its nature. it is difficult to move on to Energy dominance because Matter binds us. This is the typical nature of Aura dominance and it is difficult to motivate such persons into giving up knowledge seeking life. it is difficult to move on to Aura dominance because Energy binds us. it is difficult to move beyond the influence of any dominance because Aura binds us. They bind us jointly and severally. From Energy dominance.

We will still prefer a certain environment but this is an optional requirement and not a necessity. Symptoms showing the binding element Aura Peaceful and calm mind Soft words and slow talk Light Music Planned Action Learning Systematic and orderly action aiming at perfection Internal Happiness Satisfied with current possessions No desires for external objects due to awareness of the limitation of the objects of the world Purity and cleanliness Energy Agitated mind Harsh words with speed Fast Music Frenzied Action Doing Result oriented action Matter Wavering mind Silence No Music Laziness/ procrastination Ignorance/ Inaction Action limited to the necessity
External Happiness Sleep Wishing to get new things Not satisfied with the possessions Desire for external No desires for external objects is the driving objects either due to factor for more action ignorance or to avoid action Result oriented purity and Impure and unclean cleanliness Willingness to share Grabbing tendency with Waiting for gifts everything Possessiveness Careful Calculative Carelessness Natural surrounding Artificial surrounding Not aware of the surrounding Not interested to earn Wants unlimited money Neither wants to earn nor more than the wants to spend requirement Spiritual Pursuit Material Pursuit No pursuit Knowledge Action Ignorance/ Inaction Wants to join a new Wants to start a new Does not want to start course to learn more venture to earn more anything new. It is not possible to create an environment to suit the composition of AEM at all times. each element binds us in a particular way and expect a suitable environment. they get upset. We do not realize our true nature as Brahman. since these three elements make us believe that we are the body/mind complex. Therefore. Thus.If the environment is not conducive to the dominant element. we are bound to the Illusion (body/mind complex and the world) 396
. All the three elements bind us with our body. It is the nature of Illusion to shield the truth and project the false as truth. The only solution is to go beyond the influence of AEM so that we live joyfully without depending on our environment.

In this way there is always competition for supremacy. we can see how these three elements can be used for our advantage. negligence and delusion are manifested. the symptoms of greed. and at other times Matter defeats Aura and Energy. when there is an increase in the mode of Energy. defeating Aura and Matter.10 Sometimes Energy becomes prominent. Chapter 14: Analysis of the three elements Verses: 10 – 13
14. 14. It is like trying to loosen the knot by separating each strand of the rope. Thereafter. And sometimes Aura defeats Energy and Matter. inaction.13 Oh Arjuna. 14. we need to analyze and understand the nature of each of the elements of the Illusion.
397
. restlessness. dullness.12 Oh Arjuna. when there is an increase in the mode of Matter.In order to free ourselves from the control of Illusion.11 The manifestations of the mode of Aura can be experienced when all the sense organs are illuminated by knowledge. and craving develop. 14. Oh Arjuna. uncontrollable desire.

Similarly. Only a pure mind can gain this knowledge so that it is liberated. Example: A flame in the candle has to keep moving and changing in order to be present. we need to leverage on the positive aspects of the Aura and Matter elements. We need to understand the three elements of Illusion and use each one of them appropriately in our path to Joyful Living. Our minds are generally impure due to our accumulated preferences. one of the three will dominate the other two and we need to understand how to bring them to an ideal proportion. Similarly. We need to do Karma Yoga and Upasana Yoga to make it pure and then gain knowledge on the truth using Jnana Yoga. At a particular time. Everything in the universe is made up of AEM. we need to leverage on the positive aspects of the Aura Element. It is not possible for us to go beyond Illusion. yellow or orange. It is like expecting an imaginary person of our dream to step out of the dream into the real world. ‘I see him and therefore I am different from him’. The borders between the states exist only in maps. One who has the right proportion of AEM will be able to comprehend this truth. the interaction between the various objects in the creation includes the actions and results of the actions of the living beings. The universe is made up of AEM and the division between the observer and the observed is an artificial creation.Lesson 12: Using the Illusion
Session: 257 – 258
Lord Krishna suggests that we use the Illusion to gain liberation from it. the AEM in our mind will continue to be present and the proportion in which they are mixed will continue to change. The fact is both are illusions that appear in the dream of Brahman. By nature. we say. For doing Upasana Yoga. However. For doing Jnana Yoga.
398
. the proportion of AEM will keep changing. For doing Karma Yoga. there is no real difference between the observer and the observed. It may appear red. The land is one continuous earth mass and there is no natural demarcation separating the states. we need to leverage the positive aspects of the Energy Element. due to ignorance. Example: There are many states in the country.

it takes long time and depending on where we are. Teaching 134: We need to use AEM to gain freedom We need to use the Energy Element supported by Aura. one should leave the pole to cross over. we understand that the life is an illusion and therefore life becomes joyful. then determines the quality of our actions. our action shapes the composition of AEM in our mind. This is similar to running with the pole prior to jumping. The results of the actions. Once sufficient height is gained. However. it may sound that it is very easy to change our personality through the right actions described above. It is like drinking water to quench our
399
. we may not do our work efficiently. Thus.Thus. Our environment facilitates our further action. Similarly. We need to use the Matter Element supported by Aura. by using the positive aspects of the three elements we can achieve liberation. to do Karma Yoga so that the first step is performed through physical action. If we create a hostile environment. if we eat full stomach in the morning. A pole is required for jumping high to cross the barrier. We suffer in life because we give reality to the illusion. If we want to be active. to do Upasana Yoga so that the second step is performed by purifying the mind. We need to use the Aura Element supported by Energy. Theoretically. it will be more difficult for us to achieve the desired result. The proportion of AEM. After death. we have to seek Energy Element by having a light breakfast. the results of the action will be substandard. Our accumulated preferences and impressions do not permit us to change the proportion of AEM overnight. For example. in practice. the journey will continue from where we left. compared to functioning in an environment that is conducive. Therefore. This is similar to mentally focusing and concentrating on the jump. we should use the AEM and then live beyond it so that life is joyful. It is like a pole valet. Once we gain the knowledge of the truth. we are inviting Matter Element to dominate us for the next two hours. to do Jnana Yoga so that the final step is performed to go beyond the influence of AEM. Thus. it takes many lifetimes to reach the goal of going beyond the influence of AEM. If we are Matter dominant after a heavy breakfast. We need to continuously work and move forward in our journey towards Joyful Living. This does not mean that we will not be rewarded for our efforts. It is possible for us to control the proportion in which AEM constitutes our mind. determines our future environment. we create our future through the right proportion of AEM. This is similar to jumping and then leaving the pole at the right time.

Every sip of water we drink helps us. 2. Extraverted activities increases Energy 4. Our mind will become progressively filled up. wealth and such for self and family) Step 4: Energy Dominance supported by Aura (Lots of selfless action to gain name. Step 1: Matter Dominance (Minimum action and minimum knowledge just sufficient for surviving) Step 2: Matter Dominance supported by Energy (Action to follow the religious rituals to fulfill selfish requirements) Step 3: Energy Dominance supported by Matter (Lots of selfish action to gain property.thirst. thinking and reflecting) Step 6: Aura Dominance (Minimum action for survival and more effort for gaining steady knowledge) Step 7: Beyond dominance of any element (Less or More action depending on the accumulated preferences) We should consciously involve in required action to move forward through these steps and reach the final step of liberations. gambling and such activities severely restrict our progress. Drinking alcohol. recognition and such) Step 5: Aura Dominance supported by Energy (Less action and more reading. 3. Suggestions for actions 1. Taking up new projects voluntarily will increase the Energy Element and reduces the Matter Element. Introverted activities increases Aura and reduces Energy 5. within our current lifetime. Moving away from selfish actions to selfless action will increase the Aura Element and reduce Matter Element. listening. Thus. fame.
400
. The types of entertainment we indulge in limit our progress. we can see benefits of our efforts. We should assess our current personality and then move forward through the steps described below. 6. the company we keep and the places we visit influence our personality. The books we read.

fame. When we increase the Aura Element. Until we go beyond the influence of AEM. AEM drives the ego into action to create an environment that is conducive. wealth and such material success often brought about by the Energy Element.Benefits of the actions 1. Example: It is very difficult to pluck a mango. which is not fully ripened. Therefore. we will continue to suffer because our ego is wrongly assuming that it is the doer and it is the enjoyer of the fruits of action. It is the process of separating the ego from the Atman. Increase in the Energy Element will make one feel dynamic and energetic. When we drop our ego. the feeling of ‘I’ and ‘mine’ will go. prior to desires becomes greed one should abandon Energy Dominance and try to become Aura Dominant. it will not let go of the possessions. after gaining sufficient success one should not continue to be bound by Energy. However. 2. One will feel more relaxed. position. Similarly. It is like living in the same house after selling it. Thus. Energy and Matter to the right proportion and then go beyond their influence. we will progress in Jnana Yoga. power. If they do so. the ego will continue to suffer since it is not always possible to have a desirable environment. Increase in the Aura Element increases calmness in mind. The truth is just the opposite. The truth is God runs our life. unless our ego is fully ripened. Great achievements in life are possible results of Energy Element. it will lead them to sorrow and suffering. However. It may possibly lead to violence in thoughts. It is not our problem since we have already sold the house. words and action. ego becomes a powerful doer and enjoyer. Therefore. Energy dominant people slowly tend to get impatient because they want to achieve more in less time. Beyond dominance of any element AEM binds us to our ego. Peacefulness and contentment are the results of increase of Aura Element. if we surrender back everything to God. We are under the wrong impression that we are responsible for our future. Until we make this complete surrender. We think that we are the body/mind complex due to the influence of AEM. the focus is to bring the composition of Aura. Name. our ego is so strong it will not let go due to the wrong proportion of AEM. Similarly. This will lead to intolerance and anger. our ego will be weakened and we can let go of all our possessions. Ego strengthens the feeling of ‘I’ and ‘mine’. There is nothing that belongs to me and the word ‘I’ should refer to Atman. A crack in the wall will not hurt us anymore. Teaching 135: Only fully ripened ego can be surrendered to God
401
.

one should use AEM and go beyond it and become wise. the entire creation is in constant movement. a person becomes free from birth. one becomes purified. white light on the screen there is no movie. from the mode of Energy. he is born in the wombs of the deluded 14.14 When one dies in the mode of Aura. they have become wise to see them in the right perspective. If the ego escapes the grip of AEM it will see that change in the environment is natural. he attains My nature. Similarly. 14. a wise person knows that his real identity is Brahman and he is no longer affected by the changes in life. he attains to the pure higher planets. There is nothing in the world that is permanent or changeless. Chapter 14: Analysis of the three elements Verses: 14 – 20
14. Example: Continuous movement in light creates an illusion of movie on the screen. which are the cause of rebirth. Therefore. A dream tiger cannot harm the person sleeping on the bed.15 When one dies in the mode of Energy. There will be no more sufferings for those who go beyond the influence of AEM.16 By acting in the mode of Aura. If there is bright. he takes birth amidst those who are attached to action. and from the mode of Matter. A wise person does not give reality to the events in the life. 14. Works done in the mode of Energy result in sorrow and actions performed in the mode of Matter result in ignorance. and when he dies in the mode of Matter. Similarly. the AEM by nature is always changing. those in the mode of Energy live on the earthly planets.19 When the seer understands that the doer to be none other than these modes of nature and knows Brahman is above all these modes.
402
. 14. real knowledge develops. One will no longer complain that summer is hot or winter is cold. old age and attains immortality. delusion and ignorance develop.It is natural for the nature to keep changing since the very process of projection of Illusion is through change. While they are still bound by the changes in the life. death. greed develops. Thus.17 From the mode of Aura. negligence.18 Those situated in the mode of Aura gradually go upward to the higher planets. Others are still under the influence of AEM and they give the status of reality to the illusion. and those in the mode of Matter go down to the hellish worlds. 14.20 Having gone beyond these three modes. Old age is a natural phenomenon and not construed as a problem. 14.

Every one in the world has objectivity so long the event does not concern them directly. death and other sufferings of the world as part of nature. It is impossible to identify a Wise Person because the external behavior will vary depending on the personality. This shift in self-identification enables him to accept old age. he identifies himself as Brahman. As long as we have attachment to the body/mind complex. he used to identify himself as his ego. we should put effort to correct ourselves and train the mind to become steady on the knowledge. A Wise Person remains equally objective whether it happens to him or to others. While being a Aura dominant person. the indicator given above by Lord Krishna can be used to only for self-measurement. Arjuna seeks few clarifications on the wise person who has risen above the influence of AEM. He will behave like any other Aura dominant person. we can distance ourselves from our mind.Lesson 13: Description of a Wise Person
Session: 259
After listening to Lord Krishna. He is impartial and can treat his own body/mind complex or family objectively. After crossing the influence of AEM. Lord Krishna provides the explanation and concludes this chapter. Therefore. He has distanced himself from his own mind. He remains as a witness to his own life.
403
. He is not affected by the events of the world. Example: An earthquake in the other side of the earth is a news item and everyone views it objectively. He lives life joyfully.
Indications to identify a Wise Person The Wise Person is one who understands the truth and no longer thinks that he is the ego. sickness. When we have sufficient training. It is a shift in identification. He is not affected by any problem in life. A Wise Person is not affected by the status of his own mind because he has no likes and dislikes of his own thoughts. It becomes a disaster only when our own family or properties are affected by it.

Therefore. He will do whatever is to be done as demanded by the situation without getting affected by it. Whatever happens to him or others are perfectly in order and in line with the past actions. he does not wait for a particular experience nor wish to get away from anyone. Therefore. There are no surprises or shocking events for him for he knows that all the events and the environment is the result of his own past actions. the second sets of thoughts are quite different. People. Aura dominant people will understand why such words are spoken and will address the root cause. This knowledge is not shaken by the events of the world.The behavior of the Wise Person Wise Person is one who knows that he is different from his own body/mind complex. A thought corresponding to these words are formed in the mind. In case of the Wise Person. There is no difference with respect to formation of this thought in the mind of a Wise Person. ‘You are a fool’. Like any other human being. He trusts in God to do a perfect job of matching the results with the actions of the individual. Matter dominant people may not even understand the implication of these words and may even accept that it is a statement of fact. including his friends and relatives are doing so to provide him experiences in line with his past actions. who are under the influence of AEM. he knows that the comment does not concern him. Energy dominant people will be greatly affected by these words. However. will be affected in line with the dominance. The sense organs provide the first set of thoughts depending on the inputs received from the external world. he is not affected. He is aware that every person he meets in this life. ‘you are a fool’ refers to the mind of the Wise Person.
404
. Even a death of a near and dear one or a serious illness to himself will not upset his balance. there is no right or wrong events. They also will be affected. The word ‘you’ in the statement. his mind receives this sound from the ears and converts it as a thought. He will be calm and quite. They may shout back or react according to the situation. Since the Wise Person is not his mind. Example: Someone shouts. irrespective of the thoughts in the mind.

the second set of thoughts that follows the first set of thoughts determine how one behaves or reacts to this statement. It cannot be expected that everyone can gain
405
. Action further strengthens the preferences. The escape route from this Eternal Cycle is to do good actions/ perform the rituals prescribed in Vedas. the process of liberation is long drawn. the go beyond the influence of the AEM. Energy dominance and Aura dominance. He sees equality in everyone and treats everyone appropriately. impressions and knowledge during the infinite number of previous births. His own body/mind complex is a luxury to him. This is so because he is just a witness to the events of the world and nothing can affect him. When we gain the right knowledge then we have the potential to become wise. This increases the positive impressions and they in turn provide a favorable environment for escaping from the Eternal Cycle. A Wise Person does not think that the statement refers to him. He knows that he can never know what the future holds but he is not bothered. He will be always situated in Brahman and never in his body/mind complex. He is happy in himself. since he remains unperturbed by any event. Knowledge overpowers preferences and eliminates the effects of the accumulated impressions. Finally. Preferences bind them to the world through desires. All the living beings have accumulated varied preferences. The favorable environment means opportunity and proper guidance in gaining the right knowledge. This is an Eternal Cycle and it is impossible to come out of this cycle except through grace of God/ will power. He may appear to be a careless person to outsiders. This knowledge helps people to move through Matter dominance. He sees all the interaction in the world as part of the normal changes that happens as a part of creation. his response will be very similar to that of a Aura dominant person. Since the effect of accumulated preferences and impressions is strong.Thus. However. Method of becoming a Wise Person One becomes wise progressively by crossing all the prescribed steps. Desire is the cause of action. He is aware that every thing is in a constant state of flux and will not have any expectation on the outcome. He depends on the world for survival and does not depend on anyone or anything for his happiness and peace.

406
. and looks on a clod. nor longs for them when they disappear. he becomes Brahman himself. Thus.22-25 The Blessed Lord said: He who does not hate illumination. who regards alike pleasure and pain. When he gains the true knowledge of Brahman through enquiry. He thus realizes his natural state of being immortal. at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus becomes Brahman. who is wise and holds praise and blame to be the same. Such actions of following the rituals will make a Matter dominant person into an Energy dominant person. attachment and delusion when they are present. a stone and a piece of gold with an equal eye. joyful and changeless. Then he has to develop the ability to concentrate and expand the mind by meditating on his chosen personal god. knowing that the modes alone are active. Bhakthi Yoga enables one to become wise. who treats friend and foe alike. the only method to become a Wise Person is to follow the Holy Scriptures as described by competent masters. being situated beyond these material reactions of the modes of nature.26 One who engages in activities with full consciousness of Brahman. 14. who remains firm. which is the constitutional position of ultimate happiness. who is unchanged in honor and dishonor. Bhakthi Yoga is the only path to reach God. who has abandoned all the result oriented activities. By this point. This will purify his mind. When we will become wise depends on our current status and the effort that we are willing to put in. Chapter 14: Analysis of the three elements Verses: 21 – 27
14. who does not fall down in any circumstance. who is seated like one unconcerned. Then one has to do work as worship. he would have moved on to become a Aura oriented person and ready to seek the true knowledge on God.21 Arjuna inquired: Oh my Lord. One has to begin Bhakthi Yoga by demonstrating the love for God and serve him. imperishable and eternal. such a man is said to have transcended the modes of nature. and which is immortal. with what characteristics does a person who is beyond these three modes appear? What is his conduct? And how does he go beyond the modes of nature? 14.27 And I am the basis of the impersonal Brahman.the required knowledge for liberation in one birth. Therefore. 14.

Unit 19: Enlightenment through Jnana Yoga Number of Sessions: 20 (261 – 280) Number of Lessons: 8 Verses: 15. What are the four types of practices recommended by Lord Krishna to increase the composition of Aura element in our mind?
407
.01 – 15. Fire metaphor used by Lord Krishna. What are the three levels of realities? 9. trust and knowledge.01 – 17. How can we say that the quality of the life depends on the Aura element in our mind? 13.20 16. What are the five building blocks of the creation? 3. the student will be able to (a) Comprehend the steps in Jnana Yoga
Unit Test:
Session: 280
1. Explain the words belief. What are the five coverings of our personality? 4.28 On completion of this unit. 8.24 17. What are the six sources of knowledge? 11. What are the three elements that constitute the entire creation? 2. Describe the three steps that constitute Jnana Yoga. 12. faith. Why desire is called the root of all the evils? 10. 7. Moon. Describe the Sun.01 – 16. Why material pursuit is compared to the leaves of the tree? 6. What are the three bodies that we have? 5.

Creation is an illusion like the tree. the taproot could be compared to our ignorance of Brahman. It is not possible to say whether the tree came first or the seed came first. Through Jnana Yoga we learn that the creation is an illusion. If we start removing the parts of the tree one by one. It is an illusion. the tree will vanish. Lord Krishna compares the creation with a huge tree. However. People accept the existence of the universe (including the tree) without any enquiry. Similarly. which is always changing and the only reality is Brahman. Teaching 136: Brahman is the only truth. From another perspective. World is an illusion. the changes in the world will not affect us.Lesson 1: Essence of Vedanta
Session: 261 – 263
Lord Krishna teaches the essence of Vedanta to end all the sufferings in life. after gaining this knowledge. The essence of Vedanta consists of two statements. only those with intelligence and matured mind can comprehend this truth through Jnana Yoga. Lord Krishna uses various metaphors and explains all the related facts that are revealed in Vedas. It is perceivable to our five senses. the Brahman is changeless. the world will continue to be place that alternates between pleasure and pain. The tree cannot stand without the taproot. This knowledge is available in the Vedanta for everyone to learn. For others. Through this metaphor. If we are aware of our real nature. On enquiry. our consciousness.
408
. Existence of a tree cannot be explained. the very same world will become a place of entertainment without any trace of suffering. Like the taproot. It is also eternally present but it is constantly changing. It is the constant truth behind the creation. Brahman is the root cause of the creation. It is an illusion. he teaches the following. Brahman: It is like the taproot of a big tree. To convey this. It is an illusion that stands on Brahman. we find that it does not exist. eternally present and not perceivable. Most people wrongly assume that they can control this oscillation. The only solution is offered by Jnana Yoga. Creation: It is like the visible part of the tree above the ground. Thus.

It is an Eternal Cycle alternating between pleasure and pain. Since they have to enjoy/ suffer the results of their past actions the world has come into existence. the seed-tree cycle is eternal. Ego converts the likes and dislikes as desires Desires prompts actions Actions invariably give results. Similarly. It is not possible to escape from this Eternal Cycle without taking the help from Vedanta. Sense Objects: They are like the shoots that come out of the big branch and give rise to small branches. fire.The world has come about due to the actions of the human beings in the previous births. Sense objects are present in the world and they are inert and do not have any power to attract anyone. water and earth are the five building blocks similar to the main branches of the tree that comes out of the main trunk.
-
409
. AEM: It is like the main trunk that comes out of the taproot. They have the potential to develop into bodies of living beings (small branches that sprout the leaves). Preferences: They are like the small roots branching out of the taproot. which is eternally present. This is as inexplicable as the questions on whether the seed came first or the tree came first. How the tree exists. the creation is also eternally present although it undergoes the cycle of birth. depend on the small root that takes water from the ground and send it up to the leaves. Five Building blocks: Space. growth and death. Action leads to results and the results lead to further action. air. give rise to our physical bodies. They are born out of AEM and in various permutations and combination give rise to all the inert objects in the creation. Thus. The creation is the manifestation of the AEM. Aura. which are inert. the inherent power of Brahman. Taproot is responsible for the existence of tree. the quality of the branch depends on the quality of the small root. AEM is made up of three elements. AEM is the inherent power of Brahman just has the seed has the inherent power to grow the trunk out of it. Although a particular tree is not eternal. Energy and Matter and in various permutations and combination gives rise to five building blocks. Assuming a particular small root is supporting a particular small branch of the tree. Some results are immediate and the remaining are accumulated as impressions for subsequent births Impressions force us to take physical body so that we can enjoy/ suffer in line with the accumulated impressions. Preferences convert the sense objects as objects of likes and dislikes. We eat for living and we live for eating. sense objects. also inert.

We are caught in the Eternal Cycle of pleasure and pain because the material pursuit leaves no time for us to reflect and see the truth behind creation. human beings do
410
. Such action binds us to the Eternal Cycle of pleasure and pain. Earning name. power. Physical bodies: They are like the small branches of the tree. 1. There are countless people to interact with. 3. There is no limit for sense pleasures in terms of varieties and combination. people continue to act with the hope that they will be able to enjoy the pleasures offered by the world soon. our hard work is not always earn immediate direct results. It prescribes never-ending action for humankind by offering unlimited sense objects for enjoyment. belonging to various cultures. wealth.Thus. As a result. One lifetime appears insufficient to enjoy all the pleasures offered by the world. Similarly. However. One can travel around the world to the virtually unlimited tourist attractions. Caught in this deception. sense objects of the world are seen by us through our biased vision of our preferences. In the field of physical science. beautify it and cover it all over. It displays various possibilities of sense pleasures. Changes in the seasons offer different experience. we use the physical body in material pursuit as described in the initial parts of the Vedas. fame. It deceives people to think that the action will bring immediate and direct results. Our biased preferences have tied us to the sense objects of the world and give rise to our physical body. People are offered various sense pleasures and motivated into never-ending action. There are varieties of cuisine in each of the thousands of cultures it appears that we can taste one new dish for every meal. and ethnic backgrounds with varying physical and mental attributes. The means of gaining the sense pleasures also vary. as the guards in the jail protect the prisoners from escaping. it hides the fact that pleasure is always coupled with pain. Since this fact is not obvious. 5. position and property is the means of reaching out to the heights in enjoying worldly pleasures. Material pursuit protects the suffering in life. From the small branches. However in our life. The leaves protect the tree. leaves are sprouted. Material pursuit: Initial parts of the Vedas recommend material pursuit and are similar to the leaves of the tree. 2. we are distracted from the truth of Brahman and indulge in material pursuit. Physical body is required to undergo this pleasure and pain. This is similar to motivating the horse to pull by tying a carrot on a stick attached to the cart. We are ignorant of the truth of Brahman and carried away by the illusion because the material pursuit paints an attractive picture of the world. 4. This cycle will eternally continue until we gain enough knowledge to see the truth of the Brahman and the illusory nature of the world. the action and results are directly correlated.

no middle or no end.2 The branches of this tree extend in all directions. Chapter 15: Jnana Yoga Verses: 01 – 03
15. The world. The shoots are the sense objects. When some people realize that the actions do not directly correlate with immediate action. One who knows this tree is the knower of the Vedas. numerology and such distracts people into further action in the wrong direction. 6. nourished by the three elements (AEM). With determination. 15. which is binding us into action.They speak of the eternal fig tree whose taproot is beyond comprehension. branches are available for experience and leaves are the initial parts of the Vedas.
411
. appears beautiful with countless possibilities of sense pleasures. It has no beginning. causing actions among human beings.1 The Lord said . various pseudo sciences like astrology. They promise to correct the imbalance between action-result and people are kept under illusion for a longer time. one must cut down this tree with the weapon of detachment. 15.not come out of material pursuit to see the truth of the Brahman and the illusion of the world. Its roots are stretched below.3 The form of this tree cannot be perceived.

When we undergo great suffering that has no possible solution. we do not realize that we are not planting the seed for suffering.
412
. The happiness and existence that we see in the world belong to Brahman. To cut the tree. Rope lends the existence to the snake. namely dispassion to weaken the bonding and knowledge to cut the bonding. Then. wise people see the futility of the prosperity in giving everlasting happiness start looking for solutions. while we enjoy life. which does not exist. This attachment is the harbinger of all the negative emotions such as fear. While we suffer. It is not possible to describe when the snake is born. we get time to reflect how to come out of this Eternal Cycle. the world is seen on the Brahman due to the darkness of our ignorance. Example: A snake is seen on the rope in the twilight. The tree is grown very big and it is very strong. To gain liberation from this Eternal Cycle. Without this true knowledge. Then the tree should be uprooted by gaining the steady knowledge on the Brahman. One should use the very same life to gain these two required instruments. Our life is bound to the Eternal Cycle of pleasure and pain and has become very strong like the tree. we are indulging in the sense objects of the world and bound to the Eternal Cycle of pleasure and pain. Thus. we are caught in the Eternal Cycle of undergoing pleasure and pain alternatively. one should first weaken it by cutting the leaves and branches. However. Alternatively. one who sees the whole tree in its true perception can gain liberation from the Eternal Cycle and start living life joyfully. without our knowledge we are being attached to them. Thus.Lesson 2: Escaping from Eternal Cycle
Session: 264 – 266
Lord Krishna then describes the tree by saying that it is not possible to describe it. Pleasure is more serious than pain because it binds us without our knowledge. It has no beginning or no end and therefore it is not possible to perceive the form. one should first weaken the tree by developing dispassion. Similarly. it should be cut along with the taproot of ignorance of Brahman. It is not possible to describe an object. anxiety. While enjoying the sense objects. The world offers attractive sense objects and distracts us from seeing the reality. The length and shape of the snake belongs to the rope. whether it is poisonous or not. we would like to get liberation from all suffering. worry etc.

if we see the defects of the objects.To make the sword effective one should sharpen it. the taproot of the tree can be called as Brahman or as our ignorance of Brahman. Similarly. It does not matter whether we call the object either as rope or as snake. We need to gain complete knowledge through Jnana Yoga to gain liberation from Eternal Cycle. we will not meditate on them.This attitude can be developed by avoiding desires .Meditation on the objects of the world can be avoided if we see them in the correct perspective without superimposing our likes and dislikes on them. Knowledge uproots the tree of Eternal Cycle by Enabling us to see the limitations of the sense objects of the world in giving us everlasting happiness Revealing that our nature is happiness. The process of cutting the tree should begin immediately. To remove the snake one has to know the rope. When we realize that there is no happiness in the sense objects of the world. . This seeing can happen only with the knowledge of Brahman. we will tend to go back to the objects of the world for pleasure and we will be caught again. If the process of gaining the knowledge does not begin. In addition.
413
. The objects of the world. there will be a vacuum until we start seeing that our own nature is happiness. which enables us not to get attracted by the objects of the world. The tree is to be uprooted fully. When we trust God completely. which apparently promise pleasure to us. the dispassion should be sharpened with the knowledge. We should realize our inability to end the sufferings forever and then surrender our ego to God. . will bind us causing suffering. consciousness and eternal Dispelling our assumption that our non-existent ego is the doer and enjoyer functioning independently in the world
Jnana Yoga is possible only when we give up our ego and surrender to God.Desire can be avoided by not meditating (repeated thoughts or continuously reflecting) on the objects of the world. the path to Jnana Yoga will open. we should not leave a gap. Similarly. Dispassion is an attitude in the mind. This knowledge can be obtained through Jnana Yoga. as long we make attempt to know it fully. To get liberation from the Eternal Cycle is to know God. Knowledge of the Brahman is the instrument that cuts the bondage to the Eternal Cycle. .We can reduce the impact of our likes and dislikes by doing Karma Yoga When the tree is weakened through our sustained efforts of dispassion. lest the tree will gain strength again.

Similarly. is given by us due to our ignorance. Nevertheless. one who sees the creation along with the Brahman sees correctly and has the capability to develop the required instruments to gain liberation. One will start living joyfully. He has attained the following qualities because of gaining both dispassion and knowledge.
414
. Conquered the habit of meditating on the objects of the world 3. Once resolved. Similarly. This person does not have any power to control the staff but he may grant a day off to the staff. Delusion to think the real is false and vice versa b. Similarly. Dispassion is removal of likes and dislikes for the objects of the world. negative emotions like fear. The snake will resolve back into the rope. along with the roots. Understanding that the body/mind complex belongs to the God and the Brahman is the only knower. one who is ready with dispassion and knowledge can attain liberation. Always immersed in the thoughts of Brahman 7. If we have this discrimination. 1. Delusion with respect to Dharma and Adharma 2. Surrendered the ego and live in the consciousness of God 8. Example: In a case of mistaken identity. The apparent power. once we merge with Brahman by gaining the knowledge. we enjoy the happiness that is not there in the world. Just as the staff of the organization enjoy their additional vacation ‘sanctioned’ by the jobseeker. Once the tree of Eternal Cycle is uprooted. Does not have anymore desires 4. due to our ignorance we give such power to the world. which seems to affect us. Freedom from attachment 5. one merges with Brahman. can develop the tools required to uproot the tree. One who sees the entire tree. we will develop dispassion. Teaching 127: World does not have the power to hurt us or make us happy. There is no inherent power in the world to attract us. the snake will not come back to life. the objects of the world do not have power to give us happiness. Similarly. a jobseeker is assumed as the new manager by the staff in an organization. Not affected by the dualities of the world 6. This power is given to him by the staff due to their ignorance.One can uproot the tree when both the required instruments are ready. worry or anxiety will not affect one. It is like the rope from which the snake has emerged. Freedom from delusion a. Brahman is the starting point and the ending point. when one gains the knowledge of the snake or rope.

who has conquered the evils of attachment.
415
.Chapter 15: Jnana Yoga
Verses: 03 – 05
15. and who knows God. no middle or no end. 15.3 The form of this tree cannot be perceived. and there surrender to that God from whom everything has began and in whom everything is abiding since time immemorial. desires and delusion. one must seek that place from which. one must cut down this tree with the weapon of detachment. one never returns. It has no beginning. attains to that eternal kingdom. 15. With determination.4 So doing. who is free from pairs of opposites like pleasure and pain. having once gone. who is committed to spiritual pursuit and is freed from the duality of happiness and distress.5 One who is free from pride.

people continue to make the bonding to the Eternal Cycle strong. preferences and knowledge survives. They take all the five senses and the mind with them and continue to strengthen them through the experiences in the world. Knowledge of Brahman is gained through Jnana Yoga. just as the aroma survives after the destruction of the flower. Example: Aroma of a flower is carried by the air without having any effect on the space. Example: To see a cat. To perceive anything in the creation we need the corresponding sense organ supported by mind. Our mind should be supporting the eyes. We do not need any sense organ nor mind to know that we exist. Our five senses and the mind along with the rest of the subtle body moves from birth to birth until we are able to infer and gain this knowledge of Brahman. we need sufficient light to illumine the cat. we are aware about our existence. by negating all the inert objects in our body/mind complex. which influence our preferences and knowledge. we need eyes. Since the interaction with the objects of the world is done without the right knowledge. Even in deep sleep. Flower – Physical Body Air – Subtle Body Aroma – Impression Space – Indwelling Atman The physical actions cause the impressions. Many people do not have the required level of maturity of mind to pursue Jnana Yoga.
416
. The presence of a huge taproot can be inferred by seeing the size of the tree. However.Lesson 3: Self-revealing Brahman
Session: 267 – 268
Brahman is self-revealing. we can infer the consciousness. As a result. In addition. we need appropriate environment. which is proved by our ability to recall that we had a sound sleep. Even after the destruction of the physical body our impressions. We need to analyze ourselves. to perceive the Brahman. In addition. mere presence of the photograph proves the existence of a camera beyond any doubt. in case of Brahman it is self-revealing. they continue to travel from one physical body to another countless times. Similarly. Example: Although the camera is not seen in the picture.

Jnana Yoga consists of three steps as detailed below:
1. d. The student should use logic and teachings of the other religions to validate the message from Vedanta. This involves thinking and reflecting on what is learnt b. the student should not quote his teacher as a validation for his knowledge. Introspection a. learning. After this step. c. c. preferences and knowledge birth after birth. According to the teaching. The role of the teacher is more important than the role of the student. Means of liberation vi.We will continue to be bound to the objects of the world. The only way to gain liberation from this bonding is Jnana Yoga. f. Teaching 139: We should validate Vedanta through scientific investigation
417
. world or God. since we travel with these accumulated impressions. e. e. Cause of suffering v. Inquiry a. God iv. Filtered listening should be avoided. This step should be done until doubtless knowledge on the central message of the Vedanta is gained. This should be done systematically. consistently for a long duration. He should internalize the teaching. Self ii. One should have complete faith in the teaching of the teacher and the student should put all the effort to understand the teaching as it is taught. studying under a competent teacher and gaining the knowledge on the central theme of Vedanta with respect to: i. This contradiction has to be resolved through this step. Whatever we know should be kept aside while undergoing this step. This involves reading. Meaning of liberation b. Nevertheless. It is impossible for anyone to know anything about life. one experiences the world. During this step the role of teacher and student are equal in validating the knowledge. Teaching 138: We should understand the central message of Vedanta 2. the world is an illusion and it does not exist. Questions should be restricted to understanding what is taught and nothing beyond it. World iii. d.

All the actions perceived by us are part of this illusion and are not done by us. This combination is assumed as the living being or the ego.
418
. ‘I am happy’ in order to be happy. Vedantic Meditation should be done until one is firm on the knowledge that the world is an illusion in all the transactions in the life. The ego is completely surrendered and the mind sees the truth that the life goes on according to God’s will. d. However.
When all these three steps are complete. One need not say. Living being is a combination of the AEM. Prior to completing this step. It includes our body and mind complex.3. the mind was giving running commentary of life. Even after gaining the correct knowledge. Infact when one is really happy. c. It takes time for the mango to get soaked in the oil to absorb the spice. By rejecting this as an illusion. Inner Transformation a. The wise person sees everything with the right vision. Since the living being is always changing and the observing consciousness. Living being is mortal and Brahman is eternal. He sees a living being and infers the Brahman as follows 1. The solution involves meditation on the correct knowledge. 2. This is due to habit formed in countless previous births. Actions are part of the illusion. The entire effort is on the part of the student. This is similar to making pickle. f. The new knowledge has to sink into the mind so that it does not give reality to the world. Living being appears to be the doer of all the actions. the AEM is ever changing. which is an inert object. Therefore. There is no role for any teacher in this step. the mind does not live by this knowledge. the Brahman has to be changeless. The reflection of consciousness in the mind gives sentiency to the inert object. the wise person sees Brahman as consciousness. the Atman is immortal. one becomes a wise person. Whenever a problem is faced. There is no difference between free will and god’s will if the ego is completely surrendered. there are no thoughts. By nature. 4. This final steps enables one to gain the benefit of knowledge b. mind begins to oscillate as if the problem is going to affect the changeless and immortal self. Intelligence knows that the world is an illusion. one may respond to the world as if it is real. e. 3. There is no role for mind in living life. which is the cause of all problems.

they will not gain the knowledge until their minds are matured.
419
. the eye. 15. one knows himself to be ever witnessing joy.9 The living entity. which include the mind. 15. nor can they understand what sort of body he enjoys under the spell of the three elements (AEM). There is nowhere to go since one has reached the destination. 15. Those whose eyes are trained in knowledge can see all this. This knowledge can be gained only those whose minds are well prepared through Karma Yoga and Upasana Yoga. they are struggling very hard with the six senses. Even if they pursue Jnana Yoga with sincerity. who are situated in self-realization. experiences the sense-objects using the ear.10 The deluded people do not understand how a living entity can quit his body. One who reaches it never returns to this world. can see all this clearly. But those whose minds are not matured do not find Him.11 The (Jnana) yogis. 15. The Brahman remains unaffected by the changes (both actions and results are part of the actions) since they are all part of the illusion Thus. The non-existing ego assumes the role of the enjoyer. He merges with Brahman and do not return to the illusion. Jnana Yoga appears to be difficult. the nose and the mind brought from the previous life. Due to conditioned life. though they may try to. the tongue. Since most people lack these practices.8 The living entity caries the six senses from one body to another as the air carries aromas. nor by the fire. Life will be joyful thereafter. after completing Jnana Yoga. thus taking another gross body. the skin. Chapter 15: Jnana Yoga Verses: 06 – 11
15.6 That abode of Mine is not illumined by the sun or moon.7 The living entities in this world are My reflections. 15.5.

the sentiency in all the living beings is the reflection of the consciousness of Brahman. we are aware that in reality it is the moonlight. existence and joy are the nature of Brahman. The principle of fire in the stomach is responsible for digesting food. Thus. If we are to know our real identity. we will be free of all the sufferings of the world. we say that the night sky is illumined by moon. everything in the universe depends on Brahman for existence. all the human beings are part of God and do not have independent existence. Whatever changes that happen to the plants due to the moon light in the night is really the work of the sunlight. Lord Krishna uses the metaphor of Sun. By wrongly giving reality to the world. Similarly. both the inert objects and the living beings are mere projections of Brahman. Lord Krishna conveys that the inert objects in the world are also the projection of Brahman. The living beings reflect all these three aspects. we identify ourselves with the illusory body/mind complex. This is the cause of suffering. By claiming that He is this principle. It is an illusion. Everything in the solar system depends on the sun for survival. “I am Brahman”
420
. When we observe a small child or an adult when his is happy. The inert objects reflect the existence aspect of Brahman and do not reflect the other two since they do not have a mind. such light is mere reflection of the sunlight. whatever the work done by living beings in the world is the work done by Brahman. Consciousness. Similarly. Moon and Fire to explain the reality of Brahman and illusory nature of Living beings and the world. we can observe divinity. Similarly. Moon appears to give light during the night. Teaching 140: We should meditate on the knowledge. Although.Lesson 4: Illusory appearance of the world
Session: 269
World is unreal. Therefore. The composition of Aura element is higher in more evolved living beings and therefore we can see the consciousness and joy more pronounced in them. which is Brahman. However.

knowledge and forgetfulness.Chapter 15: Jnana Yoga
Verses: 12 – 15
15. I sustain all beings with My Energy.13 Having entered the earth. I become the moon and I nourish all plants.
421
.12 The light in the sun. by which I digest the four kinds of foodstuff. 15. outgoing and incoming. and I am the air of life. and from Me come remembrance. indeed I am the compiler of Vedanta. 15. By all the Vedas I am to be known. comes from Me. And the light of the moon and the light of fire are also from Me.14 I am the fire of digestion in every living body. which illumines the whole world. 15.15 I am seated in everyone's heart. and I am the knower of the Vedas.

We can interact with the world and remain unaffected by it only when we have firm knowledge that the world (including our body/mind complex) belongs to a lower order of reality. It is stated in the Vedanta that one who knows Brahman. even if he continues to face the dualities of the world like anyone else. there is no effort on the part of Brahman to project this illusion. Objects that we perceive in our real life are relative reality. It is like knowing that we are dreaming while we are still within the dream. Thus. Brahman appears to be the world as the crystal appears to be colorful. If it does not end. Therefore. becomes Brahman. we will be enjoying the dream even
422
. He can see the whole creation in the right perspective. Thus. he knows that he is functioning in the relative reality. the subjective reality (dream) is falsified. He is aware that the Brahman appears as the world without getting affected by it. Example: A dream tiger cannot harm the dreamer. just as a crystal does not do anything to appear as colorful. They are real only for us. From the standpoint of absolute reality. the enlightened person continues to live in the world like any one else.Lesson 5: Three levels of reality
Session: 270
Objects that we perceive in our dream are subjective reality. However. Brahman is the absolute reality. he remains unaffected. Brahman is not affected by the presence or absence of this illusory universe. This Brahman is the consciousness in us. The appearance of the world is an illusion. From the standpoint of relative reality. One who gains this knowledge of the absolute rejects the inert objects as an illusion and becomes steady on the consciousness. The colorless crystal reflects the color of the nearby objects. the relative reality (universe) is falsified. he firmly is rooted in the knowledge of Brahman. The one who has completed Jnana Yoga is awakened to the absolute reality and the world becomes a relative reality to him. Crystal remains unaffected all the time. Brahman does not become the world in a way that is similar to gold becoming a jewel. He differentiates the inert objects from the perceiving consciousness. Normally when we become aware that we are dreaming the dream ends. Moreover. They are real for us as well as for others. awakened by the knowledge revealed in Vedanta.

the Lord Himself.16 There are two classes of beings.20 This is the most confidential part of the Vedic scriptures. Oh Arjuna.18 Because I am beyond the perishable and imperishable. Whoever understands this will become wise and fulfilled. I am celebrated both in the world and in the Vedas as the supreme God. 15. without any doubts.if it is a scary dream. 15. if we know it is just a dream. and it is disclosed now by Me. we will not be scared. the perishable and the imperishable present in the world. The imperishable is said to be the deceptive. 15. 15. is to be understood as the knower of all. Oh Arjuna. If a burglar points a gun at us and ask for the money. irrespective of how we respond. He worships Me wholeheartedly. there is the greatest living personality.19 Whoever knows Me as the supreme God.
423
. who has entered into these worlds and is maintaining them. Chapter 15: Jnana Yoga Verses: 16 – 20
15.17 Besides these two. The perishable is in the form of all beings.

Those who are intelligent will keep cleaning their mind.
424
. Energy and Matter. the other two will force us into develop bad qualities. Everyone has all sorts of qualities. If we act based on our current level of knowledge. While Aura dominance will lead us to good qualities. They will allocate atleast few minutes everyday to clean up their mind consciously. Example: While driving to a new place. which shows that we are under the influence of Energy and Matter. we will see that we are going in circles. Similarly. Lord Krishna divides people into divine natured people and evil natured people. This will make life progressively more painful. our life will become progressively more miserable. These evil qualities prevent us from understanding the knowledge revealed by Lord Krishna. as we advance in age. which reveals the Aura dominance. it will take sometime for us to realize that we are on the wrong road. The proportion and dominance of each of these elements keep changing continuously. He elaborately discusses the evil qualities. without conscious attempt to increase our knowledge. If we do not take time to identify the evil qualities in us and remove them consciously.Lesson 6: Cleaning ourselves
Session: 271 – 273
In order to understand the truth regarding Brahman and Atman. It is not that a person has only evil qualities totally devoid of any good qualities. the mind becomes unclean with evil qualities due to our material pursuit. Mere interaction with the world will make the mind dirty. we tend to develop more evil qualities. We need to put in effort gain good qualities and get rid of or reduce evil qualities. in life most of us are stranded. we may have more confidence that we are doing the right thing. Example: We need to take bath to clean our body. If we gain more knowledge. We need to ensure that our good qualities are more and dominating over the evil qualities. just as we clean our body by taking bath everyday. However. We do not have to do anything to become unclean. we will move towards more happiness ultimately reaching the destination of Joyful Living. Aura. During the first part of our life. Lord Krishna lists the good qualities. Our mind is a subtle matter made up of three elements. Mere existence in the world accumulates dirt and we have to take bath everyday to keep our body clean. We determine our qualities based on our action. we need to clean our mind by spending time and effort on it. Just as the mere interaction with the world make our body dirty. human beings are expected to be Aura dominant. Similarly.

when we want it. we will accumulate evil qualities and progressively we will fall into hell. If there is any hurdle in fulfilling our desire. when things do not go according to our expectations and this causes anger. animosity. Due to ignorance. It is not possible to expect that we get our newspaper or coffee in the morning everyday. position. people etc will bring us happiness. Therefore. However. wealth. violence (in thoughts. worry about the future and guilt about the past. instead of anger we develop fear. words and deeds) and vengeance. power. List of evil qualities Desire: Desire is the root cause of all our evil qualities. change is the essential nature of the environment. it can be seen that desire is the only cause for all our suffering as detailed below. Fear Fear is very similar to anger. If all such wishes are fulfilled without any difficulties. After gaining the object of our desire. Anger will lead to irritation. Anger Desire leads to anger.We need to apply the knowledge from the scripture to clean up our mind. Our ultimate goal is happiness. fame. money. Such desires are leading us in the opposite direction. anger will disappear forever. Besides. This is impossible. Fear will lead to anxiety about the immediate future. hatred. we develop the fear of losing it. property. If we do not do this. Every one wishes something to happen or not happen all the time. The immediate results are not directly proportional to the effort we put in. we assume that the material pursuit of earning name. The only purpose of all our desires is to make us happy. the evil quality. we have desires for such objects of the world. If the obstacle to the fulfillment of our desire is of very powerful. There will be days. we get anger. There is no possibility of any one to be short-tempered if the expectations are absent.
425
.

we have displeasure. If we do not have any desire. grief strikes us. then we will be jealous. Our expectations keep growing and this warrants that we struggle harder in life.Greed Desire leads to greed. We are immersed in sorrow until we console ourselves that we can make up for the loss. When our efforts to fulfill our desires fail. Jealousy When someone known to us gains something that is of value to us. When we earn money. Continued success in life will make us arrogant. we will not be jealous of a healthy person. talking and thinking ill of others. Disappointment and losing hope in life are directly related to our desires. If we do not care much about health. We desire to earn money so that we can lead a happy life. Every drop of petrol will increase the fire. We desire for various things in life. We will be jealous of someone known to us. More we closer we know them. Jealousy will lead us to the evil quality of enjoying others misery. we find that it is not enough and we need more to be happy. Grief Whenever we lose our object of desire. little more than what we have. there is no chance that we will be jealous of anyone. then our jealousy will come down. It will also lead to malice. more jealous we will be. we lose self-confidence and feel miserable. Such desires can never be fulfilled completely. It is not possible to put off the fire by pouring petrol. Similarly. all our attempts to fulfill our desires will make us greedier. We will be jealous only if the object involved is of importance to us. If the other person gets lot more. We will never be jealous of unknown people. Jealousy begins with our desire. Frustration Whenever our desires are not fulfilled in line with our expectations. We will be jealous only if the other person gets little more than what we have. All these three conditions are important.
426
.

These evil qualities prevent us from living happily. We will then tend to do what is not good for ourselves and suffer more in life. Increase in the five political evils namely corruption. if we feel that we are incapable of fulfilling our desires. religious prejudice. beggary. we can hope to commence our journey towards Joyful Living. murder. robbery.We feel ashamed to face others. Only when we reduce the influence of these evil qualities. we suspect that they will prevent us from achieving our goal. We should make use of our intelligence and live a happy life by freeing ourselves from such evil qualities. suicide. Under the influence of these evil qualities. Teaching 141: Good qualities that give happiness to self and others are to be cultivated. Increase in the ten sociological evils namely gambling. Suspicion We know for sure that most of our desires can be fulfilled by money. drinking. hypocrisy. luxury. 3. Increase in the five cultural evils namely dogmatism. poverty and exploitation 6. Strengthening of Likes and Dislikes: The objects of the world will continue to influence us steadily increasing our likes and dislikes. smoking. Delusion: Our natural intelligence is blinded. bigotry. Most often Dharma will appear Adharma and Adharma will appear as Dharma. 2. one will not know the difference between Dharma and Adharma. Therefore. nepotism. drug addiction and pollution of Environment 4. there is a rat race in earning more and more money. turncoats and loose values 5. divorce. everyone around us is our opponent. In this race. All of us want to live life happily. rape. Therefore.
It should be understood that the evil qualities make our life miserable. This will make us vulnerable to the pairs of the opposites in life. race or caste prejudice and superstition.
Results of the evil qualities 1. We will be prone to suffering more often.
427
. Increase in the five economic evils namely slavery.

Therefore. we will reduce the intensity of the evil qualities and life will become progressively happier. This gives the power to the sense objects of the world to control our life. People live life as dictated by their senses without using the intelligence. Vedas do not prescribe that the desires are to be abandoned since it is not possible. Step 1: Desires are permitted so long they are in line with Dharma Step 2: The means of fulfilling desires should be line with Dharma Step 3: Moderate the desires. we should attempt to reduce and avoid the evil qualities in life by following the prescription in Vedas. we will develop evil qualities and suffer. Cause of the evil qualities Teaching 143: Desire is the root cause of all evil qualities As discussed earlier the desire is the root cause of all the evil qualities. if our intelligence could overpower and guide our life. If our life is controlled by our emotions and feelings. Therefore. which will progressively relieve us from the influence of these evil qualities. People. If we use our intelligence. who are less intelligent.
428
. Instead. would merely like to survive. They do not have mental maturity to reflect on the quality of our life. namely the Vedas. society to humanity Step 5: Non-binding desires.Teaching 142: Bad qualities that hurt us and others are to be reduced or eliminated. family. it prescribes a correct course of treatment. which do not lead to anger/fear or greed. They do not give importance to Vedas and live life as it comes. Their life will become progressively miserable without any hope of reversal of the trend. we will see that we should live life in line with the guidelines given in the user manual of life. Step 4: Unselfish desires. which expands from self. Teaching 144: Dharma in all our actions will release us from the clutches of desire.

we will be able to free ourselves from this cycle. The earth rotates and revolves around the sun. Therefore. Example: I get up. However. This inadequateness expresses itself as desire for objects of the world leading to all the evil qualities. Our mind will be free from the evil qualities and then gain the knowledge of the absolute. This does not mean that we will be inactive and a burden to the society. after we complete the above steps. we do not have any control on what we think in the present. When we reach the destination. The world is made up of AEM. The living beings are not exempted. We will have a sense of fulfillment of having achieved the ultimate goal of life. Our thoughts are result of our accumulated preferences and impressions. Since we will be enjoying our work. Role of our mind Mind is the sole cause for all our suffering. We enjoy life all the time since there is nothing to be done and we are not responsible to do anything. Complete satisfaction and fulfillment is the hallmark of Joyful Living. we will see that we are part of the movement called life. Our mind under the influence of evil qualities is incapable of gaining this knowledge. However. all our actions are prompted by corresponding thoughts in our mind. This can come about only when we gain the knowledge of Brahman. We will continue to
429
. The inert objects also undergo changes continuously. we will see that we need to work on our mind to gain the sense of fulfillment. On the contrary. We can control our future thoughts by refining our mind through the fourteen steps as suggested by Lord Krishna in the Chapter 6. the changes are seen as actions. in the case of living beings. we will not feel that we are working.Effect of overcoming the evil qualities Life will become progressively peaceful as our evil qualities are reduced. which is constantly changing. They are also part of this changing environment and they change. If we do that. we need to use the very same mind to help us reach our destination of Joyful Living. we will be progressing faster towards Joyful Living. which in turn are prompted by the environment. we will be working very hard. This is seen as a set of actions and not assumed as a part of the total change. The feeling of inadequateness is common among all the human beings. When we follow the above steps and overcome the evil qualities. However. take a soft drink and come back to my chair. walk to the refrigerator. The mind cannot comprehend that these actions are prompted by thoughts. Similarly. It is not possible to fire a gun without loading the gun with bullets.

5 The good qualities are conducive to liberation. tranquility. that there is no foundation and that there is no God in control. and my other enemy will be killed soon. horrible works meant to destroy the world. compassion to all beings. Being bound by hundreds and thousands of desires. 16. 16. Neither cleanliness nor proper behavior nor truth is found in them. anger. It is a long journey and we need to take the first step by reducing the evil qualities. forgiveness. modesty. truthfulness. Chapter 16: Good Qualities and Evil Qualities Verses: 01 – 24
16. ‘So much wealth I earned today and I will gain more soon. freedom from restlessness.13-15 The person with evil nature thinks. freedom from sluggishness. The relationships will never get strained. Oh Arjuna! 16. engages in unbeneficial. fortitude. vanity. purity.11-12 They believe that to gratify the senses unto the end of life is the prime goal of human civilization. they seek hoards of wealth by unrighteous means for sense gratification. Holding wrong views due to delusion. and I have killed him. It is produced of sex desire. who are lost to themselves and who have no intelligence. the evil.4 Pretension. 16. by lust and anger. for you are born with the divine qualities. absence of ill will and humility – these good qualities are endowed with a person with divine nature.9 Following such conclusions. study of the Vedas. aversion to faultfinding. 16. He is my enemy. more and more. 16. gentleness. 16. they act with impure resolve. nonviolence. So much is mine now. there is no end to their anxiety.1-3 The Lord said – Fearlessness. sense-control.interact with the society as before but there will not be any risk of we getting affected. Now hear from Me about the evil qualities.10 Taking to insatiable desire. I have already explained to you at length the divine qualities. austerity. straightforwardness and simplicity. Thus. mental purity. I am the
430
. harshness and ignorance – these bad qualities belong to a person with evil nature. and it will increase in the future. Do not worry. whereas the evil qualities lead to bondage. in this world there are two kinds of created beings – divine in nature and evil in nature. charity.7 Those who are evil do not know what is to be done and what is not to be done.8 They say that this world is unreal. Arrogance. and has no cause other than lust. 16. renunciation. Oh Arjuna. freedom from anger. vanity and arrogance. they are full of pretensions.6 Oh Arjuna. sacrifice. steadfast in knowledge. freedom from temptation. Oh Arjuna! 16.

22 The man who has escapes these three gates of hell. 16. anger and greed.17 Self-complacent and always impudent. power. surrounded by aristocratic relatives. performs acts conducive to self-realization and thus gradually attains the supreme goal. Every sane man should give these up. I am the richest man. and thus I shall rejoice. they hate Me. 16. who is situated in the bodies of themselves and others. who are the lowest among men. 16. 16. I am perfect. Having known the teaching. deluded by wealth and false prestige. Oh Arjuna! 16. There is none so powerful and happy as I am. desire and anger. 16. one should understand what duty is and what it is not from the scriptures. They fall into still lower condition of existence. arrogance. powerful and happy. encircled in the net of delusion and deeply engaged in the enjoyment of sense objects.18 Bewildered by false ego. desire.16 Thoroughly confused by such innumerable anxieties.21 There are three gates leading to this hell. Oh Arjuna. such persons are deluded by Matter. I am the enjoyer. pride. I shall give some charity.24 Therefore. 16.
431
. nor happiness. these indiscriminate people do not reach Me. you should do your duty now. 16. for they lead to the degradation of the self.19 Those who are envious and hating everyone. they perform sacrifices in name only without following any scriptural rules. nor the supreme destination. are cast by Me into the ocean of material existence. into various evil species of life. I shall perform sacrifices.23 But he who discards scriptural injunctions and acts according to his own impulse of his desires attains neither perfection. they fall down into hell of suffering. which is the only source on this." In this way. 16.20 Attaining repeated birth amongst the species of evil life.lord of everything.

we can gain the knowledge that it rained in the night. Presumption through evidence By seeing the wet road in the morning. 4.Lesson 7: Source of knowledge
Session: 274 – 276
We gain knowledge by converting the information received through our five senses. 3. Each of our five sense organs is unique and the information received from one organ cannot be verified by using another organ. the five senses are called Primary Source of Knowledge. smell or touch come under this category. Most of the scientific knowledge comes through inferences. Perceiving the absence We gain the knowledge that there was a burglary in the house if we notice there are many valuables missing from the safe. Knowledge cannot come through any other source.
432
. 2. Inference Based on the direct perception and experience we infer fire by seeing smoke. This is the only Primary Source of Knowledge and the remaining five are Secondary Sources of Knowledge. there are six sources of knowledge. we depend on our five senses heavily for gaining knowledge. Therefore. Direct perception What we can see. taste. Therefore. Deducing through comparison We can deduce that the organization is not doing well by comparing the financial statement of the current year with the previous year. hear. Six sources of knowledge 1. Example: The color of the object is reported by eye and it cannot be verified by the ear or skin. 5. While the source of information is limited to our five senses.

Both are believers and they may switch sides. those who believe in god are not any different from those who believe that there is no god. The critics doubt the act and disbelieve the god-man.
Faith Vs Belief Belief and doubt are two sides of the same coin. If one is stuck to belief/ doubt. Similarly. he will not gain complete knowledge in any subject. Faith on the other hand is an unbiased response to new information. If we have faith. watching television we can gain knowledge about places and objects without experiencing them in person. Both the belief and the doubt do not have any scientific basis. The disciples believe in the power of the god-man to do such miracles. since there is no reason to doubt his words. It is neither believing nor doubting. We will have faith in the words of the tourist guide. If believe in something we do filtered listening and our knowledge will be of poor quality. how we convert the information into knowledge depends on our belief and faith. Conversion of information into knowledge Although we can receive information through the five senses without any limitation. When we receive an information either we believe or doubt it depending on our accumulated knowledge. Words Based on reading books. a tourist guide explains the life of royal family and shows various rooms within the palace. which may be positively (belief) or negatively (doubt) biased. Example: While visiting an historical site. Example: A god-man converts sand into sugar. then we can hope to gain the right knowledge in any subject. Belief and doubt hinder the learning process.
433
. depending on the circumstances.6. They stem from the preconceived notion. All teachings from the teacher to the student come through this source.

It is not a blind belief. Suppose some one asks the student. Validation and verification are integral parts of faith. If the source is unreliable. After complete validation. belief and doubt prevent one from understanding the truth while faith leads one towards truth. the student sees that the teacher is correct and develops a trust in the solution. As long as we have faith. Information will be received as if it is a truth with an implicit understanding that it will be validated whether it is a truth or not. most people ignore such information or disbelieve it. Trust Vs Knowledge Trust converts information into knowledge. after receiving the complete information. If the source is reliable.
434
. he will question the source of information. The student has faith in the teacher and accepts the teaching. Neither of them have open mind to receive complete information. Once the faith is validated. he will question his own level of intelligence instead of doubting the information.Faith means accepting the new information as truth. A person who has faith will remain neutral and analyze both positive and negative aspects of the information with an open mind so that the truth is understood. a faith will blossom into trust. Thus. Whenever new information is received that contradict the accumulated knowledge. pending discovery. They filter the information according to their preconceived notion. he will ignore the same. Example: The teacher teaches 4+4=8. Now the student does need to quote the teacher. A believer will look for positive aspects and ignore negative aspects so that the belief will become stronger. The teacher helped the student to convert the information into knowledge because the student had faith in the teacher to start with. it becomes trust. a non-believer will look for negative aspects so that the doubt will become stronger. If he cannot understand a statement. Faith Vs Trust Trust is a validated faith. after sufficient practice in math. “How do you know 4+4=8?” the student will respond. “My teacher told me!” However. In the same way. we will need the support of the source of knowledge.

we are aware that eyes do not always report the truth. since without him we would have taken longer time to gain the knowledge. if we blindly believe in Vedas. Vedas give lots of information. the support of the teacher is no longer required.
435
. After validation. Example: An uneducated person has knowledge gained only from his experience. our knowledge will not grow. it cannot come from teaching. although it shows that the sun is revolving around the earth. we know the truth is otherwise. The truth revealed in the Vedas cannot be validated by any of our five sense organs. If we blindly believe in the eyes. the information giving by him will not be received completely. the respect for the teacher remains. They do not give the status of ‘Primary source of knowledge’ to Vedas. In general. For example. Then the information becomes knowledge. we will not gain the correct knowledge. Faith ensures receipt of complete information. Without the faith. Energy and Matter. we must accept that the Vedas is a primary source of knowledge. Depending on the influence of Aura. if we are to gain knowledge. Thus. Vedas is a primary source of knowledge because the information contained in the Vedas cannot be verified through any other source. However. It is not possible to validate incomplete information. people have faith in various teachings. accept Vedas as a Primary Source of Knowledge. We treat our eyes as a primary source of knowledge. who are Aura dominant. However. which is essential for validation. we cannot progress much. Once knowledge is gained. Firstly. If we are to depend on our own experience for gaining knowledge. Similarly. we must question the contents of the Vedas as we question the information received through eyes. Faith determines knowledge The knowledge one gains is in line with the faith one has. faith becomes trust and one is able to see the truth in the information through our experience.If one were to believe or doubt the teacher. one needs to learn from a teacher with faith. people gain direct knowledge only thorough the using their five senses. People. Therefore. However. the faith is the starting point and an essential requirement to gain knowledge.

are to be known as demons.4 Men in the mode of Aura worship the gods. performing them out of pride. The human being is said to be of a particular faith according to the modes he has acquired. A freedom fighter considers that it is an honor to go to jail. in Energy or in Matter? 17.
436
. desire and attachment. egoism. torture their bodily organs as well as their mind and Me who is residing within. Ultimately. their method of offering prayer. Energy or Matter. those in the mode of Energy worship the demons. Oh Krishna. who are impelled by Energy. This will lead us to Joyful Living.1 Arjuna asked. our life is accordingly shaped. the purpose of praying to god differs according to their dominant element.
Benefit of faith The quality of our life depends on our faith.Lord Krishna says that many do not gain knowledge from Vedas either they do not treat it as a primary source of knowledge or they do not question to arrive at the central message of Vedas.2 Lord Krishna said. This can be seen from the type of actions they do.5-6 Those who undergo severe austerities and penances not recommended in the scriptures. and those in the mode of Matter worship ghosts and spirits. 17. 17. the type of gods they pray. while the evil natured people will make the life hell for themselves. without intelligence. a human being lives his life. what is the status of those who do not follow the principles of scripture but who worship according to their own faith? Are they in Aura. 17. we spend the required time and effort in completing Jnana Yoga. according to the three modes of nature of a person the faith can be of three kinds--Aura. when we develop faith in the Vedas. Lord Krishna explained that good-natured people would progress and reach him. Type of faith There are three types of faith based on AEM as discussed in the previous chapter. If we think money is the most important thing in life. The happiness and suffering directly determined by our faith. Chapter 17: Three types of faith Verses: 01 – 06
17. Now hear about these.3 Oh Arjuna! According to the particular kind of faith.

We should eat only when are hungry and stop eating while we are still hungry We should develop a routine in which we eat in a fixed time of the day. to eat a full meal again. Teaching 146: Eat Aura dominant food in moderation at regular intervals
437
. it is also classified according to the dominance of AEM. Practices with respect to food Since food always comes from a living source. Quality of life depends on the quality of the results of our action Quality of the results depends on the quality of our action Quality of the action depends on the quality of the attitude Quality of the attitude depends on the quality of the knowledge Quality of our knowledge depends on the quality of faith. We should eat in moderation. 1. We should stop eating when we have enough space in our stomach.Lesson 8: Quality of life
Session: 277 – 279
We are fully responsible for the quality of life that we lead. The solid parts of the food should fill half the stomach. Quality of the faith depends on the quality of our mind Quality of the mind can be improved through improving Aura Element Teaching 145: Quality of life depends on the dominance of Aura in our mind
Lord Krishna suggests following practices with regard to food. penance and austerity to make Aura Element dominant. work. meaning it should be left empty. We should eat Aura dominant food. Remaining quarter should be for air. limit the Energy food and avoid Matter dominant food. No one other than us is responsible for our life. Water should fill a quarter.

We should not hurt ourselves in the name of penance or austerity. we should begin the practice of austerity with respect to the physical level then move up to words and then finally to thought level. Keep up all the promises made Refrain from hurting others by action Going on a pilgrimage by walk
438
. Try to achieve perfection in the chosen profession. These are to be practiced within limits. We should do our work with concentration with an aim to achieve perfection in the work. We should attempt penance or austerity practices with respect to physical. Mental austerity is the most difficult to achieve. words and mind in that order. 3. We should work without focusing on the benefit that we may get. Therefore. we should abstain from it for a specific period. We should adhere to Dharma at all times. sense organs and the action organs. if we like to eat sweet. Teaching 147: Work is worship. Teaching 148: Practice austerity with respect to deeds. Practices with respect to austerity We should voluntarily take up austerity practices for gaining control over our mind. For example.2. The objective is to gain strength and not to loose strength. We should work in the chosen profession according to the prescribed rules and regulations. Examples are given below: Physical actions Offering prayer to god regularly for a fixed duration Doing service for elders and wise Keep everything clean and well organized. words and thoughts It is easier to do physical austerity compared to doing austerity with respect to words and thoughts. Practices with respect to work We should do the duty as worship.

that sacrifice performed wholeheartedly and with concentration according to duty and to scriptural rules. decomposed.11 Of sacrifices. health. People. In order to surrender the ego first we need to surrender our possessions. giving up mentally all our possessions are steps to understand that everything is in God’s hands. lead to longevity. austerities and charity. physical strength. Listen and I shall tell you of the distinctions of these. That food.8-10 Food in the mode of Aura. pungent. mental strength. dry and hot. are liked by people in the modes of Energy. fattening and tasty/palatable. Teaching 150: Aura dominant person will attain Brahman and live joyfully
Chapter 17: Three types of faith
Verses: 07 – 28
17. Sharing what we have. The same is true of sacrifices. giving without even using it for self. Practices with respect to charity Charity is the practice for renunciation. unclean and prohibited food is liked by people in the mode of Matter. which is good for self and others. 17. and disease. too sour. is of the nature of Aura. Such foods cause pain. This strengthens their ego. 17.7 Even food of which all partake is of three kinds. Teaching 149: Giving charity and helping others increases Aura in us. stale or leftovers. are sweet. Avoid harsh words and do not hurt any one through words Chanting prayers Mind Entertain good thoughts and avoid evil thoughts Forgiving and forgetting others mistakes Do not curse anyone Meditation
4. according to the three modes of material nature. which is neither over cooked or under cooked. who are greedy. Such delicious and nourishing foods served pleasant to the eye. Foods that are too bitter. distress.
439
. juicy. pleasure. salty. contentment and satisfaction.Words Always speak the truth We should speak softly We should speak only those words. and with no expectation of reward. tasteless. would like to own up everything.

and the wise and elders. 7. which are performed foolishly by means of selftorture. Om tat sat--have been used to indicate the Brahman. Cleanliness. 17. is said to be charity in the mode of Energy.15 Austerity of speech consists of speech that is truthful.16 Mental quietude.19 Those penances and austerities. 17. straightforwardness. beginning always with Om. for the satisfaction of the Supreme. the three syllables. or with a desire for material benefit. are said to be in the mode of Matter. which are practiced with pretence for the sake of praise.20 That charity which is given with an attitude that giving is a duty. out of pride. or done reluctantly. and which is faithless--that sacrifice is of the nature of Matter.14 The austerity of the body consists of worship of the god. to a worthy person. 17.18 Those penances and austerities. 17. is of the nature of Aura. 17. the sacrifice performed for some material benefit or preformed ostentatiously. 17. the teacher. serenity and purity of thought are the austerities of the mind. One should also recite the Vedas regularly. 17. They were uttered by brahmins while chanting Vedic hymns and during sacrifices. Such results are uncertain and temporary. charities.21 But charity performed with the expectation of some return.25 People who seek liberation undertake sacrifice. or to destroy or injure others. is of the nature of Energy. chastity and nonviolence are also austerities of the body. 17. and penances. and without expectation of return. 17.13 And that sacrifice performed in defiance of scriptural injunctions. mind-control. penance and charity with the word tat without expecting the result. 17. in which no food is distributed. honor.
440
. practiced with great faith by people who are disciplined and are not desirous of material benefit. pleasant and beneficial and in avoiding speech that offends. the brahmins. 17. gentleness. no hymns are chanted and no remunerations are made to the priests.17. is considered to be charity in the mode of Aura. at the proper time and place.17 This threefold austerity. respect and reverence are said to be in the mode of Energy.12 Oh Arjuna.22 And charity performed at an improper place and time and given to unworthy persons without respect and with contempt is charity in the mode of Matter.24 Thus people who are well read in the Vedas undertake sacrifices. 17.23 From the beginning of creation.

26-27 The Absolute Truth is the objective of devotional sacrifice.17. regardless of whatever rites are performed.
441
. 17. Oh Arjuna. Oh Arjuna. They are called asat and are useless both in this life and the next. Steadfastness in the works of sacrifice.28 But sacrifices. austerities and charities performed without faith are not sat. Again. of penance and of charity is also termed as sat. and it is indicated by the word sat. any action for the sake of the Lord is indeed said to be sat.

Unit 20: Summary of Gita
Number of Sessions: 20 (281 – 300) Number of Lessons: 8
On completion of this unit. Explain the contents of the Vedas in two stages/ seven steps. the student will be able to (a) Comprehend the essence of Gita
Unit Test: 1. Write an essay on ‘Impact of Gita in my life
Session: 300
442
. 2. 3. List the role and nature of Physical and Mental Renunciation.

solution and the method to administer the solution is suggested. Lord Krishna details about the process of creation and highlights the role of the three elements that determines the nature of the individual. Karma Yoga. including those who are yet to commence their journey. Since many will not be in a position to convert this information into knowledge. namely self-knowledge was given in the second chapter. Finally. Among those who have commenced the journey. For them. Many have not commenced the journey towards Joyful Living. repeats the headlines at the end.Lesson 1: An overview
Session: 281 – 282
Lord Krishna started his teaching in the second chapter with a promise that he will remove the sorrow of Arjuna. Bhakthi Yoga has three components. people are at different stages of Bhakthi Yoga. When the Aura Element begins to dominate. This solution. Lord Krishna suggested a method of preparing the mind through Karma Yoga in the same chapter. Example: A newsreader. Then the details are expanded from Chapter 3 to 17 and finally in this eighteenth chapter he is summing up the teaching once again. a complete description of a Joyous Person who has recovered from the sorrow is also given. Lord Krishna has thus given the summary of Gita at the beginning of his teaching. The only destination is Joyful Living. Thus. There is only one path and one destination for the entire humankind. one will see the wisdom of joining the royal path of Bhakthi Yoga and reach the destination of Joyful Living soon. The only path is Bhakthi Yoga. namely. He says that one should progressively move from Matter domination to Energy domination to Aura domination. Upasana Yoga and Jnana Yoga. giving a summary in the beginning and after reading the detailed news.
443
. Lord Krishna’s teaching provides guidelines for everyone. the second chapter contains the entire essence of Vedanta where the problem is identified. The purpose of teaching Gita is to give a solution that will remove the sorrow of not only Arjuna but for all the human beings from all types of sufferings and enable them to life joyfully forever. based on the progress made in the previous lifetimes.

Lord Krishna started the teaching in the second chapter with an opening remark that Arjuna does not have to grieve and here in this eighteenth chapter he concludes by saying ‘therefore there is no need to grieve’. Like a newsreader saying ‘Jaihind’ at the end. Lord Krishna praises the selfknowledge after concluding the teaching and describes the benefit of this knowledge. in this concluding chapter Lord Krishna summarizes his teaching by talking about the following topics Analysis of the three elements Bhakthi Yoga Karma Yoga Upasana Yoga Jnana Yoga Benefit of reaching the destination. namely Joyful Living.Thus.
444
.

Physical renunciation means giving up the worldly responsibilities and relationships. As and when they realize that they are searching in the wrong place. There will not be a sense of ownership.Lesson 2: Physical renunciation
Session: 283 – 285
Arjuna wanted to abandon the war and renounce the world. Physical renunciation is done to gain more time for Inquiry and Introspection on the essential teaching of Vedanta. he surrendered to Lord Krishna seeking his advice. 3. Physical renunciation may be attempted after one understands the limitation of the material pursuit in giving everlasting happiness. he seeks clarification. Therefore. Many are under the impression that the material pursuit is the right path upto the age of about 60 and then one should renounce the world take up to spiritual pursuit to provide for the ‘after-life’. This switching over will involve physical renunciation. Should not depend on anyone nor support anyone. They assume that the young minds do not need the teaching of the Vedanta until the fag end of the life. Facts on renunciation 1. he has realized that he did not know the purpose and nature of renunciation. they will have to switch over to spiritual pursuit.
445
. The fact is people are searching for happiness through material pursuit. Physical renunciation means any action that alters the course of life from the path of material pursuit to spiritual pursuit. Renunciation renunciation. Mental renunciation happens when one has gained self-knowledge. Since he was not able to make a decision. is classified as physical renunciation and mental
Physical renunciation is the means and the mental renunciation is the destination. After listening to his teaching. This means one can continue to possess and enjoy unlimited relationships and properties. 2. Complete physical renunciation is not possible for anyone since one has to depend on the environment for survival. The misconception on renunciation is universal since many do not know the difference between material pursuit and spiritual pursuit.

Should not transact with the world except for survival.
446
. Should not have any duties or obligations. he is aware that he is not the doer. then renouncement will do more harm than good. All the time should be spent in progressing in the three steps of Jnana Yoga. Action will not be renounced by a Wise Person who has completed Jnana Yoga because. However. ones should progressively renounce the attachments to the results by practicing Karma Yoga. Only when the time becomes a constraint one needs to explore the possibility of physical renunciation. It is not possible to gain knowledge if one does not have mental maturity. If one does not have the mental maturity. It is not possible to gain self-knowledge merely by adopting life style of renouncement.Should not own any property nor have any possessions. It is possible to reach the destination of Joyful Living without any physical renunciation if one can manage the time required for Jnana Yoga. People will get bored if they renounce action while the mind is still under the influence of the Energy element.
4. Many do not have mental maturity and therefore they should not renounce material pursuit. Action should not be renounced unless one has complete mental maturity to gain self-knowledge. One should have enough dispassion towards the objects of the world prior to renounce the world. To gain mental maturity is to remain in the material pursuit and be involved in many actions. Physical renunciation involves renunciation of actions. time will be a big burden. one’s mind will not be available for spiritual studies. Renunciation of the results of the actions is a step that is to be crossed prior to attempting physical renunciation. renunciation will provide time that can be usefully spent. Results of the action should be renounced as a part of Karma Yoga. 6. 8. which involves action. 7. Else. Only when one knows to be happy with self. It is possible to gain mental maturity only through Karma Yoga. 5. Otherwise.

The difference is in the duration. Work is too difficult to do. One is incapable of completing the work. It is not possible to renounce happiness because it is our original nature. Once the complete knowledge is gained. The purpose of renunciation is to gain the knowledge about our real nature. he will be liberated from the Eternal Cycle of birth and death. After practicing Karma Yoga until the mind is able to accept the results without being affected by them.Results will not be renounced by a Wise Person who knows that there is no enjoyer. while the Wise Persons are not. will continue his spiritual pursuit in the subsequent births until the complete knowledge is gained. In case of Wise Person. the happiness is experienced intermittently and for short duration. the very same happiness lasts forever without any interruption. From renunciation to Joyful Living Renunciation does not mean renouncing of happiness. There is no difference in the quality of the happiness that is experienced by all the human beings and the everlasting happiness experienced by a Wise Person. This does not mean that we should not enjoy the results of our action. The path from renunciation to Joyful Living is listed below: Step 1: Renounce the results of the action. who has properly taken up the life of renunciation according to the prescriptions in the Vedas. If this is not possible due to time constraint. Step 2: Renounce the actions if there is not enough time to pursue Jnana Yoga. By renouncing this attachment to the objects. One feels lazy to work Life becomes complicated
447
. systematically and take up the life style of Sanyasa. one should renounce the actions. We need to see that we have to play our part by doing our prescribed work and accept whatever result is given to us. In the case of ordinary people. One should not renounce the action because of the following reasons. One can commence Inquiry and Introspection until doubtless knowledge on the essence of Vedanta is gained. One. The difference is because the ordinary people are attached to the objects of the world. any ordinary person can become a Wise Person. 9. This is Karma Yoga. one is ready for Jnana Yoga.

charity and penance should never be abandoned.One should renounce action only after adhering to the following norms: Should get the concurrence from a teacher on the readiness for spiritual pursuit Should have gained the basic understanding of the scriptures and find them interesting to learn. Step 4: Complete Jnana Yoga and gain steady self-knowledge.2 Lord Krishna said. Thus. Oh Krishna. This can be done mentally without actually transferring the title of the properties. 18. The concept of doer and enjoyer is fully understood by the person who has reached the destination. if one is matured enough. 18. renunciation is no more physical.1 Arjuna asked. Step 3: Renounce the ownership of all the possessions and properties. then mere mental transfer is sufficient. And to give up the activities born out of selfish desire is called the renounced order of life [Spiritual Lifestyle] by great learned men. Mental renunciation towards the objects of the world has become a nature of such persons since they know that the world is an illusion.3 Some learned men declare that all kinds of desire born activities should be given up. Thus.
448
. one can resume all the activities. After reaching the destination. If sufficient dispassion towards the objects of the world is already present. the physical renunciation will lead a person to mental renunciation and mental renunciation will enable a person enjoy the physical comforts and pleasures of the world without the risk of any suffering caused by bondage or attachment. I wish to understand the purpose of renunciation and the true nature of the renounced order of life [Spiritual Lifestyle]. the Wise Person does not have desires because they know the real nature of the world. This will enable Joyful Living. Therefore. To give up the results of all activities is called renunciation by the wise. but there are yet other sages who maintain that acts of sacrifice. Should handover all the present activities and prescribed duties in a proper manner in such a way no one is affected by the renunciation. Chapter 18: Science of liberation Verses: 01 – 12
18.

by delusion.6 Renouncing the attachment and results. free from all doubts.9 He who performs his prescribed duties only because it ought to be done.8 Anyone who gives up prescribed duties as troublesome. That is My definite and the best teaching. it is said that he who renounces the results the action is one who has truly renounced. 18. 18. Such action never leads him to the result of renunciation. There are three kinds of renunciation declared in the scriptures.5 Acts of sacrifice.11 It is indeed impossible for a person who is identified with the body to give up all activities. 18. these activities alone should be performed.
449
. Therefore. Such renunciation is of the nature of Aura. sacrifice. such renunciation is said to be in the mode of Matter. charity and penance/austerity should not be given up. 18. If. and renounces all attachment to the results. 18. or out of fear. 18. the threefold result of action--desirable. charity and penance/austerity purify the mind.18. 18.10 Established in the mode of Aura. undesirable and mixed--accrue after death. he becomes wise. 18. Indeed. one gives up his prescribed duties.12 For one who is not renounced. He neither hates disagreeable work nor is he attached to an agreeable work. They should be performed. is said to be in the mode of Energy. But those who are in the renounced order of life have no such results accrue. Oh Arjuna.7 Renunciation of prescribed duties is improper. Oh Arjuna.4 Oh Arjuna! Listen to My verdict regarding renunciation.

Description of Atman Atman is the only reality on which God projects this illusory universe. which give rise to subtle body at the time of creation of the universe. Apana. To do such activities we depend on five factors. namely. four modes of mind. God and Atman. our Physical Body.
450
. Nose. True renunciation means giving up all actions and results of actions in the mind. Subtle and Causal. Description of God God is material cause and intelligence cause of the creation. five action organs. namely. Tasting tongue and Skin Five Action Organs: Hands. Five Sense Organs: Eyes. If we analyze the role of each of these five factors. The causal body is like a seed. people are assuming the roles of ‘doer’ and ‘enjoyer’. Liberation from this bondage can come about if we understand our real nature. Legs. We are engaged in various activities. Vyana. digestive organs. Lord Krishna declares that the fact is all the human beings actually are leading a life of renunciation but they do not know this fact.Lesson 3: Mental renunciation
Session: 286 – 288
After explaining the concept of renunciation. we will realize the above truth. Intelligence. They are five sense organs. This is the fact because human beings are neither the doers nor the enjoyers. five life forces. Our physical body comprises of all the internal and external organs. Physical. reproductive organs and Speaking tongue Five Life Forces: Prana. Due to ignorance. This is bondage. Ears. which are not physical. Udhana and Samana Four modes of mind: Mind. Causal Body. Our subtle body comprises of 19 components. Subtle Body. Ego and Memory Our causal body comprises of our preferences and impressions. Description of Three bodies We have three bodies.

sense organs and action organs for doing action. Role of God and our Causal Body in our activities God is the indweller of all the living beings and causes all the actions. Example: The sunshine and rain are common causes that enable all the plants to grow. Example: The math teacher teaches the subject to all the students in a classroom. Some do not understand at all. It is a mere witness which remains unaffected by the activities. The variations in the subtle and physical bodies cause all the variations in the world. This is so because the intelligence and aptitude to learn mathematics differ among the students.
451
. It is an internal instrument which is essential for doing any action. The variations in the subtle body causes further variations. our subtle body is the instrument through which all actions are done. Mind needs the external instruments. all the actions happen due to the interaction of God. Thus. Role of Subtle Body in our activities Mind is behind all the actions. as the common cause and the causal body as a special cause. Finally. While God can be called as a common cause of action. pranas. all our actions are possible only through the energy provided by our five Life Forces. It is the locus of action. Thus. Some of the students understand the teaching at much faster pace compared to the others. The variation that is seen among living beings is due to the composition of the causal body. Causal body is the seed that give rise to subtle/ physical bodies in line with the accumulated preferences and impressions. It does not do anything directly nor induce any of the above four factors to function. This variation becomes more pronounced. Role of Atman in our activities Atman does not have any role in our activities. The difference in the nature of plant and time taken to grow depends on the seed. our casual body is the special cause of action as detailed below.Role of Physical Body in our activities Physical body is the basis or foundation through which any action is possible.

Since we are not independent entities that live separate from the rest of the universe. Since the real meaning of the word ‘I’ is Atman. However. there is nothing more to do after gaining the knowledge. to gain such knowledge.
Renunciation Renunciation is the recognition of this fact that we are not the doer. we do not do any action. there is an exception. one enjoys the present. there is nothing for us to do. If we do not understand. For example. We are neither affected by action/inaction nor positive/negative results. which is Joyful Living. we are relieved of any worry/ anxiety over the future and we are free of any feeling of guilt about the past. we see that Atman is not responsible for anything. We are powerless and cannot do anything.Realization Through the above analysis of the role of the five factors in our activities. Need for action With respect to all the subjects in the world. This understanding results in mental renunciation. We need to understand this scenario and surrender our ego to God completely. one may have to be
452
. with respect to self-knowledge. we need to follow the prescriptions to make our mind matured so that we gain this knowledge. For every rule. God takes care of creation. We are relieved of all our roles and responsibilities. There is nothing but God. We will continue to perform all the actions as if we are the tools in the hands of God. However. Just as a child. This is a rule and God is the exception to this rule. The ultimate knowledge liberates without doing any action. We need to apply the knowledge so that we get the benefit. We are controlled by our accumulated preferences and impressions on one side and God on the other side. The material cause is also the very same God and therefore. Everything that is happening happens because He is the intelligent cause. one needs to apply or use the knowledge for gaining the results. sustenance (which includes all the actions by all the human beings) and dissolution of the universe without any flaw. the knowledge on how to cook will not feed us. Once we know that God is responsible for all our actions. One is no longer worried about the future and does not have any anxieties. all our three bodies constitute a part of the all-pervasive God.

A witness is a person who is not involved in the crime in anyway except that the event has happened in his presence. Their action will enable them to learn that they need to read the user manual provided by God so that they get what they seek. they will surrender to a competent teacher. When they partially understand the validity of the contents. one is enlightened. They will completely surrender all the actions to God and will commence Joyful Living. Many do not get an opportunity to learn the contents of the Holy Scriptures because they are busy dealing with the world. people understand the same according to their level of intelligence and mental maturity accumulated over the countless previous births. Partial knowledge will lead to partial surrender. When the correct vision is gained. A person who either kills or prompts another to kill is guilty of a crime. A part of these actions is seen as enjoyment. 2. For example. happiness. There is no desire in them to prompt them into action. one is enlightened and following are the results. It is the nature of creation to be in action all the time. Right vision Atman does not have any role to play in the multitude of activities seen in the world. namely. I am not the doer. 1. Once the right vision is gained. when one eats
453
. This complete surrender is the result of complete knowledge. Atman is the witness to all our actions and it is not associated with the action in any way. The process of gaining this knowledge is called Jnana Yoga. Effect of the right vision Until one gain steady knowledge revealed in the Gita. On completion of Jnana Yoga. Enlightened people know correctly that they are not the doers and therefore there is no feeling of guilt. one realizes that the God is the only doer and surrenders to God completely. It is not possible to give up all the actions and claim that God controls everything in our life if we do not have the complete knowledge of self and God.involved in the action. Those who see Atman as the doer are ignorant and they do not see the world in the correct perspective. Similarly. Vedanta and Gita contain the ultimate truth. I am not the enjoyer. one will continue to have the distorted vision of the world. However. It is changeless and does not prompt any action. This partial surrender will lead to complete renunciation. When they start reading their understanding will be limited as it happens when one attempts to learn any new subject. Such actions are done as Karma Yoga so that the mind is ready to perform Jnana Yoga. It takes time and effort to get this right vision.

is not the slayer. mind or speech is caused by these five factors. Both are wrong. It is quite possible to rule the world. 18. They cannot do anything on their own and both pleasure and pain are mere mental projections.15 Whatever right or wrong action a man performed by body.16 Therefore. Mental renunciation is not a state of meditation. the twelve instruments. There is no feeling of inadequacy driving towards fulfillment. Therefore. Renunciation is seeing the world as it is without superimposing false notion. true renunciation is not a physical action but mental acceptance of the reality.
454
. Role of self-awareness and ego Animals do not have self-awareness. one who thinks that the connectionless atman as the doer due to lack of a refined intellect does not see. five-fold Energy. The whole creation is a single entity and all the human beings are inseparably attached to it. 18. become the richest person in the world and entertain unlimited friends and relatives. one set of inert object (food) goes to nourish another inert object (enjoyer).13-14 Oh Arjuna. one reaches the true renunciation. one may abandon physical renunciation. while remaining the state of mental renunciation. When it is realized that one is neither the doer nor the enjoyer. though he kills every living being in this world. Human beings are not only aware of themselves but they develop a strong ego. Nor is he bound by his actions. Physical renunciation is the method or practice that leads to mental renunciation.food. the five factors which bring about the accomplishment of all actions. After mental renunciation. Chapter 18: Science of liberation Verses: 13 – 17
18. This ego leads them to assume that they are independent entities separate from the world. He has a distorted vision. These are declared in the Vedanta to be the body. the doer. True renunciation happens when we see the reality that just as animals we are also bound. and ultimately the divinity.17 One who knows that he is not the doer and whose intelligence is not entangled. 18. learn from Me. It is being aware of the reality all the time so that one is not attached to anything that is ephemeral.

Lesson 4: Analysis of the three elements

Session: 289 – 290

The creation is born out of AEM and everything in the creation is made out of the three elements. The proportion in which these three elements are mixed up determines the nature of the object. In case of human beings, the composition of these three elements determines the quality of life. There are three powers vested in the human beings. They are, 1. Power to know 2. Power to desire 3. Power to act Actions are in the form of determination (will to act) in the mind, speech and physical actions. All the actions arise from desires. Desires arise from knowledge. It is not possible to desire an unknown object. Therefore, the entire process of action seen in the world can be listed in the following steps. Step 1: Collection of data from the environment through the five sense organs All our interaction in the world is captured through the five sense organs and collected as data within the mind. Mind process this data into useful information for responding to the world. Step 2: Compilation of this data into information based on the intelligence When a mobile device is seen by an illiterate villager, the data is converted into information, which is different from what an educated businessperson with worldwide exposure will perceive. Step 3: Conversion of this information into knowledge based on the intelligence When a mobile phone is scrutinized by a teenager and middle-age executive, their intelligence classify the product differently based on their priorities in life. Step 4: Knowledge becomes desire. When this knowledge shows that the goal can be achieved by acquiring the product, there will be desire in the mind. Step 5: Determination or will power decides the strength of the desire based on the strength of the knowledge. Step 6: Action is done to fulfill the desire. Everyone is continuously engaged in various actions powered by their desires.

455

Step 7: Enjoying the results of action. This is not the final step. Enjoyment strengthens the preferences, which makes the desires more strong and refined. As a result, the exposure to the world leads to further desires and further action. Thus one is caught in eternal cycle. The process is same among all the human beings. However, it differs widely based on the composition of their mind. Lord Krishna describes the effect of dominance of each of the three elements on these seven steps in the verses from 18 to 39. The underlying message is simple. One should strive to move away from Matter dominance and Energy dominance to Aura dominance. However, this cannot be done overnight. Since the personality of each person is shaped by the experience of countless lifetimes, it is not possible to make any dramatic changes. One should understand the current composition and strive to move forward. The creation is the product of AEM. Only living beings have all the three elements, Aura, Energy and Matter. Inert objects are made up of Energy and Matter alone. The quantum of Aura determines the quality of intelligence and the quality of intelligence enables improvement in the quality of life. The message given in Gita is the supreme secret. People understand it according to their level of intelligence. Only those who comprehend the ultimate truth reach the destination of Joyful Living. Others need to strive to increase the quantum of Aura. Following are the suggestions to improve the quantum of Aura. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Live according to Dharma and avoid Adharma Confess to elders/ wise persons in the society and listen to their advices. Have faith in God and follow the religious practices of the tradition. Eat food with more Aura content. Keep the company of people who have higher Aura content. Study the Holy Scriptures under the guidance of a competent teacher.

As the quantum of Aura increases, it will be progressively easier to identify ways and means to commence the journey towards Joyful Living. The first step in the journey is Karma Yoga.

456

Chapter 18: Science of liberation

Verses: 18 – 40

18.18 Instrument of knowledge, the object of knowledge and the knower are the three factors, which motivate action; the instrument of doing work, the work or object of work and the doer comprise the threefold basis of action. 18.19 In accordance with the three modes of material nature, there are three kinds of knowledge, action, and doer of action. Listen as I describe them. 18.20 That knowledge by which one non-dual, imperishable Brahman is seen in all existences, undivided in the divided, is knowledge in the mode of Aura. 18.21 That knowledge by which different and varied living entities are seen in different living beings is knowledge in the mode of Energy. 18.22 That knowledge by which only the individual body is seen as the whole, which is unreasonable, untruthful and petty, is said to be in the mode of Matter. 18.23 Action performed in accordance with duty, which is performed without attachment, without likes and dislikes, by one who is not attached to the results, is called action in the mode of Aura. 18.24 Action performed with great effort by one seeking to gratify his desires, and which is done with egoistic attitude, is called action in the mode of Energy. 18.25 Action performed delusion without considering the consequences, which inflicts injury and is impractical, is said to be action in the mode of Matter. 18.26 The doer who is free from attachment, who is free from egoism, who is enthusiastic and resolute and who is unaffected by success or failure, is in the mode of Aura. 18.27 The doer who is attached to the results of the action, who wants to enjoy them, who is greedy, envious and impure and subject to elation and depression, is in the mode of Energy. 18.28 The doer who is undisciplined, uncultured, arrogant, deceptive, harmful, indolent, depressed and procrastinating is in the mode of Matter. 18.29 Now, Oh Arjuna, listen to the complete and detailed teaching on threefold division of intellect and of the will according to the three modes of nature. 18.30 Oh Arjuna, that intelligence by which one knows what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, what is to be feared and what is not to be feared, what is binding and what is liberating, is in the mode of Aura.

457

18.31Oh Arjuna, that intelligence which cannot distinguish between Dharma and Adharma, between prescribed and prohibited actions, is in the mode of Energy. 18.32 Oh Arjuna, that intelligence which considers Dharma as Adharma and Adharma as Dharma, under the spell of delusion and darkness, strives always in the wrong direction, is in the mode of Matter. 18.33 Oh Arjuna, that determination which is unbreakable, which is sustained with steadfastness by practice, and thus controls the mind, life, and the sense organs, is in the mode of Aura. 18.34 Oh Arjuna, that determination which is fueled by the desires for the results in economic development and sense gratification is of the nature of Energy. 18.35 Oh Arjuna, that determination which holds on to fear, sorrow, depression, and indulgence is in the mode of darkness. 18.36 Oh Arjuna, now please hear from Me about the three kinds of happiness in which one indulges because of habit and comes to distress at the end. 18.37 That which in the beginning may be just like poison but at the end is just like nectar and which awakens one to self-realization is said to be happiness in the mode of Aura. 18.38 That which in the beginning may be just like nectar but at the end is just like poison and which is derived from contact of the senses with their sense objects is said to be happiness of the nature of Energy. 18.39 That which in the beginning and in the end born out of delusion and which arises from sleep, laziness and illusion is said to be happiness of the nature of Matter. 18.40 There are no living beings, either here or in the heaven, which are free from these three modes of material nature.

458

Lesson 5: Essence of Karma Yoga

Session: 291 – 292

Human beings are continuously involved in action. They have no choice but to be in action since the very nature of creation is to be in change all the time. The world is a place where learning is activity based. All human beings do some activity or other and in the process, they learn to live life happily. The nature of the action they do depends on their aptitude, skill and capability. This in turn is determined by the composition of the three elements that goes into qmaking them. Every living being is under the influence of these three elements all the time. However, progress from Matter Dominance to Energy Dominance to Aura Dominance happens continuously. Depending on the stage of refinement, each individual possess different sets of aptitude, skill and capability. The vocation should be chosen according to this constitution and the vocation thus chosen can be called as ‘Natural Profession’. It is not possible to make a Matter Dominant person to do the work of an Energy Dominant person. Even if on their own volition if people choose a different vocation, they will soon realize their mistake and they will revert to their natural profession. Every profession has many positive and negative aspects. It is not advisable to shun a particular profession quoting the negative aspects associated with it, since it is impossible to find a profession without negative aspects. The only criterion is to check whether the chosen profession is the natural profession as determined by the personality. Within the natural profession, one can choose different options based on the job location, working hours etc. Many are under the assumption that they are engaged in a profession for earning money. This is not true. The only purpose of any activity undertaken by the individual is to refine his mind and to make him eligible for receiving the ultimate knowledge revealed in Vedanta. This purpose is fulfilled if an individual performs his allocated duty as a dedication to God. Professions may vary with respect to yielding material benefits. However, all professions are equal in giving the opportunity to the individual in refining the mind. How well this opportunity is utilized, determines the progress of the individual towards Joyful Living. Thus, how an activity is carried out is more important than what activities are carried out. The fact is there is no important or unimportant job. The job of a president of a country is as important as the job of a cobbler working on the pavement. There is nothing to be achieved in this world. God is so powerful that everything that needs to be done for the sustenance and growth of the creation will be done by his grace. Our role is to ensure that the job is done with the right attitude. The right attitude is to dedicate all our work to God and accept both the positive and negative results as a gift from God.

459

Chapter 18: Science of liberation

Verses: 41 – 48

18.41 Oh Arjuna, according to the dominant mode of the material nature, work is done by Brahmanas, Ksatriyas, vaisyas and sudras. 18.42 Peaceful mind, sense-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, wisdom, selfknowledge, and faith in Vedas are the qualities by which the brahmanas work. 18.43 Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity, and leadership are the qualities by which the Ksatriyas work. 18.44 Agriculture, cattle-rearing and business are the work for the vaisyas, and physical labor and service to others are the work for the sudras. 18.45 Engaged in his own duty, every man can attain purity. Now please hear from Me how this can be done. 18.46 By worshipping, through his own duty, the God, who is the source of all beings and who is all-pervading, man can attain purity. 18.47 It is better to engage in one's own occupation, even though one may perform it imperfectly, than to accept another's occupation and perform it perfectly. Doing the duty, according to one's nature, one does not incur sin. 18.48 Every endeavor is covered by some sort of fault, just as fire is covered by smoke. Therefore, one should not give up the work, which is born of his nature, Oh Arjuna, even if such work is full of fault.

460

Lesson 6: Essence of Jnana Yoga

Session: 293 – 294

Karma Yoga enables one to gain mastery over sense organs and the mind. It also allows the intelligence to grow without being tormented by likes and dislikes. Slowly, the Aura content in the person increases and he sees the futility of material pursuit in earning everlasting happiness. Then he attempts spiritual pursuit. The movement from material pursuit to spiritual pursuit will mostly be gradual. Slowly more spare time will be spent towards spiritual pursuit and when one gains sufficient momentum, Jnana Yoga may become a full time occupation. One has to spend more time and effort to progress in the Jnana Yoga. One should not renounce physical action until one gains minimum required complete control over sense organs and mind. After gaining control, one should commence Jnana Yoga. If there is not enough time to pursue the steps of Jnana Yoga, one should renounce physical action since the only goal at this stage is to reach the destination of Joyful Living. Milk has the potential to become curd. Similarly, everyone has the potential to become enlightened. Milk has to be heated up as a first step, which can come about with the association with fire. Similarly, our mind has to be matured, which can happen only when we interact with the world. Material pursuit is an essential component in making the mind matured. Milk should not be continuously on fire. Similarly, if we continue our material pursuit forever it is not possible to learn how to live life joyfully. At the right stage, we should remove the fire. The right stage varies person to person. Doing Karma Yoga is the right way to take off the pressure that arises in the material pursuit. Milk should not be allowed to cool down completely. When we retire from our profession due to old age, we are completely cooled down and such state is not conducive for further processing. We should still have some fire left in us for us to complete the steps of Jnana Yoga. Besides, the purpose of pursuing Jnana Yoga is to learn to live life joyfully and such knowledge will be of little use if we learn it at the fag end of our life. Milk cannot become curd on its own and it needs external inputs. Similarly, we can never hope to gain liberation from suffering on our own. We need inputs from a competent teacher. We should learn the contents of Holy Scriptures from the teacher. This is the first step in Gnan Yoga, learning the central message of Vedanta.

461

Milk has to internalize the external input in order to become curd. Similarly, the teacher can help us by giving inputs. It is not possible for anyone to help us to internalize the teaching. Extensive use of logic and our analytical skill play a vital role. We need to reflect on the same, think about it, write about it and talk about it so that we gain doubtless knowledge and transform ourselves as an enlightened person. Milk when it becomes curd is not vulnerable to external environment. Similarly, enlightened person is not affected by the events of the world. World will continue to alternate between pleasure and pain. We need to refine our mind. It is like walking in the forest with appropriate shoes instead of attempting to roll a carpet or removing the thorns from the forest. Similarly, we need to refine our mind through Karma Yoga and gain the right knowledge through Jnana Yoga instead of attempting to correct the world. If we do not do this, we will have wrong knowledge about the world thinking that it is the source of our happiness and sufferings. Chapter 18: Science of liberation Verses: 49 – 54

18.49 One who has self-mastery, whose intellect is detached from material pursuit and who is free from desire attains the supreme goal of action less ness through renunciation. 18.50 Oh Arjuna, learn from Me in brief how one who has attained purity attains Brahman, which is the supreme culmination of knowledge. 18.51 Endowed with a clear intellect, having restrained the mind with determination, having renounced the objects of sense gratification one should give up likes and dislikes. 18.52 Having gained detachment, resorting to a secluded place, taking limited food, restraining the body, speech and mind, one should be ever devoted to meditation. 18.53 Having given up egoism, power, arrogance, desire, anger and possession, being free from ‘I’ and ‘mine’ notions remaining tranquil, one becomes fit for becoming Brahman. 18.54 Having become Brahman, the tranquil-minded one neither grieves nor desires. He is equally disposed to every living entity. He attains supreme devotion towards Me.

462

Lesson 7: Essence of Bhakthi Yoga

Session: 295 – 296

Bhakthi Yoga is the single path that transports an ordinary human being, caught in the whirlpool of pleasure and pain into a Wise person who lives joyfully. The first step in Bhakthi Yoga is to have faith in God and follow the prescribed path. One will progressively know Him better as the mind becomes more matured through Karma Yoga. Then one has to gain the knowledge of the absolute truth through Inquiry and Introspection. Upasana Yoga involves meditation on the knowledge gained so that it becomes the steady knowledge. This completes the process of Jnana Yoga and one becomes Brahman. Bhakthi Yoga commences with the practice of rituals in praise of the God and ends with becoming Brahman. Action leads to attitude. Initially one is expected to perform action (Karma Yoga) as a dedication to God. This practice enables one to gain the knowledge. Knowledge changes the attitude one has towards world and God. One starts gaining the right vision of distinguishing between the absolute reality and the relative reality. Chapter 18: Science of liberation Verses: 55 – 62

18.55 One who has supreme devotion to Me can know Me truly. When one is in full consciousness of Me, he can enters into the kingdom of God. 18.56 Engaged in all kinds of activities ever depending on Me, one reaches the eternal and changeless goal by My grace. 18.57 Keeping Me as the supreme goal, dedicate all activities to Me and do work as Karma Yoga and remain with your mind fixed on Me. 18.58 With your mind fixed on Me, you shall cross over all obstacles by My grace. If, however, you do not listen to Me, you will perish. 18.59 If you do not act according to My direction and do not fight, then your resolve will be in vain. Your nature will compel you to fight. 18.60 Oh Arjuna, bound by your own duty born out of your nature, you will helplessly do that which you do not want to do because of delusion. 18.61 God resides in everyone's heart, Oh Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities as though they are seated on a machine. 18.62 Oh Arjuna, surrender unto Him wholeheartedly. By His grace, you shall attain supreme peace and eternal abode.

463

Step 4: Surrender to God One should believe in the all powerful God and pray to Him while doing is work. Step 3: Do Good Actions and Avoid Bad Actions In addition to pursuing material goals. Therefore. This will enhance the possibility of reaching the goal of Joyful Living faster. worry. every human being wants to avoid all the negative emotions like sorrow. Step 1: Work hard in Material pursuit The first part of Vedas recommends. Step 2: Follow Dharma and avoid Adharma The first part of the Vedas also teaches the human beings the right and wrong ways of working. through the first part of the Vedas. Vedapoorva. material pursuit. anger. Stage 1: Teaching the ‘Right’ and the ‘Wrong’. anxiety. It is not possible to live like animals if one wants to reach the goal of joyful living. human beings are advised to help others and not hurt anyone.
464
. in the following four steps. boredom and such and live joyfully. It says clearly that the mindless pursuit of material prosperity without adhering to the principles of Dharma will defeat the purpose. Negative emotions will invariably haunt a person who does Adharma in life. it is not possible to reach the goal of joyful living if Dharma is violated.Lesson 8: Completion of the teaching
Session: 297 – 299
Lord Krishna concludes his teaching by summarizing the contents of the Vedas as follows: Setting the goal: Joyful Living All the human beings want to be happy all the time and no one wants to be unhappy anytime during their lifetime. as a method to achieve the above stated goal of all the human beings. He should make offerings to God to acknowledge the fact that without Him it is not possible to survive and prosper in this world. In other words. The only purpose of Vedas is to guide the human beings to achieve this goal. while progressing towards their goal. Vedas provide this guidance in two stages. frustration.

During the first stage only a part of the earnings were offered to God. The purpose of the first part of the Vedas is to offer a sample of happiness that is potentially inherent in us. comprising of the four steps. Jnana Yoga is the final and only step that will lead a person to Joyful Living. through the second part of the Vedas. skill and capability. By offering them fleeting happiness. it is not possible to achieve complete satisfaction. Then he is ready to assimilate the following steps taught in the Vedanta. After attaining the required level of mental maturity through Karma Yoga and mental focus through Upasana Yoga. one is advised to work towards the goal of Joyful Living. Vedas attract human beings into action. In addition. He should try to achieve perfection in work without attaching any importance to the results of his actions. But for these recommendations. Now. One should continue his Material Pursuit but with the right attitude. It is recommended that one take up a Chosen Profession that suits his aptitude. Step 1: Karma Yoga No significant change in the external activities is suggested in this step. As a human being progress through the first stage.Through the above four steps. one should completely surrender to God. Earlier. Now. This knowledge is expected to be gained by human beings through experience by following the above four steps in the first stage. one must abandon all the actions in material pursuit and spend time and effort on learning the essence of Vedanta. Step 2: Upasana Yoga One should spend time to refine the mind through meditation. This sharpens their intelligence making them eligible for the next stage. the entire work is done as worship. one was working with an objective of correcting the environment so that he can reach his goal of joyful living.
465
. human beings would have remained like animals. Whatever be the extent of progress one makes in material pursuit. Man will continue to feel insufficient. Stage 2: Teaching the ‘Real’ and the ‘False’. The ego has to completely surrender to God. after realizing the futility of the prosperity. Vedanta. The happiness that comes through material gains is limited. one should continue the very same set of activities with the focus on correcting one’s own mind and not the environment. slowly it dawns upon him that it is impossible to reach his goal of joyful living through material pursuit. in the following four steps.

Since Arjuna is highly intelligent and has trust in the words of Lord Krishna.
466
.Step 3: Jnana Yoga This is the final step where one learns the central message of the Vedanta from a competent teacher. The only purpose of the existence of Vedas is to guide the human beings into freedom. Lord Krishna gives the complete freedom to Arjuna to decide on his future course of action. you will reach Me without fail. It depends on what he wants in life. I am telling this most secret knowledge. through the above seven steps. Therefore. Vedas do not bind an individual to follow the teachings provided therein by providing list of dos and don’ts. Lord Krishna highlights the importance of this teaching and says that this should not be revealed to those who do not have trust in Vedas. Lord Krishna concludes the teaching by saying that there is no need to grieve. I promise you this because you are dear to Me. Therefore. I have explained to you the most secret of all knowledge. Lord Krishna did not give any commandments on what needs to be done. Hear the ending summary again from Me. After giving the complete teaching. Life will become joyful. While every human being wants to live joyfully. Once he learns ‘I am Brahman’. Chapter 18: Science of liberation Verses: 63 – 78
18. He also praises those teachers who spread this knowledge to the deserving students. Thus. They are free to act without paying any attention to Vedas. After summarizing the teaching of the Vedas. clearly states the link between the action and results. Deliberate on this fully.64 Because you are My very dear friend.63 Thus. Thus. they can take the guidance from Vedas. 18. and then do what you wish to do. As and when they identify their goal in life. It is left to the discretion of the student. for it is for your benefit. Lord Krishna gives him the freedom of deciding his future course of action.65 Worship Me and surrender unto Me. the student is expected to act according to his level of understanding. Everyone will get what he deserves. Vedas. some of them do not have the intelligence to know their goal. all the human beings are guided towards their goal of Joyful Living. The goal is reached. Always think of Me in all your actions. one is liberated. he could see the meaning of the highest secret revealed in the Vedas. 18.

I have heard this supreme secret directly from the master of all.74 Sanjaya said. I heard this wonderful and thrilling dialogue between Lord Krishna and Arjuna. who was speaking personally to Arjuna. That is my opinion. nor to one who criticizes Me. Lord Krishna himself. being thrilled at every moment. 18. gone completely? 18. extraordinary power.
OM TAT SAT
467
. when I remember the wonderful form of Lord Krishna. as I repeatedly recall this wondrous and holy dialogue between Krishna and Arjuna. my delusion is now gone.72 Oh Arjuna. thus.66 Having renounced all actions. 18.78 Wherever there is Lord Krishna and wherever there is Arjuna.75 By the mercy of Vyasa.68 With supreme devotion towards Me.69 Moreover such a person who serves me is dearer to Me than anyone else. the non dual. He shall attain the sacred worlds belonging to the planets where the pious dwell.73 Arjuna said.77 Oh King. 18. 18. I shall liberate you from all sins. I rejoice.67 This secret knowledge may not be explained to those who are without austerity. he who explains this supreme secret to My devotees shall reach Me alone. nor devoted. there will also certainly be opulence. surrender yourself to Me. 18. I have gained the knowledge by Your grace. 18. and morality. 18.71 Even that person who merely listens this with faith and without criticizing becomes free from sins. 18. 18. nor will there ever be one more dear.76 Oh King.70 And I declare that he who studies and understands this sacred conversation. have you heard this attentively with one-pointed mind? Has your delusion born of Matter. 18. I am struck with even greater wonder. Do not grieve. and I rejoice again and again. through his intelligence is worshiping Me. victory.18. nor desirous of hearing. and I am now firm and free from doubt and am prepared to act according to Your instructions. the supreme archer. 18. Oh Lord. There is no doubt.